05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

- Expert Verified, Online, Free.

Prepare for your PL-300 exam with additional products

Study Guide

452 PDF Pages

Download Now

Video Course

266 Lectures

$19.99

Buy Now

 Custom View Settings

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 1/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 1 - Question Set 1

Question #1 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -

You plan to create the Power BI model shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

The data has the following refresh requirements:

✑ Customer must be refreshed daily.

✑ Date must be refreshed once every three years.
✑ Sales must be refreshed in near real time.
✑ SalesAggregate must be refreshed once per week.
You need to select the storage modes for the tables. The solution must meet the following requirements:

✑ Minimize the load times of visuals.

✑ Ensure that the data is loaded to the model based on the refresh requirements.
Which storage mode should you select for each table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 2/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Dual -

Customer should use the dual storage mode.

Dual: Tables with this setting can act as either cached or not cached, depending on the context of the query that's submitted to the Power BI

dataset. In some cases, you fulfill queries from cached data. In other cases, you fulfill queries by executing an on-demand query to the data

source.

Note: You set the Storage mode property to one of these three values: Import, DirectQuery, and Dual.

Box 2: Dual -

You can set the dimension tables (Customer, Geography, and Date) to Dual to reduce the number of limited relationships in the dataset, and

improve performance.

Box 3: DirectQuery -

Sales should use the DirectQuery storage mode.

‫ג‬ ‫ג‬
DirectQuery: Tables with this setting aren't cached. Queries that you submit to the Power BI dataset €"for example, DAX queries €"and that

return data from

DirectQuery tables can be fulfilled only by executing on-demand queries to the data source. Queries that you submit to the data source use the

query language for that data source, for example, SQL.

Box 4: Import -

Import: Imported tables with this setting are cached. Queries submitted to the Power BI dataset that return data from Import tables can be

fulfilled only from cached data.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-storage-mode

  _Jay_ Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Technically Yes, Correct

Dual (Composite) Mode:

The dual storage mode is between Import and DirectQuery. it is a hybrid approach, Like importing data, the dual storage mode caches the data
in the table. However, it leaves it up to Power BI to determine the best way to query the table depending on the query context.

1) Sales Must be Refreshed in Near real time so "Direct Query"

2) Sales Aggregate is once per week so "Import" (performance also required)
3) Both Date and Customer has relationship with both Sales and SalesAggregate tables so "Dual"
because to support performance for DirectQuery(Sales) and Import(SalesAggregate)
upvoted 135 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 3/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct. IF someone still unable to understand I would highly recommend going through this link. Excellent explanation

https://radacad.com/dual-storage-mode-the-most-important-configuration-for-aggregations-step-2-power-bi-aggregations
upvoted 20 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

thanks for sharing your comment so I would ask if in case the Sales and the Sales Aggregate fact tables are both in near real-time will be a
Direct Query not dual? thanks in advance
upvoted 1 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I mean for Both Date and Customer dimension tables
upvoted 2 times

  RAMzZV 4 months ago

Agreed with this approach.
upvoted 1 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

Make sense, thank you so much Jay
upvoted 2 times

  Manzy2599 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

This answer is misleading... Not sure why it's showing DUAL - the exact same question on skillcertpro had a different answer
upvoted 5 times

  allapu Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

Customer(dual), date(dual), sales(direct query) , salesaggregate(import)
upvoted 1 times

  Jaileader 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Guys, I just passed the exam now...all questions came from this dump only...only three days preparation...scored 840 ....worth purchasing..the
full dump...Thank you so much examtopics
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  chrisy7682 1 month ago

There are so many different answers to this one questions. And am now so confused because I don't know which one is the correct answer.
Please which is 100% the correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

1. Customer table: Import mode should be used because it needs to be refreshed daily, and importing the data will provide better performance
for visuals.
2. Date table: Import mode should be used because even though it is refreshed once every three years, importing it will not significantly affect
performance, and it ensures that visual loads quickly.
3. For Sales table: Dual mode should be used for this table because it needs to be refreshed in near real-time.
4. SalesAggregate Tabe: Import mode should be used because it needs to be refreshed once per week, and importing the data will insure better
visual performance.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

3. Date table: Import mode should be used because even though it is refreshed once every three years, importing it will not significantly affect
performance, and it ensures that visual loads quickly.
upvoted 1 times

  Lofi_bansoa 3 months, 1 week ago

This question was on the exam. Just passed it with 886/1000. Guys, please don't hesistate to take the contributor acces. The majority of the
exam questions were simalar to the one display here. Good luck to all
upvoted 2 times

  madyjoe21 3 months, 1 week ago

Good videos here
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-jvnjx-264c
upvoted 4 times

  juliettelaurier 2 months, 1 week ago

This really helped me understand this concept. Thank you.
upvoted 1 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 4/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam today.
upvoted 2 times

  matthijs_ajax 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes, correct
upvoted 1 times

  Harneetma 4 months, 3 weeks ago

anychanges in questions after June 12, 2023 update ?
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

De acuerdo con la respuesta, aunque pensaba que para la segunda opción era Import pq la fecha debe actualizarse cada 3 años. Alguien puede
explicarme porque la mejor opción es Dual? de antemano Gracias!
upvoted 1 times

  mhv22 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Porque más allá de la frecuencia de actualización, lo que importa es la interacción con las fact tables, y en este caso, ambas dimensiones,
están relacionadas con una fact tables en modo import y otra fact tables en modo directo query.
Saludos
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Dual
Dual
DQ
Import
upvoted 1 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

This link is helpful in describing when to use which import mode. The requirement of the data (real-time refresh vs. performance) and the
relationships in the exhibit are what this question comes down to.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/choose-power-bi-model-framework/1-introduction
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

when do you have exam?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 5/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 1

You have a project management app that is fully hosted in Microsoft Teams. The app was developed by using Microsoft Power Apps.

You need to create a Power BI report that connects to the project management app.

Which connector should you select?

A. Microsoft Teams Personal Analytics

B. SQL Server database

C. Dataverse

D. Dataflows

Correct Answer: C

Data sources in Power BI Desktop.

The Power Platform category provides the following data connections:

Power BI datasets -

Power BI dataflows -

Common Data Service (Legacy)

Dataverse -

Dataflows -

Other data sources include Microsoft Teams Personal Analytics (Beta).

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-data-sources

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Abasifreke Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

You can use the Microsoft Power BI template to import data into Power BI from Project for the web and Project Online. When you're using the
template, you're connected to your Microsoft Dataverse instance, where your Microsoft Project web app data is stored.

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/use-power-bi-desktop-to-connect-with-your-project-data-df4ccca1-68e9-418c-9d0f-022ac05249a2
upvoted 18 times

  alojt 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Amazing stuff! This is exactly what I needed :D
Great Q&A material I can test my knowledge on.
@Abasifreke Thank you for the short summary and providing us with the link.
upvoted 1 times

  allapu Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: C
upvoted 2 times

  DataEnthu 1 week, 4 days ago

Congratulations, great score..can you kindly mention the source for preparation? I mean useful Microsoft links.
upvoted 1 times

  Simmie_Zeus 2 weeks ago

Hello good morning from here.
Congratulations on your success
Can i get your contact info and text you privately. I want to take my exam soon and i would like for you to share some vital information on how
i can get this kind of score too
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 6/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  AyoJose 2 weeks, 5 days ago

Hello!!! Can I get your contact no?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is C (Dataverse) because it is a database platform often used in conjunction with power apps. In other words, if your project
management app is built using Power Apps and stores its data in Dataverse.
upvoted 2 times

  HoanNguyenVN 2 months, 1 week ago

C. Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  AK055 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Dataverse
upvoted 2 times

  xkapelis 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

c only
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Dataverse
upvoted 3 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Microsoft Dataverse for Teams is a built-in, low-code data platform for Microsoft Teams that lets users build custom apps, bots, and flows in
Microsoft Teams by using Power Apps, Power Virtual Agents, and Power Automate. Dataverse for Teams—built on Microsoft Dataverse—
provides relational data storage, rich data types, enterprise-grade governance, and one-click solution deployment to the Microsoft Teams app
store.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/paths/work-power-platform-teams/
upvoted 4 times

  Andrew9834523 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Dataverse
upvoted 2 times

  MagicMan99 7 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is C
upvoted 2 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

The answer is C. Dataverse allows you to use the data from the business applications such as Microsoft teams directly in power bi.
upvoted 3 times

  Winner2099 9 months, 2 weeks ago

C Data verse is correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C, Dataverse is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Churato 1 year ago

Dataverse
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 year ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/teams/overview-data-platform
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 7/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Lkra1 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

is C 100%
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 8/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 1

For the sales department at your company, you publish a Power BI report that imports data from a Microsoft Excel file located in a Microsoft

SharePoint folder.

The data model contains several measures.

You need to create a Power BI report from the existing data. The solution must minimize development effort.

Which type of data source should you use?

A. Power BI dataset

B. a SharePoint folder

C. Power BI dataflows

D. an Excel workbook

Correct Answer: B

Connect to a SharePoint folder from Power Query Desktop

To connect to a SharePoint folder:

1. From Get Data, select SharePoint folder.

2. Paste the SharePoint site URL you copied in Determine the site URL to the Site URL text box in the SharePoint folder dialog box. In this

example, the site URL is https://contoso.sharepoint.com/marketing/data. If the site URL you enter is invalid, a warning icon. warning icon will

appear next to the URL text box.

Select OK to continue.

3. If this is the first time you've visited this site address, select the appropriate authentication method. Enter your credentials and choose which

level to apply these settings to. Then select Connect.

4. When you select the SharePoint folder you want to use, the file information about all of the files in that SharePoint folder are displayed. In

addition, file information about any files in any subfolders is also displayed.

5. Etc.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder

Community vote distribution

A (80%) B (20%)

  Nomios Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 9/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

It should be dataset, because the case states there is already a report published and the datamodel contains measures. therefore and to be able
to use the measures in the datamodel you should connect to the existing dataset (which was created when you plublished the report) instead of
starting from scratch with the files in the SharePoint folder.
upvoted 79 times

  Green13 3 weeks, 2 days ago

The answer is Sharepoint folder. The data model was for the previously published PowerBi report. Creating a new report from existing data
refers to all Sales data on the sharepoint folder.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

The question is confusing because it doesn't tell clearly that there are two reports. So the second report can reuse the dataset of the first one.
upvoted 7 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I think the question is clear:
Publish the first report, and then create the second report from dataset of the first report
upvoted 1 times

  bbshu0801 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Yea, I think so.
upvoted 1 times

  TopCat1583 7 months, 3 weeks ago

B is the correct answer. you have to take the data from the data source. How is a data set in power BI a data source? The data source is the
excel document.
upvoted 5 times

  cabbagepie 7 months, 3 weeks ago

can you provide documentation/reference links on this please?
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 2 weeks ago

if I buy the Contributor version, does it has the correct answers?
upvoted 3 times

  Maria86 7 months ago

no, with contributer access, you only have access to all the questions and can avoid captcha ... but apart from that it's the same
upvoted 1 times

  rashjan Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

reuse the existing dataset.

upvoted 17 times

  Kish1604 Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Since the solution must minimize development efforts and we already have a report with same dataset published, the answer should be Power BI
dataset.
upvoted 1 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks, 1 day ago

I think it should be a Sharepoint folder. Option B
upvoted 1 times

  Nagarajutd15 1 month ago

Answer is "A --> Power BI dataset" because the question says "You need to create a Power BI report from the existing data. The solution must
minimize development effort." If we use power bi dataset the development efforts will be less.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is D (an Excel Workbook) it is because using an Excel Workbook as a data source allows you to directly import the data from
the EXCEL file into power bi without the need for additional data transformation steps.
upvoted 1 times

  dayrell 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Fastest way, like the it is asking.

upvoted 1 times

  Alexks 2 months, 2 weeks ago

B:SharePoint Folder
Because the data you need is stored in an Excel file in a SharePoint folder, you would access and use that data as your source. This allows you
to efficiently work with the existing data and create the report with the least development effort. If you had mentioned that the data is already in a
Power BI dataset, then option A would have been the correct choice.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 10/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  monaimonai 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

data model contains measures

upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

It states that it already imported the data from an excel file for an existing report. You are now adding another report that uses the same data. So
you just use the dataset
upvoted 3 times

  RooneySmith 3 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Option A is possible choice, but you may be encountered to an error message saying "DirectQuery isn't available for this dataset", then it would
add development effort. This is why B is safer as there is no difference in the process between choosing a dataset or Sharepoint folder. It would
increase the load time, but there is no development effort behind it.
upvoted 1 times

  AK055 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Sharepoint folder
upvoted 1 times

  Ravisha27 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

re-using power BI dataset is a clear choice here.

upvoted 1 times

  zak2003 3 months, 2 weeks ago

To reuse the existing imported data, we use PBI Dataset resource. Refer >>> https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-
datasets-discover-across-workspaces
upvoted 3 times

  Stefan1986 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Using a Power BI dataset would be an appropriate option as well, and it might offer certain advantages over the SharePoint Folder data source
depending on your specific requirements and scenario. However, if your goal is to minimize development effort, using the SharePoint Folder data
source directly might be a more straightforward approach. It allows you to quickly import data from the Excel file without the need for additional
data modeling in Power BI Desktop. It could be especially useful when the Excel file already contains the necessary measures, and you only need
to create visuals for reporting
upvoted 1 times

  Lavoisier 3 months, 3 weeks ago

The question is to select the type of data source. The answer can't be A, because Power Bi dataset is not a type of data source. The answer is B.
SharePoint Folder is a type of data under the category File data source. Ref: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-
data-sources
upvoted 2 times

  Green13 3 weeks, 2 days ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-discover-across-workspaces

"In Power BI Desktop: from the Home ribbon, select Get data > Power BI datasets."
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 3 weeks ago

A power bi dataset IS a data soruce https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/use-power-bi-desktop-to-connect-with-your-project-data-
df4ccca1-68e9-418c-9d0f-022ac05249a2

It says about a report

upvoted 1 times

  garvenor 4 months ago

B.The excel dataset is held in SharePoint therefore SharePoint becomes our source.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 11/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 1

You import two Microsoft Excel tables named Customer and Address into Power Query. Customer contains the following columns:

✑ Customer ID
✑ Customer Name
✑ Phone
✑ Email Address
✑ Address ID
Address contains the following columns:

✑ Address ID
✑ Address Line 1
✑ Address Line 2
✑ City
✑ State/Region
✑ Country
✑ Postal Code
Each Customer ID represents a unique customer in the Customer table. Each Address ID represents a unique address in the Address table.

You need to create a query that has one row per customer. Each row must contain City, State/Region, and Country for each customer.

What should you do?

A. Merge the Customer and Address tables.

B. Group the Customer and Address tables by the Address ID column.

C. Transpose the Customer and Address tables.

D. Append the Customer and Address tables.

Correct Answer: A

A merge queries operation joins two existing tables together based on matching values from one or multiple columns. You can choose to use

different types of joins, depending on the output you want.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-overview

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  mannerism Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Remember Merge is JOIN, APPEND is UNION
upvoted 35 times

  AKUMAR2104 Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on exam Today
upvoted 6 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 12/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 1 week ago

Hi All, Can someone share all the questions?
upvoted 1 times

  Xtophine 1 month, 3 weeks ago

The answer is A, because in order to query the column we need to join the two different table based on their common column.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is A (Merge the Customer and Address tables), it is because merging in power query is used to combine data from multiple
tables or queries into a single query based on one or more common columns. Merging is typically used to bring related data together, enrich or
denormalize data, or create new composite datasets.
upvoted 1 times

  juliettelaurier 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Merge = JOIN tables

upvoted 2 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

merging in power bi is basically joining of 2 tables.

upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam today.
upvoted 4 times

  visionary4ever 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

merging in power bi is basically joining of 2 tables.

In this case, Customer [LEFT JOIN] ADDRESSES

upvoted 1 times

  Kriko 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

We should use Merge.

upvoted 1 times

  codeson 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Think of Append as Appendix (normally at the end of a book) so it cant be the right answer
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Merge is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Andrew9834523 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Merge is correct
upvoted 2 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Merge is Join
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

The answer is A. Both tables have a column called "address ID" that tells you where each person lives. To combine these tables, you can match
up (merge) the rows with the same "address ID" and put them together into one big table.
upvoted 3 times

  LokeshJ 9 months, 4 weeks ago

A is corect Merge the tables
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 13/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -

You have two Azure SQL databases that contain the same tables and columns.

For each database, you create a query that retrieves data from a table named Customer.

You need to combine the Customer tables into a single table. The solution must minimize the size of the data model and support scheduled

refresh in powerbi.com.

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Append Queries as New -

When you have additional rows of data that you'd like to add to an existing query, you append the query.

There are two append options:

* Append queries as new displays the Append dialog box to create a new query by appending multiple tables.

* Append queries displays the Append dialog box to add additional tables to the current query.

Incorrect: When you have one or more columns that you'd like to add to another query, you merge the queries.

Box 2: Disable loading the query to the data model

By default, all queries from Query Editor will be loaded into the memory of Power BI Model. You can disable the load for some queries,

especially queries that used as intermediate transformation to produce the final query for the model.

Disabling Load doesn't mean the query won't be refreshed, it only means the query won't be loaded into the memory. When you click on Refresh

model in Power

BI, or when a scheduled refresh happens even queries marked as Disable Load will be refreshed, but their data will be used as intermediate

source for other queries instead of loading directly into the model. This is a very basic performance tuning tip, but very important when your

Power BI model grows bigger and bigger.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/append-queries

https://radacad.com/performance-tip-for-power-bi-enable-load-sucks-memory-up

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 14/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct
- Append Queries as New
- Disable loading the query to the data model
upvoted 39 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

When you append queries as new, you have 2 queries to disable, but answer says "Disable loading query" not "Disable loading queries", but
when you append queries, you have 1 query to disable
upvoted 4 times

  Kish1604 3 weeks ago

The second option says "Action to perform on original 2 database queries"
upvoted 2 times

  rick1997 1 week, 4 days ago

Amazing catch.
upvoted 1 times

  LuanDao 1 month ago

I strongly agree with you, the answer must be A for the first box.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is correct. However just Append is also valid. Its just that due to the two part answer box's given and needing an answer, then it means
the first box must be using Append (as new)
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Append-vs-Append-as-new-for-performance/td-p/1822710
upvoted 15 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Agreed.
upvoted 1 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 16 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 1 times

  LuisViotti 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Answer correct
- Append Queries as New
- Disable loading the query to the data model

Passed my exam (22/09/2023) 900/1000 - with this question

upvoted 2 times

  rohjay 1 month, 3 weeks ago

By default, all queries from Query Editor are loaded into the memory of the Power BI model. However, you have the option to disable loading for
specific queries, particularly those used as intermediate transformations to generate the final query for the model.
Disabling the load does not mean the query won't be refreshed; it simply prevents the query from being loaded into memory. Even if a query is
marked as "Disable Load," it will still be refreshed when you manually click "Refresh model" in Power BI or during a scheduled refresh. However,
the data from these queries will be utilized as intermediate sources for other queries, instead of being loaded directly into the model. This
performance tuning tip is particularly valuable as your Power BI model grows larger.
upvoted 2 times

  LeeTheRed 1 month, 3 weeks ago

There are different ways to come to the same conclusion BUT the answer is correct in this case based on the need to disable the TWO
ORIGINAL QUERIES. The only way that you can ended up with three queries (two originals and one new, thus need to disable two original
queries) was if the APPEND AS NEW was selected in the first step.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct Answers are:
* Append Queries: because it is used to combine the Customer table into as single table. This will stack the data from both tables on top of each
other, creating a unified Customer Table.
* Disable loading the query to the query to the data model: since we want to minimize the size of the data model and avoid duplicating the data
from the SQL databases, we should prevent these queries from being loaded into the Power BI data model.
upvoted 2 times

  ttabdul2 2 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is correct because when you use "Append query" the original queries will no longer be there. but it is only when you use "append
query as new" that you will need to perform the next question that has to do with disabling the loading of queries
upvoted 2 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- Append Queries as New
- Disable loading the query to the data model

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 15/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 7 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

Appending 2 Queries (Query-B to Query-A) , and Disable Loading Query-B is same size with
Appending 2 Queries as New (Query-C) and Disable Loading Queries-A and Query-B.
Because Answer says "Disable loading the query" , not "Queries", It is :
Append Queries and Disable Loading the Query
upvoted 3 times

  vivian_data 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Actually I re-read it and it says
"Action to perform on the original *TWO* SQL database queries"
so it makes sense to append AS NEW.
upvoted 4 times

  vivian_data 4 months ago

I finally understood this, thanks sm for the explanation!
upvoted 1 times

  Lavi29 4 months, 3 weeks ago

I think there are two possible combinations of reply of replies and anyone can be correct:
1. append as new + disable load
2. append + delete 2 tables
upvoted 3 times

  dataguru08 6 months, 1 week ago

Can someone please explain why the correct answer is "Append Queries as New" instead of "Append queries"?
upvoted 1 times

  McPebs 5 months, 3 weeks ago

In my opinion, the correct answer should be "Append Queries" because we have to "minimize the size of the data model". If we create a New
Query, the size of model increase (1 additional query than the previous model)
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

because we need to uncheck the loading option in the two table. so we need a new table in order to refresh
upvoted 2 times

  CG31 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Append as new
Disable query loading
The tables have the same structure, columns so they will be appended=> you get more rows.
You disable the query loading when using the initial tables as intermediary steps>> same refresh process, easier to use the final table in queries,
a simpler structure.
Hope this helps
upvoted 3 times

  TopCat1583 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I choose Merge as New. Yet I learned my lesson. The question never said the data was exactly the same in the two SQL data bases. This make
sense now. Thanks for commenting below folks.
upvoted 2 times

  shmmini 7 months ago

I would say append Query. Because if you append as new, then you have to uncheck the Load into the report for the two original queries, not
only for one query in the second step answer. Here, they say in the query (Which I assume is the one on which We didn't apply the append step)
upvoted 1 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Anexar consultas como una nueva.
2. Deshabilitar la carga de la consulta en el modelo de datos.
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months, 1 week ago

To combine two tables with the same columns, you can use the "Append queries as new" function. This will add the data from the second table
as new rows to the first table.

To speed up the loading time, you can also disable the loading of the original tables since they are no longer needed after the append operation.
This will help reduce the overall load time of your data model.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 16/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #6 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -

In Power Query Editor, you have three queries named ProductCategory, ProductSubCategory, and Product.

Every Product has a ProductSubCategory.

Not every ProductsubCategory has a parent ProductCategory.

You need to merge the three queries into a single query. The solution must ensure the best performance in Power Query.

How should you merge the tables? To answer, drag the appropriate merge types to the correct queries. Each merge type may be used once, more

than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Inner -

Every Product has a ProductSubCategory.

A standard join is needed.

One of the join kinds available in the Merge dialog box in Power Query is an inner join, which brings in only matching rows from both the left and

right tables.

Box 2: Left outer -

Not every ProductsubCategory has a parent ProductCategory.

One of the join kinds available in the Merge dialog box in Power Query is a left outer join, which keeps all the rows from the left table and brings

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 17/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

in any matching rows from the right table.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-inner https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-left-outer

  learnazureportal Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 26 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is correct: 1. Inner join, 2. Left outer join
If each row in table A has a matching row in table B, always use inner join because it has the best performance.
upvoted 18 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

Question 1. You in all likelihood have to say 10 products each with a parent category, But your
subcategories are eg 3 because product 1, 2 and 3 are subcategory socks, product 4, 5 and 6 are subcategory shoes and 7, 8 and 9 are
shirts. Sure every Product has a SubCategory but they aren't duplicates. I think the answer to Question 1 is Left Outer. Question 2 is also Left
outer
upvoted 7 times

  fred92 1 year ago

When you join tables (inner join) you'll get all rows from T1 and all rows from T2 that meet the join and where conditions. It is not relevant if
the cardinality is 1 or many on one or both sides.
In your example the result would be:
product 1 - socks
product 2 - socks
product 3 - socks
product 4 - shoes
product 5 - shoes
... and so on
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 11 months ago

What does the best performance mean here?
upvoted 1 times

  marcolapo92 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

A. Inner Join because we have only one row in Product for each ProductSubCategory.
B. Left Join because we do not need rows from ProductCategory which do not match any ProductSubCategory
upvoted 2 times

  Pocu 1 month, 3 weeks ago

1: either Left outer or inner (same results)
2: left outer
To fully understand this question, there are a few points:
(1) Which to keep and which can be ignored. At the end of the day, we need to analyze the sales so all products need to be kept but unused
subcategory and category can be ignored.
(2) best performance : according to point1, we keep all products and ignore unused subcategories and categories. If it doesn't mention "best
performance" and we want to keep all the subcategories and categories( which might be the case in real world cases),we can do full outer join on
3 tables.
(3) left outer vs inner in question 1:
As "Every Product has a ProductSubCategory", Let's say if there are subcategory 1,2,3 in product query and 1,2,3,4 in ProductSubCategory
table, either left outer or inner join results in 1,2,3.
(4) Let's say we have SubCategory 1,2 and we have Categories Sport,Drinks. SubCategory 1 is under Category Sport but Subcategory 2 is not
under any Category. As we need to keep SubCategory 1,2, we need to do a Left outer join. If we keep Category Drinks then it defeats the
purpose of "Best performance".
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

* The correct answer for the first option is Inner Join: it is because we want to keep only the rows where there's matching ProductSubCategory
for each Product.
* The correct answer for the second option is Left outer join: it is because not every ProductSubCategory has a parent ProductCategor, so we
want to keep all ProductSubCategories while matching them with any available ProductCategories.
upvoted 3 times

  zdgjn 2 months, 1 week ago

If I am building something from the client why would I take risk of missing out data from ProdSubCategory table in the Event say a new item in
any table not present in other comes in? Answer is not practical for "Inner Join"
upvoted 1 times

  zdgjn 2 months, 1 week ago

Please can somebody share source where it states Inner join better than Left join?
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 18/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This was on exam

upvoted 5 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

When Product and ProductSubCategory are merged, it will be still named as Product table.
So second line should show Product, instead of ProductSubCategory.
So confusing.
upvoted 3 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

De acuerdo con la respuesta
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

for the second part why not full outer?
upvoted 3 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Inner
2. Left Outer
upvoted 1 times

  Shastrimath 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  dkbsdkbs 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Hi, can I get pdf of all questions?
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months, 1 week ago

Answer:
- Inner join is the best option if you only want the matching rows from both tables.
- Left outer join is useful if you want all the records from one of the tables. In this scenario, we want all the records from the "product
subcategory" table, so we should use a left outer join.
upvoted 4 times

  herr_serfin 8 months, 2 weeks ago

For first one , wouldnt inner and full outer give same results?
upvoted 5 times

  shhy 9 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct:
1. Inner join
2. Left Outer
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 19/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #7 Topic 1

You are building a Power BI report that uses data from an Azure SQL database named erp1.

You import the following tables.

You need to perform the following analyses:

✑ Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value
Orders by attributes of products sold

The solution must minimize update times when interacting with visuals in the report.

What should you do first?

A. From Power Query, merge the Order Line Items query and the Products query.

B. Create a calculated column that adds a list of product categories to the Orders table by using a DAX function.

C. Calculate the count of orders per product by using a DAX function.

D. From Power Query, merge the Orders query and the Order Line Items query.

Correct Answer: D

A merge queries operation joins two existing tables together based on matching values from one or multiple columns.

Join the Orders and the Order Line Items tables.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/merge-queries-overview

Community vote distribution

D (70%) A (30%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

I'm very sure it's D. It's the Header/Detail Schema, and the most optimal way is to flatten the header into the detail table.
Source:
https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/header-detail-vs-star-schema-models-in-tabular-and-power-bi/
upvoted 61 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month, 1 week ago

Totally agree, in Star Schema, we should only have one FACT table of ONE object (here is order). So, in this example, we should combine
Order and Order Detail into one FACT table.
upvoted 1 times

  shako 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I was first going with A but from the explanations I got from his source and re-reading the question between the lines, it is obvious that the
answer is D.
upvoted 2 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

D. doesn't have a common field. The answer has to be A
upvoted 7 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

There is no way D doesnt have a common field. There wouldn't be an order line if there was no Order ID in it. so just because it is not
stated doesnt mean it dont exist.
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

I agree that it's not clearly stated in the question that Order and Order Line tables have common field (for example: order ID)
If there is no common fields, there is no way to implement the requirements (calculating order value from Order line).
upvoted 10 times

  David_Zed Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 20/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Should be A, because we need to get " Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value Orders by attributes of products
sold"

Order line detail for quantities ordered, and product for product's attribute
upvoted 34 times

  golden_retriever 11 months ago

Price is also an attribute to the product, which is present in Order line detail. The key word here is a product sold. The sold items are present
only in the Order line detail. So A is INCORRECT
upvoted 15 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

it is not good idea to merge dim table with fact table!
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 months ago

It is not a good idea, but in this case it is the only way to aggregate the order value per product attributes.
upvoted 1 times

  WZ17 11 months, 1 week ago

I think you're forgetting about the "over time" part of the objective. You cannot show a distribution of sales over time without having a date
column which does not seem to be present in Products or Order Line Items.
upvoted 12 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 4 months ago

The date column is also not specified in the Orders, so this argument doesn't make sense.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

What do you mean? High-level info about orders includes date of the order.
upvoted 4 times

  Legato 11 months, 1 week ago

Exactly
upvoted 3 times

  discoverp Most Recent  2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Orders table has high-level order info, while OrderLines has more granular order info. The only way to link OrderLines (which also contains
ProductID and price of each order) to Orders would be via an FK reference i.e. OrderID.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is D.
To perform the analyses of orders sold over time and orders by attributes of products sold in a Power BI report while minimizing update times
when interacting with visuals, we should do, From Power Query, merge the Orders query and the Order Line items query. Because:
By merging the Orders query and the Order Line items query in Power Query, we combine the relevant data into a single table. After merging the
tables in Power Query, you can establish relationships between the tables, ensuring that they are related properly in the data model. Once tables
are merged and relationships are set up, we can then create measures in DAX to calculate the total order value and analyze orders by attributes
of products sold. This calculation will perform more efficient because we have reduced the data complexity through merging and proper data
modeling.
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Should be A, because we need to get " Orders sold over time that include a measure of the total order value Orders by attributes of products
sold"
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

As many have said, its not great that the details aren't there but.
1) I believe its 2 different requirements. The first one has the little picture and doesn't require us to merge anything to answer as Order will have
the total amount so we dont need so SUM anything in order details

2) requires details about the products that won't be on the orders table. Someone mentioned product ID would be on Order. No it would not, or
you would simply have ALREADY merged orders and order lines since you can have multiple products on an order.
So I am going with D. Although I dont like any of them
upvoted 1 times

  Abi_17 3 months ago

I think it should be A and D.
All the three tables has to be connected. Assuming there is a common field between Orders and OrderLine.
In first scenario we need information like order date to show order value over time, Order date will probably there in orders table and value should
be taken from OrderLine. So these tables need to be connected for this.
In the next scenario we need to show orders by product attributes, for which we need to connect orderline table with products table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 21/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  Abi_17 3 months ago

I think it should be A.
In first scenario we need information like order date to show orders over time, the column is supposed to be in the order table. We can have get it
even though it is not connected to Orderline or product table.
In the next scenario we need to show orders by product attributes, for which we need to connect orderline table with products table.
upvoted 1 times

  Abi_17 3 months ago

@Moderator , pls don't approve this. Adding a new one.
upvoted 1 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Check this out:

https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/header-detail-vs-star-schema-models-in-tabular-and-power-bi/
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Orders with line details as Fact table, Products will be a Dimension

upvoted 4 times

  J_Dawg_PBI 3 months, 2 weeks ago

How the hell are you supposed to answer this question without knowing what exactly is on the tables? The table descriptions for the Products
and Orders tables are very vague. How do you know which one contains the product attributes? Am I missing something here?
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I'm seeing it as a star schema question. You've got two fact tables and one dimension table. You merge the fact tables so that you only have
one fact table and a proper star schema.

This link others have posted here really helped me think about it:
https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/header-detail-vs-star-schema-models-in-tabular-and-power-bi/
upvoted 1 times

  Lavoisier 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The question is about the order "Sold". That information is on the Order, It can't be on the product. So we need to merge Order and Order line
tables.
upvoted 1 times

  Mowji 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I chose A previously, but I think D is a better choice. Product table is a dim table, which means it won't update as frequently as fact table. So
merge two fact tables would be a good idea to minimize update times.
upvoted 3 times

  2023_1983 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Which answer is correct? If we get this question in exam, then what should we write , A or D?
upvoted 3 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month, 1 week ago

D for sure, because we should merge two fact with the same object (Order) into one FACT table.
upvoted 1 times

  rania 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree with D , it's header and detail tables that can be merge
upvoted 1 times

  yarel_ 5 months, 2 weeks ago

c'est le A. Ils ont bien precisés que order ITEMS contion ID_product qui est la clé primaire de Product
upvoted 1 times

  AnshulK 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I think D is correct option bcoz, performing product or multiplication at power query level will optimize the solutions.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 22/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #8 Topic 1

You have a Microsoft SharePoint Online site that contains several document libraries.

One of the document libraries contains manufacturing reports saved as Microsoft Excel files. All the manufacturing reports have the same data

structure.

You need to use Power BI Desktop to load only the manufacturing reports to a table for analysis.

What should you do?

A. Get data from a SharePoint folder and enter the site URL Select Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing reports library.

B. Get data from a SharePoint list and enter the site URL. Select Combine & Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing

reports library.

C. Get data from a SharePoint folder, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.

D. Get data from a SharePoint list, enter the site URL, and then select Combine & Load.

Correct Answer: A

Get Data from SharePoint folder + select Combine & Load to load the data from all of the files in the SharePoint folder directly into your app.

Note: Connect to a SharePoint folder from Power Query Desktop

To connect to a SharePoint folder:

1. From Get Data, select SharePoint folder.

2. Paste the SharePoint site URL you copied in Determine the site URL to the Site URL text box in the SharePoint folder dialog box. In this

example, the site URL is https://contoso.sharepoint.com/marketing/data. If the site URL you enter is invalid, a warning icon. warning icon will

appear next to the URL text box.

SharePoint folder selection.

3. Select OK to continue.

4. If this is the first time you've visited this site address, select the appropriate authentication method. Enter your credentials and choose which

level to apply these settings to. Then select Connect.

5. When you select the SharePoint folder you want to use, the file information about all of the files in that SharePoint folder are displayed. In

addition, file information about any files in any subfolders is also displayed.

6. Select Combine & Transform Data to combine the data in the files of the selected SharePoint folder and load the data into the Power Query

Editor for editing. Or select Combine & Load to load the data from all of the files in the SharePoint folder directly into your app.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sharepointfolder

Community vote distribution

A (92%) 5%

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Video explains it all https://youtu.be/XuLnSYjmsJo

upvoted 46 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

Good tutorial!
upvoted 3 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

We have to import Excel files from SharePoint, so we need the connector SharePoint folder which is used to get access to the files stored in the
library. SharePoint list is a collection of content that has rows and columns (like a table) and is used for task lists, calendars, etc.
Since we have to filter only on manufacturing reports, we have to select Transform and then filter by the corresponding folder path.
upvoted 16 times

  Leiaaaaa Most Recent  3 days, 19 hours ago

Someone please explain this to me, B says combine and transform which is mentioned in the explanation but why is that not the answer?
upvoted 1 times

  nick0651 5 days, 16 hours ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 23/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The Correct Answer is A.
To load only the manufacturing reports (Microsoft Excel Files) from a specified SharePoint document library into Power BI Desktop for analysis,
we should do, Geta data from a SharePoint folder and enter the site URL. Select Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing
reports library. Option B is not the right answer choice because "SharePoint list" is selected, and you need to access files in a document library,
not a list. Option C and Option D both include "Combine & Load", which typically combines multiple queries or tables and loads them into Power
BI. However, since we only want to load files from a specific folder within the SharePoint library, we should use the "Transform" option to filter
and select the desired data before loading it into Power BI.
upvoted 4 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Get data from a SharePoint folder and enter the site URL Select Transform, then filter by the folder path to the manufacturing reports library
upvoted 3 times

  PrudhviKilli 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I guess answer is b, but not sure why it is A. Can someone please assist me with explanation
upvoted 2 times

  vamsi1220 5 months ago

Today I took the test and scored 927. All the 49 Q's are from ExamTopics website only. This question was asked and I selected SharePoint folder.
I mostly answered Q's based on the discussions only. Good Luck to everyone
upvoted 5 times

  Divspl300 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Were all the questions from the free available questions or one needs to have contributor access for the same?
upvoted 3 times

  mhv22 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Why not C ? are the same stes as what is explained as solution,,,
upvoted 1 times

  Chita_3385 3 months, 1 week ago

Yes, I think it's c too. And I check others' comments, maybe C is missing the step to choose files.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct the answer A

Explanation: Since the manufacturing reports are saved as Excel files in a specific document library within SharePoint Online, the best option is
to use Power BI Desktop to get data from the SharePoint folder that contains the manufacturing reports. After entering the site URL, select
Transform to open Power Query Editor, and then filter the folder path to the manufacturing reports library so that only the Excel files in that library
are loaded to the table for analysis. Option A is the correct choice for this scenario.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I gree the expication.

upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

The answer is A. Once you import the Sharepoint folder in Power BI, you can clean the data by transforming it and then filter it to show only the
data you need based on the specific path.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 24/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  svg10gh 10 months ago

A is correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  MBA_1990 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  viethoa 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is Get data from a SharePoint Online folder and enter the site URL. Select Combine & Transform, then filter by the folder path to the
manufacturing reports library.

Reference:
https://www.c-sharpcorner.com/article/combine-and-transform-data-of-multiple-files-located-in-a-folder-in-power-bi/
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 25/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #9 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -

You have a Microsoft Excel workbook that contains two sheets named Sheet1 and Sheet2.

Sheet1 contains the following table named Table1.

Sheet2 contains the following table named Table2.

You need to use Power Query Editor to combine the products from Table1 and Table2 into the following table that has one column containing no

duplicate values.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 26/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Import From Excel

Append Table 2 to Table 1
Remove Duplicates
upvoted 275 times

  JonDave 4 months, 3 weeks ago

this is correct but the column values are in the wrong order.
recreating the exact steps gives:
abc
def
ghi
jkl
mno
xyz
tuv
pqr
stu
upvoted 4 times

  AnshulK 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I also thought the same
upvoted 1 times

  KoS83 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Thought exactly the same
upvoted 2 times

  cygwin 12 months ago

agreed
upvoted 1 times

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Import From Excel since it has not been loaded to Powerbi initially
Append Table 2 to Table 1
Remove Duplicates from the table appended to (Table1)
upvoted 49 times

  sreenathk Most Recent  5 days, 2 hours ago

first please understand difference between Append and Merge
upvoted 1 times

  nick0651 5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 3 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks ago

This Was in the exam.

All the Best

upvoted 3 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  victorlfcarvalho 1 month ago

In my opinion, the correct is Import, Append and Remove Duplicate.
We can try to do it on Power Query right now, creating this two tables and testing to your own.
It doesnt get errors, just duplicates.
upvoted 2 times

  IrynaVilner 3 weeks, 3 days ago

I did the same). No errors as well. My answer is "Import, Append, Remove Duplicates"
upvoted 1 times

  wally91 1 month ago

It's wrong... The correct sequence is Import, Append and Remove Duplicates
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct sequences are as follows:
** First Step: From power BI Desktop, import the data from Excel, and select table1 and table2. This because importing the data into Power BI
Desktop is the first step.
** Next Step: From power Query Editor, append Table2 to Table1. Because this action will combine the data from both tables vertically, creating a
single table with all the products.
**Third Step: From Power Query Editor, remove errors from the table. Clean up the data and remove any potential errors.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 27/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Dpm0692 3 months ago

tested this
import from Excel
Append Table 2 to Table 1 (note in the append step it asks which table is first and that is table 2, second table is table 1)
Remove Duplicates

Order is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  AmitBI 3 months, 1 week ago

it should be Step 4,then Step 5 and last Step 1
Please see Step 2 mention remove duplicates from table1 but Table 1 doesn't have any duplicates,We need to remove duplicates only after
appending two tables .So Step 1
upvoted 1 times

  LeeTheRed 1 month, 4 weeks ago

After you have appended table2 to table1, there will be duplicates in table1.
upvoted 1 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 2 times

  Mariami_04 3 months, 1 week ago

And What do you answer? Is this right?
upvoted 1 times

  J_Dawg_PBI 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I'm not an expert but don't you need to import tables before merging them?
upvoted 1 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam today.
upvoted 3 times

  vivian_data 4 months ago

How do we know not to use Merge?
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Because you want to get one column
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Por favor su ayuda, no comprendo porque incluye en los pasos, resolver errores, Agradezco su respuesta. Opino como otros compañeros que
esta es la respuesta correcta Importar desde Excel Anexar la tabla 2 a la tabla 1 Eliminar duplicados
upvoted 1 times

  elsuizo_88 2 weeks, 6 days ago

la respuesta que ofrece la web esta mal :)
upvoted 1 times

  nhamdadou 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Hello, Do you have access to all the questions please?
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

Import - Appent - remove duplicate
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 28/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #10 Topic 1

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new column to Date.

B. Change the data type of the Logged column to Date.

C. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.

D. Apply a transformation to extract the first 11 characters of the Logged column.

Correct Answer: D

Extract the date, which is the first 11 characters.

CSV files have no data types.

Note: A CSV is a comma-separated values file, which allows data to be saved in a tabular format. CSVs look like a garden-variety spreadsheet

but with a . csv extension. CSV files can be used with most any spreadsheet program, such as Microsoft Excel or Google Spreadsheets.

Reference:

https://www.bigcommerce.com/ecommerce-answers/what-csv-file-and-what-does-it-mean-my-ecommerce-business/

Community vote distribution

C (90%) 7%

  _Jay_ Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer C is best approach

Split the Logged column by using "at" as the delimiter.
upvoted 62 times

  red_02 6 months, 3 weeks ago

If you choose to split it will create 2 columns but extract will give 1 column.
upvoted 5 times

  AFarag 8 months, 3 weeks ago

delimiter uses only one character, so "at" is not valid
upvoted 4 times

  nevesrf 8 months, 3 weeks ago

You can make it by choosing "custom" delimiter
upvoted 14 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

Agreed with you Jay
upvoted 1 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

agreed
upvoted 2 times

  Meebler Highly Voted  10 months, 1 week ago

C,

You should split the Logged column by using "at" as the delimiter. This will allow you to separate the date and time into separate columns, which
will enable you to analyze the complaints by date and use a built-in date hierarchy. Alternatively, you could also use a transformation to extract
the date and time from the Logged column and set the data type of the new columns to Date and Time, respectively. Option A is incorrect
because it only extracts the last 11 characters of the Logged column, which would not include the date. Option B is incorrect because the data in
the Logged column is in a non-standard date format and cannot be directly converted to the Date data type. Option D is incorrect because it only
extracts the first 11 characters of the Logged column, which would not include the time.
upvoted 23 times

  AFarag 8 months, 3 weeks ago

delimiter uses only one character, so "at" is not valid
upvoted 3 times

  cabbagepie 7 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 29/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

You actually can do that if you click on the "Select or enter delimiter" in the "Split Column by Delimiter" window that pops up after you click
on "Split Column" in the "Transform" tab on top of your Power BI window. After you select the --Custom-- option from the drop down
menu in the "Select or enter delimiter" drop down list, you can write "at" in the text box that appears below the drop down list.
upvoted 5 times

  dodoinparis 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  slu239 Most Recent  4 days, 11 hours ago

Selected Answer: C

https://community.fabric.microsoft.com/t5/Desktop/Extract-Value/m-p/2829915#M977021
upvoted 1 times

  oreshetnik 1 week, 2 days ago

ChatGPT says answer D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  sagar_1993 1 week, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: C

Power Query allows 'at' as Delimiter, so the answer is C.

upvoted 1 times

  Zarina_H 2 weeks ago

May be the test wants us to make a decision between having two columns (C) and having a column with an extra space (D). C is not good
solution compare two D. Because with C we increase cardinality (more unique values in data) but with D we gonna have just 11th character
which will be same for whole column.
upvoted 1 times

  Kish1604 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Just tried all the options in Query Editor.

Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter - is the best approach since it will automatically change the first split column to Date type
Apply a transformation to extract the first 11 characters of the Logged column - This is wrong - Firstly, it should take only first 10 characters.
Secondly, the column type is still unchanged.
upvoted 1 times

  IrynaVilner 3 weeks, 3 days ago

Answer D. According to the question we really don't need time as a separate column, so we can only extract first 11 characters for date, and
then using updated date column build hierarchy.
upvoted 2 times

  Dnw_hhnn 1 month ago

How is this question related to Power BI?
upvoted 1 times

  wally91 1 month ago

Answer C is the best because if you split using the space will create 3 columns 1) date 2) at 3) hour
upvoted 1 times

  MagM 1 month, 1 week ago

My choice is D. csv file has no columns, need to transform the 'logged' into column and extract first 11 characters (includes the white space
before '2') which tells the year and day.
upvoted 1 times

  Zarina_H 2 weeks ago

where from we can know that there is a white space before two?
upvoted 1 times

  poli361 1 month, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

best solution
upvoted 1 times

  Joaopfr25 1 month, 2 weeks ago

a resposta é letra C ao dividir a coluna por delimitador personalizado usando o at, será criado 2 colunas, mas a coluna com a informação da
data assumirá o tipo data automaticamente
upvoted 1 times

  Joaopfr25 1 month, 2 weeks ago

E também ficará disponível a hierarquia de data
upvoted 1 times

  mnano1479 1 month, 3 weeks ago

I’m so confused which one is the correct answer then?
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 30/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Posi 2 months ago

Selected Answer: C

I tested it and C is the correct answer

upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is B.
To analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a build-in date hierarchy in Power BI, we should "Change the data type of the logged
column to date". Because the logged column contains the date and time in the "2018-12-31 at 08:59" format. To use it as a date for analysis and
to create a build-in date hierarchy, we need to change its data type to date.
upvoted 2 times

  Mujadidi 2 months, 1 week ago

A. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new column to Date.
Option B is not the correct choice because directly changing the data type of the Logged column to Date won't work without proper formatting
due to the "at" text in the middle of the string.
Option C is not necessary because there's no need to split the Logged column since you can extract the necessary date information without
splitting.
Option D is also incorrect because you need the date information, not the time, and extracting the first 11 characters would result in the "2018-
12-31" part of the string, which is the date information you need. However, it's better to extract the last 11 characters to avoid any potential
issues with the "at" text in the middle of the string.
So, the correct choice is A.
upvoted 2 times

  Kundelp 2 months, 1 week ago

You know that with A, you will end with "2018-12-" and "31 at 08:59".
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 31/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #11 Topic 1

You have a Microsoft Excel file in a Microsoft OneDrive folder.

The file must be imported to a Power BI dataset.

You need to ensure that the dataset can be refreshed in powerbi.com.

Which two connectors can you use to connect to the file? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Excel Workbook

B. Text/CSV

C. Folder

D. SharePoint folder

E. Web

Correct Answer: AC

A: Connect to an Excel workbook from Power Query Desktop

To make the connection from Power Query Desktop:

1. Select the Excel option in the connector selection.

2. Browse for and select the Excel workbook you want to load. Then select Open.

3. Etc.

C: Folder connector capabilities supported

Folder path -

Combine -

Combine and load -

Combine and transform -

Connect to a folder from Power Query Online

To connect to a folder from Power Query Online:

1. Select the Folder option in the connector selection.

2. Enter the path to the folder you want to load.

Note:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 32/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/excel https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/folder

Community vote distribution

DE (85%) Other

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: DE

We can import an excel file from multiple connectors (excel workbook, folder, web, sharepoint) but if we must refresh the data from the service
with no gateways then We must use web and sharepoint connectors
upvoted 60 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

but OneDrive is cloud and we do not need a gateway.
upvoted 1 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

Try it. D and E won't work. Its looking for a URL
upvoted 2 times

  KobeData 1 year ago

Works just fine, this is how you do it :) https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-onedrive-business-links
upvoted 11 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

Agreed KobeData
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 33/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

This page explains both the Web and the SharePoint option:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/sharepoint-onedrive-files
upvoted 3 times

  Fer079 1 year ago

I tried both and they work perfectly, and of course, you need the path (in this case the URL of the excel file on One Drive) of the file, so I
don´t see the problem you say...
upvoted 15 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: DE

A, B, C: wrong! Would work technically, but the connection will be only to the local copy of the file, no refresh from the online version stored on
OneDrive
D: correct, but more complicated than option E
E: correct, this is the best option to import from OneDrive
upvoted 21 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: 4,5
upvoted 6 times

  Kish1604 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

Connecting via SharePoint folder or Web does not require Gateway service
upvoted 2 times

  IrynaVilner 3 weeks, 3 days ago

My answer is A,C
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: DE

Referred to -
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-onedrive-business-links
and
https://youtu.be/rcYRcsDjPMI?si=hSguTn4E00iWbOsz
upvoted 1 times

  Pratham8285 1 month ago

Selected Answer: DE

It's definitely DE as explained from Microsoft instructor in this video

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rcYRcsDjPMI
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A & D are the two connectors we use to connect to the file.
That is because:
A. Excel Workbook: Power BI supports direct connections to Excel files in OneDrive, allowing you to import data and refresh it in Power BI
Service.
D. SharePoint folder: OneDrive for Business is often integrated with SharePoint, and you can use the SharePoint folder connector to access files
stored in a SharePoint document library, which can include OneDrive files.
upvoted 2 times

  Dri_Vieira 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Eu escolheria as opções D e E, já que não precisa instalar nenhum gateways para atualizar os dados (é mais fácil).
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: DE

In the Excel connector you can see the docmentation says "If the Excel workbook is online, use the Web connector to connect to the workbook."
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is D and E.
This is what stands out in the question

"You need to ensure that the dataset can be refreshed in powerbi.com."

You can sync your one drive with SharePoint folder and then for one drive, no gateway is needed so you can just use web for connecting
upvoted 1 times

  globalexamtopics 3 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 34/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

ChatGPT4:
According to the document, to connect to the Excel file in a Microsoft OneDrive folder for importing to a Power BI dataset, you can use the
following two connectors:

Excel Workbook (Option A): Power BI allows you to get data from many types of files, including Excel workbooks. You can select the Excel option
when using the Get data feature in Power BI Desktop.

SharePoint - Team Sites (Option D): Saving your Power BI Desktop files to SharePoint Team Sites is similar to saving to OneDrive for Business.
The main difference is how you connect to the file from Power BI. You can specify a URL or connect to the root folder.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

ChatGPT doesn't know the question, which is about Excel Workbook but on OneDrive, not on your computer.
The answer is Web & Sharepoint (can by synced with OneDrive).
upvoted 3 times

  AlanTech 3 months, 3 weeks ago

From reading materials:
According to the document, to connect to a Microsoft Excel file in a Microsoft OneDrive folder and ensure that the dataset can be refreshed in
powerbi.com, you can use the following two connectors:

Excel Workbook (Option A): Power BI allows you to get data from many types of files, including Excel workbooks. You can select the Excel option
when using the Get Data feature in Power BI Desktop.

SharePoint - Team Sites (Option D): Saving your Power BI Desktop files to SharePoint Team Sites is similar to saving to OneDrive for Business.
The main difference is how you connect to the file from Power BI. You can specify a URL or connect to the root folder.
upvoted 1 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Selected Answer: DE

The answer depends on the requirement to be able to refresh the dataset in Power BI Service - of the choices here, only the Web and SharePoint
Folder connectors permit scheduled refresh in PBI Service.
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

Selected Answer: DE

Surely, when you use SharePoint Folder, you need to use root folder, not subfolders.
Web is directly connection to excel file
upvoted 1 times

  Amosrab 4 months, 1 week ago

D and E
upvoted 1 times

  CrisRondaloGonzalez 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

To connect PowerBi to a one drive folder you need a digital link

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 35/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #12 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -

You are profiling data by using Power Query Editor.

You have a table named Reports that contains a column named State. The distribution and quality data metrics for the data in State is shown in

the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: 69 -

69 distinct/different values.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 36/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Note: Column Distribution allows you to get a sense for the overall distribution of values within a column in your data previews, including the

count of distinct values (total number of different values found in a given column) and unique values (total number of values that only appear

once in a given column).

Box 2: 4 -

Reference:

https://systemmanagement.ro/2018/10/16/power-bi-data-profiling-distinct-vs-unique/

  olajor Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

69 is always the right choice! ;)
upvoted 91 times

  yaguitoEC 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes, best answer
upvoted 2 times

  learnazureportal Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 23 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

Similar question was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  thomas_90 1 month, 1 week ago

69 and 4
upvoted 2 times

  SaiCharan534 1 month, 3 weeks ago

69 , 4 : )
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

69 and 4 are correct.
The column has 69 distinct values, which includes all unique values (4) plus the empty values(nulls).
There are 4 unique values in the column, those are non-null values that occur only once in the "State" column.
upvoted 3 times

  n_uttam28 2 months, 3 weeks ago

69 and 4
upvoted 3 times

  madyjoe21 3 months ago

Why the 4 unique values are not considered district values as well? I didn't get it! Does anyone could help me please? Ty. Answer: 73 and 4
upvoted 1 times

  Bamlaku 2 months, 3 weeks ago

This Column Distribution feature allows you to get a sense for the overall distribution of values within a column in your data previews,
including the count of distinct values (total number of different values found in a given column) and unique values (total number of values that
only appear once in a given column). In other words, distinct values represent the total number of different values found in a given column,
while unique values represent the total number of values that only appear once in a given column.
Cheers!
upvoted 4 times

  Xtophine 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Nice explanation!!!
upvoted 1 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

every unique value is considered as distinct so sum with distinct my friend :)
upvoted 1 times

  ahmed_025 3 months, 1 week ago

can someone please share the pdf?
upvoted 2 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 37/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This was on exam Today

upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam today.
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

This was on exam
upvoted 4 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

69 DIstinct (DIfferent) values (including null) / 4 UNIque (1 (UNI) appearance each) values
upvoted 1 times

  Vandey 4 months, 1 week ago

Can anyone share the downloaded pdf for the exam. Because I am writing the exam tomorrow
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 5 months ago

69 y 4 esta bn
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

This was on the exam.
I thought I understood it but now certain I got the first answer wrong.
It helps me to notice that unique values are counted within the distinct values.
So yeah, 69 and 4
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 38/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #13 Topic 1

HOTSPOT -

You have two CSV files named Products and Categories.

The Products file contains the following columns:

✑ ProductID
✑ ProductName
✑ SupplierID
✑ CategoryID
The Categories file contains the following columns:

✑ CategoryID
✑ CategoryName
✑ CategoryDescription
From Power BI Desktop, you import the files into Power Query Editor.

You need to create a Power BI dataset that will contain a single table named Product. The Product will table includes the following columns:

✑ ProductID
✑ ProductName
✑ SupplierID
✑ CategoryID
✑ CategoryName
✑ CategoryDescription
How should you combine the queries, and what should you do on the Categories query? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer

area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Merge -

There are two primary ways of combining queries: merging and appending.

* When you have one or more columns that you'd like to add to another query, you merge the queries.

* When you have additional rows of data that you'd like to add to an existing query, you append the query.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 39/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 2: Disable the query load -

Managing loading of queries -

In many situations, it makes sense to break down your data transformations in multiple queries. One popular example is merging where you

merge two queries into one to essentially do a join. In this type of situations, some queries are not relevant to load into Desktop as they are

intermediate steps, while they are still required for your data transformations to work correctly. For these queries, you can make sure they are

not loaded in Desktop by un-checking 'Enable load' in the context menu of the query in Desktop or in the Properties screen:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-shape-and-combine-data https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-

bi/connect-data/refresh-include-in-report-refresh

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Ok for me
upvoted 41 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Ok for me too 👍🏻
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

The given answer is correct.
Combine the queries by performing a: Merge.
On the Categories query: Disable the query load.
upvoted 12 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 1 times

  thomas_90 1 month, 1 week ago

answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Merge & Exclude the query from report refresh are correct answers.
Use the merge to combine the "Products" and "Categories" queries based on the "CategoryID" column.
Once we have combined the queries, we don't need the standalone "Categories" query because we have merged its data into the "Product"
table. We "Exclude the query from report refresh" to ensure it doesn't unnecessarily reload when refreshing the report.
upvoted 3 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on exam Today
upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 3 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Merge / Disable query load
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 5 months ago

La respuesta es correcta Combinar, pq se requiere complementar la primera tabla y Deshabilitar la carga de la consulta, para mejor rendimiento.
upvoted 1 times

  nmnm22 5 months ago

wish all questions were this simple
upvoted 1 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Combine las consultas realizando: Merge - Combinar
2. En la consulta Categorías: Deshabilite la carga de consultas.
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 40/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This is correct
- Merge
- Disable the query load
upvoted 5 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

I totaly agree with the answer, Merge and disable the category query
upvoted 3 times

  PsgFe 10 months, 2 weeks ago

correct
- Merge
- Disable the query load
upvoted 4 times

  SSN_18 10 months, 3 weeks ago

correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  GSKop 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 41/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #14 Topic 1

You have an Azure SQL database that contains sales transactions. The database is updated frequently.

You need to generate reports from the data to detect fraudulent transactions. The data must be visible within five minutes of an update.

How should you configure the data connection?

A. Add a SQL statement.

B. Set the Command timeout in minutes setting.

C. Set Data Connectivity mode to Import.

D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.

Correct Answer: D

DirectQuery: No data is imported or copied into Power BI Desktop. For relational sources, the selected tables and columns appear in the Fields

list. For multi- dimensional sources like SAP Business Warehouse, the dimensions and measures of the selected cube appear in the Fields list.

As you create or interact with a visualization, Power BI Desktop queries the underlying data source, so you're always viewing current data.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-use-directquery

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct for me
upvoted 17 times

  sankeytm Most Recent  4 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct for me
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

D is the correct answer.
DirectQuery model allows Power BI to directly query the data source (Azure SQL database, in this case) in real-time or near real-time. When data
is updated in the database, DirectQuery ensures that the reports reflect the most current data without the need to import and refresh the data into
the Power BI model.
upvoted 3 times

  Chenemi 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

dIRECT QUERY IS BEST

upvoted 1 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Near real-time data needed, so DirectQuery is needed.

upvoted 1 times

  Jagu_sheth 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct Ans
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Direct Query is the best choice!

upvoted 2 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

DirectQuery - best for real-time, or if you have large datasets to pull from

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/get-data/6-storage-mode
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 42/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Establezca el modo de conectividad de datos en DirectQuery.

upvoted 1 times

  ClassMistress 10 months ago

D is the correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  Nuli 10 months, 2 weeks ago

D is correct because the database is updated frequently.
upvoted 1 times

  scotchtapebunny 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Yup! D seems most appropriate.
upvoted 4 times

  ClassMistress 1 year ago

D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery because the data is accessed frequently.
upvoted 3 times

  CHT1988 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.

upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

DirectQuery
upvoted 2 times

  adizzz54 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Direct query
upvoted 3 times

  OGESSIUSER 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Set Data Connectivity mode to DirectQuery.

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 43/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #15 Topic 1

DRAG DROP -

You have a folder that contains 100 CSV files.

You need to make the file metadata available as a single dataset by using Power BI. The solution must NOT store the data of the CSV files.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence. To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From Power BI Desktop, Select Get Data, and then Select Folder.

‫ג‬
Open Power BI Desktop and then select Get Data\More €¦ and choose Folder from the All options on the left.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 44/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Enter the folder path, select OK, and then select Transform data to see the folder's files in Power Query Editor.

Step 2: From Power Query Editor, expand the Attributes column.

Step 3: From Power Query Editor, combine the Content column.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 45/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Combine files behavior -

To combine binary files in Power Query Editor, select Content (the first column label) and select Home > Combine Files. Or you can just select

the Combine Files icon next to Content.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-combine-binaries

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

I think the correct flow is
Get data then select folder
Remove content Colum
Expand Attribute Colum
upvoted 136 times

  fellipeao 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I have tested and works.
Some ppl said to "combine attribute", but its not possible.The options is not avaliable.
upvoted 2 times

  GabryPL 10 months ago

what about:
1) get data from folder
2) expand attribute
3) remove content column

why should this order be wrong?

upvoted 12 times

  HN_3532 9 months, 1 week ago

It's not wrong, but the rule of thumb is "Filter left. Format right.". Removing columns is vertical filtering, so it should be on top.
upvoted 10 times

  Nemesizz 9 months ago

What do u mean with vertical filtering?
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 1 week ago

Horizontal filtering = removing rows we don't want.
Vertical filtering = removing columns we don't want.
upvoted 1 times

  pnb11 1 year, 1 month ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 46/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

These are right answer

1.Get data the select folder
2.Remove attribute column (because this column contain information about file which not needed).
3.Combine Content column (which contain actual data which needed for us)
upvoted 29 times

  Tata11 1 year, 1 month ago

Hello dear, Metadata means information about files. It's why we remove content.
upvoted 21 times

  jaydenlkl 9 months, 2 weeks ago

agreed
upvoted 4 times

  Shakilpatil 10 months, 2 weeks ago

The question is not to store data of files
upvoted 6 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

See the requirement "The solution must NOT store the data of the CSV files."
So the content column must be removed.
upvoted 15 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

I agree that this is the requirement. The thing that bothers me is WHY? Why would you want to create a dataset with only the metadata?
upvoted 6 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

audit purpose. Not everything is about the business results, for big corps you'd care about how it's run too
upvoted 9 times

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It should be remove Content not combine, since the file data is NOT to be stored.
upvoted 40 times

  Churato 1 year ago

Tested here and it works. Thankyou!
upvoted 2 times

  GPerez73 1 year, 1 month ago

I agree
upvoted 6 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  TigerTienie 1 month, 1 week ago

Only meta data must be shown and NO data must be stored.
Try this out practical, following steps work.
1)
Get Data from folder
2) Expand Attribute columns
3) Remove Content column
upvoted 1 times

  Fisher 1 month, 1 week ago

expand the attributes.

Expanding the attributes means that you create columns in your dataset to capture the metadata about each file, such as file names, file paths,
file sizes, and other relevant attributes. This approach keeps the metadata in your dataset without storing the actual data from the CSV files.

By expanding the attributes, you ensure that you have the necessary information to work with the file metadata in your Power BI reports and
visualizations while adhering to the requirement of not storing the CSV file data within your Power BI dataset.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

First step: From Power BI desktop, select get data, and then select folder. This is the first step to access the files within the folder.
Second Step: From Power Query Editor, expand the attributes column. This step is necessary to access the file metadata.
Third Step: From Power BI Query Editor, remove the content column. This step is crucial to exclude the actual file data and keep only the
metadata.
Are the correct steps. Others will not work because of the following reasons :
Removing the "attributes" column would prevent us from accessing the file metadata.

Selecting "text/csv" from the "Get Data" menu would be necessary if we want to import the data from the CSV files themeselves, but our
requirement is to extract metadata only, so this step in not needed.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 47/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Combining the "Content" column is not necessary because we want to remove it to avoid storing the data, not combine it.
upvoted 3 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 1 week ago

Dear friends. If you don't combine content, you won't get just one dataset. Each SCV file would become a separate table when uploaded into
report. If you just try that, you'll see that you're wrong and official answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Get data and then select a folder
2. Delete Attributes folder Since we want to ensure that we don't store unnecessary data
3. Combine both tables using Content column intoa single dataset
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

Attributes = metadata, remove content
upvoted 2 times

  minhnhat123 1 month, 1 week ago

u said Attributes = metadata, the requirement is not include the data of files, so it should be remove attr right?
upvoted 1 times

  J_Dawg_PBI 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This wasn't explained very well in the course I'm taking? What's the logic behind this answer?
From what I understand, expanding the attribute column will display the data, which I would think goes against the instruction not to store any
data. Wouldn't combining them be the same thing as appending them?
upvoted 3 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

The attributes ARE the metadata you're looking for. Expanding that column breaks the metadata out into separate fields so you can make use
of these data points. So you remove the file contents and expand the attributes into metadata columns.

The goal here is to create a report *about* the files, not about what's in them. Like a count of Excel files vs. PDFs, or documents created by
month.
upvoted 1 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Get Data (Folder) > Remove content > Expand attributes
upvoted 2 times

  visionary4ever 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer:
1) get data from folder
2) remove content column (because we don't need to combine files, we just want meta data)
3) expand attribute
upvoted 2 times

  Alvin_2113 4 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is correct, I just tried and it works.
Get Data From Folder
Expand Attribute Column
Combine Content Column
upvoted 1 times

  elesglar 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes, but YOU DO NOT want to store data from the files. It's for metadata purposes only (Folder names)
upvoted 1 times

  sergeyitaly 4 months, 4 weeks ago

To make the file metadata available as a single dataset in Power BI without storing the data of the CSV files, you should perform the following
actions in sequence:

Get Data: Select Get Data and then select Text/CSV. This action allows you to connect to the folder that contains the CSV files in Power BI.

Combine the Content Column: After connecting to the folder, you should combine the content column of the CSV files. This step merges the data
from all the files into a single column.

Expand the Attributes Column: Once the content column is combined, you can expand the attributes column to extract the metadata of the files.
This action separates the metadata into individual columns.

Therefore, the correct sequence of actions is as follows:

Get Data
Combine the Content Column
Expand the Attributes Column
Actions to remove the contents and attributes columns are not necessary since the goal is to extract and retain the file metadata without storing
the data of the CSV files.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 48/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  oreshetnik 1 week, 1 day ago

After Combine, the Attribute Column is no longer there.
upvoted 1 times

  safz 4 months ago

i would remove content column as it will reduce the dataset size and simplify the dataset structure,
upvoted 1 times

  vat4444 5 months ago

Get data then select folder
Remove content Colum
Expand Attribute Colum
upvoted 1 times

  rmeng 5 months, 3 weeks ago

In order to not break the query folding:
1) get data from folder
2) expand attribute
3) remove content column
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Just tested in real life. The correct sequence is:
1. Get data from the folder
2. Remove attributes (it contains information about files which is not required).
3. Combine Content.
upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 6 months ago

I take my words back. Did not read carefully. We need metadata here and not the actual data.
So the correct sequence is:
1.Get data from the folder
2. Remove Content.
3. Expand Attribute.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct answer
Get DAta then select Folder
Remove Content Column
Expand Attribute Column
In the first step of the data modeling process in Power BI, it is generally recommended to analyze the data and remove any unnecessary content
columns first before expanding attribute columns.

Content columns are those that do not provide any meaningful information for analysis, such as ID columns, timestamp columns, or other
metadata columns. These columns are typically used for identification or administrative purposes and are not relevant for analysis. Removing
them can simplify the data model, reduce query time, and improve performance.

Therefore, the general approach is to remove unnecessary content columns first before expanding attribute columns in Power BI. This will help
simplify the data model and improve performance, while still providing the necessary information for analysis.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 49/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #16 Topic 1

A business intelligence (BI) developer creates a dataflow in Power BI that uses DirectQuery to access tables from an on-premises Microsoft SQL

server. The

Enhanced Dataflows Compute Engine is turned on for the dataflow.

You need to use the dataflow in a report. The solution must meet the following requirements:

✑ Minimize online processing operations.

✑ Minimize calculation times and render times for visuals.
✑ Include data from the current year, up to and including the previous day.
What should you do?

A. Create a dataflows connection that has DirectQuery mode selected.

B. Create a dataflows connection that has DirectQuery mode selected and configure a gateway connection for the dataset.

C. Create a dataflows connection that has Import mode selected and schedule a daily refresh.

D. Create a dataflows connection that has Import mode selected and create a Microsoft Power Automate solution to refresh the data hourly.

Correct Answer: C

A daily update is adequate.

When you set up a refresh schedule, Power BI connects directly to the data sources using connection information and credentials in the dataset

to query for updated data, then loads the updated data into the dataset. Any visualizations in reports and dashboards based on that dataset in

the Power BI service are also updated.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-desktop-file-local-drive

Community vote distribution

C (93%) 8%

  IxIsa Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

C, because one of the requirements is 'Minimize online processing operations'. Although the dataflow uses DirectQuery, the Dataset can be
refreshed with Import.https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/dataflows/dataflows-directquery
upvoted 35 times

  thanhtran7 11 months ago

"Although the dataflow uses DirectQuery, the Dataset can be refreshed with Import." -> I dont understand this point. Can you help explain
more details?
upvoted 3 times

  NLeeXTung 5 months ago

Image the Dataflow like the Common Data Model which has been ETL from the external data sources and PBI Desktop will connect to
Dataflow by Import mode to create its dataset
upvoted 4 times

  spamhz 1 month, 3 weeks ago

direct query is to on prem database, does it still use online processing operation?
upvoted 1 times

  Sunny_Liya 1 year ago

Need a gateway
upvoted 3 times

  Dovoto 1 year ago

The BI developer has already created the dataflow, so the gateway must be present. Import and daily scheduled refresh should do the
trick.
upvoted 11 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

in all options, it says :" create a dataflow...." it means we already do not have the dataflow
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

No, it's already created by the developer. Your task is "to use the dataflow in a report"
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 50/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

Correct Answer C

Based on the requirements mentioned, the best option would be to choose option C: Create a dataflows connection that has Import mode
selected and schedule a daily refresh.

Option A is not the best choice as it requires online processing operations, which goes against one of the requirements.

Option B is not necessary since the SQL Server is on-premises and not in a cloud environment. Gateway connections are typically used for
cloud-based data sources that require access to on-premises data.

Option D refreshes the data too frequently and might lead to unnecessary processing operations, which goes against one of the requirements.

Therefore, the best approach is to use Import mode with daily scheduled refreshes to include data from the current year, up to and including the
previous day. This would minimize online processing operations and also reduce calculation times and render times for visuals.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 14 times

  KAYBOL 2 weeks, 5 days ago

I would think Gateways are need for ON premises DB.
upvoted 1 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  DOUNIA 3 days, 22 hours ago

and your answer to this it was C ?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answer is C.
It is because:

Import mode allows us to load and store the data from the DirectQuery source in the Power BI service. This minimizes online processing
operations, as calculations are performed during data refresh rather than in real-time during report rendering.

Scheduling a daily refresh ensures that our dataflow data is up to date while minimizing the frequency of refresh operations. Since we only need
data up to and including the previous day, a daily refresh is sufficient.
upvoted 3 times

  Chenemi 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

SINCE WE ARE MINIMIZING ONLINE PROCESSING

upvoted 1 times

  pverde 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Mphatso 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The best option to meet the given requirements would be:

B. Create a dataflows connection that has DirectQuery mode selected and configure a gateway connection for the dataset.

Explanation:

The requirement to minimize online processing operations suggests that DirectQuery mode should be used. DirectQuery allows Power BI to
directly query the on-premises SQL server without importing the data into Power BI.
The requirement to minimize calculation times and render times for visuals is also achieved through DirectQuery mode. With DirectQuery,
calculations are performed on the SQL server, reducing the computational load on Power BI.
The requirement to include data from the current year, up to and including the previous day can be handled by configuring a gateway connection.
The gateway allows Power BI to establish a secure connection to the on-premises SQL server and retrieve the required data.
Option B fulfills all the requirements by using DirectQuery mode and configuring a gateway connection for the dataset.
upvoted 4 times

  AnshulK 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C option as it decreases the processing time.

upvoted 1 times

  Ihtra 6 months ago

Need a gateway

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 51/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

guys! first, the dataflow have been created in power bi service. that means a gateway has already installed so we do not need a gateway. just we
need to create dataflow Connection. and this connection should minimize online processing, that means the dataflow should use import mode.
and we need a daily refresh. therefore option C is the correct option.!
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

"to access tables from an on-premises Microsoft SQL server." do not we need a gateway?
upvoted 1 times

  vishals729 6 months, 2 weeks ago

the answer will be option B as you will need a gateway connection for connecting securely to a sql databse
upvoted 2 times

  glenman0202 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the correct answer. DirectQuery is slower than import in regards to calculation times and render times for visuals, so both A and B are
automatically disqualified. Additionally, there is no reason to refresh data hourly, as a daily refresh (C) is adequate for the requirements.
upvoted 3 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C. Cree una conexión de flujos de datos que tenga seleccionado el modo de importación y programe una actualización diaria.
upvoted 1 times

  hungry85 7 months, 2 weeks ago

I think A is also correct since you have to avoid separate refresh schedule
upvoted 1 times

  Akin_Eren 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B seems to correct answer to me. Direct Query is the way to "Serving data to customers in a managed and performance-minded way"
upvoted 2 times

  skaha 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Did dataflow project now. C is the correct answer. when connect dataflow it shows pop up window with flows-tables and at the bottom l>>oad-
transform-cancel(means import mode is predefined by PBI desktop tool. in Gateway refresh schedule daily(suitable for the question) or weekly
options.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 52/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #17 Topic 1

DRAG DROP

You publish a dataset that contains data from an on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database.

The dataset must be refreshed daily.

You need to ensure that the Power BI service can connect to the database and refresh the dataset.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Correct Answer:

  svg10gh Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Current sequence looks good
upvoted 26 times

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months ago

Given Answer is correct

Set up an on-premises data gateway: Download and install an on-premises data gateway on a machine that has access to the SQL Server
database. Make sure that the gateway is registered to the same workspace as the dataset.

Configure a data source: In the Power BI service, go to the dataset settings, and select the data source. Then, enter the necessary details,
including the server name, database name, and credentials.

Schedule refresh: In the dataset settings, go to the "Scheduled refresh" tab, and set up a refresh schedule. Ensure that the gateway is selected
as the "Data source credentials" option.

Publish the dataset: Finally, publish the dataset to the Power BI service. The dataset will be refreshed according to the schedule you set up, and
the on-premises data gateway will allow the service to connect to the SQL Server database.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 53/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 8 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Publish the dataset isn't one of the answers tho
upvoted 5 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

3rd step should be add dataset owner to the data source
upvoted 2 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

then the 4th step should be schedule the refresh
upvoted 2 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  LuisViotti 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Answer correct
Passed my exam (22/09/2023) - with this question
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Here are the correct Sequences:
First Step : Add a data source. This involves specifying the connection details, such as the server's name, database name, and authentication
credentials.

Second Step: Configure an on-premises data gateway. The gateway acts as a bridge between our on-premises data sources and the Power BI
service in the cloud. It allows secure data transfer and access.

Third Step: Add the dataset owner to the data source. Ensure that the dataset owner (the Power BI user or service account) has appropriate
permissions to access the on-premises SQL server database. This is important for successful data retrieval during refresh.

Fourth Step: Configure a scheduled refresh. Schedule the refresh to occur daily to keep the dataset up to date.
upvoted 3 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month, 1 week ago

Nope, the first step should be Configure data gateway. then, in second step we could have ability to add data source.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iq9M_ncz0tw --> please refer to this link as example.
I just wonder the step 3 and 4, why do we need to add dataset owner before setting a schedule refresh.
upvoted 2 times

  Chenemi 3 months, 1 week ago

SETUP ON PREMISES DATA GATEWAY
ADD DATA SOURCE
ADD DATASET OWNER
SCHEDULE REFRESH
upvoted 2 times

  safz 4 months ago

comparing to the given answer, i would select add data owner as the last one - https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/manage-
datasets-power-bi/5-dataset-refresh
upvoted 1 times

  killershark 7 months, 2 weeks ago

One thing I didn't understand is that first we need to add data source and then configure an on-premises data gateway. Someone please help me
understand why we are not following this order?
upvoted 3 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Configure una puerta de enlace de datos local.
2. Agregue un origen de datos.
3. Agregue el propietario del conjunto de datos al origen de datos.
4. Configure una actualización programada.
upvoted 3 times

  Heyzzzzzzzzzzzzzz 8 months, 1 week ago

Could anyone provide a link to this? Seem like this requires pragmatic experience
upvoted 4 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/manage-datasets-power-bi/4-power-bi-gateway
and the study page after that

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 54/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/manage-datasets-power-bi/5-dataset-refresh
It does not necessarily talk about this order, but it does help to understand how this works. With those pages I was able to logically put the
four things in the correct order.
upvoted 2 times

  KoS83 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Any good link for this topic?
upvoted 2 times

  MalenaLIU 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Why Add a data source must be before Add dataset owner to data source?
upvoted 1 times

  PetJoh422 7 months, 3 weeks ago

You first need to add a source to the gateway and then give permission to that source.
Without adding the source to the gw list there is nothing to give access to
upvoted 6 times

  JoaoTrade 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct.
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Configure an on-premises data gateway.
Add the dataset owner to the data source.
Add a data source.
Configure a scheduled refresh.
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 4 weeks ago

I changed my mind. The answer provided is correct because the owner needs a data source to own in the first place so add a data source
should be second
upvoted 3 times

  Hansen_G 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Agree.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 55/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #18 Topic 1

You attempt to connect Power BI Desktop to a Cassandra database.

From the Get Data connector list, you discover that there is no specific connector for the Cassandra database.

You need to select an alternate data connector that will connect to the database.

Which type of connector should you choose?

A. Microsoft SQL Server database

B. ODBC

C. OLE DB

D. OData

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is Correct because, B´cause it allows you to connect to data sources that aren't identified in the Get Data lists.

The ODBC connector lets you import data from any third-party ODBC driver simply by specifying a Data Source Name (DSN) or a connection
string. As an option, you can also specify a SQL statement to execute against the ODBC driver.
List details a few examples of data sources to which Power BI Desktop can connect by using the generic ODBC interface:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-connect-using-generic-interfaces
upvoted 25 times

  inejo 5 months ago

Gracias por la explicación :)
upvoted 1 times

  alojt 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Great question. Great answer! Thank you so much.
upvoted 1 times

  Pinha Highly Voted  7 months, 3 weeks ago

The anwer is B
* Cassandra has an ODBC driver available that can be used to connect to the database using the ODBC connector in Power BI.

* Microsoft SQL Server database is specifically designed to connect to SQL Server databases,

* OLE DB is designed to connect to Microsoft databases and other third-party databases,

* OData is designed to connect to web-based data sources

upvoted 14 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) is a general-purpose data access that allows us to connect to a wide range of databases, including
Cassandra, using ODBC drivers.
upvoted 2 times

  Nunya101 2 months, 1 week ago

Open database connector
upvoted 1 times

  Chenemi 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

odbc allows connection to third party database

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 56/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 4 times

  kayani29 4 months ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  sergeyitaly 4 months, 4 weeks ago

To connect Power BI Desktop to a Cassandra database when there is no specific connector available, you should choose option B: ODBC (Open
Database Connectivity) connector.

ODBC is a widely-used standard for connecting to various types of databases, including Cassandra. It provides a common interface that allows
applications like Power BI to communicate with different database systems using the same API. By leveraging the ODBC connector, you can
establish a connection to the Cassandra database and retrieve data for analysis and visualization in Power BI.
upvoted 3 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

La respuesta es correcta :)
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Awful question. This is a prime example of why the current exam, is not fit for purpose and needs revamped. How is this relevant to the day-to-
day role of a data analyst?
upvoted 6 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Microsoft open database connectivity
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the correct answer.

upvoted 1 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. ODBC
upvoted 1 times

  mtvl123 9 months, 4 weeks ago

I would chose OData connector based on this documentation: https://www.cdata.com/kb/tech/cassandra-odata-power-query.rst
upvoted 3 times

  jsking 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is correct.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-connect-using-generic-interfaces
upvoted 2 times

  JoaoTrade 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 57/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #19 Topic 1

DRAG DROP

You receive annual sales data that must be included in Power BI reports.

From Power Query Editor, you connect to the Microsoft Excel source shown in the following exhibit.

You need to create a report that meets the following requirements:

• Visualizes the Sales value over a period of years and months

• Adds a slicer for the month

• Adds a slicer for the year

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Correct Answer:

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct Answer!
upvoted 34 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 58/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  semauni Highly Voted  6 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct! Transpose would cause the rows and columns to swap, so the months would become columns and the years would become
rows. And, as another person here already stated, for an Unpivot you select the columns that you would like to remain the same, not the rows
you want transformed.
upvoted 10 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  5 days, 15 hours ago

given exam on 21th Oct 2023 , This Question is in the exam . I scored 79 , No need to take ful version most of the question covern under 24
pages only.
upvoted 3 times

  spamhz 1 month, 3 weeks ago

i was tricked by "unpivot OTHER COLUMNS" do take note!
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Here are the correct three actions should be performed in sequence:
Action 1: Select the Month and MonthNumber Columns. These columns will be used for the slicers to filter the data by month.
Action 2: Select unpivot other columns. This action will transform the 2019, 2020, and 2021 columns into rows, creating a column called
"Attribute" that contains the years and a column called "Value" that contains the sales data. This step makes the data more suitable for
visualization and filtering by year.
Action 3: Rename the Attribute column as Year and the value column as sales. Renaming the columns provides a more descriptive and
meaningful structure for your data.
After performing these actions, your data will be in a format that allows you to create visuals and add slicers for the month and year in Power BI.
upvoted 8 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on exam Today
upvoted 6 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Select Month & MonthNo > Unpivot other columns > Rename attribute (Year) and values (Sales)
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

answer is correct!
upvoted 2 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Seleccione las columnas Mes y MonthNumber.
2. Seleccione Despivotar otras columnas.
3. Cambie el nombre de la columna de atributos as Año y la columna Valor a Ventas.
upvoted 2 times

  Heshybay 9 months ago

The first action is to select the columns for 2019, 2020, and 2021.
upvoted 1 times

  pisanoagus 9 months ago

Not really. You first select the first two columns, then unpivot other columns (which are the year columns) Then you rename the output
upvoted 3 times

  apher 9 months, 2 weeks ago

That's correct
upvoted 1 times

  mtvl123 9 months, 4 weeks ago

It's correct!
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Provided answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  JoaoTrade 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct. A, B and C
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 59/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #20 Topic 1

HOTSPOT

You are using Power BI Desktop to connect to an Azure SQL database.

The connection is configured as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct solution is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 60/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Sushvij Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

10min
Only tables with data
If navigate using full hierarchy is unchecked you can see only tables(rows n columns) with data. Otherwise you can see all tables
upvoted 34 times

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

The defaut time out is 10 minutes, but if it takes more than it you can enter another value in minutes to keep the connection open longer.

1. 10 minutes
2. All the tables

Reference:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azuresqldatabase
upvoted 14 times

  ppt_powerbi 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Only tables with data.
From your reference link, under Connect using advanced options, it clearly shows that "Navigate using full hierarchy If checked, the navigator
displays the complete hierarchy of tables in the database you're connecting to. If cleared, the navigator displays only the tables whose
columns and rows contain data."
upvoted 19 times

  Throneroom 7 months ago

True, I have seen it
upvoted 2 times

  Hansen_G 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Navigate using full hierarchy is unchecked. Only table with data will be displayed.
upvoted 13 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Right.10mn and All the tables because ‘’Navigate using full hierarchy : If checked, the navigator displays the complete hierarchy of tables in
the database you're connecting to. If cleared, the navigator displays only the tables whose columns and rows contain data’’.
upvoted 1 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 3 weeks ago

My bad, only tables with data for that reason
upvoted 5 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  2 weeks, 2 days ago

10 Min.

All Tables.

I work with DirectQuery in my job.

upvoted 1 times

  Ibritics 1 month, 3 weeks ago

and what does fialeover do?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answers are:
** 10 minutes . The default timeout for the connection from Power BI Desktop to Azure SQL database is 10 minutes.
** All the tables : the navigator will display all the tables available in the specified database, regardless of whether they contain data or
hierarchies.
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Not according to this:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azure-sql-database#connect-using-advanced-options

Check the Navigate using full hierarchy entry in the box.

upvoted 1 times

  Unzi_ 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct!:

Command timeout in minutes: If your connection lasts longer than 10 minutes (the default timeout), you can enter another value in minutes to
keep the connection open longer. This option is only available in Power Query Desktop.

Navigate using full hierarchy: If checked, the navigator displays the complete hierarchy of tables in the database you're connecting to. If cleared,
the navigator displays only the tables whose columns and rows contain data.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 61/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Include relationship columns: If checked, includes columns that might have relationships to other tables. If this box is cleared, you won’t see
those columns.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azure-sql-database
upvoted 1 times

  Bamlaku 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct:
10 minutes (default)
Only tables with Data

Navigate using full hierarchy: If checked, the navigator displays the complete hierarchy of tables in the database you're connecting to. If cleared,
the navigator displays only the tables whose columns and rows contain data.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azure-sql-database
upvoted 1 times

  Makaroni 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Is the answer ALL Tables or Only tables that contain data? I think the real confusing is there?
upvoted 1 times

  ahhida 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes answer is 10 min , only tables with data as this is azure sql server not on premises sql server
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azure-sql-database
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 6 months ago

Please ignore my first answer, after reviewing in detail

Correct answer is 10 Minutes and Only Table with Data

If "Navigate using full hierarchy" is unchecked in the Fields pane in Power BI Desktop, then only the tables and fields that contain data will be
displayed in the report view. Any tables or fields that do not have data will be hidden from view.

However, it's important to note that this option controls the behavior of the Fields pane in the report view, and does not affect the data that is
loaded into the report. Even if the option is unchecked, all tables and fields in the data model will still be available for use in the report. They just
won't be visible in the Fields pane unless they contain data.

So, if you want to ensure that only the tables and fields with data are shown in the report view, you can uncheck "Navigate using full hierarchy" in
the Fields pane. But if you want to include all tables and fields in the data model, even if they don't currently contain data, you should leave the
option checked.
upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 6 months ago

So, if you want to ensure that only the tables and fields with data are shown in the report view, you can uncheck "Navigate using full hierarchy" in
the Fields pane. But if you want to include all tables and fields in the data model, even if they don't currently contain data, you should leave the
option checked.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Navigate using full hierarchy If checked, the navigator displays the complete hierarchy of tables in the database you're connecting to. If cleared,
the navigator displays only the tables whose columns and rows contain data.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Include relationship columns If checked, includes columns that might have relationships to other tables. If this box is cleared, you won’t see
those columns.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer 10 Minutes and All tables

The Navigator window in Power BI will display all tables available in the data source, regardless of whether or not they contain data. However,
when you preview the data in the Navigator window, only the tables that have data will display data in the preview.

When you connect to a data source in Power BI, the Navigator window will typically display a list of tables, views, and other objects available in
the data source. This list may include tables that are empty or have no data.
No confusion, and no need to further discuss
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I would say there is a need to further discuss it. The documentation about Azure SQL database states that if full hierarchies is unchecked, 'the
navigator displays only the tables whose columns and rows contain data', as others have already stated and linked to. What you describe is
my experience with Microsoft SQL Server as well, but Azure SQL database appears to be an exception.
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the real confusion is, should you answer what the documentation tells you or should you answer based on experience (because
some have apparently tested it and agree with you) :)
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 62/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  ushakiranraju 7 months, 1 week ago

10 MIN
Only tables with data
upvoted 1 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

1. 10 Minutos
2. All Tables
upvoted 2 times

  DUVANES 7 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/es-es/power-query/connectors/azure-sql-database#connect-using-advanced-options
upvoted 1 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Tested it, and it showa everything, though the documentation says it should show only tables and columns with data
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 1 week ago

10 min.
Only tables with data.

Navigate using full hierarchy:

If checked, the Navigator displays the complete hierarchy of tables in the database you're connecting to. If cleared, Navigator displays only the
tables whose columns and rows contain data

Source:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/sql-server
upvoted 1 times

  KoS83 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 63/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #21 Topic 1

HOTSPOT

You have the Azure SQL databases shown in the following table.

You plan to build a single PBIX file to meet the following requirements:

• Data must be consumed from the database that corresponds to each stage of the development lifecycle.

• Power BI deployment pipelines must NOT be used.

• The solution must minimize administrative effort.

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct

To meet the requirements specified, we can use a single parameter in the PBIX file that controls which database is used for data consumption
based on the stage of the development lifecycle.

We can use a Text parameter type in Power BI to achieve this. The parameter can be used to switch between the different database connections

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 64/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

when a user interacts with the report. The text parameter could include values such as "Development", "Staging", and "Production", which
correspond to the different databases shown in the table.

The parameter can then be used in the queries to dynamically filter the data based on the selected stage of the development lifecycle. By using a
single parameter, we can minimize administrative effort and ensure that the report works with each stage of the development lifecycle.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 46 times

  prikha16 4 months, 3 weeks ago

How will give this parameter in the source step of the queries for tables? we need to give server and DB name?
upvoted 2 times

  inejo 5 months ago

Gracias por tu explicación :)
upvoted 2 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Why not two parameters, one for the name and other for the server?
upvoted 3 times

  BellaL9 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Create: 2 parameters
Parameter type: text
One parameter is needed for server name, another for database name
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Community-Blog/Using-the-Power-BI-Service-Parameters-to-change-connection/ba-p/392016
upvoted 16 times

  Alam4545 2 months ago

why do you think about server name? just deal with three different database name with one parameter. That's it!
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I would agree if this table was not available. In this case, both the server and the database name are tied to the test stage, so that column
encompasses both. SanaCanada explains very well how to accomplish the connection with just one parameter.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

would you please explain more?
upvoted 1 times

  lcss27 Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answers: One Parameter / Text

In Power Query, in Advance Editor you can use 1 parameter to update the stage of the server and the database by modifying the M Code as
follows:

'=Sql.Database(parameter&"ServerUrl", "DatabaseName"&parameter)'
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct answers are Two Parameters and Text.
** Two Parameters: it is because we have three stages; Development, Test, and Production, which means we need parameters to dynamically
switch between these stages. We have two columns in the table that are relevant for the scenario, "Stage" (to determine the stage) and "Server
URL" (to specify the database server URL).
** Text: Text parameter is suitable for the scenario because we want to use them to switch between different server URLs based on the selected
stage.
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months, 1 week ago

I think we just need 1 parameter because all the databases have different names and url to represent each of the stages. Using 2 parameters is
waste of resources as just 1 parameter can serve the purpose. In this case we can chose to use either the database name or url.
The stage column is only an additional information to clarify each database name or url.

I hope this is clear.

upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

1 Parameter with "List of Values"
upvoted 1 times

  Scobie 4 months, 3 weeks ago

SanaCanada is correct here only one parameter is needed. With one parameter with the parameter type of "Text" and Suggested Values to be
"List of values" you can set three values as dev, uat, and prod.

In the Azure they contain the same structure for the Name and Server URL.
"db-powerbi-" & ".database.windows.net"

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 65/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The only thing that changes between the stages is dev, uat, and prod and for each of the stages the Name and Server URL is the same value for
that stage. E.g, "db-powerbi-dev" & "dev.database.windows.net"
upvoted 4 times

  prikha16 4 months, 1 week ago

Those of you who are saying one, have you tried it yourself?
I am not able to edit the code in advanced editor using one parameter.
I would go with 2 parameters.
upvoted 1 times

  Cyprien_B 4 months, 1 week ago

To be a bit more precise, when modifying the source in Power Query, we can click on "Advanced" and modify the source URL for a URL that
contains both text and parameters.
upvoted 1 times

  poldog 5 months, 1 week ago

According to this, 2 parameters and text:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JRTr_FOVsac
upvoted 3 times

  KARELA 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Please share resources from where this is referenced.
upvoted 2 times

  Sandy2010 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

why? can you explain why not 2?
upvoted 2 times

  Vidharthi 7 months, 1 week ago

I think we need to create three parameter for, dev test, prod ?
upvoted 1 times

  joaowendling 6 months, 1 week ago

No, we just need one text parameter, that will reflect what is the stage of development. One parameter can have multiple values (dev, test,
prod)
upvoted 4 times

  MANARSA 7 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  luisnc 7 months, 1 week ago

please explain?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 66/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #22 Topic 1

You are creating a query to be used as a Country dimension in a star schema.

A snapshot of the source data is shown in the following table.

You need to create the dimension. The dimension must contain a list of unique countries.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Delete the Country column.

B. Remove duplicates from the table.

C. Remove duplicates from the City column.

D. Delete the City column.

E. Remove duplicates from the Country column.

Correct Answer: DE

Community vote distribution

DE (100%)

  MarcoW91PL Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

DE is correct we only need the countries
upvoted 18 times

  AnnaBi Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Agree
The table has tocontain unique values for "Country" column, so
- delete the city column --> in fact this column is not requested
- Remove dupicates from the Country column
upvoted 7 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  2 weeks, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: DE

DE and BE Would Work. !!

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B & E are the correct answers.
B. Remove duplicates from the table: this action will ensure that only unique rows (combinations of Country and City) remain in the table,
effectively removing any duplicate countries.
E. Remove duplicates from the country column: This action specifically removes duplicates from the "Country" column, ensuring that we have a
list of unique countries.
B & E actions, when performing in sequence, will give you a dimension with a list of unique countries, which is what we need for the star schema.
upvoted 1 times

  Mi4as 2 months ago

DE or ED give you absolutely the same result. I hate questions like this because the test has only one correct answer :(
Even more, "delete the city column" and "remove duplicates from the table" (step: Table.Distinct) it still correct.
So, we have three correct answers.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 67/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  pverde 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

DE is correct
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 5 times

  cvviswanath7 4 months ago

The solution requires Unique values for the Country column from the given table.
Steps to be taken:
1. Remove all the other columns present (In this case, the City column). These columns are not needed for the dimension table being created, as
stated in the question.
Option D
2. Now we are left with the Country column which has duplicate values. We now remove the duplicates from this column.
Option E
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 5 months ago

D y E porque solo necesitamos el país
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: DE

Because the Dim table is for country, countries should be unique and we need them we cannot remove the country column.
upvoted 3 times

  junaid2107 6 months, 1 week ago

DB is also correct, removing the City column table only has 1 column so removing duplicates from table also works
upvoted 4 times

  lilval 6 months, 1 week ago

DE and DA both works, after deleting the city column, just the country column stays
upvoted 1 times

  lilval 6 months, 1 week ago

De and DB*****
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: DE

Agree
The table has to contain unique values for "Country" column, so
- delete the city column --> in fact this column is not even requested
- Remove dupicates from the Country column
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 68/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #23 Topic 1

DRAG DROP

You use Power Query Editor to preview the data shown in the following exhibit.

You need to clean and transform the query so that all the rows of data are maintained, and error values in the discount column are replaced with a

discount of 0.05. The solution must minimize administrative effort.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Correct Answer:

  RazaTheLegend Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Order is correct, we need to correct the errors first. Thus we select the column and then replace errors then change the data type.
upvoted 22 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 69/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Pratham8285 Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago

Is it incorrect if I set the Discount type to Decimal before replacing the errors?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct three consecutive actions are:
Action 1: Select the discount column. This is the column we need to transform.
Action 3: From the discount column, change data type to decimal Number. This step is necessary to work with numeric values.
Action 5: Select replace error to replace each error value with 0.05. This will address the requirement of replacing error values with the desired
discount value.

Action 2: select the price column. Selecting the price column is not relevant to the requirement of cleaning and transforming the discount column.
Action 4: From the discount column, change data type to whole number. Changing the data type of the discount column to a whole number is not
appropriate since the discount values are decimal numbers, and you want to replace errors with 0.05, which is not a whole number.
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 1 month, 2 weeks ago

are you sure about the order?
I mean, if i modify the type after the replacement, isn't the same?
Or even better, because you're not causing other problems of types before the casting
upvoted 1 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Select Discount > Replace errors with 0.05 > Set Discount type to Decimal
upvoted 3 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

De acuerdo con la respuesta
upvoted 2 times

  newusername 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Why do we need to change the datatype?
upvoted 2 times

  nick0651 2 weeks, 5 days ago

yes , it is required to change the datatype of the column
upvoted 1 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

its currently stored as text
its a decimal value so store it as a decimal
upvoted 1 times

  alojt 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes please. It would be great if someone explain the 5 & 3 answer order. Assuming the answers are 1-5 top to bottom. Could/Should the answer
be 3 & 5 instead?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct three consecutive actions are:
Action 1: Select the discount column. This is the column we need to transform.
Action 3: From the discount column, change data type to decimal Number. This step is necessary to work with numeric values.
Action 5: Select replace error to replace each error value with 0.05. This will address the requirement of replacing error values with the desired
discount value.

Action 2: select the price column. Selecting the price column is not relevant to the requirement of cleaning and transforming the discount
column.
Action 4: From the discount column, change data type to whole number. Changing the data type of the discount column to a whole number is
not appropriate since the discount values are decimal numbers, and you want to replace errors with 0.05, which is not a whole number.
upvoted 1 times

  alojt 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Oh no, I get it now. Of course, you want to get rid of the errors first. :)
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 7 months ago

Can someone explain the reason behind the order of steps 2 & 3? What if the errors are caused by the data type?
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

The column has data type 'Any' know, which means it does not have any explicit data type definition. You can determine that because of the
'ABC 123' in the top left corner of the column, the symbol for 'Any'. So that cannot cause the errors.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-types

On top of that, if you would first change the data type, you would be creating additional steps between the problem and the end result. So
when troubleshooting, you're working somewhere 'in the middle', and if you expand the error messages, all steps after that will be deleted. So
that means you can start again. Just resolve errors immediately.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 70/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 6 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The correct three consecutive actions are:
Action 1: Select the discount column. This is the column we need to transform.
Action 3: From the discount column, change data type to decimal Number. This step is necessary to work with numeric values.
Action 5: Select replace error to replace each error value with 0.05. This will address the requirement of replacing error values with the desired
discount value.

Action 2: select the price column. Selecting the price column is not relevant to the requirement of cleaning and transforming the discount
column.
Action 4: From the discount column, change data type to whole number. Changing the data type of the discount column to a whole number is
not appropriate since the discount values are decimal numbers, and you want to replace errors with 0.05, which is not a whole number.
upvoted 1 times

  abhishek15695121 7 months ago

given answers are correct
upvoted 1 times

  MarcoW91PL 7 months ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 71/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #24 Topic 1

HOTSPOT

You attempt to use Power Query Editor to create a custom column and receive the error message shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  RazaTheLegend Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Given answers are correct
upvoted 16 times

  LouStar2 Highly Voted  5 months, 1 week ago

This was on the exam today
upvoted 13 times

  MoxieTT 5 months ago

With sitting the exam so recently, how did you find it and are you finding these questions align closely to the real exam?
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Much better than the microsoft practice exam.
Generally I really rate examtopics.
There are just no other useful resources IMO
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 72/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  MoxieTT 4 months, 3 weeks ago

I found the official Measure Up practice paper useless. I was also disappointed with Skillcertpro's practice papers. From narrowly
missing the pass mark, I can say, many of these questions are identical. Have you attempted the exam yet?
upvoted 2 times

  Roxy1 5 months ago

did u study question after the 22nd page also
upvoted 6 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

Mismatched data types and A1 are the correct answers. The custom column expression is trying to concatenate (use the "&" operator) a text
value and a number value, which are mismatched data types. In this case, the left side of the operator is a text value (e.g.,"A"), and the right side
is a number value (e.g.,1).
To achieve the desired outcome of the custom column as "A1", you should ensure that both sides of the "&" operator have the same data type,
which is text in this case.
upvoted 3 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 3 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 4 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

De acuerdo con la respuesta
upvoted 1 times

  KARELA 5 months, 3 weeks ago

can someone please share the resource from where this is referenced?
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  dataguru08 6 months, 1 week ago

Can someone please explain why is it A1?
upvoted 2 times

  joaowendling 6 months, 1 week ago

In the error message, you can see that we are trying to concatenate two "parts", the left one (which is "A") and the right one (which is the
number 1). The "&" is how we are concatenating (in Power Query the syntax "abc"&"def" will result in "abcdef"
upvoted 15 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

can someone explain the syntax? where did the "&" come from? what does the { } mean"
upvoted 3 times

  abhishek15695121 7 months ago

given answers are correct
upvoted 3 times

  MarcoW91PL 7 months ago

Correct Answer
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 73/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #25 Topic 1

From Power Query Editor, you attempt to execute a query and receive the following error message.

Datasource.Error: Could not find file.

What are two possible causes of the error? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. You do not have permissions to the file.

B. An incorrect privacy level was used for the data source.

C. The file is locked.

D. The referenced file was moved to a new location.

Correct Answer: AD

Community vote distribution

AD (88%) 13%

  andrewkravchuk97 Highly Voted  3 months ago

So, the correct selections would be:
A. You do not have permissions to the file.
D. The referenced file was moved to a new location.

Other options cause another message:

B. If an incorrect privacy level is set for a data source, you might receive an error related to data privacy like: "Formula.Firewall: Query
'QueryName' references other queries or steps, so it may not directly access a data source. Please rebuild this data combination."

C. If a file is locked, for example because it is open in another application and that application has locked the file for exclusive access, the error
message might be something like: "DataSource.Error: The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process."
upvoted 16 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

A & D are correct answers.
A. You do not have permission to the file: if there is no permission to access the file, you will encounter this error.
D. The referenced file was moved to a new location: if the file that that query is trying to access has been moved to a different location or path,
Power Query won't be able to find it, resulting in this error. We should verify the file's location and update the data source settings accordingly.
upvoted 2 times

  Romain_D 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/dealing-with-errors
upvoted 4 times

  nicknam123 3 months ago

why A ? because error will be "denied" and not "not found"
upvoted 2 times

  madyjoe21 3 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

I would say A and D. A if PBI cant find the file in the given path and D due this:https://community.fabric.microsoft.com/t5/Power-Query/SOLVED-
Datasource-error-could-not-find-file/td-p/252703
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

correct
upvoted 2 times

  Bamlaku 3 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

Two possible causes of the error Datasource.Error: Could not find file in Power BI are:
The referenced file was moved to a new location: If the file you are trying to connect to as a data source has been moved or renamed, Power BI
will not be able to find it and will display this error message.
The file is locked: If the file is open by another person, it may be locked and cannot be accessed until it is closed.
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 74/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 75/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #26 Topic 1

You have data in a Microsoft Excel worksheet as shown in the following table.

You need to use Power Query to clean and transform the dataset. The solution must meet the following requirements:

• If the discount column returns an error, a discount of 0.05 must be used.

• All the rows of data must be maintained.

• Administrative effort must be minimized.

What should you do in Power Query Editor?

A. Select Replace Errors.

B. Edit the query in the Query Errors group.

C. Select Remove Errors.

D. Select Keep Errors.

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  CheyrouLag 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

c'est correct mon reuf

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A. Select Replace Errors. is the correct answer. Because selecting "Replace Errors" allows you to replace any errors in the discount column with
a specified value, which in the case is 0.05 as per the requirement.
Option B is not necessary for this specific task. Option C would remove rows with errors entirely, which is not in line with the requirement to
maintain all rows of data. Option D would keep rows with errors as they are, which is not what we want since we want to replace errors with a
specific value.
upvoted 2 times

  kamsri 2 months, 3 weeks ago

THE ANSWERE IS A
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 76/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 4 times

  fifi96 3 months ago

The correct option to achieve the requirements is:

A. Select Replace Errors.

By selecting "Replace Errors" in Power Query Editor, you can specify a value (in this case, 0.05) to be used whenever an error is encountered in
the specified column (discount column). This ensures that if the discount column returns an error, a discount of 0.05 will be used, while
maintaining all rows of data and minimizing administrative effort.
upvoted 2 times

  pverde 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A - Select Replace Errors is correct

upvoted 1 times

  andrewkravchuk97 3 months ago

A. Select Replace Errors - is correct.

C&D will remove some rows

Option B, "Edit the query in the Query Errors group", would technically also allow to achieve the required result. However, this would not be the
optimal solution given the constraints provided in the scenario, which specifies that administrative effort must be minimized.
upvoted 3 times

Question #27 Topic 1

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Apply the Parse function from the Data transformations options to the Logged column.

B. Change the data type of the Logged column to Date.

C. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.

D. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  IrynaVilner 2 weeks, 5 days ago

answer: D, just one step to get logged date column
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

A: cause error.
C: correct, although it lacks step change data type
upvoted 4 times

  Kish1604 2 weeks, 6 days ago

Change Data Type step is not required since the data type gets updated automatically after splitting the column by delimiter
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 77/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #28 Topic 1

DRAG DROP

You have two Microsoft Excel workbooks in a Microsoft OneDrive folder.

Each workbook contains a table named Sales. The tables have the same data structure in both workbooks.

You plan to use Power BI to combine both Sales tables into a single table and create visuals based on the data in the table. The solution must

ensure that you can publish a separate report and dataset.

Which storage mode should you use for the report file and the dataset file? To answer, drag the appropriate modes to the correct files. Each mode

may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  jl234 Highly Voted  4 weeks, 1 day ago

Report file: Import: In Power BI, when you import data, it means that the data is loaded into the Power BI Desktop file. In this case, you would
import the data from both Excel workbooks into your Power BI Desktop report file. This allows you to create visuals and reports based on the
imported data. Importing the data ensures that you can work with the data even when you're not connected to OneDrive.

Dataset: DirectQuery: To keep the data in OneDrive and maintain a live connection to the source, you should use DirectQuery for the dataset.
DirectQuery allows Power BI to retrieve and query data from the original data source (in this case, the Excel workbooks in OneDrive) in real-time
without importing it into the dataset. This ensures that your dataset is always up-to-date and reflects changes made to the source data.
upvoted 10 times

  Hyla Most Recent  1 day, 23 hours ago

The question is not very clear.
I would do it this way:
1 Import by Dataset
2 Live connect (to dataset) for report(s).
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 2 weeks, 5 days ago

I think,
Step 1: create dataset (Import)
Step 2: create report with DirectQuery mode (use dataset from step 1)
upvoted 1 times

  Aero_1898 2 weeks, 6 days ago

Given answer seems correct , I will create a dataset file separately with Import mode so that i can use Power bi published data set in the Power
bi report , So dataset is import and report is Direct Query
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 78/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  bogomol312 3 weeks, 5 days ago

I think for the Dataset it can be Live Connection,
------
Reference:
https://radacad.com/directquery-live-connection-or-import-data-tough-decision
Paragraph: What is Live Connection?
---------
https://community.fabric.microsoft.com/t5/Desktop/Mixed-storage-mode-Live-connection-Direct-Query/td-p/2716645
upvoted 1 times

  IrynaVilner 2 weeks, 5 days ago

There is no storage mode "Live Connection"
upvoted 2 times

  fra9031 4 weeks ago

What does it mean storage mode for report and dataset files? Should not it be considered for the tables of the datamodel only?
upvoted 3 times

  Vanilla_wen 1 week, 4 days ago

I have the same question
upvoted 1 times

  Mati_123 1 month ago

I think that the import mode is beneficial for both cases.
upvoted 2 times

  Nawna 1 month ago

Guys it's the given answer correct ?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 79/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #29 Topic 1

You use Power Query to import two tables named Order Header and Order Details from an Azure SQL database. The Order Header table relates to

the Order Details table by using a column named Order ID in each table.

You need to combine the tables into a single query that contains the unique columns of each table.

What should you select in Power Query Editor?

A. Merge queries

B. Combine files

C. Append queries

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (80%) C (20%)

  IrynaVilner 2 weeks, 5 days ago

Answer A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  gradmes 3 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: A

A. Merge queries
upvoted 3 times

  riwahof 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: A

Seriously, who even proposes C?

upvoted 2 times

  faes 2 weeks, 5 days ago

People who´re learning
upvoted 1 times

  jl234 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: C

To combine two tables in Power Query Editor into a single query that contains the unique columns of each table, we should select option C,
which is "Append queries."
upvoted 2 times

  MateoRook 4 weeks ago

Correct answer is A. Merge combines columns. Append combines rows. The question is about related tables.
upvoted 2 times

  sankeytm 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: A

Option A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Option A
upvoted 2 times

  Mati_123 1 month ago

option D is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 80/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #30 Topic 1

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new column to Date.

B. Change the data type of the Logged column to Date.

C. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.

D. Apply the Parse function from the Date transformations options to the Logged column.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  tranquanghuy2111 Highly Voted  1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

this question is repeat many times

upvoted 6 times

  IrynaVilner Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Answer C
upvoted 1 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Option C, This question was in Exam
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 81/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 2 - Question Set 2

Question #1 Topic 2

You are creating a report in Power BI Desktop.

You load a data extract that includes a free text field named coll.

You need to analyze the frequency distribution of the string lengths in col1. The solution must not affect the size of the model.

What should you do?

A. In the report, add a DAX calculated column that calculates the length of col1

B. In the report, add a DAX function that calculates the average length of col1

C. From Power Query Editor, add a column that calculates the length of col1

D. From Power Query Editor, change the distribution for the Column profile to group by length for col1

Correct Answer: A

The LEN DAX function returns the number of characters in a text string.

Note: DAX is a collection of Power BI functions, operators, and constants that can be used in a formula, or expression, to calculate and return

one or more values.

Stated more simply, DAX helps you create new information from data already in your model.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/len-function-dax

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-quickstart-learn-dax-basics

Community vote distribution

D (90%) 6%

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Wrong answer, A will affect the size of the model as would C.

B doesn't give you enough information about the distribution (just the average)
D is the right answer.
upvoted 83 times

  KARELA 5 months, 3 weeks ago

for D to be correct we need to calculate length of the strings in col1 beforehand so it is not correct
upvoted 1 times

  sandipnair 4 months, 4 weeks ago

If you enable to column profile from view menu, you can actually group the distribution by text length. It is not grouping the actual column,
rather just grouping the distribution.
upvoted 4 times

  Jonagan 12 months ago

Why do you think that aggregating in the PowerQuery size will not influence the size of the datamodel? its getting smaller isnt it?
Measures are the only solutions that does not influence the datamodel. They require CPU but but does not store additional data or does not
reduce the data in the model
upvoted 9 times

  GabryPL 10 months ago

Option B is also correct for me
it's the only one that will not affect the size of the model
upvoted 5 times

  Mubarakbabs 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes, option B will not affect the size of the model, but it won't show us the frequency distribution, which is what we really need. Option
D doesn't create any new column, it only changes how the column distribution is displayed, so it won't affect the size of the model
upvoted 6 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

why doesn't B affect the size of the model but A does?
upvoted 3 times

  Kai_don 10 months, 1 week ago

Option A is saying useing calculated column which increases the size of the model. So D is correct.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 82/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree completely!
upvoted 2 times

  GPerez73 1 year, 1 month ago

I agree
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Its D, this can easily be tested by going to Power Query Editor > View > Column Profile > distribution graph, click the three little dots and select
group by text length. This will allow you to view the distribution of text length within the column
upvoted 54 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Make sure your column type is not "variant" ;)
upvoted 2 times

  eloomis 8 months, 3 weeks ago

The problem is this method doesn't make the distribution analyzable in the report, which I think is what the question is getting at. It will show
you the distribution but you need a dax measure to place in your report to visualize that. I would go with option B as it creates a measure
which you can use in the report, and it doesn't contribute to the size of the model as with A.
upvoted 4 times

  HemantGorle 9 months, 3 weeks ago

D is correct and it can be tested by following step mentioned by Lukelin08
upvoted 2 times

  oreshetnik Most Recent  5 days, 19 hours ago

I don't understand in solution they give answer not correct?(
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 2 weeks, 5 days ago

Answer is D
upvoted 1 times

  Kish1604 2 weeks, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the right answer. Since we just need to analyze and should not change the model size, viewing it on Power Query Editor Column profile is the
only option
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: D
upvoted 3 times

  sankeytm 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: D

Tested in Power query. D is correct

upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

D is the correct answer.
By changing the distribution to group by length in Power Query Editor, we can analyze the frequency distribution of string lengths in the "col1"
column without adding additional calculated columns or measures that would increase the model's size. This allows us to perform this analysis at
the data preparation stage, which is more efficient and does not impact the model's size in the report.
upvoted 2 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

D
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/data-profiling-tools#group-by-value
But "The distribution cannot be computed for the currently selected column" make sure your column type is not "variant".
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- From Power Query Editor, change the distribution for the Column profile to group by length for col1
upvoted 5 times

  Akarsh96 3 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 83/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Congrats, can we pass this exam if we learn all questions from Examtopics?
upvoted 2 times

  EwoutBI 3 months ago

It certainly helps, but you should also follow this curriculum:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/users/collinschedler-0717/collections/m14nt4rdwnwp04 (Power BI Data Analyst Associate Certification )
upvoted 1 times

  ManuelG00 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

ChatGPT:
The correct answer to your question is option D.
Here's how to proceed:

1. Load the data extract into Power Query Editor as you did before.

2. Select the "col1" column in Power Query Editor.

3. On the "Home" tab of the Power Query Editor pane, click "Column Profile" in the "Column Tools" group.

4. In the "Column Profile" pane, click the radio button (gear icon) next to "col1".

5. Select "Distribution" from the drop-down menu.

6. In the "Column Distribution" dialog, select the "Group By Length" option to get the distribution of values based on the length of the string.

7. Click "OK" to apply the change.

8. Close and apply changes to load the changed data into Power BI Desktop.

You can now use clustered distribution column profiling to analyze the frequency of distribution of string lengths in "col1" without affecting the
size of the data model.
upvoted 1 times

  hDouk 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the answer is A.This is what i asked chat gpt, check the response which states DAX columns calculated on the fly, M columns in pquery
are stored: what is the difference between custom column in power query and calculated column in report view?
upvoted 1 times

  Chita_3385 3 months, 1 week ago

Looks like we can't refer to Chat gpt, there's another comment saying D is the correct answer also using gpt
upvoted 2 times

  EwoutBI 3 months ago

Yeah, the answer from ChatGPT often depends on how you ask it.
upvoted 1 times

  RenzoNorero 4 months, 2 weeks ago

It's definitely D. No need for further discussion. With PowerQuery you could do that by going to View > Colum Profile > Group by > Length
upvoted 1 times

  AlejandroErazo 3 months ago

How?? I can´t group by
upvoted 1 times

  lordsharaf 5 months ago

The correct answer is D. Tested solution.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

I have checked it. We can group by value or length.

upvoted 2 times

  junaid2107 6 months, 1 week ago

D is correct. Cleared exam today got 100% in "Prep the data"
upvoted 5 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Hey, I failed the exam by a few marks last week before discovering examtopics.com. Since you so recently passed, can you tell me how much
these 200 odd questions and answers helped you and what percentage roughly appeared in your exam? Thanks
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Well it's a lot better than the microsoft practice exam question (maybe 4 of 80 questions was actually on the exam).
From the free set of questions here maybe 40% was on the exam.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 84/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

There are also some questions here which are very similar to the exam questions.
Generally I would say this is a great resource.
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Interesting you say only 40% from here. Others seems to suggest much higher
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Were the questions same?
upvoted 1 times

  alojt 6 months, 3 weeks ago

It seams ChatGPT has a better solution for us :D
ChatGPT says: "you can follow the following steps:

In the Power BI Desktop, select the "Modeling" tab.

Click on the "New Measure" option from the ribbon.
In the Formula Bar, enter the following formula:
Length Distribution = COUNTROWS(VALUES(Table[col1]))
Click on "Enter" to create the measure.
Now, add a "Histogram" visualization to your report.
From the Fields pane, select the "Length Distribution" measure and drag it onto the "Values" field well of the Histogram visualization.
Next, drag the "col1" field into the "Axis" field well of the Histogram visualization.
You should now be able to see the distribution of string lengths of the col1 field in the Histogram visualization without affecting the size of the
model."
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 85/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 2

You have a collection of reports for the HR department of your company. The datasets use row-level security (RLS). The company has multiple

sales regions.

Each sales region has an HR manager.

You need to ensure that the HR managers can interact with the data from their region only. The HR managers must be prevented from changing

the layout of the reports.

How should you provision access to the reports for the HR managers?

A. Publish the reports in an app and grant the HR managers access permission.

B. Create a new workspace, copy the datasets and reports, and add the HR managers as members of the workspace.

C. Publish the reports to a different workspace other than the one hosting the datasets.

D. Add the HR managers as members of the existing workspace that hosts the reports and the datasets.

Correct Answer: A

Reference:

https://kunaltripathy.com/2021/10/06/bring-your-power-bi-to-power-apps-portal-part-ii/

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I would say it is correct since an app would prevent to change the layout
upvoted 28 times

  RazaTheLegend Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Option A (Publish the reports in an app and grant the HR managers access permission) would be the best option to provide the HR managers
with access to the reports while restricting them from modifying the layout.

By publishing the reports in an app and granting the HR managers access permission, you can assign them specific roles and permissions that
restrict their access to the underlying data while allowing them to view and interact with the reports. The RLS configuration can be set up to
ensure that the HR managers can only see data from their own sales region.
upvoted 13 times

  rutgers0183 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago

Nice question
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
This approach is correct because:
* Isolation: By creating a new workspace, we can keep the HR manager's reports separate from others, ensuring that they only have access to
their own data and reports.
* Access Control: We can add the HR managers as members of this specific workspace, granting them access to the datasets and reports they
need while maintaining control over who can make changes the layout or content of the reports.
* No impact on Existing reports: This approach does not affect the existing workspace that may contain reports for other departments or regions.
It allows us to apply RLS and access control specifically for the HR managers without affecting other users.
upvoted 1 times

  J_Dawg_PBI 3 months, 2 weeks ago

It's annoying because I actually just did this today and got the answer wrong because I didn't think any of them were right/complete. What you
do is go to Manage Profiles and create roles where each one is filtered by region. Then upload to the PBI server, assign roles to the respective HR
managers, and provide them with viewer permissions so they can't open the reports in desktop mode.
upvoted 2 times

  smann013 1 month, 3 weeks ago

so A is not the correct answer?
upvoted 1 times

  nmnm22 5 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 86/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: A

Anser is A
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Always when they say "prevent changing layout" select app.

upvoted 5 times

  hungry85 7 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct answer is A since the reports is publish in an app.
upvoted 2 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Option A (Publish the reports in an app and grant the HR managers access permission) would be the best option to provide the HR managers
with access to the reports while restricting them from modifying the layout.

By publishing the reports in an app and granting the HR managers access permission, you can assign them specific roles and permissions that
restrict their access to the underlying data while allowing them to view and interact with the reports. The RLS configuration can be set up to
ensure that the HR managers can only see data from their own sales region.
upvoted 3 times

  dnbcursuri 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

correct ans looks as A because in the Power BI service, members of a workspace have access to datasets in the workspace. RLS doesn't restrict
this data access. and RLS is used to restrict access to data not to layout of the report. Members are allowed to change the report layout.
upvoted 6 times

  MBA_1990 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

RLS is not applied to a member of Workspace

upvoted 2 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 11 months ago

A is correct. In Workspace > Access you can add user as Viewer.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 7 times

  DOUMI 1 year, 1 month ago

A est correcte
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 87/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 2

You need to provide a user with the ability to add members to a workspace. The solution must use the principle of least privilege.

Which role should you assign to the user?

A. Viewer

B. Admin

C. Contributor

D. Member

Correct Answer: D

Member role allows adding members or other with lower permissions to the workspace.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Correct
upvoted 16 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct as per example picture and principal of least privilege required

upvoted 7 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: D

Given answer D-Member, is correct:

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  SilviaS 1 month ago

Given answer D-Member, is correct:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  NaderS 1 month ago

"B"- Admin is the correct. Read in between the lines...."You need to provide a user with the ability to add members to a workspace"
The user you are adding must be able "add" members and only and admin can do it. So you are adding another "admin"
upvoted 1 times

  rick1997 1 week, 3 days ago

Incorrect when you said that only admins can add new members. A member can also add members, as well as other roles of lower privilege.
While it is true that an admin would be able to add members, its not the correct option because the question says "The solution must use the
principle of least privilege."

Refer to the chart here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 88/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C is the correct answer.

To provide a user with the ability to add members to a workspace while following the principle of least privilege, we should assign the contributor
role to the user. The contributor role allows user to manage content within a workspace, including adding and editing datasets, reports,
dashboards, and managing access to the workspace. It grants sufficient permissions for them to perform the task of adding members to the
workspace without providing excessive administrative privileges as the Admin role would. The viewer role is too restrictive for this task, and the
Member role does not grant the necessary permission to manage workspace members.
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month, 1 week ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
Contributor is not authorized to add other member to workspace
upvoted 1 times

  Chenemi 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

MEMBER
upvoted 1 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 1 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

I don't think it was this exact question but they had stuff like this on the exam today.
Def need to know what roles can do what?
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Only Admins and Members can do. because of least privilege Member is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Member

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/193423iB38878624518A351/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999
upvoted 2 times

  Pinha 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Absolutely D

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-id/193423iB38878624518A351/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999
upvoted 2 times

  Jae17 8 months ago

I feel answer should be B

All but the admin can add members to the workspace. A member cannot add a member to a workspace
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 8 months ago

Option C Contributor
The Contributor role allows the user to add members to a workspace, but it also restricts the user from making significant changes to the
workspace or managing access permissions. This aligns with the principle of least privilege by granting the user only the necessary permissions
required to complete their task and preventing them from making any unnecessary changes that could potentially harm the workspace.

Assigning the Admin or Member role to the user would provide them with more privileges than necessary, which would increase the risk of
unintended changes or data breaches. The Viewer role does not allow the user to make any changes to the workspace, which would not meet
the requirement of adding members to the workspace.
upvoted 3 times

  Pinha 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Contributor doesn't have the ability to add members to a workspace. https://community.powerbi.com/t5/image/serverpage/image-
id/193423iB38878624518A351/image-size/large?v=v2&px=999
upvoted 5 times

  Lok_15 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 89/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

correct ans is D that must use least privilege.

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 90/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 2

You have a Power BI query named Sales that imports the columns shown in the following table.

Users only use the date part of the Sales_Date field. Only rows with a Status of Finished are used in analysis.

You need to reduce the load times of the query without affecting the analysis.

Which two actions achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Remove the rows in which Sales[Status] has a value of Canceled.

B. Remove Sales[Sales_Date].

C. Change the data type of Sale[Delivery_Time] to Integer.

D. Split Sales[Sale_Date] into separate date and time columns.

E. Remove Sales[Canceled Date].

Correct Answer: AD

A: Removing uninteresting rows will increase query performance.

D: Splitting the Sales_Date column will make comparisons on the Sales date faster.

Community vote distribution

AE (69%) AD (31%)

  bjornopjemic Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

A, only records with state finished are used
D, personally I would transform the column to a date format and not split it since only the date part is used

Not E, All the cancelled rows are already deleted with A and when a order is not cancelled it will contain a null value
upvoted 84 times

  Fer079 1 year ago

The option A is clear.
Regarding D or E, I understand your point of view and it makes sense, however if we split the date column into two columns then we will have
new data types for these columns and maybe it will affect the model and the analysis that we have currently, and one of the requirements is
"You need to reduce the load times of the query without affecting the analysis." so we should discard the option D, therefore we should go
ahead with the E option
upvoted 24 times

  prikha16 4 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/optimizing-high-cardinality-columns-in-vertipaq/

See this, splitting Datetime column has huge impact on size of data model.
it is one of the best practices for optimizing performance.
upvoted 11 times

  prikha16 4 months, 1 week ago

When we remove rows with status of Cancelled, cancellation date will have null values, so Option E doesn't make sense anyway
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 91/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  elesglar 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Agree with you. Link explains perfectly how splitting columns reduces distinct values in the model and thereby we will reduce load time.
IT SOUNDS CONTRADICTORY at the beginning but makes sense after. :) THANKS for the link! @prikha16
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Agree. Splitting the column as per D does not reduce the model size. Removing the column does. Since we don't need the cancelled date
(because we only filter by finished) the cancelled date is not useful for anything.
upvoted 3 times

  KMLearn3 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Splitting Date and time has a huge impact. If the auto date time option in the settings isn’t disabled (default is enabled) power bi will
create a hidden date table in background. In case of Date Time you will have a line for every single second per day.
For example:
2020-07-01 00:00:01
2020-01-01 00:00:02…

Splitting Date and Time means now you have a table just containing dates, one day by another.
upvoted 13 times

  rick1997 1 week, 3 days ago

Its true that splitting it can impact performance within a report, but the question doesn't ask anything about the performance. It
specifically asks about LOAD TIME. It seems like everybody is overlooking what the question is really asking for. In a way, it might
even increase load time because you are adding more columns, even if it ends up being a more optimized report. I am pretty certain
the correct choices are A&E.
upvoted 1 times

  Vaar 1 month, 1 week ago

When deleting all rows with status equal to cancelled, all remaining rows will have null value in the column "cancel date". Would it not
therefore be a very good idea to delete this row, not leaving it taking up completely unnecessary space?
upvoted 2 times

  Snfdsfn 1 month, 3 weeks ago

I would go for A&D as per de link below:
https://www.algorhythmblog.be/2022/08/02/time-to-split-are-datetimes-bogging-down-your-model/
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months, 1 week ago

AE ✔
Your take on E is wrong because removing cancelled rows does not equal removing the cancelled_Date column. By splitting in D you are only
adding to the size of the model which will in turn increase the loading time. When we have the unwanted Cancelled_Date column and there is
no option to change the type of Sales_Date to Date. AE will always be the best options.
upvoted 5 times

  evipap Highly Voted  12 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

It says: You need to reduce the LOAD times of the query without affecting the analysis. Only answers A and E can reduce the load times. D may
reduce only the time needed to process the data. Someone said that E is not the answer because: "All the cancelled rows are already deleted
with A and when a order is not cancelled it will contain a null value". You must read again the decription cause it says " Each answer presents a
COMPLETE solutiuon" not part of a solution.
upvoted 32 times

  taod 1 month, 4 weeks ago

I was on the Track of AD, but I think you are right.
Splitting up [Sale_Date] alone doesn't help us with faster load times (the question is not about performance).
Also, analyzing the two options separately ("Each correct answer presents a complete solution"), deleting [Canceled_Date] for sure is a right
answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

You focus too much on load. Answer E doesn't resolve the date part of the question.
Splitting columns is correct, not E.
upvoted 3 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

The 'date part of the question' is not a requirement, it's not like the time is negatively impacting the users.
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

"Separate date and time, if bound together. If any of your tables have columns that combine date and time, make sure that you separate them
into distinct columns before importing them into Power BI. This approach will increase compression abilities."

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/get-data/8-performance-issues
upvoted 4 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  2 weeks, 2 days ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 92/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: AE

AE because we do not need Canceled date.

upvoted 1 times

  Kish1604 2 weeks, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: AD

Option A is clear
Regarding D & E, It should be D since the question clearly specifies "Users only use the date part of the Sales_Date field". If we select E, this
requirement will not be satisfied.
upvoted 1 times

  spamhz 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

I feel it is AD.
E doesnt do anything if the users are not using it at all anyway.
upvoted 1 times

  Gai72 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A, D seems right here as we need only the date part of Sales_Date.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A & E are correct answers.
A. By removing rows with a "Canceled" status, we eliminate unnecessary data from the query, which can help reduce load times.
E. If we are not using the "Canceled Date" column in our analysis, removing it from the query can further reduce the amount of data loaded and
improve performance.
upvoted 1 times

  kelvin3105 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

just to vote my aswer's friend.

bjornopjemic Highly Voted 10 months, 3 weeks ago
A, only records with state finished are used
D, personally I would transform the column to a date format and not split it since only the date part is used

Not E, All the cancelled rows are already deleted with A and when a order is not cancelled it will contain a null value
upvoted 1 times

  madyjoe21 3 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

A- Remove sales status - reduces the size of the model

E- Remove Canceled date - reduces the size of the model

change data type or split columns do not reduce size of the model
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

This one is a little bit of a personal choice as much as we know how many rows there even are
A, this one is easy
E. Since you are picking 2 separate answers, that are independent of each other, then E makes more sense than D. I understand that when it
comes to the Users query D makes it faster because Sales only uses the Date part. However, we are talking about the Load Query. And removing
rows and columns will decrease the load time, more than splitting columns. (which impacts post Load times)
upvoted 1 times

  Chita_3385 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AD

Why not E: this is cancel date and should store NULL value for finished state. And we have A to remove all rows not finished state. So that there
will no data in Cancel date column. No need delete this column
upvoted 2 times

  Kushal_P 3 months, 2 weeks ago

A and D
upvoted 1 times

  DarkerClown 3 months, 3 weeks ago

it cannot be E because' canceled date' column has data for finished status too. if u see in image given. if we remove canceled date we would still
need to split date to get answer
Hence given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  xkapelis 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

the last column will be empty

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 93/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Alvin_2113 4 months, 3 weeks ago

If you remove the cancelled status, it could impact the analysis.
upvoted 1 times

  Ddon 4 months, 3 weeks ago

I am going with A and D.

E is not valid answer here because in the question, it's not mentioned anywhere that column is being used. So, it won't affect the analysis
anyways.
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Pienso que A y E son correctas. Considero que si eligiéramos D esto hace que incrementen más columnas y no le aporta la rendimiento. En
cambio, si eliminamos estos datos que no se están usando para el análisis, si ayuda a mejorar el rendimiento
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 94/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 2

You build a report to analyze customer transactions from a database that contains the tables shown in the following table.

You import the tables.

Which relationship should you use to link the tables?

A. one-to-many from Transaction to Customer

B. one-to-one between Customer and Transaction

C. many-to-many between Customer and Transaction

D. one-to-many from Customer to Transaction

Correct Answer: D

One on the primary Key side (customer table), many on the foreign key side (Transaction table) of the relation.

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct
upvoted 15 times

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It is correct for me
upvoted 7 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

D is the correct answer. Each customer can have multiple transactions (one-to-many relationship), as a customer can make multiple transactions
over time.
upvoted 2 times

  Cyprien_B 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct
upvoted 3 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- one-to-many from Customer to Transaction
upvoted 6 times

  AyoJose 2 months, 2 weeks ago

How many questions was it please?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 95/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

D es la ideal
upvoted 1 times

  brunoquintela 7 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Correto
upvoted 1 times

  hungry85 7 months, 2 weeks ago

D is correct because a single customer can have many transactions and this transactions have their transactions id.
upvoted 3 times

  rb_pb 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

a customer is unique in the `Customer` table. However, a unique customer can possess multiple transactions in the `Transactions` table. Hence 1-
MANY relationship is obvious answer. So, option D
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

It's an obvious one. Relationship always flows downstream from primary (fact) to foreign (dim)
upvoted 4 times

  psychosystema 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

One customer can have many transactions, so D.

upvoted 4 times

  srikanth923 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the answer
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

D IS CORRECT
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Ron22Ron 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

one customer many transactions.

Answer is D
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 96/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #6 Topic 2

You have a custom connector that returns ID, From, To, Subject, Body, and Has Attachments for every email sent during the past year. More than

10 million records are returned.

You build a report analyzing the internal networks of employees based on whom they send emails to.

You need to prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails. The solution must minimize the model size.

What should you do?

A. From Model view, set the Subject and Body columns to Hidden.

B. Remove the Subject and Body columns during the import.

C. Implement row-level security (RLS) so that the report recipients can only see results based on the emails they sent.

Correct Answer: B

The Subject and the Body are not needed in the report. Dropping them resolves the security problem and minimizes the model.

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

correct, "prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails"

upvoted 15 times

  RazaTheLegend Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the best option to prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails and minimize the model size.

Removing the Subject and Body columns during the import process ensures that they are not included in the model, which prevents report
recipients from being able to access the analyzed email content.

A and C are not effective solutions for preventing report recipients from reading the analyzed emails.

A: Hiding the Subject and Body columns in the model view may prevent report recipients from seeing the content in the report, but the data is still
stored in the model and can potentially be accessed by someone with the appropriate permissions.
C: Implementing row-level security (RLS) restricts data access based on user roles or permissions, but it does not prevent access to the analyzed
email content in the model.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 14 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Gracias por tu explicación :)
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

C is the correct answer.
In this scenario, we want to prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails while still allowing them to analyze internal networks
based on whom employees send emails to. To achieve this this goal while minimizing the model size, implementing row-level security (RLS) is the
most appropriate solution.
Option A doesn't prevent access to the underlying data. Option B might limit our ability to perform analysis based on the content of emails.
upvoted 1 times

  bingomutant 1 month ago

C doesnt minimize the size , B does
upvoted 1 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 2 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

B es correcta
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 97/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

This was on the exam today
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the best option to prevent report recipients from reading the analyzed emails and minimize the model size.

Removing the Subject and Body columns during the import process ensures that they are not included in the model, which prevents report
recipients from being able to access the analyzed email content.

A and C are not effective solutions for preventing report recipients from reading the analyzed emails.

A: Hiding the Subject and Body columns in the model view may prevent report recipients from seeing the content in the report, but the data is still
stored in the model and can potentially be accessed by someone with the appropriate permissions.
C: Implementing row-level security (RLS) restricts data access based on user roles or permissions, but it does not prevent access to the analyzed
email content in the model.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 3 times

  louisaok 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Remove the sensitive info at the very beginning
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct for me
upvoted 1 times

  CHT1988 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Nurgul 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct, it minimizes the model size.

upvoted 7 times

  aloulouder 1 year, 1 month ago

correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 98/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #7 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You create a Power BI dataset that contains the table shown in the following exhibit.

You need to make the table available as an organizational data type in Microsoft Excel.

How should you configure the properties of the table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 99/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Cost Center -

The Row label field value is used in Excel so users can easily identify the row. It appears as the cell value for a linked cell, in the Data Selector

pane, and in the

Information card.

Box 2: ID -

The Key column field value provides the unique ID for the row. This value enables Excel to link a cell to a specific row in the table.

Box 3: Yes -

In the Data Types Gallery in Excel, your users can find data from featured tables in your Power BI datasets.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-excel-featured-tables

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
upvoted 79 times

  Churato 1 year ago

The Row label field value is used in Excel so users can easily identify the row. It appears as the cell value for a linked cell, in the Data Selector
pane, and in the Information card.
The Key column field value provides the unique ID for the row. This value enables Excel to link a cell to a specific row in the table.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-excel-featured-tables
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 100/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 7 times

  Ashokku22 4 months ago

Yes right you can also see in example given in the solution it mentioned companyname rather than cost centre
upvoted 2 times

  HamzaMeziane 1 year, 1 month ago

why you said is ?
upvoted 1 times

  Alexeyvykhodtsev Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Maybe a Row label must be a Name.
upvoted 18 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

Yeah, Name of the Business Unit should be a Row Label
upvoted 9 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: Name,ID,Yes
upvoted 3 times

  psam16 1 week, 1 day ago

Congratulations!
How many questions were repeated from this website?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

"Name", "Headcount" and "Yes" are correct answers. It is because in row label, we should choose the "Name" column as the row label because
it is typically the primary identifier or name associated with the data in an organization data type. In column we should choose the "Headcount"
column as the column because it represents a numeric value (presumably the headcount) associated with the organization data. Is featured table,
we should select "Yes" to indicate that this table should be recognized as an organization data type in Excel.
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 1 month, 2 weeks ago

As key column i would say ID, why headcount?
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

This has not been shown in any of the path on the microsoft sites suggested for the pl-300...
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

For me Name doesn't mean much. In a report in the corp level I've only ever used Cost Center, oddly enough i've never been asked the name of
the cost center.. (weird probably yeah) and we have one but still
upvoted 2 times

  Lavoisier 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This link is interesting... You can jump directly at 2.04s
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FE3jgq1exRM
Correct answer is
Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
upvoted 5 times

  AshND 5 months ago

There could be more than one business units under a cost centre so I think Business Unit Name should be the correct choice for Row label.
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 5 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct answer
Cost Center
ID
Yes
with this explanation

In a table or matrix visualization in Power BI, the row labels are typically the fields that define the categories or groups along the rows of the table
or matrix. In the case of the given fields, "Cost Center" and "Headcount" can be considered as row labels because they represent categories or
groups along the rows of the table or matrix. "ID" and "Name" are typically used as column labels or values. However, the choice of row labels
ultimately depends on the specific analysis and reporting needs of the data.
upvoted 9 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I've seen your replies in a few questions now. Have you successfully cleared the exam?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 101/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 6 times

  SanaCanada 5 months, 4 weeks ago

In a table or matrix visualization in Power BI, the row labels are typically the fields that define the categories or groups along the rows of the table
or matrix. In the case of the given fields, "Cost Center" and "Headcount" can be considered as row labels because they represent categories or
groups along the rows of the table or matrix. "ID" and "Name" are typically used as column labels or values. However, the choice of row labels
ultimately depends on the specific analysis and reporting needs of the data.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

A Row label. The Row label field value is used in Excel so users can easily identify the row. It appears as the cell value for a linked cell, in the
Data Selector pane, and in the Information card.
A Key column. The Key column field value provides the unique ID for the row. This value enables Excel to link a cell to a specific row in the table.
upvoted 2 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes

Key column has to be ID

Row label has to be the label that best describes a single row in the table. in this case, Name would describe it the best
upvoted 3 times

  sophiaanab1112 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Great <u>https://vipbioz.com</u>
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
See: https://www.myonlinetraininghub.com/power-bi-organizational-data-types-in-
excel#:~:text=Power%20BI%20Organizational%20Data%20Types%20in%20Excel%20allow%20you%20to,company%2C%20to%20name%20
a%20few.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

would you please explain why it is featured? what does it mean?
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-excel-featured-tables
upvoted 2 times

  Ily_Rodriguez 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I Agree
Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
Cost Center is just an attribute of the Business Unit
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Row label: Name
Key column: ID
Is featured table: Yes
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 102/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #8 Topic 2

You have the Power BI model shown in the following exhibit.

A manager can represent only a single country.

You need to use row-level security (RLS) to meet the following requirements:

✑ The managers must only see the data of their respective country.
✑ The number of RLS roles must be minimized.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USERNAME DAX function.

B. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USEROBJECTID DAX function.

C. For the relationship between Purchase Detail and Purchase, select Apply security filter in both directions.

D. Create one role for each country.

E. For the relationship between Purchase and Purchase Detail, change the Cross filter direction to Single.

Correct Answer: AC

A: You can take advantage of the DAX functions username() or userprincipalname() within your dataset. You can use them within expressions

in Power BI

Desktop. When you publish your model, it will be used within the Power BI service.

Note: To define security roles, follow these steps.

Import data into your Power BI Desktop report, or configure a DirectQuery connection.

1. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.

2. From the Manage roles window, select Create.

3. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.

4. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.

5. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =

‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€.
6. After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.

Note: You can use username() within this expression.

7. Select Save.

C: By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to single direction or bi-directional. You

can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security filter in

both directions checkbox. Select this option when you've also implemented dynamic row-level security at the server level, where row-level

security is based on username or login ID.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

AC (77%) 8%
( )

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 103/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Nurgul Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: AC

The given answer is correct.

A. Create a single role that filters Country[Manager_Email] by using the USERNAME DAX function.
C.For the relationship between Purchase Detail and Purchase, select Apply security filter in both directions.
upvoted 25 times

  Churato Highly Voted  1 year ago

Ok, I agree with A and C but, "Each correct answer presents a complete solution" ?
I believe that A and C are each one a part of solution not a complete solution...
Am I worng?
upvoted 18 times

  Hyla Most Recent  1 day, 20 hours ago

OK,
given the options, it seems to me that A and C are correct.
But wouldn't it be "more" correct for "Apply security filter in both directions" to be between the tables Country and Purchase?
Thanks in advance for any feedback
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 2 weeks, 5 days ago

I think it should be AE,
Instead of applying bidirectional security, good to flow data in single direction and it does meet the requirement and best practice as well.
upvoted 1 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 5 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A & D are the correct answers.
A. This action is necessary to filter data based on the currently logged-in user's email (USRNAME function). This allows us dynamically filter the
data to show only the data corresponding to the manager's email address.
D. Since each manager can represent only a single country, we should create one RLS role for each country. Each role will filter the data based
on the manager's email (Using USERNAME) and the corresponding country they manage. This way, each manager will have access only to the
data for their respective country.
upvoted 1 times

  DarkerClown 3 months, 2 weeks ago

as shown in image bidirectional filtering is already applied, so y are we doing the same again? can anyone explain please?
upvoted 2 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

it's my same doubt
upvoted 1 times

  scythalx 1 month, 4 weeks ago

By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to single direction or bi-directional.
You can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security
filter in both directions checkbox.
upvoted 2 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 5 times

  elesglar 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Why is it C, if the both directions are already applied in the screenshot? Hasn't that already been done? Can someone explain?
upvoted 2 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-bidirectional-filtering
upvoted 2 times

  nikhikldfas 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I also believe you may be right-
in the screenshot we can clearly see Option C already exists in the table.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Security filter isn't applied by default when you make a bidirectional relationship. C is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

I am not sure if this whole question was on the exam today but those DAX expressions are. And I apparently got it wrong lol

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 104/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

The given answer is correct. But I would rather to use USERPRINCIPALNAME()
upvoted 9 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Correctish, I guess. USERNAME isn't guaranteed to return anything in an email address format, so matching that to Manager's email address
seems real iffy. Not that USEROBJECTID is any better....
upvoted 1 times

  ManuelG00 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes Correct! Because we have a field "Email_Address" and not "Username"
upvoted 3 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

AC
A - USERNAME DAX will create single role that filters by the email dynamically
C - see here for explanation of why we need bi-lateral filter. we don't want them seeing any other country's data
https://asankap.wordpress.com/2018/05/28/how-does-row-level-security-works-when-there-is-a-bi-directional-filter-in-power-bi-tabular-model/
upvoted 8 times

  Nadiaa 6 months, 2 weeks ago

why answer C is correct and answer B is not correct. Thank you
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Because USEROBJECTID() will return just an id, which is not an email adress
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userobjectid-function-dax
upvoted 2 times

  BriElleD 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Je viens de tester les 2 fonctions USERNAME et USEROBJECTID . Dans Power BI service les 2 récupère l'email. Réponse A et B.
upvoted 1 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I can't see any complete solution here:
USERNAME returns something like Domain\Username while in the table We have an Email. It would work if We used USERPRINCIPALNAME(),
but this needs to be coupled to another part of the solution
upvoted 7 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

The correct answers are A and C. This is because by creating a single role that filters Country, you're in turn ensuring that each manager see only
the data from their respective countries. While for the relationships between Purchase Detail and Purchase select Apply security filter in both
directions.

We dont need D in this case as the Country table works as a security table, the roles are defined there.
upvoted 2 times

  hungry85 7 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct answers are A and C. This is because by creating a single role that filters Country, you're in turn ensuring that each manager see only
the data from their respective countries. While for the relationships between Purchase Detail and Purchase select Apply security filter in both
directions
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 105/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #9 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI imported dataset that contains the data model shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 106/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Assume Referential Integrity

When connecting to a data source using DirectQuery, you can use the Assume Referential Integrity selection to enable running more efficient

queries against your data source. This feature has a few requirements of the underlying data, and it is only available when using DirectQuery.

Note: The following requirements are necessary for Assume referential integrity to work properly:

Data in the From column in the relationship is never Null or blank

For each value in the From column, there is a corresponding value in the To column

Box 2: Star schema -

Star schema is a mature modeling approach widely adopted by relational data warehouses. It requires modelers to classify their model tables

as either dimension or fact.

Generally, dimension tables contain a relatively small number of rows. Fact tables, on the other hand, can contain a very large number of rows

and continue to grow over time.

Example:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-assume-referential-integrity https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-

bi/guidance/star-schema

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It should be cross filter direction. As the answer correctly states "Assume Referential Integrity" only works for direct query connections.
upvoted 89 times

  nevesrf 8 months, 3 weeks ago

but it is a Direct query from powerbi service, so the integrity gona make it perform well
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 107/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  carlosmmspereira 1 month, 3 weeks ago

"You have a Power BI imported dataset ".... Imported. It should be Cross filter direction
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

How do you know that? It is stated nowhere
upvoted 3 times

  RicoPallazzo7 1 month, 2 weeks ago

first line
upvoted 1 times

  aloulouder Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It should be :
- cross filter direction
- star schema
upvoted 48 times

  RMUK Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Cross filter direction & Start schema
upvoted 1 times

  Pocu 1 month, 3 weeks ago

As to the confusion of star or snowflakes schema, If this is a star schema, then the Employee table is a factless fact table.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Cross filter Direction and Star Schema are the correct options.
Changing the cross filter direction setting can have a significant impact on query performance. Setting it to "Single" when appropriate can often
improve performance by reducing unnecessary filtering in both directions.
In Star Schema, the central table (usually a fact table) is connected to dimension tables through one-to-many or many-to-many relationships.
upvoted 3 times

  rick1997 1 week, 3 days ago

Absolutely. Something I did not notice at first was that every single connection has the arrows pointing in both directions. That's a dead
giveaway to a flaw in the current design. Changing as many of those to single where appropriate will improve performance since excessive
bidirectional cross-filtering can cause Power BI to slow down. Only do that where it is needed
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

import dataset --> cross filter, the referential itnegrity only works with direct query.
And star schema, pretty direct
upvoted 2 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I wonder why cardinality is wrong as an answer here. Doesn't the umbrella-term of cardinality also include cross filter direction ?
upvoted 2 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- Cross filter direction
- star schema
upvoted 14 times

  Wadyba 1 month ago

You passed the exam doesn't mean you passed this particular question. Answer is cross-filter and snowflake.
upvoted 1 times

  Van09181996 2 months, 1 week ago

Hey man, Can I pass the exam without subscribing to the full version of the questions? Thanks!
upvoted 1 times

  Gamie90 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Congrats!
I am preparing to take the exam. May I ask you how many % of the sample questions here can help you with the test? Thank you.
upvoted 2 times

  SamuComqi 2 months, 2 weeks ago

100% (not kidding) :D
upvoted 2 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months, 2 weeks ago

wow! really? Damn!
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 108/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Assume Referential Integrity only work for DirectDquery connections. but in the beginning of the question said it is Imported!
upvoted 11 times

  junaid2107 6 months, 1 week ago

Referential integrity is for data accuracy and preventing dirty reads etc. Cross Filter direction affects performance. I cleared exam today got
100% in Prep Data section
upvoted 10 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Can you advise roughly how many of these questions appeared on the exam?
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

this question was in the exam?
upvoted 1 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

cross filter direction
star schema

you know this is an imported dataset, because they tell you, and also the icons show an imported dataset. therefore, it cannot be "assume
referential integrity" because as a rule, assume referential integrity only works for direct query connections

cross filter direction can be seen because the arrows in the diagram show all of the tables are going in both directions. we're looking at a star
schema because we have 1 fact table and several dimension tables, so it doesn't make sense that we have all these cross filters going on
unnecessarily. therefore, makes snse to have the answer be cross filter and star schema
upvoted 9 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

-Cross filter direction
A word of caution regarding bi-directional cross-filtering: You should not enable bi-directional cross-filtering relationships unless you fully
understand the ramifications of doing so. Enabling it can lead to ambiguity, over-sampling, unexpected results, and potential performance
degradation.
-Snowflake schema, the tables are dimensions
upvoted 3 times

  wellingtonluis 6 months, 2 weeks ago

In general, referential integrity is important for ensuring the accuracy and consistency of your data model, while cross-filter direction is important
for optimizing query performance.
So - cross filter direction and - star schema
upvoted 1 times

  rddghfhghjlok 6 months, 3 weeks ago

So if Assume referential integrity is only available for DirectQuery and we can see from the icons of all the tables, they are imported. Does that
mean cross-filter is the correct answer?
upvoted 3 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

It should be :
- cross filter direction
- star schema

If null values in the metadata "Assume Referential Integrity" will fail us.
upvoted 3 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Cross filter direction - when cross filter direction is set to both, bi-directional filtering property becomes available. Bear in mind that bi-directional
relationships can impact negatively on performance. Further, attempting to configure a bi-directional relationship could result in ambiguous filter
propagation paths. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
Star Schema
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer: Integrity and Start

Cross filter, on the other hand, is a feature in Power BI that controls how data is filtered and aggregated across related tables. By specifying the
direction and behavior of filter propagation between tables, cross filter can help to optimize query performance by reducing the amount of data
that needs to be processed and aggregated.

In other words, while referential integrity is essential for data consistency and accuracy, cross filter is more focused on optimizing query
performance for data analysis and visualization.

Therefore, it is recommended to ensure referential integrity in the data model to ensure data accuracy, and to use cross filter to optimize query
performance for data analysis and visualization in Power BI.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 109/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  osman_iftikhar 5 months, 3 weeks ago

How do you consider referential integrity for an imported data set?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 110/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #10 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI model that contains a table named Sales and a related date table. Sales contains a measure named Total Sales.

You need to create a measure that calculates the total sales from the equivalent month of the previous year.

How should you complete the calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 111/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

Box 2: PARALLELPERIOD -

PARALLELPERIOD returns a table that contains a column of dates that represents a period parallel to the dates in the specified dates column, in

the current context, with the dates shifted a number of intervals either forward in time or back in time.

Syntax: PARALLELPERIOD(<dates>,<number_of_intervals>,<interval>) dates: A column that contains dates. interval: The interval by which to

shift the dates. The value for interval can be one of the following: year, quarter, month.

Incorrect:

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns a table that contains a column of dates shifted one year back in time from the dates in the specified dates

column, in the current context.

Syntax: SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(<dates>)

DATESMTD returns a table that contains a column of the dates for the month to date, in the current context.

Syntax: DATESMTD(<dates>)

Box 3: 'DATE' [Month]

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/parallelperiod-function-dax https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/sameperiodlastyear-function-dax

  Leonardorcaquino Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

CALCULATE
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
'DATE'[DATE]
upvoted 143 times

  Unzi_ 2 months, 1 week ago

Correct:
See this video for more info:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dBSOYxyRR_w
upvoted 4 times

  KoS83 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct!

PARALLELPERIOD needs 3 arguments and it returns the sales for the entire year

Reference: https://radacad.com/dateadd-vs-parallelperiod-vs-sameperiodlastyear-dax-time-intelligence-question
upvoted 8 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 112/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Calculate
SamePeriodLastYear
'Date'[Month]
ParallelPeriod could work but here the second agrument only takes one parameter and ParallelPeriod requires three
upvoted 45 times

  Mati81111 1 year, 1 month ago

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR accepts a data column, Month will usually be either text (Jan) or Integer (1). so: CALCULATE([Total Sales],
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))
upvoted 58 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Yup! This is correct!!
upvoted 1 times

  babinaprad 1 year, 1 month ago

Which one is the correct answer is it 'Date[Month] or 'Date'[Date] as it has got equal number of votes so confused.
upvoted 4 times

  catpoisoncat 10 months, 1 week ago

I guess 'Date'[Date]. If you look up for the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR DAX, it has a Date parameter.
upvoted 2 times

  cem_bxl Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

Just one question, why there are so many "correct answers" which are actually not correct on this website? Most of the time I need to check the
discussions to find the right answer.
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: Calculate,Sameperiodlastyear,Date[Date]
upvoted 5 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks, 1 day ago

It is correct, I think it should be Calculate , Sameperiodlastyear,Date[Month] as they have asked in the question to find the total sales from the
equivalent month of the previous Year.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Calculate, Sameperiodlastyear and `Date`[Date] are the answers.
upvoted 2 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

Calculate
sameperiolastyear
'DATE'[DATE]

Does it need a grouping function like SUM around the [TotalSales]?

Otherwhise how can it group them?
Or it is only to filter and obtain for a row with a particular data the same the last year?
upvoted 1 times

  safz 3 months, 2 weeks ago

PARALLELPERIOD.
SamePeriodLastYear function in DAX does not support calculating data for multiple months
upvoted 1 times

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

De acuerdo con @KoS83, la respuesta es correcta. Les comparto esta explicación https://www.biti.es/dateadd-sameperiodlastyear-
parallelperiod-
diferencias/#:~:text=SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR%20y%20DATEADD&text=SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR%20s%C3%B3lo%20sirve%20para%20a%C
3%B1o,(day%20est%C3%A1%20deliberadamente%20destacado).
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

Something similar to this was on todays exam.
Def need to know these DAX expressions
upvoted 2 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Their answer is wrong

Total Sales Last Year = CALCULATE([Total Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))

parallelperiod needs 3 arguments

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 113/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  CristianGP 6 months, 1 week ago

How do you get "total sales from the equivalent MONTH of the previous year"? Where do you select the month?
upvoted 5 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer embedded in [Total Sales], this is an measure summing the entire month Total Sales.
Therefore, this question ask us to simplily add a Date of previous year to this measure.
upvoted 3 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct Answer
Calculate
SamePeriodlastyear
Date[Date]

ParallelPeriod requires three parameter

no confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 5 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer
Calculate
SamePeriodlastyear
Date[Date]

ParallelPeriod requires three parameter

no confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer: Calculate, SamePeriodLastYear, and DATE[DATE]

Total Sales LY = CALCULATE([Total Sales], SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR('Date'[Date]))

The above formula uses the CALCULATE function to calculate the [Total Sales] measure and the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR function to return the
same period of the previous year from the 'Date' table.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 8 months ago

Correct Answer
Calculate
SamePeriodLastYear
Date[Date]
upvoted 3 times

  Neilsy 8 months ago

CALCULATE([TOTAL_SALES], PARALLELPERIOD([DATE],-12, MONTH)
gives you the whole month of dates for same month last year
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR only returns a full year of dates but the question asks for the equivalent MONTH for the previous year
upvoted 2 times

  Neilsy 8 months ago

CALCULATE([TOTAL_SALES], PARALLELPERIOD('DATE'[DATE],-12, MONTH)
upvoted 2 times

  badrionlion 8 months, 1 week ago

The answer choices could have sticked with the syntax
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 114/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #11 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You plan to create a report that will display sales data from the last year for multiple regions.

You need to restrict access to individual rows of the data on a per region-basis by using roles.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

You can define roles and rules within Power BI Desktop. When you publish to Power BI, it also publishes the role definitions.

To define security roles, follow these steps.

1. Import data into your Power BI Desktop report (Step 1)

2. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.

3. From the Manage roles window, select Create. (Step 2)

4. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.

5. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.

6. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =

‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€(Step 3)
7. After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.

8. Select Save.

Step 3: Assign Users to the role.

You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service.

After you've created your roles, test the results of the roles within Power BI Desktop.

Step 4: Publish the report.

Now that you're done validating the roles in Power BI Desktop, go ahead and publish your report to the Power BI service.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
upvoted 170 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Right. For better understanding you guy can watch this video
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MxU_FYSSnYU
upvoted 8 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

This video is great and directly on point.

If you read the article referenced in the answer key here, it does not agree with the answer provided--it agrees with Import > Create >
Publish > Assign. Right at the end of the 'Validate a role section', the last sentence is "now go ahead and publish your report"--before you
start adding users to the model.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 115/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  inejo 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Gracias! me quedo claro
upvoted 1 times

  vanessa1923 8 months, 3 weeks ago

"You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service. You can enable dynamic security within
Power BI Desktop by making use of the username() or userprincipalname() DAX functions and having the proper relationships configured."
from https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
OGESSIUSER is correct
upvoted 15 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

Yes, correct.
If publish first and then create a role, then all users will see the info, which against the requirement.
upvoted 7 times

  Ashokku22 4 months ago

you have to assign roles after publishing as we are already created in 2nd step in Power BI Desktop
upvoted 2 times

  Fillali 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Yes, I tested it !
You have to choose a dataset before assigning roles to users.
(Path : powerbi.com > dataset > more options > security)
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Exactly
upvoted 1 times

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/row-level-security-power-bi/2-static-method
upvoted 25 times

  LeT2 Most Recent  3 weeks, 4 days ago

Agree with you
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 1 week ago

A flavor of this was on the test today.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

First Step: Import the data to Power BI Desktop
Second Step: Create a role definition.
Third Step: Assign Users to the role.
Fourth Step: Add a filter to the report.
upvoted 2 times

  linkide 3 months, 1 week ago

This answer is simply wrong. I won't be using this site anymore.
upvoted 4 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

their answer is wrong

1) first need to import the data into PBI

2) create roles
3) publish report
4) assign users to role

step 1 makes sense because you first need to get the data into PBI before you can do anything
step 2: at this point, if you publish the report, then everyone will already have access so you can't do publish. therefore, you need to create roles
in PBI
step 3: you can't assign users to the role yet because the Power BI desktop doesn't have that ability--it needs to be done in the workspace
service online and that can only happen after the report is published to that workspace. therefore step 3 has to be to publish
step 4: after publishing, you can then choose the report and the users to assign to the role
upvoted 6 times

  junaid2107 6 months, 1 week ago

While creating role, dont we need to specify the Dax, ie. Add filter to the report
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 116/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

For better understanding you guy can watch this video
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MxU_FYSSnYU
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer :
Import Data
Create Role on Power BI
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role

you cannot assign users to the role before publishing the report in Power BI. You can only assign roles to users or groups once the report is
published to the Power BI service.

Before publishing the report, you can create and define roles in the Power BI Desktop. However, you cannot assign users to these roles until the
report is published to the Power BI service.

After publishing the report, you can then assign users or groups to the roles that you have defined in the Power BI Desktop. Once users are
assigned to a role, they will only be able to see the data that they have permission to view based on their assigned role when they access the
report.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 5 times

  el_ec 8 months, 3 weeks ago

OGESSIUSER is correct. I had to double check in windows power bi official page. They write "Now that you're done validating the roles in Power
BI Desktop, go ahead and publish your report to the Power BI service."

After that comes the step where they assign users to the rule "Manage security on your model"

Source https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
upvoted 1 times

  falzar 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Isn't this supposed to be a test dump? It does not fill me with confidence if the answers are incorrect.
upvoted 8 times

  Opie 9 months, 3 weeks ago

With respect, you can not assign users to a role until AFTER the report has been published to the Power BI Service. Those posting that you
create the role and then assign users to the role BEFORE publishing are incorrect. Roles are created in Power BI Desktop. Desktop does not
have any way to assign users to the roles. They are empty when created. Role assingment happens in the service.
Publish the report to the Power BI service. Go to your Workspace, using the Dataset, select the More Options menu(...) and click Secuirty. This is
where the Roles are populated.
1) Import your data into Power BI Desktop
2) Create the role definitioin (on the Modeling tab)
3) Publish the report to the Power BI service
4) Assign users to the role
upvoted 6 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

the correct sequence should be

Import data
create role definition
assign user to role
publish the report
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.
upvoted 3 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Import data
create the roles on power bi
Publish the report
Assign Users to the role.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 117/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  sharmila29 11 months, 1 week ago

assign users to the role should be after publishing the report to service. Those users who assigned after publishing is correct in my k knowledge
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 118/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #12 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You create a data model in Power BI.

Report developers and users provide feedback that the data model is too complex.

The model contains the following tables.

The model has the following relationships:

✑ There is a one-to-one relationship between Sales_Region and Region_Manager.

✑ There are more records in Manager than in Region_Manager, but every record in Region_Manager has a corresponding record in Manager.
✑ There are more records in Sales_Manager than in Sales_Region, but every record in Sales_Region has a corresponding record in
Sales_Manager.

You need to denormalize the model into a single table. Only managers who are associated to a sales region must be included in the reports.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.

Inner Join: Returns the rows present in both Left and right table only if there is a match. Otherwise, it returns zero records.

Note: Sales_Region and Sales_manager

There is a one-to-one relationship between Sales_Region and Region_Manager.

There are more records in Sales_Manager than in Sales_Region, but every record in Sales_Region has a corresponding record in Sales_Manager.

Step 2: Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using inner join.

Only managers who are associated to a sales region must be included in the reports.

Note: Region_Manager and Manager.

There are more records in Manager than in Region_Manager, but every record in Region_Manager has a corresponding record in Manager.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 119/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Step 3: Merge [Sales_region] and [Region_Manager] by using a right join as new query named [Sales_region_and_Region_Manager]

Reference:

https://www.tutorialgateway.org/joins-in-power-bi/

  Nurgul Highly Voted  1 year ago

1.Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using an inner join.
3.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.
6.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Region_Manager] by using an inner join.
upvoted 84 times

  Time2excel 3 months, 3 weeks ago

you are an absolute genius!
upvoted 3 times

  master_yoda 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Can be 1,6,3 too, right?
upvoted 5 times

  gaikwpa 4 months ago

In the question, under Note it states the sequence or the order does not matter
upvoted 2 times

  GabryPL 10 months ago

Ok but what about 3,1,6. It will be the same
upvoted 4 times

  md_sultan 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I just have a query if we have selected first 6 ,3,1 then am I going to get less points here?
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

As manager is the only table without region_id, I think that "1" has to be the first merge. Then, you can select 3 or 6. So I would say 1-3-6
or 1-6-3
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I think so, though the question states that more than one order is correct. 6 merges the two smaller tables, I think it is better to merge the
larger tables first, because that means the last inner join will have less rows to fuse.
upvoted 3 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

So I think 1-3-6 is an option, 3-1-6 as well, but starting with 6 is not.
upvoted 2 times

  TestPB 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Question states "You need to denormalize the model into a single table."
sequence 1,3,6 would merge everything into a single table.... but 6,3,1 will have 2 tables..
so sequence 1,3,6 is correct
upvoted 5 times

  Nemesizz 9 months ago

Why two tables? I dont get it
upvoted 1 times

  md_sultan 10 months ago

TestBP,
can you plz elaborate , i am not able to understand how 2 table and 1 table will be
created
upvoted 1 times

  sylesh Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I think the last query in the answer should be "Merge [sales_region] and [region_manager] using an inner join" . Outer join may exclude some
records for which region_manager info might be absent.
upvoted 18 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

It is the outer join that INCLUDES the records for which a foreign key is absent. It is the inner join that excludes records for which the foreign is
absent.
But this is exactly what you want, because only managers with a related Sales_Region must be included.
So I agree with your answer but not with the reasoning ;-)
upvoted 3 times

  Lewiasskick 1 year ago

The sales Region and Region manager has one to one relationship, therefore, it does not matter how to join it
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 120/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Indeed it doesn't. Only an inner join shows more clearly the intention of the join.
upvoted 4 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

That did my head in and took at least 20 min to fathom out. In the end, I agree with this answer. I hope I can do it MUCH quicker in the exam.
upvoted 7 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

What did you decide was the correct answer?
upvoted 1 times

  RickyAnd 1 year, 1 month ago

exactly, I agree
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  Kish07 1 month, 1 week ago

Either 1-3-6 or 3-1-6 or any other order is correct coz they clearly mentioned in the NOTE which is------ (NOTE: More than one order of answer
choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select)
upvoted 1 times

  poli361 1 month, 1 week ago

I think the options here are wrong cause we need left join to avoid losing some records from manager and sales manager table .
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

First Step: Merge [region_manager] and [manager] by using an inner join.
Second Step: Merge [Sales_Manager] and [Sales_Region] by using an inner join.
Third Step: Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join as a new query named [sales_region_and_manager]
upvoted 2 times

  SinaRamzi 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I can understand the answers but does this sequence matter?
upvoted 1 times

  AKUMAR2104 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on Exam Today
upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 2 times

  JonDave 4 months, 3 weeks ago

this ones tough. gave me a headache just thinking about it
upvoted 3 times

  Lavi29 4 months, 3 weeks ago

its 1,6,2 keeping the sales manager the last selection in inner join to be able to keep in the report. That is first 1- merge RM and M tables, then 6-
merge SR and RM tables, then 2- merge SM and SR tables ( keeping the sales manager the last selection in inner join to be able to keep in the
report.)
upvoted 1 times

  Jwad 5 months ago

I dont understnad why the order is 1, 3, 6. why cant i be the other orders like 6, 1, 3. please lmk bec i have exam in 2 days.
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

the most optimal way seems to be:
1.Merge [Region_Manager] and [Manager] by using an inner join.
3.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Sales_Manager] by using an inner join.
6.Merge [Sales_Region] and [Region_Manager] by using an inner join.
upvoted 1 times

  AnupaJaya 5 months, 1 week ago

Can someone explain why we need to Merge the Sales Region and Region Manager tables
upvoted 1 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 121/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This was on todays Exam.

Not sure the answer here is correct.
I put all inner joins but may be wrong
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

My problem is with Inner join!!!! for 1 &3 it should not be letf join?
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

There are more records in [Maneger] than [Region_Manager]----> Therefore 1 cannot be correct!!!!!!
upvoted 1 times

  Jwad 5 months ago

yes but it all needs to be in one table
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 122/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #13 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.

B. Enable visual interactions.

C. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

Correct Answer: D

One page with many visuals may also make your report loading slow. Please appropriately reduce the number of visualizations on one page.

Reference:

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/Visuals-are-loading-extremely-slow/td-p/1565668

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  simplex06 Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Correct answer:
D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.
upvoted 32 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct answer: D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

I experienced this firsthand.
upvoted 5 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

D is the correct answer. Because our report page contains a large number of visuals (both default and AppSource visuals) and users are
experiencing slow load times, splitting the visuals onto multiple pages can help. This way, each page loads a subset of visuals, reducing the initial
load time and improving the overall performance of the report. Users can navigate between pages to access different sets of visuals.
upvoted 2 times

  ET_phone_home_son 4 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Too many visuals on a single page. Split visuals across multiple pages.
upvoted 1 times

  IVO999 4 months ago

D. I had the same question on my exam
upvoted 2 times

  Habiba11 4 months ago

did examtopics have all the questions for your exam?
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

D is a easy way to avoid this issue.
upvoted 1 times

  mirzotti 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct. Each visual is a individual query that is triggered once the report page is opened. Logically, the more visual there are on a single
report page the slower the report will become. Splitting the report in multiple report pages would be the impropriate solution.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 123/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: D

With slow loading always split the report page.

upvoted 2 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 1 week ago

D is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

upvoted 1 times

  Abhi256 6 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

upvoted 1 times

  Raje1 11 months ago

Split the visuals onto multiple pages. (D)
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Ojumeaka 1 year ago

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Nurgul 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

upvoted 3 times

  RichardOgoma 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Splitting the report into multiple pages is the only feasible option
upvoted 3 times

  RickyAnd 1 year, 1 month ago

Correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 124/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #14 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You are creating a Microsoft Power BI imported data model to perform basket analysis. The goal of the analysis is to identify which products are

usually bought together in the same transaction across and within sales territories.

You import a fact table named Sales as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

The related dimension tables are imported into the model.

Sales contains the data shown in the following table.

You are evaluating how to optimize the model.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 125/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Yes -

Those two columns not need in the analysis.

Box 2: No -

Can remove the surrogate key OrderDateKey from the analysis.

Box 3: No -

Tax charged not relevant for the analysis.

  simplex06 Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Yes - No - No
upvoted 71 times

  Wadyba Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

NO- SalesRowID is the primary key for the Sales table, hence needed in the model
NO- the analysis is not time based
No- decimal place is irrelevant in the analysis
upvoted 8 times

  taod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

In the description, it's explicitly noted that "SalesOrderNumber" is the Unique identifier of an order.
Although I agree with you on a technical/puristic level, the given answers are correct.
upvoted 1 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

you're thinking in "ops database" mode... In analytics it's not required for tables to have a primary key. Tables would break NF all the time due
to performance needs.

Also if you read the column description, a sales row is an "unique combination" of Sales Order and Sales Order Details... So if you need to do
analytics at those levels, you can go to those columns.
upvoted 21 times

  dopass 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree with you.
upvoted 1 times

  BarNouha Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago

Yes Yes No .. the date is important
upvoted 1 times

  Judec 3 weeks, 5 days ago

But I am thinking that the orderDate is necessary to know when an Item was bought so that one can know the Items that were bought at time
and by the same customer. I think is Yes-Yes-No
upvoted 2 times

  rick1997 1 week, 3 days ago

I think we do not need dates. We are trying to see if they are within the same transaction (or order). The date is completely irrelevant, what we
really would want to see is the orderID. There can be many different items bought on the same date that are part of different transactions, or
orders.
upvoted 1 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 2 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

yes No No
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 126/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

This was on todays exam but I am not sure the 3rd question was as it is here.
The first 2 I am pretty sure appeared as is
upvoted 1 times

  Jwad 5 months ago

I have a question, what percent of questions from this website were in the actual exam?
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes - No - No
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

YES
NO
NO
is the correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 2 weeks ago

My choice is
YES
NO
NO
upvoted 4 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

YES
NO
NO
upvoted 6 times

  Dovoto 1 year ago

Yes
NO
NO

Correct answers
upvoted 5 times

  Nurgul 1 year ago

1.yes
2.no
3.no
upvoted 4 times

  RickyAnd 1 year, 1 month ago

correct
upvoted 4 times

  GPerez73 1 year, 1 month ago

Correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 127/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #15 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI data model that contains three tables named Orders, Date, and City. There is a one-to-many relationship between

Date and

Orders and between City and Orders.

The model contains two row-level security (RLS) roles named Role1 and Role2. Role1 contains the following filter.

City[State Province] = "Kentucky"

Role2 contains the following filter.

Date[Calendar Year] = 2020 -

If a user is a member of both Role1 and Role2, what data will they see in a report that uses the model?

A. The user will see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky or where the Calendar Year is 2020.

B. The user will receive an error and will not be able to see the data in the report.

C. The user will only see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky.

D. The user will only see data for which the State Province value is Kentucky and the Calendar Year is 2020.

Correct Answer: D

Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level, and you

can define filters within roles.

Both Roles are applied, and both role filters must be met.

Incorrect:

Not B: A model relationship is limited when there's no guaranteed "one" side. You get an error message if you belong to multiple RLS roles and

at least one of the roles relies on a limited relationship. But here both relationships have a guaranteed 1 side.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

A (86%) 14%

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Wrong , correct answer is A

upvoted 91 times

  Rasaqh 3 weeks ago

A is correct :
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Question: Can a user belong to more than one role?

Answer: A user can belong to multiple roles, and the roles are additive. For example, if a user belongs to both the "Sales" and "Marketing"
roles, they can see data for both these roles.
upvoted 2 times

  Mandar77 1 week, 2 days ago

If I correctly interpret the statement " if a user belongs to both the "Sales" and "Marketing" roles, they can see data for both these roles."
then Answer D is right one. Its "AND" condition not a "OR"
upvoted 1 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

D is correct. Why? Because if they could see Kentucky OR 2020 data then they just have to select Kentucky and they would be able to see
data from all years, which would defeat the purpose of RLS
upvoted 17 times

  Churato 1 year ago

"Multiple role mappings can result in unexpected outcomes.
When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become ADDITIVE. It means report users can see table rows that represent the
UNION of those filters."
Source : https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
upvoted 39 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

They would be able to select Kentucky and they would see the KENTUCKY data from all years. They would not be able to see, say New
York data or California for years other than 2020
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 128/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 5 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

A as the answer is validated by the referenced article given in the answer. There's an FAQ, the last of which is "can a user have multiple
roles?". The doc goes on to state that users in multiple roles get additive access.
upvoted 1 times

  md_sultan 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I have tried and I was able to see for the year 2020 and area , so D should be correct
upvoted 16 times

  Mlak_Lou 2 months ago

Same i made the test. D is correct !
upvoted 4 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer should be A, from the Microsoft documentation (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance):

"When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become additive. It means report users can see table rows that represent the union
of those filters."

This means that you would see all data where either Role1 OR Role2 applies, so the answer is A not D.
upvoted 37 times

  Dumi44 1 year, 1 month ago

That means exactly the opposite "can see table rows that represent the union of those filters."
Tables that represent the union of the filters, not the union of the rows displayed by each filter
upvoted 9 times

  taod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I'd say that you are talking about the intersection
upvoted 1 times

  olajor 1 year, 1 month ago

Union is everything in both, i.e Role1 and Role2
upvoted 6 times

  nucleus21 1 year, 1 month ago

it's A i just recreated the scenario and it shows all the lines for the Role 1 and adds all the lines for the Role 2. so keeps all the lines that
meet Role 1 OR Role 2
upvoted 26 times

  rashjan 1 year, 1 month ago

Thank you, that is the right description.
upvoted 1 times

  NaderS Most Recent  2 days, 21 hours ago

"D" is correct not "A"
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
"When a report user is assigned to multiple roles, RLS filters become additive. It means report users can see table rows that represent the union
of those filters. "
upvoted 1 times

  cem_bxl 1 week, 2 days ago

I am new to this website, I was wondering why there are so many wrong answers on this exam? Mostly the correct answer is hidden in the
discussion part.
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A
upvoted 1 times

  TYLERPBI 3 weeks, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: A

It's A. 7:44 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M5K_jKPxdqI

upvoted 1 times

  AscentA 4 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 129/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The correct answer is B - will receiver an error message... Pay attention to the hifen after 2020 ... That makes all the difference! (I tested it)
upvoted 1 times

  SwapnJ 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Option D as per my understanding
upvoted 1 times

  Ibritics 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I have tried it personally.

I have created two roles on contoso table
role1 filter on region = Asia
role2 filter year = 2013
If I choose bose roles. I get the data for Asia and another countries for 2013. And for other years I see only Asia.
So it's not AND it's OR.
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A is the correct answer.
In power BI, when a user is a member of multiple roles with different filters, the filters combine in an additive way. Specifically:
* For filters on different tables, they work together using an OR logic
* For filters on the same table, they work together using an AND logic.
In this case, the user is a member of Role1 and Role2. Let's evaluate the filters:
Role1: City[State Province] = "Kentucky"
Role2: Date[Caendar Year] = 2020
Since these filters apply to different tables (City and Date), they work together using OR logic. Therefore, the user will see data where either of
these conditions is met.
City[State Province] = "Kentucky" OR
Date[Caendar Year] = 2020
upvoted 3 times

  jeme 2 months ago

correct b . match of two roles , which means comb of the two role's data
upvoted 1 times

  jeme 2 months ago

sorry . D
upvoted 1 times

  sher72 2 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer is D.
See snippet below from https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
Question: Can a user belong to more than one role?
Answer: A user can belong to multiple roles, and the roles are additive. For example, if a user belongs to both the "Sales" and "Marketing" roles,
they can see data for both these roles.
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Confir the right answer is A. I read it on https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance and tried on real report.
upvoted 1 times

  ktk8 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Roles are additive. To see cross-referenced Kentucky AND 2020 you'd need to add both filters to one role.
upvoted 2 times

  sergeyitaly 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Two Filters can be applied just with OR not AND logic. Otherwise, only both Filters together will filter Roles. So, the correct answer is A
upvoted 1 times

  sergeyitaly 3 months ago

Since the user is a member of both Role1 and Role2, the row-level security filters from both roles will be applied cumulatively. Therefore, the user
will see data that satisfies both conditions: where the State Province value is Kentucky and the Calendar Year is 2020.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 130/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #16 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than

100 million records.

During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.

Solution: From Power Query Editor, you import the table and then add a filter step to the query.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

This would load the entire table in the first step.

Instead: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution

B (55%) A (45%)

  simplex06 Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

I agree with the answer.
B. No
upvoted 56 times

  Denjarus 1 year ago

B is correct. This will load the entire table in the first step when you import. Instead add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement
upvoted 8 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

It seems the correct answer is A, "Yes". because the question said importing in POWER QUERY and not POWER DESKTOP. and before
importing POWER DESKTOP it uses filter step and filters the data. it means it will import only part of the table into power bi desktop.
Although it is not recommended but still it works. please let me know if I am wrong.
upvoted 6 times

  BiLearn 6 months, 4 weeks ago

A, should be correct. We have concept of Query Folding. If we apply the steps and it can be converted to Native Query then it will execute as
is.
By development process it might mean by building Power BI Report, the view might be production view and as it is having 100 Million record.
We cannot update the view for Power BI development.
upvoted 11 times

  BiLearn 6 months, 4 weeks ago

Great Explanation by Sana
Correct Answer A

Yes, when you use Power Query Editor to import a table with a filter in Power BI, only the filtered data is imported into the data model.

The Power Query Editor is used to transform and shape the data before it is loaded into the data model. When you apply a filter step to the
query in Power Query Editor, it will only select the records that meet the filter criteria, and exclude the records that do not. This filtered data
is then loaded into the data model.
upvoted 5 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

So from:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-folding

If the View Native Query option isn't enabled (greyed out), this is evidence that not all query steps can be folded. However, it could
mean that a subset of steps can still be folded. Working backwards from the last step, you can check each step to see if the View
Native Query option is enabled.

So is that enabled by default?

upvoted 1 times

  H_E_Z Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 131/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I think query folding can push the filter into the query so A yes
upvoted 27 times

  Remko_K 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Query folding is only possible when using Direct Query. However, the exercise states import, so query folding cannot be used and as a
consequence the filter cannot be pushed into the query.
upvoted 3 times

  Remko_K 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correction: For a DirectQuery or Dual storage mode table, the Power Query query must achieve query folding. For an Import table, it may
be possible to achieve query folding.
upvoted 5 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I agree
upvoted 1 times

  Sessiz Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: B
upvoted 4 times

  bingomutant 1 month ago

the question is ambiguous. The requirement is to import a SAMPLE to PowerBI. Not the whole database. However importing the whole database
into PQE and THEN filtering so as to import a sample into Power BI seems to satisfy the question so answer is yes. Unfortunate phrasing .
upvoted 1 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  ExamPage 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

B. No

Importing the entire table and then adding a filter step in Power Query Editor would not be an efficient solution for working with a large table with
more than 100 million records. This approach would still load all the data into memory during the import process, potentially causing performance
issues and consuming a significant amount of system resources. A more efficient approach would be to apply the filter at the source, either by
using a SQL query to retrieve a sample of the data or by configuring the data source options to import only a subset of the records that meet
your criteria.
upvoted 1 times

  bingomutant 1 month ago

the question does not ask for efficiency. We are merely asked is the requirement met. whicch it is.
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 1 month, 2 weeks ago

There is query folding that can filter at the soruce the data. It must be said that even without it the goal is respected, we have a sample, not
optimized but we have it
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the answer.
Importing the entire table and then adding a filter step in Power Query Editor does not meet the goal of importing a sample of the data. This
approach imports the entire table into Power BI, which can be inefficient and time consuming, especially when dealing with a large table with
more than 100 million records. It doesn't reduce the amount of data imported; it only filters the data after it has been loaded into Power BI.
upvoted 1 times

  Ravisha27 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

I was thinking of option B as correct answer. but upon reading the question again, it says 'does it meet the goal' I switched my answer to option
A. it does meet the goal. they haven't mentioned anything on optimization or query folding.
upvoted 6 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer A
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 132/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

The answer is No
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

I think YES, because In Power Query, the load preview by default is 1000 row.
upvoted 2 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

It's just a preview, whole data will be loaded if you don't apply filters
upvoted 1 times

  JonDave 4 months, 3 weeks ago

agree to disagree. im going with A, yes
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

used to do the explanation under B option, using a where statement for instance.
upvoted 1 times

  KARELA 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The question is whether it meets the requirement and not if it's the most optimised way of requirement so I option A is correct because while it
might not be the most optimised way, it does meet the requirement.
upvoted 2 times

  Andrew_Chen 5 months, 4 weeks ago

I tried three ways. 1. Load the whole table, it got the largest file size. 2. Use the Power Query Editor, and import the filtered data. 3. Use a WHERE
clause and import the data. No.2 and No.3 got exactly same file size, so I think it's a YES here.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 133/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #17 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than

100 million records.

During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.

Solution: You write a DAX expression that uses the FILTER function.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.

Note: DAX is not a language designed to fetch the data like SQL rather than used for data analysis purposes. It is always a better and

recommended approach to transform the data as close to the data source itself. For example, your data source is a relational database; then,

it's better to go with T-SQL.

SQL is a structured query language, whereas DAX is a formula language used for data analysis purposes. When our data is stored in some

structured database systems like SQL server management studio, MySQL, or others, we have to use SQL to fetch the stored data.

Reference:

https://www.learndax.com/dax-vs-sql-when-to-use-dax-over-sql/

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  JukMar Highly Voted  1 year ago

answer is NO, we need to add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.
upvoted 12 times

  iccent2 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Also, common sense, we are trying to import a sample of the data meaning that the data is not yet on Power BI, so where are we going to filter
with DAX? On the SQL server? That is not possible hence the answer B is correct.
upvoted 7 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: B
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The answer is B.
Writing a DAX expression using the FILTER function alone does not meet the goal of importing a sample of the data into Power BI. The FILTER
function in DAX is used for filtering data within a calculated table or a measure, but it does not control the amount of data imported during the
data loading process.
To import a sample of the data efficiently, you should use Power Query to apply filters during the data loading process, so only the relevant
subset of data is imported.
upvoted 1 times

  mustafaalhnuty 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B because You can write dax in power bi desktop so it's already load
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

No, sql statement only can solve it
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 134/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

We cannot write DAX expression at this point! DAX expression is in report part.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

The correct answer is B. This is because all of the data is first loaded into Power BI before being filtered.
upvoted 3 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: B

The correct answer is B. This is because all of the data is first loaded into Power BI before being filtered.
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

B or No because the Data is already loaded. It is good to select the columns we need at source level .eg create view . Other wise we can bring to
power query and filter is before we load it . He query folding will send the query back to the data source
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

The correct answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 5 times

  learnazureportal 1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is Correct.
upvoted 1 times

  simplex06 1 year, 2 months ago

You can write a DAX expression after you import the data.
upvoted 1 times

  MilouSluijter 1 year, 2 months ago

Yes but in that case you import all data from the order table while the question states you only need to import a sample. So B is correct
upvoted 5 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Agree with MilouSluijter. If you apply filter at DAX stage, the data is already in the model
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 135/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #18 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than

100 million records.

During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.

Solution: You add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

Power Query enables you to specify your native database query in a text box under Advanced options when connecting to a database. In the

example below, you'll import data from a SQL Server database using a native database query entered in the SQL statement text box.

1. Connect to a SQL Server database using Power Query. Select the SQL Server database option in the connector selection.

2. In the SQL Server database popup window:

3. Specify the Server and Database where you want to import data from using native database query.

4. Under Advanced options, select the SQL statement field and paste or enter your native database query, then select OK.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 12 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 136/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

The answer is A.
Adding a WHERE clause to the SQL statement used to retrieve data from the Microsoft SQL Serve table named Order can meet the goal of
importing a sample of the data into Power BI.
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The correct answer is A. This means that the data is being filtered at the source database itself, using a SQL query with a WHERE clause.
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: A

The correct answer is A. This means that the data is being filtered at the source database itself, using a SQL query with a WHERE clause.
upvoted 3 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  NuriaIzard 11 months, 1 week ago

As the basis is Microsoft SQL (or OData Feed, for that matter), it is actually possible to achieve the goal without a where clause, since this clause
will be added by the Power Query enginge. So I think that indeed, query folding is possible and therefore, the answer should be Yes
upvoted 1 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

Ais the correct Answer
upvoted 2 times

  rashjan 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

In my opinion the goal can only be met if you for example know the Id of an item and then filter for this. So the goal can be met but it an ugly
solution.
upvoted 4 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes better to use query folding I think. You are talking about indexing the data source right ?
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

You are over thinking it. Its asking for a sample of the data in a table with more than 100 million rows. So a simple select statement like the
below would return a sample data set of 1000 rows from the Order table.
Select TOP (1000) *
From [dbo].[Order]
upvoted 2 times

  Dovoto 1 year ago

But these is no WHERE clause in your statement. It would have been easier if the TOP 1000 was mentioned.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

In practice you would most probably take a sample of the most recently created rows, using a WHERE clause and filtering on a date
column.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 137/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #19 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You are preparing a financial report in Power BI.

You connect to the data stored in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet by using Power Query Editor as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to prepare the data to support the following:

✑ Visualizations that include all measures in the data over time

✑ Year-over-year calculations for all the measures
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is wrong, the table shouldn't be transposed, the order should be:
1. Use first row as header
2. Unpivot all columns other than "Measure"
3. Rename "Attribute" to "Year"
4. Change data type of "Year" to date (Date > Year)
upvoted 234 times

  Rasaqh 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 138/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This makes sense instead thier answers.

Their answers would have also made sense if there is inclusion of another step which should 'Rename Attribute to Measure after the renaming
of "Measure " to "Year" .

The entire steps would become:

1. Transpose
2. Use first row as heade
3. Unpivot all columns other than "Measure"
4. Rename "Measure " to "Year"
5. Rename "Attribute" to "Measure"
upvoted 2 times

  WeiKitLim 3 weeks, 4 days ago

Agreed!
upvoted 1 times

  nucleus21 1 year, 1 month ago

Agreed! for all the folks that are ask for the need of last step change to data type, its needed for time intelligence DAX functions.
upvoted 5 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

let
Source = Excel.Workbook(File.Contents("C:\Users\miros\Documents\test_finace.xlsx"), null, true),
Arkusz1_Sheet = Source{[Item="Arkusz1",Kind="Sheet"]}[Data],
#"Promoted Headers" = Table.PromoteHeaders(Arkusz1_Sheet, [PromoteAllScalars=true]),
#"Unpivoted Other Columns" = Table.UnpivotOtherColumns(#"Promoted Headers", {"Mesure"}, "Attribute", "Value"),
#"Renamed Columns" = Table.RenameColumns(#"Unpivoted Other Columns",{{"Attribute", "Year"}}),
#"Changed Type" = Table.TransformColumnTypes(#"Renamed Columns",{{"Year", type date}}),
#"Extracted Year" = Table.TransformColumns(#"Changed Type",{{"Year", Date.Year, Int64.Type}})
in
#"Extracted Year"
upvoted 2 times

  jorv86 Highly Voted  1 year ago

To me,
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Rename the Measure column as Year
4. Change the data type of the Year column to Date.

Yo don't need to unpivot but transpose because you need the measures in columns. Don't you agree?
upvoted 106 times

  emilienmarion 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Yes I Agree
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

You cannot change the data type of only a years to date otherwise it will auto generate a DDMMYY format
upvoted 3 times

  safz 3 months, 2 weeks ago

ya i agreed, transpose the table.
upvoted 1 times

  Nurgul 5 months, 1 week ago

I've tested it myself. Your answer is correct. Revenue, Overheads, COGS should be in separate columns.
upvoted 6 times

  RMUK Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

1. Transpose
2. Use first row as header
3. rename "Measure" to year
4. Change data type of "Year" to date
upvoted 1 times

  LanTodak 3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: First row as header,Unpivot other columns,Rename attribute,Change datatype
upvoted 6 times

  Fayyu_1 3 weeks, 2 days ago

Practical Solution:-
Transpose
Use first row as headers

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 139/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

rename measure column to Year

change data type of year column to date
upvoted 1 times

  hkisser 1 month ago

Im not agreeing with the answer.

I think we should use first row as header,unpivot all other columns other than "Measure",Rename Attribute to Year and change data type
upvoted 2 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Action 1: Use headers as the first row. This action ensures that the column names are correctly identified.
Action 3: Rename the Attribute column as Year. To have a meaningful name for the year column.
Action 5: Transpose the table. To change the structure from having years as columns to having years as rows. This step will make it easier to
work with the data form visualization and year-over-year calculations.
Action 6: Unpivot all the columns other than Measure. This will transform the data into a format where you have three columns: "Measure",
"Year", and "Value."
upvoted 1 times

  Nehaap 2 months, 2 weeks ago

where is Attribute column in the table screenshot . everybody saying rename Attribute column to Year . but where is attribute column.
upvoted 1 times

  Saravanaprabu22 1 month, 1 week ago

When you use unpivot column, the Year column result will be shown as attribute as header.
upvoted 2 times

  AlejandroErazo 2 months, 3 weeks ago

To me,
1. Transpose the table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Unpivot all columns other than "Measure"
4. Rename the Measure column as Year
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months, 1 week ago

I generated the table and tested all Suggested Queries. All are wrong because of repeated measure or year except this:

1. Transpose table
2. use first row as header
3. Rename Measure to Year
4. Change Year type to Date
✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
upvoted 5 times

  Chita_3385 3 months, 1 week ago

I test from my side, after transpose, I can't change type of Year, it's number default, if I change it to date or datetime, it changes wrong value.
Does anyone change type successfully?
upvoted 2 times

  oreshetnik 2 days, 21 hours ago

yes, it's the same for me
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 3 months ago

No, there is no need to change the datatype, int is perfectly fine to deal with years in this data.
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I have done it practically
1. Tranpose will give us 4 columns i.e Column1,2,3,4
2. Use the first rows as headers will make Measures in column 1 as Header, Revenue in column 2 as header, Overheads in column 3 as Header
and finally cost of goods in column 4 as Header

3. Select Measures and Unpivot other columns leaves you with 3 columns i.e Measure, Attributes and Value column
4. Rename Measures to Year
upvoted 4 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 1 times

  JonDave 4 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 140/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

1. Transpose Table
2. Use first row as headers
3. Unpivot all columns other than measure
4. Rename Measure column to year

when you recreate this in power query make sure to select "unpivot other columns" after selecting the "Measures" column. You'll then be
renaming the "Measures" column to "Year". No need to change the data type to create a visualization.

Test it by creating a stacked column chart:

x-axis = Year
Y-axis = Sum of Value
Legend = Attribute
upvoted 8 times

  Time2excel 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Tested and agreed.
upvoted 1 times

  isahgomes 5 months ago

Whenever I change data type to date it comes 7/07/1905 - I have tested the given answer and it works perfectly - the problem is that all solutions
presented here they add "change data type" - if it wasnt for that all of them would work - but they are just 3 steps. The answer provided has 4
steps and it also works.
upvoted 3 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

This was on the exam today. They had more rows in the example data but it looks functionally identical
upvoted 3 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Also agree the answer looks wrong.
first row headers
unpivot all but measure
rename measure
change data type
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 141/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #20 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You are creating an analytics report that will consume data from the tables shown in the following table.

There is a relationship between the tables.

There are no reporting requirements on employee_id and employee_photo.

You need to optimize the data model.

What should you configure for employee_id and employee_photo? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 142/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Hide -

Need in the relation, so cannot delete it.

Box 2: Delete -

Reference:

https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Desktop/How-to-Hide-a-Column-in-power-Bi/m-p/414470

  VeroF Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is Correct
upvoted 39 times

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Hide & Delete
upvoted 12 times

  bingomutant Most Recent  1 month ago

yes answer correct. Photo not needed so delete. Employee ID is the common key between these tables so hide.
upvoted 4 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Hide and Delete are the correct answers.
Hide: We should hide the "employee_id" column if there are no reporting requirements on it. This means it won't be visible in the report, but it will
still be available for any potential relationships or calculations with the model.
Delete: Since there are no reporting requirements on the "employee_photo" column, we should delete it from the data model to reduce
unnecessary storage and improve performance. This means that the "employee_photo" data is not needed for any calculations or relationships
within the model.
upvoted 3 times

  IVO999 3 months ago

The answer is correct, and the question was on the exam.
upvoted 3 times

  MoxieTT 4 months ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 5 times

  vine1089 4 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct. You need Employeeid for creating relations.
upvoted 2 times

  sergeyitaly 4 months, 3 weeks ago

For employee_id:

Hide: This option should be selected to hide the employee_id column. Since there are no reporting requirements on it, hiding the column can help
declutter the report and improve the user experience.
For employee_photo:

Delete: This option should be selected to delete the employee_photo column. If there are no reporting requirements for it and it is not needed for
any analysis or visualization, removing the column altogether can help reduce the storage space and optimize the data model.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 143/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  NAZAOG 5 months ago

I think it should be change date type and delete because changing the date type of employees ID to VARCHAR will prevent summation of the
column and deleting unwanted column, both scenarios will optimize the report
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 3 months ago

VARCHAR is less efficient than integer
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  PREM77 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct!!
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Hiding does not help for optimizing, but Sort helps.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Sort
Delete
upvoted 1 times

  AshND 5 months ago

Is there any url that I can refer to, to read about performance boost using sort on a column?
upvoted 1 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I think sort & delete
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the answer is correct, however, couldn't you delete both if integrating the employee names within the sales table? There are only two
columns used, and allows us to remove the employee id column with a high cardinality. It does make the data model size larger though.
upvoted 1 times

  mirzotti 6 months ago

You may not delete employee_id as you need this column to create the relationship between the two tables.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 144/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #21 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You plan to create Power BI dataset to analyze attendance at a school. Data will come from two separate views named View1 and View2 in an

Azure SQL database.

View1 contains the columns shown in the following table.

View2 contains the columns shown in the following table.

The views can be related based on the Class ID column.

Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the same class can be taught by the same

teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID.

You need to design a star schema data model by using the data in both views. The solution must facilitate the following analysis:

✑ The count of classes that occur by period

✑ The count of students in attendance by period by day
✑ The average number of students attending a class each month
In which table should you include the Teacher First Name and Period Number fields? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 145/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Teacher fact -

Fact tables store observations or events, and can be sales orders, stock balances, exchange rates, temperatures, etc. A fact table contains

dimension key columns that relate to dimension tables, and numeric measure columns.

Note: Star schema is a mature modeling approach widely adopted by relational data warehouses. It requires modelers to classify their model

tables as either dimension or fact.

Box 2: Attendance fact -

Incorrect:

‫ג‬€"
Dimension tables describe business entities

the things you model. Entities can include products, people, places, and concepts including time itself. The most consistent table you'll find in a

star schema is a date dimension table. A dimension table contains a key column (or columns) that acts as a unique identifier, and descriptive

columns.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema

  Jukibabu Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I'd say:
Teacher's dim
Class dim
upvoted 127 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree completely. Period is an attribute of Class:
"Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the same class can be taught by the
same teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID."
upvoted 7 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I changed my mind. If there would be a Teacher Dimension, then this Teacher Dimension should have a relationship with the Class
Dimension (not directly with the Attendence Fact). That is possible, but that would make it a Snowflake Schema. And what is asked for is a
Star Schema.
So both TeacherName and Period should be attributes of the Class Dimension.
upvoted 19 times

  Ridderxxl 8 months, 1 week ago

But the teacher dim can just use the class id to link to the fact table. No need to have it go through the class dim
upvoted 5 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

You could even add the teacher id to the class table, I don't see why that's not possible
upvoted 1 times

  learnazureportal 1 year ago

It is not correct. for the 2nd one, we have to use attendance fact. you need to apply aggregation.
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 146/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

When you read this phrase: "Class ID is the unique identifier for the specified class, period, teacher, and school year. For example, the
same class can be taught by the same teacher during two different periods, but the class will have a different class ID."
It actually states clearly that Period is an attribute of Class.
upvoted 6 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Attendance fact can have number of students with class id, and we can have a Class Dim with Period which related to Attendance Fact by
Class ID.
upvoted 1 times

  Michcat 7 months, 3 weeks ago

But classes in different period has a unique ID. Therefore technically, it does not need a
period number explicitly in attendance fact. Class-ID can represent it.
upvoted 1 times

  GPerez73 1 year, 1 month ago

Agree with you
upvoted 5 times

  olajor Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Isn't it teacher dim and attendance fact?
upvoted 67 times

  Turmalino 7 months, 1 week ago

Isn't here an issue with the requirement: "The count of classes that occur by period"?
A class can be available without attendance, or am I wrong?
upvoted 2 times

  birsne 1 year, 1 month ago

I agree!
upvoted 5 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: Teacher dim,Class dim
upvoted 7 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

Teacher's Dim & Attendance Fact
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Teacher Dimension & Class Dimension are the correct answers.
Teacher Dimension: "Teacher First Name" should included in the Teacher Dimension. The Teacher Dimension table is where you store descriptive
information about teachers, including their first names.
Class Dimension: "Period Number" should be included in the Class Dimension. The class dimension table is where you store information related
to classes, including the period number. Period number is a characteristic of a class, so it belongs in the Class Dimension.
upvoted 5 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

If we desire a star schema and we can elaborate these data:
- A single fact table : Attendance[attendance_date, student_id, period_number, class_id, teacher_id]
- four dimensions:
Student, Teacher, Clas, period
All linked by the four foreign keys in the fact table
Am i so wrong?
upvoted 3 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

As per me it should be Teacher Dimension and Attendance fact
upvoted 3 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

And also how can there be 2 facts Teacher Fact and Class Fact in a Star Schema?
upvoted 1 times

  AlejandroErazo 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Both in the Class Dim
upvoted 2 times

  Dpm0692 3 months ago

so would you say Teacher Dim / Attendance fact?
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 147/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Isn't the description given like a snowflake that needs to be turned into a star?
The period, teacher, and school year dimensions are related to the class dimension. The class dimension is related to the attendance fact. School
year can be added to the class dimension, but the other two dimensions should be connected with the attendance fact table. This is how we get
the star model.
Dimensions: Class, Teacher, Period
Fact: Attendance
upvoted 1 times

  miro26 3 months, 2 weeks ago

OK, there is no period dimension :(
I would leave this period information in the class dimension.
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 2 weeks ago

So guys what is the answer!?
upvoted 5 times

  SimonBovy 1 week, 4 days ago

Techer Dim and Class dim
upvoted 1 times

  SimonBovy 1 week, 4 days ago

*Teacher
upvoted 1 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

This is not a very good question.
upvoted 10 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Teacher First Name should be included in the Teacher Dimension table because it is a descriptive attribute of the teacher and not a measure of
the fact table.
Period Number should be included in the Class Dimension table because it is a descriptive attribute of the class and not a measure of the fact
table.

Teacher First Name should be included in the Teacher Dimension table.

Period Number should be included in the Class Dimension table.
upvoted 17 times

  ilk777 7 months ago

Both should be class dim.

Attendance dact
Class dim

Adding a Teachers dim breaks the star model, as it has to be connected Class, which is a dim itself.
Period number should be considered in Class dim, because it is a duplicate and is an attribute of the class in the first place. So a class has a
period number even before any attendance is recorded.
upvoted 5 times

  semauni 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Why would a Teachers dim need to be connected to Class, it is possible to include a teacher ID in the attendance table.
upvoted 3 times

  Amit482 7 months, 1 week ago

The catch here is Count of Classes occur by Period as soon as we call it by period it referring to Dimension Period which will be static with Start
Time & End Time hence it will go in Class Dimension rather than Fact
upvoted 2 times

  Neilsy 8 months ago

Teacher name - Teacher Dimension
Period Number - Attendance Fact
upvoted 3 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

To analyze attendance data, a fact table containing attendance information will be used in conjunction with dimension tables. One of these
dimension tables will be the teacher's dimension, which will include information about teachers and be referenced in the attendance fact table.

Additionally, the attendance fact table can be used in combination with other dimension tables such as the class dimension and the student
dimension to provide a more comprehensive view of attendance patterns. For example, by using the period number and class ID in the
attendance fact table, the class dimension can be referenced to obtain information about the class name, subjects, and class timings, which can
provide further context for attendance data analysis.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 148/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #22 Topic 2

You have the Power BI model shown in the following exhibit.

There are four departments in the Departments table.

You need to ensure that users can see the data of their respective department only.

What should you do?

A. Create a slicer that filters Departments based on DepartmentID.

B. Create a row-level security (RLS) role for each department, and then define the membership of the role.

C. Create a DepartmentID parameter to filter the Departments table.

D. To the ConfidentialData table, add a calculated measure that uses the CURRENTGROUP DAX function.

Correct Answer: B

Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level, and you

can define filters within roles.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

B (89%) 11%

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 25 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
To ensure that users can see the data of their respective department only, we should implement low-level security (RLS). Here is how it works:
- Create a separate RLS role for each department.
- Define the membership of each role by specifying which DepartmentID(s) each role can access.
- Assign users to the appropriate RLS role based on their department affiliation.
This way, each user will only be able to see data related to their respective department, as per the RLS rules you define.
upvoted 3 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

B is the correct option
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months, 1 week ago

This was on todays exam
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct, we must use row level security.

upvoted 3 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

B is correct, we must use row level security.
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 149/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Dr_Do 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

RLS is the right choice!

upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  fred92 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

The clue is "There are four departments ..."

see https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/rls-guidance
It says there:
Avoid using RLS, whenever it makes sense to do so. If you have only a small number of simplistic RLS rules that apply static filters, consider
publishing multiple datasets instead [...] to different workspaces [...] and use query parameters to filter source data.
upvoted 4 times

  shakes103 1 year ago

What is the primary reason for creating RLS? Is it not to solve this exact problem? The answer to this question is B.
upvoted 6 times

  joaowendling 6 months ago

I agree that creating a query parameter and publishing 4 different reports might be best in this case. However, option C doesn't mention
publishing different reports, and just creating a parameter wont do what is necessary. Applying RLS will
upvoted 1 times

  prikha16 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Agree with fred92, we need to read between the lines, that's why the questions says -there are 4 departments! from documentation
"Sometimes it makes sense to avoid using RLS. If you have only a few simplistic RLS rules that apply static filters, consider publishing
multiple datasets instead. For example, a company that has just two sales regions decides to publish a dataset for each sales region to
different workspaces. The datasets don't enforce RLS. They do, however, use query parameters to filter source data. This way, the same
model is published to each workspace—they just have different dataset parameter values. advantages- improved query performance and
smaller models. So C is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

Parameter only makes the report viewing dynamic and not secure (A user can just type a department name he doesn't belong to and view
the report). RLS secures access to only those with clearance.
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

cant be C because the user has to select the option on the filter. that means they can bypass the filter and view the info from other
departments
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 150/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #23 Topic 2

In Power BI Desktop, you are building a sales report that contains two tables. Both tables have row-level security (RLS) configured.

You need to create a relationship between the tables. The solution must ensure that bidirectional cross-filtering honors the RLS settings.

What should you do?

A. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions.

B. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions.

C. Create an inactive relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.

D. Create an active relationship between the tables and select Assume referential integrity.

Correct Answer: B

By default, row-level security filtering uses single-directional filters, whether the relationships are set to single direction or bi-directional. You

can manually enable bi-directional cross-filtering with row-level security by selecting the relationship and checking the Apply security filter in

both directions checkbox. Select this option when you've also implemented dynamic row-level security at the server level, where row-level

security is based on username or login ID.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B
upvoted 17 times

  Dr_Do Highly Voted  10 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

No point of discussion.
RLS works through ACTIVE links, so inactive will simply no work!
upvoted 14 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

B is the correct answer. It enables the bidirectional cross-filtering and respects the RLS settings, ensuring that data in both tables is filtered
based on the RLS rules applied to the user.
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Create an active relationship between the tables and select Apply security filter in both directions
upvoted 8 times

  rayan013 2 months, 2 weeks ago

HELLO , the question in exam was same as here?
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B Is the answer. By default RLS has single direction filter but we should create both directional filter and check mark the apply security filter in
both directions
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 151/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

B Is the answer. By default RLS has single direction filter but we should create both directional filter and check mark the apply security filter in
both directions
upvoted 1 times

  chellyAh 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  mahtab 1 year, 1 month ago

B is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 152/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #24 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a column named UnitsInStock as shown in the following exhibit.

UnitsInStock has 75 non-null values, of which 51 are unique.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 153/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: 75 rows -

Is nullable allows NULL values in the column.

Box 2: reduce -

Reference:

https://blog.crossjoin.co.uk/2019/01/20/is-nullable-column-property-power-bi/

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

If it's the only field in a table only unique values will be shown.
upvoted 37 times

  lmrod 3 months ago

Only distinct values will be shown. Unique isnt't the same that distinct
upvoted 5 times

  Time2excel 3 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is correct. 75 rows / reduce. Tested and agreed.
upvoted 9 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

It's 51. Table doesn't show duplicated values when there's only one field added.
It will show 75 if you set "Summerize by: Count" but Summerize is set to None in the screenshot.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Nvm, I forgot that unique in Power BI removes the value from Unique count if the value repeats itself
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Name of products should be unique. but number of Unitsinstock column does not need to be unique. And since this column is in the Product
dimension table, the product names are unique and there are 75 product.
upvoted 3 times

  gaikwpa 4 months ago

Correct Answer - Don't Summarize = 75 and After Summarize = 1
upvoted 4 times

  nbn97 1 year, 1 month ago

only distinct values not unique values
so the answer is: 75 rows / reduce
upvoted 67 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

Exactly, only distinct values but the question says "UnitsInStock has 75 non-null values, of which 51 are unique", so it does not say 75
distinct values, it says 75 with non-null values, so we can have repeated values. Therefore, I would say 51 / decrease
upvoted 16 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

No, it cannot display only the unique. You know what that means? It means if you have a number that is distinct but not unique for
example, 5,5,5, then it will not capture it because it is not unique. The answer is 75.

Unique means it occurs only once in the column which cannot make up the table rows only. I have actually tried this on PBI with some
datatset to confirm.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 154/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

For the second question, when you summarise, it will reduce the table.
for example, all products with the same productname will return one row if you drag the productname and unitInstock to the table
visual.
upvoted 9 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

Tested and 51 is the answer not 75
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Consider that, this column is in Product dimension table, so all rows are different.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

and also should consider the distribution of values in the column is not important, just the number of rows are important, since we
have 75 non-null values, then we will have 75 rows.
upvoted 1 times

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

1 - 1 ROW
2 - increase
upvoted 24 times

  ThariCD 1 year, 1 month ago

The summarization is set to 'Don't summarize' so you will have 1 row per value, not 1 row total. If you add a summarization it will decrease the
number of rows.
upvoted 16 times

  Namrata_12 1 year, 1 month ago

SO the Answer is- 1. 75Rows, 2. Reduce, right?
upvoted 7 times

  hmax56 1 year, 1 month ago

I agree
upvoted 4 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes, I created a toy excel sheet and tested it. You are correct! The first time we created a table visual, there is only 1 row in the visual and the
summarization is set to "SUM". After we changed the summarization to "Dont summarize", the row increased from 1 row to 51 rows.
upvoted 1 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Sorry for the confusion, I think my answer was wrong. I noticed in the question image the summarization is set to "None", so when you first
create the visual, there should be 51 rows. Later change the summarization will change 51 rows to 1 row, so "Reduce"
upvoted 2 times

  OGESSIUSER 1 year, 1 month ago

SO it's
51
Reduce
upvoted 24 times

  VeroF 1 year, 1 month ago

Answer is correct (51 and Reduce). tested
upvoted 17 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Agreed
upvoted 2 times

  cglax 10 months, 1 week ago

You did not test. If there are more non-nullable than unique, there will always be more rows than unique. Example: 1,2,3,4,4 has 3
unique, 5 non-nullable, 4 distinct. Placed in a table shows the rows: 1,2,3,4
upvoted 7 times

  BiLearn 6 months, 3 weeks ago

It will be
1- 75 Rows
2. Reduce (Summarize By - Sum; it will return only 1 row in table visual)
I have tested..
upvoted 6 times

  Mandar77 Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

I tried creating same scenario in power bi report. The table shoes unique values and when you change property to summarized as SUM then it
maintain the table rows.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 155/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

sorry for confusion, I think they are asking based on table visual: how many rows we can see when we put the field (after giving proper
summarize by).
Summarize by means only 1 result that is one row, so it will reduce from 75 .
correct answer is 75 and reduce.
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

75 is correct, but how come it reduce number once you select anything from summarize by ? If I select Count, I get 75 and if select distinct count
will get 51. It depends on what you select after you providing summarize by. How come it is Reduce, can anyone explain pls
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 4 weeks, 1 day ago

Table shows distinct values firstly and then sums up for second step.
For Ex. I have 15 rows in table,
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
Then 11 Are distinct values and 8 are unique
When I pull it to table 11 are shown
and then its sum is shown for second step
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 4 weeks, 1 day ago

What is final and correct answer to this question?
75 reduce?
51 reduce?
upvoted 1 times

  sunkkki 1 month, 3 weeks ago

I think when they say 75 non-null values, it means 75 "distinct" values, not the total number of rows that have non-null values. Distinct and
unique are different. If the dataset is like {A, A, B, B, C, D, E, F}, number of distinct values = 6, number of unique values = 4. Power BI will show
{A, B, C, D, E, F}, the distinct values, not {C, D, E, F}, the unique values.
upvoted 1 times

  lcss27 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Correct Answers:
1. 51 rows: just did the exercice in PBI, when a numeric column is "Summarize by None" and it is the only field in a Table visual only distinct
values are displayed.
2. Reduce: when you change de summarize by setting the number of rows is reduced, e.g. if you change it to "Summarize by Sum" and
UnitsInStock is the only field in the Table visual only 1 row is displayed
upvoted 2 times

  SamiaAwais 1 month, 3 weeks ago

no it will be 75 rows. as per the information there are 51 unique values which means there there could be more values that may appear twice.
table will display all the values and will display the values that appears twice, only once.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Rows and Maintain are the correct answers.
Rows: since there are 75 non-null values in the UnitslnStock column, adding it to the Values field well in a table visual will create one row for each
of those 75 values.
Maintain: The UnitlnStock column is currently set to summarize by "none" , which means each value is treated as a separate row in the table
visual. Changing the summarize by setting to something else (e.g., sum, average, etc.) would affect the values are aggregated but would not
change the number of rows in the table visual. Therefore, the number of rows will be maintained.
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

Testing it in power Bi:
-The single column contains the sum of the values, so it will spit out a single row
-Modifying the aggregation (always with only that column in the table) it will retrieve the same results, until you remove and re-add the column to
the visual.

Am i wrong?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 156/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  aukaab 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Once plotted the viz will show all the distinct Values - Now the Unique. Count of Unique does not include the value if its been repeated.
if - {A, A, B, C, C, D, E, F, F} once plotted all the distinct values in this case {A, B, C, D, E, F} will be plotted not only {B, D, E } which appear only
once.
upvoted 1 times

  kaixin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct, I also have test it.
1. 75 - all non-null value will display
2. reduce - while change summarize by field, new counts depend on the type of summarize by you select, i.e., Max, Average, Distinct Count,
Sum, Min, Count, which should reduce the row counts when there is duplicate value in the rows.
upvoted 2 times

  kelvin3105 2 months, 3 weeks ago

51, reduce
upvoted 2 times

  lmrod 3 months ago

I tried to test it, but I didn't get a "logical" answer. I created a table with only a column that contains 51 unique non null values (numbers from 1 to
51) an then 24 repeated values (number 52). So I have 75 no-null values and 51 unique values. Then I configured the column like the exhibit
(Don't Summarize) and when I create the table, it firstly shows 52 rows (number of distinct values)
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I hope I can be the one to close this. When you go to model view. Under properties and then proceed to advanced and select summarize by
none. Even the Sum symbol in the field is removed upon selecting summarized by none.

When you go back to report view and use those values, all the rows are returned. Thus 75 rows

When you changed the sumamrization, it will reduce

upvoted 3 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 157/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #25 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI report.

You have the following tables.

You have the following DAX measure.

Accounts :=

CALCULATE (

DISTINCTCOUNT (Balances[AccountID]),

LASTDATE ('Date'[Date])

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: No -

It will show the total number of accounts that were live at the last day of the year only.

Note:

DISTINCTCOUNT counts the number of distinct values in a column.

LASTDATE returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of dates.

Box 2: No -

It will show the total number of accounts that were live at the last day of the month only.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 158/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 3: Yes -

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/distinctcount-function-dax https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/lastdate-function-dax

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

NO
NO
YES
upvoted 31 times

  susunz Highly Voted  1 year ago

The date is hierarchy, the lastdate() is based on the hierarchy, which means the measure should be adjusted with the year/month/day level. Thus
N-N-Y is correct.
upvoted 13 times

  tke44 Most Recent  5 months, 1 week ago

NO
NO
YES
upvoted 2 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

shouldn't the last one be no too? the question says if it would calculate for the day, but doesn't it only calculate for the last day of the month? eg
for the month of Jan, would only show Jan30; February would only show Feb28?
upvoted 1 times

  joaowendling 6 months ago

No, LASTDATE will return the last date from the current context. If the context is the Year, the last date will be 31/12/year. If the context is the
Day, LASTDATE will return the day itself

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/lastdate-function-dax
upvoted 3 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 1 week ago

NO
NO
YES
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

No No Yes... Last Date calculates the last day only
upvoted 7 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

correct
upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 year ago

As I was no sure , I did a test here, and Yes, the answer is correct...
upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Shouldn't this be YYY? Lastdate "returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of dates". Therefore, it will be give you the
last day of the year or month depending on the context. If you then do a distinctcount on the accountid, this means that account had a closing
balance on that day.
upvoted 2 times

  shakes103 1 year ago

It is NO NO YES and here's why. Just as you mentioned, Lastdate "returns the last date in the current context for the specified column of
dates" which means it will ONLY RETURN the live account balances for the LAST DAY of the YEAR for year and MONTH for month and not
THROUGHOUT THE YEAR & THROUGHOUT THE MONTH as those options stated. Read those options again and the answers will come to
you.
upvoted 13 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

No
No
Yes
upvoted 6 times

  aloulouder 1 year, 1 month ago

correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 159/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  simplex06 1 year, 2 months ago

It should be No - No - Yes
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 160/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #26 Topic 2

You have the tables shown in the following table.

The Impressions table contains approximately 30 million records per month.

You need to create an ad analytics system to meet the following requirements:

✑ Present ad impression counts for the day, campaign, and site_name. The analytics for the last year are required.
Minimize the data model size.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create one-to-many relationships between the tables.

B. Group the Impressions query in Power Query by Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date. Aggregate by using the CountRows function.

C. Create a calculated table that contains Ad_id, Site_name, and Impression_date.

D. Create a calculated measure that aggregates by using the COUNTROWS function.

Correct Answer: AB

Incorrect:

Not C: A calculated table would increase the data model size.

Not D: Need Impression_date etc.

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  sidyndiaye Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I agree.
upvoted 19 times

  BI_life Most Recent  3 weeks, 5 days ago

Guys, I feel like B and C are wrong. They didn't do anything with the campaign but we need to analyze the campaigns. Since D also work, I
believe the answer should be
A&D
upvoted 1 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B and C are the correct answers.
B. This step will help us aggregate the impression data at the desired level of granularity (day, campaign, and site_name) in Power Query itself,
reducing the amount of data loaded into the data model.
C. By creating a calculated table that contains only the necessary columns (Ad_id, Site_name,and impression_date), we further minimize the data
model size.
upvoted 1 times

  AyoJose 1 month ago

creating a calculated table will increase the data model size
upvoted 2 times

  Pocu 2 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 161/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I would say AD is correct.

Let us ignore the day and site_name and focus on the Ad vs Campaign.
The reason is campaign to Ad is one to many relation thus one campaign can include some Ads. Assume campaignA(Campaign_ID=1) includes
Ad1(Ad_id =1)&Ad2(Ad_id =2),
RowsOfAD1 = Countrows(FILTER(Impressions, [Ad_id]=1))
RowsOfCampaign1 = Countrows(FILTER(Impressions, AND([Ad_id]=1,[Ad_id]=2)))
They are different.
upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 4 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

A and B for optimisation purpose. even if A and D is working
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

AB is the correct answer. Grouping in power query reduces the number of rows in the impression table that is gonna be loaded in the model.
Creating relationships doesn't increase the size of the model. Therefore, the answer AB is correct!
upvoted 4 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

AB is correct
upvoted 3 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

It should be A & D we can created aggregation with COUNTROWS DAX and group by Campaign Name, Date & Site name . B is using wrong
columns for calculations
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Sorry I am Wring it is A & B
upvoted 6 times

  SumaiyaShah 10 months, 1 week ago

A is correct. I have a doubt about B. Aren't we suppose to group by campaign too? Grouping by AddID, we might have several campaigns
against an add. Pls correct me if I am wrong
upvoted 3 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

A;B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  slash_nyk 10 months, 4 weeks ago

we also need group by campaign ? What about that
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

The "group by" only affects the Impressions table. The Ads and the Campaigns table stay the same and through the relationships, the
Campaign to which the Impression belongs can be retrieved.
upvoted 4 times

  JukMar 1 year ago

CORRECT
upvoted 3 times

  Hangman_T 1 year ago

Selected Answer: AB

correct
upvoted 4 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

Selected Answer: AB

Correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 162/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 163/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #27 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You are creating a Microsoft Power BI data model that has the tables shown in the following table.

The Products table is related to the ProductCategory table through the ProductCategoryID column. Each product has one product category.

You need to ensure that you can analyze sales by product category.

How should you configure the relationship from ProductCategory to Products? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: One-to-many -

The one-to-many and many-to-one cardinality options are essentially the same, and they're also the most common cardinality types.

Incorrect: A many-to-many relationship means both columns can contain duplicate values. This cardinality type is infrequently used. It's

typically useful when designing complex model requirements. You can use it to relate many-to-many facts or to relate higher grain facts. For

example, when sales target facts are stored at product category level and the product dimension table is stored at product level.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 164/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 2: Single -

Incorrect:

Bear in mind that bi-directional relationships can impact negatively on performance. Further, attempting to configure a bi-directional

relationship could result in ambiguous filter propagation paths. In this case, Power BI Desktop may fail to commit the relationship change and

will alert you with an error message.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand

  mindstemall Highly Voted  1 year ago

Silly comments here. One-to-many because several products have the same product category. Single because the performance is much better
and the assignment states only that you need to be able to analyze sales by product category.
upvoted 72 times

  learnazureportal 1 year ago

Your answer is correct. however, we don't choose single, b/c it has better performance. b/c data flows from product to ProductCategory. This
is the reason, we choose single.
upvoted 11 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This is the wrong explanation about "Single".
When we choose one-to-many of "ProuctCat to Product", the default direction of single is from ProuctCat->Product.
However, "analyzing sales by product category" means, information from sales->Product->ProductCat. This is the opposite direction of our
single direction.
Therefore, it should be Both.
Keep in mind, the single direction is determined by your one-to-many design.
upvoted 3 times

  Elfmo11 1 month, 3 weeks ago

But the direction is about the way the filter works. Since analysing sales by ProductCategory means you filter from ProductCategory (via
Product) to Sales, the direction is one way from ProductCategory to Sales.
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Guys take note. This is tested and confirmed. At first, I wanted to abuse you but then something told me to first put it into practice. And
yes. It is one to many and Both. Thank you for standing out
upvoted 2 times

  vivian_data 4 months ago

How did we figure out that the data flows from Product to Product Category and not the other way around??
upvoted 1 times

  vivian_data 4 months ago

Nevermind, here's the answer: "For one-to-many relationships, the cross filter direction is always from the "one" side, and optionally
from the "many" side (bi-directional). "
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

you are both right
upvoted 7 times

  HamzaMJ Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

1 - One to many because every product category has many products
2 - Both because we need to analyze sales by product category
upvoted 17 times

  KobeData 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Yu always filter from the one side, which in this case, is the productCategory. So one to many - single means filtering from one to the many
side, which is correct. So it should be single. Hope this helps.
upvoted 4 times

  scotchtapebunny 11 months, 3 weeks ago

you want to analyse SALE BY PRODUCT CATEGORY, you need cross filter direction single to make this work. If you do both that means you
want to analyze PRODUCT CATEGORY by SALE. This doesn't make sense so there is no need for both. You're going downstream from
product category to sales not the other way around.

This is what I think but I'd be thankful if someone can help me if I am wrong.
upvoted 15 times

  Nandini_Shanthaveerappa 2 weeks, 2 days ago

For example, if we want to see the sales by product(Coffee, Tea, Milk) in each region(US, UK, IN). Say we dont want show the product
names in the visuals if there no sales for that product in a specific region. So we use bidirectional so that the region and product tables are

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 165/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

filtered for only sold products.. where it will not return blank if there's no sale for product tea in US .. it shows sales values for Coffee and
Milk only
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I totally agree what you said that "If you do both that means you want to analyze PRODUCT CATEGORY by SALE.", otherwise single can
do the trick. I was confused when to use BOTH earlier.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

One-to-many
Singel
One-to-many: Each product category can have multiple products belonging to it.
Single: Because we want to analyze sales by product category.
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

After further analysis. I think there are two answers available to this

Answer set A: One to many and Single

Anwer SET B: One to one and both

upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

But thinking deeper, What is the, The product table and Product category table must be having a one to one cardinality otherwise this would
mean that the Products table and sales table will be having a many to many relationship considering that they are related via the product ID.

Thus to me the final answer should be One to one and then both directions
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- One-to-many
- Single
upvoted 7 times

  Lavi29 4 months, 3 weeks ago

It asks relationship from product category to product not vice versa. Filter will take place at many * direction. So keeping it one to many means
product category to product one to many , which is wrong. As there is not an option of many to one then many to many is the best choice here.
And for many to many we always need filter in both directions. So the answer is many to many and both.
upvoted 2 times

  bakamon 5 months ago

question is asking ProductCategory to Product Relation..
For sure it will be one to many.. if it was product to productcategory, then it would be one to one
and cross filter : single for performance..
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

one-to-many
single
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 2 weeks ago

1. One to many, because one Product Category can have many Products.
2.Single. It allows to calculate Sales by Product Category. Also the best practice as per this article
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand
Also I tested in Power BI. If you have doubts, recreate the issue in Power BI and you will get the correct answer.
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

1 - One to Many
2- Single direction
upvoted 1 times

  Mati_123 7 months, 3 weeks ago

1 - One to Many
2- Single dirction
upvoted 2 times

  SumaiyaShah 10 months, 1 week ago

We cant make a 1 to 1 cardinality relationship single directional I guess
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

One-to-many, both

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 166/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Pauwels 11 months, 1 week ago

I think we should forget that the cardinality is from ProductCategory to Products.
It is one to many, single.

One to many make sure that each product has one product catégories. 2 product can have the same product cat
upvoted 3 times

  wzwd 1 year ago

I cannot imagine that there are so many people who want to pass this exam even not knowing the correct answer of this question.
upvoted 6 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Tested, one-to-one and cross filter direction 'both' works
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-relationships-understand

Bear in mind that bi-directional relationships can impact negatively on performance.

upvoted 2 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

It may but may come up with the wrong answer and has speed implications.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

I agree, my answer is incorrect. I believe now it is one-to-many and single filter direction
upvoted 3 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year ago

'Each product has one product category' should be one-to-one?
upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Each product only has one category but each category can have multiple products, hence why one to many.
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Don't assume what is not in the question. The question says 'each product has one product category' period.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 167/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #28 Topic 2

You import a Power BI dataset that contains the following tables:

✑ Date
✑ Product
✑ Product Inventory
The Product Inventory table contains 25 million rows. A sample of the data is shown in the following table.

The Product Inventory table relates to the Date table by using the DateKey column. The Product Inventory table relates to the Product table by

using the

ProductKey column.

You need to reduce the size of the data model without losing information.

What should you do?

A. Change Summarization for DateKey to Don't Summarize.

B. Remove the relationship between Date and Product Inventory

C. Change the data type of UnitCost to Integer.

D. Remove MovementDate.

Correct Answer: A

The DateKey and MovementDate columns have the same information. Movementdate can be removed.

Incorrect:

Not C: Integer data type would lose data.

Community vote distribution

D (87%) 13%

  ElijahSu Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is right
upvoted 40 times

  Jukibabu Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

looks like a typo - D is good as explained below
upvoted 18 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: D

D is right
upvoted 1 times

  Rasaqh 3 weeks ago

I think 'A' option will further increase the size of the model beacuse changing summarization to Don't Summarise will lead to the expansion of the
data and thereby increasing the size. 'D' option, removing MovementDate will actually reduce the size of the data model.
upvoted 1 times

  Rasaqh 3 weeks ago

What is the best way to reduce the size of the data model in Power BI?
These techniques include:
Remove unnecessary columns.
Remove unnecessary rows.
Group by and summarize.
Optimize column data types.
Preference for custom columns.
Disable Power Query query load.
Disable auto date/time.
Switch to Mixed mode.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 168/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  discoverp 1 month, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct answer = D

Look at the explanation which exactly says why D is the right answer, not A.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

D is the answer. Although the reporting requirements determine what to choose, option D is correct among the options. Remove MovementDate
is a valid option to reduce the size of the data model without losing information.
upvoted 1 times

  Anurekha 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The movement date can be retrieved from the dateKey.

The A: why do change the summarization would lead to a reduced space?
upvoted 1 times

  CRAKN1 3 months, 1 week ago

Changing Summarization for DateKey to Don't Summarize might lead to incorrect results if you are using DateKey in relationships or calculations
that require aggregation.
upvoted 1 times

  Cyprien_B 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Useless column
upvoted 1 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The key statement is without losing information.

upvoted 4 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

You don't loose any information with D. That date will still be in the model through DateKey & Date table.
upvoted 4 times

  Tofuuuu 4 months, 1 week ago

D RIGHT
upvoted 1 times

  Rinesh25 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Without losing data " A '' only correct

upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

you can retrieve the date from the dateKey field, i think it is D
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

We do not need Movement date column.

upvoted 1 times

  wellingtonluis 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Attention to the subject "without losing information.", It can't be possible to be "D".
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

DateKey and MovementDate contain the same data :)
upvoted 8 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

But they are of different types. So ... A seems more logical.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 169/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  lmrod 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Different format doesn't imply different type. But I agree with you that "without losing information" should discard option D. We don't
know if they use Movement Date in some way or if it's always equal to DateKey
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

See the given answer explanation, the answer from website is wrong but the arguement for D, which is correct

Correct Answer : D

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: D

You can also see the given answer explanation, they also with D but by mistake there is label A

Correct Answer : D

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 170/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #29 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You are enhancing a Power BI model that has DAX calculations.

You need to create a measure that returns the year-to-date total sales from the same date of the previous calendar year.

Which DAX functions should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 171/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

Example:

Total sales on the last selected date =

CALCULATE (

SUM ( Sales[Sales Amount] ),

'Sales'[OrderDateKey] = MAX ( 'Sales'[OrderDateKey] )

Box 2: SUM -

Box 3: SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR -

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns a set of dates in the current selection from the previous year.

Example:

-- SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR returns the selected period shifted back one year.

EVALUATE -

VAR StartDate = DATE ( 2008, 07, 25 )

VAR EndDate = DATE ( 2008, 07, 31 )

RETURN -

CALCULATETABLE (

SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR ( 'Date'[Date] ),

'Date'[Date] >= StartDate &&

'Date'[Date] <= EndDate

ORDER BY [Date]

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax

https://dax.guide/sameperiodlastyear/

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 172/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Muffinshow Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 134 times

  alena2k Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

Suggested SamePeriodLastYear expects only 1 parameter: column containing dates

upvoted 45 times

  RichardOgoma 1 year, 1 month ago

Good explanation
upvoted 5 times

  Elfmo11 Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago

CALCULATE, SUM and DATESBETWEEN. DATESBETWEEN because the variables that are declared already contain the dates of last year.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Calculate
Sum
Datesbetween
upvoted 1 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Who decides on website's final answer? We need to understand his/her level of confidence. Maybe he got the answers from Microsoft.
upvoted 8 times

  arnoh 4 months, 2 weeks ago

The location of the formula text in between the images is a bit poorly chosen. It makes it seem like the order is: Option box 1 > ( Sales [sales] ),
Option box 2. Even though that wouldn't obviously be possible
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

hmm thanks for the explanation. Calculate, sum, datesBetween
upvoted 1 times

  ahhida 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct Answer :
Calculate, Sum, and DateBetween

The DATESBETWEEN function is used to filter a table or a column of dates to a specified date range. It takes two arguments: the first argument is
the date column to filter, and the second and third arguments are the start and end dates of the desired date range, respectively. The function
returns a table of dates that fall within the specified range.

On the other hand, the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR function is used to retrieve the same period (week, month, quarter, or year) as the one currently
selected, but from the previous year. It takes one argument, which is the date column to use as a reference, and returns a table of dates from the
previous year that match the current period. This function is often used to compare data across time periods, such as comparing sales in the
current year to sales in the same period of the previous year.
upvoted 8 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Correct Answer :
Calculate, Sum, and DateBetween

The DATESBETWEEN function is used to filter a table or a column of dates to a specified date range. It takes two arguments: the first argument is
the date column to filter, and the second and third arguments are the start and end dates of the desired date range, respectively. The function
returns a table of dates that fall within the specified range.

On the other hand, the SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR function is used to retrieve the same period (week, month, quarter, or year) as the one currently
selected, but from the previous year. It takes one argument, which is the date column to use as a reference, and returns a table of dates from the
previous year that match the current period. This function is often used to compare data across time periods, such as comparing sales in the
current year to sales in the same period of the previous year.

No confusion, and no need to further discussion

upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 173/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  SanaCanada 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct
Calculate
Sum
Sameperiodlstyear

no confusion
upvoted 1 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

The start and end dates has already been calculated in the parameters so DATESBETWEEN is the answer. Using SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR
would go an extra year back.
upvoted 3 times

  Pinha 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

* Sales Last Year = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(Date[Date]))

* Total Sales Q1 = CALCULATE(SUM(Sales[Amount]), DATESBETWEEN(Sales[Date], DATE(2022,1,1), DATE(2022,3,31)))

* DatesBetween expects 3 parameters as per the exhibit, SamePeriodLastYear expects one parameter
upvoted 6 times

  Mati_123 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 1 times

  Minio754 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 1 times

  Jew0598 8 months, 2 weeks ago

We're asked to create a measure that returns the year-to-date total sales from the same date of the previous calendar year so why are we not
making use of SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR()?
upvoted 1 times

  Sowbar 8 months, 2 weeks ago

That’s because the already created variables generates start date and end date of last year hence no need to compute the dates again using
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(). Also last expression has 3 parameters so DATESBETWEEN would work.
upvoted 2 times

  Mubarakbabs 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween

The created variables already express dates from last year so the function only needs to specify those dates. It becomes unnecessary to use
SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR for the calculation
upvoted 1 times

  SayanChiku 10 months ago

Calculate
Sum
DatesBetween
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 174/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #30 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You are modeling data by using Microsoft Power BI. Part of the data model is a large Microsoft SQL Server table named Order that has more than

100 million records.

During the development process, you need to import a sample of the data from the Order table.

Solution: You add a report-level filter that filters based on the order date.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

You want the raw data, not a report with the data.

Instead add a WHERE clause to the SQL statement.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/native-database-query

Community vote distribution

B (93%) 7%

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

It says "you want to import sample data". If you are filter at a chart level, you have already imported the data, so the answer is no
upvoted 24 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
Adding a report-level filter based on the order date doesn't meet the goal of importing a sample of the data from the Order table. A report-level
filter affects the data that is displayed within the report but doesn't change the data imported into the data model. To import sample of the data,
we need to apply a filter during the data loading process, such as using Power Query Editor or SQL query options, to select a subset of the
records from the Order table before importing it into the data model.
upvoted 1 times

  tke44 5 months, 1 week ago

No.filter befor import data.SQL statements
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

We need to filter before importing data. not in report level!

upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

It says "you want to import sample data". If you are filter at a chart level, you have already imported the data, so the answer is no
upvoted 1 times

  Homer_Jay 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

You can limit the imported data to a sample size by using WHERE
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

It could be Yes. Filtering on a date range would provide sample data. It also would use query folding so it wouldnt import the entire table rows
upvoted 1 times

  Tiz88 11 months, 4 weeks ago

There can't be any query folding at report-level. Query folding happens only in the Power Query engine
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Well explained, I stand corrected, thank you

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 175/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 176/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #31 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following

date foreign keys:

✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.

Solution: For each date foreign key, you add inactive relationships between the sales table and the date table.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery

Date as calculated tables.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution

B (86%) 14%

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Should be Yes. You later use a USERELATIONSHIP() to calculate different measures
upvoted 41 times

  NevilleV 1 year ago

I believe the correct answer is NO. I think you are jumping the gun. Yes, you can use USERELATIONSHIP() later and yes you will need to add
inactive relationships in order to make use of USERELATIONSHIP() ....BUT.... Right now! Does the solution offered in the question, at this point
in time, provide the SOLUTION???? NO!!! it doesn't because the solution offered as it stands is incomplete.
upvoted 53 times

  Hansen_G 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Should be no. It says "support" not "a complete solution". The reason is it needs at least one active relationship, instead of 3 inactive ones.
upvoted 12 times

  yahsee33 10 months, 3 weeks ago

But the same thing applies to all three possible solutions. Relationships will need to be added unless they are auto-detected. So it comes
down to interpretation of the question, but my read is that "solution" here can mean a partial solution. But not sure.
upvoted 2 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

I AGREE WITH NEVILLEV
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 12 months ago

Lifted from documentation: "By default, active relationships propagate filters to other tables. Inactive relationship, however, only propagate
filters when a DAX expression activates (uses) the relationship". Going by this, NO is the answer.
upvoted 13 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

You can, however, not make multiple active relationships to the same table, in this case date. Or you would need to make three date tables,
producing confusing results.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Hey guys, what is the correct answer? we cannot use all relationships in one single measure, but we can use them in different measures.
upvoted 1 times

  MBA_1990 Highly Voted  10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 177/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Answer is NO.

We need at least one active relationship between sales and date table.
upvoted 11 times

  RMUK Most Recent  3 weeks, 2 days ago

No, Even though we can do achieve it. But I feel its about standard approach in data Model. In this case one active and 2 inactive relationship.
upvoted 1 times

  rainy_255 1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
No, the solution doesn't meet the goal of supporting the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys. Adding inactive
relationships between the sales table and the date table means that those relationships won't be used by default in calculations and visuals.
Inactive relationships are typically used for specific scenarios where you want to enable users to switch between different date dimensions
interactively.
upvoted 1 times

  sewasup 3 months ago

Answer is no. USERRELATIONSHIP only enables one relationship at a time. If you have to have all relationship enable at the same time, you
would create a date table for each column. This is known as role-playing dimension modelling
upvoted 2 times

  CRAKN1 3 months, 1 week ago

Inactive relationships in Power BI allow you to create multiple relationships between two tables without causing conflicts in your data model. By
default, Power BI allows only one active relationship between two tables, but you can add additional relationships as inactive. This feature is
helpful when you have multiple date foreign keys in the sales table, as is the case in your scenario (Due Date, Order Date, and Delivery Date).
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Similar example was in Microsoft's Learning Path and the solution was to create additional date tables.
upvoted 3 times

  taod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

This works for sure. But it would be good to know if using only one table in combination with inactive raltionships works as well
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- No
upvoted 6 times

  ahmed_025 3 months, 1 week ago

did most of the questions come from these 200+ questions on this website?
upvoted 1 times

  nikhikldfas 3 months, 3 weeks ago

AFAIK, the only major use for inactive relationships (in general) is for when you plan on using DAX. DAX is not used here, so answer is B.
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I say No, but not because of the same reason other comments mentioned. It's NO because I think they are after Role Play model, where you can
use all 3 date columns at the same time.
upvoted 1 times

  Plmn8o9 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer should be NO
upvoted 1 times

  kelvin3105 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted 9 months, 1 week ago

Should be Yes. You later use a USERELATIONSHIP() to calculate different measures
upvoted 32 times
upvoted 2 times

  Alvin_2113 4 months, 3 weeks ago

We need active and inactve relationships
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 178/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

I would say NO, since solution does not talk about using USERELATIONSHIP() function in order to activate those inactive relationship. Plus the
best practice is to always have 1 default and active date relationship and others inactive.
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

The answer is A, Yes. The reason is that we are dealing with a role-playing dimension, being date. You cannot make three active relationships to
date, and three separate date tables might produce confusing results (see the vid from Guy in a Cube).
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema
Or, from Guy in a Cube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BxaUXlx3K4
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is no.
We need at least one active relationship between sales and date table or the solution should include USERRELATIONSHIP() since it wont work
without that.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 179/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #32 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following

date foreign keys:

✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.

Solution: From Power Query Editor, you rename the date query as Due Date. You reference the Due Date query twice to make the queries for Order

Date and

Delivery Date.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery

Date as calculated tables.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution

A (56%) B (44%)

  junaid2107 Highly Voted  6 months, 1 week ago

I dont understand What micorsoft hopes to achieve with trick questions. If questions leave so much to the analysts assumptions then the
questions isnt testing the candidates knowledge
upvoted 53 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I keep reading "trick" questions when reading peoples' experiences recently of PL-300.
upvoted 2 times

  legionairemax Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

The answer is correct. However, I believe the alternate solution given is wrong. I would say that 3 relationships for each date respectively would
be made from the Date table to the Sales table. One being active and the other two inactive. Thus, allowing to filter by a specific date column

The solution suggested is not required, as the report does not require any output that involves all 3 dates. It requires only sales over one date
column at a time. Moreover, being date tables, they can significantly increase the size of the model (considering that the table is sales related).
upvoted 16 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  3 weeks, 3 days ago

Selected Answer: B

I'll select B.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
No, this solution does not meet the goal of supporting the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys. Renaming the date
query as "Due Date" and referencing it twice in Power Query Editor does not create relationships between the sales table and the date table
based on the difference date foreign keys (Due Date, Order Date, and Delivery Date).
upvoted 2 times

  rgabage 2 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A. This was in the learning path.

upvoted 1 times

  Badadadiiii 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 180/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The key to answering this question correct, is this sentence "You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign
keys."

You cannot achieve this without 3 date tables, which is created in Power Query. 1 is loaded from Azure, the other two are created by reference to
the first.

If you have one date table with 1 active and 2 inactive relationships, then you won't be able to use all 3 dates in the same analysis.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: B

I am going with B and here is why.

It says they renamed it. Then they said they used it for 2 of the dates, not all 3. So technically there isn't 3 queries being run just 2...

Thoughts?
upvoted 2 times

  miro26 3 months, 1 week ago

In such a scenario, I wonder if it makes sense to import a time dimension at all. Better to create three dimensions based on calculated tables like
here (https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/creating-a-simple-date-table-in-dax/)
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months, 1 week ago

In the documentation, It is advised that. You always use the provided date table if available. Only in situations where they dont exist should
you create a calculated date table.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A. Again, this was in the learning path, duplicate date tables with DAX or PowerQuery.
upvoted 4 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Yes
upvoted 11 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Please confirm the answer.
upvoted 1 times

  prikha16 4 months, 1 week ago

I would say Yes, It does meet the goal though it may not be the ideal solution. The question doesn't state anything about reducing model size
etc.. it just says it should support the required analysis. There is no confusion here, it is a case of role- playing dimensions and the solution would
work.
upvoted 2 times

  elesglar 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Suggested Answer: A
Creating two additional tables in Power Query can be a possible solution:

Remove any inactive relationships.

Consider renaming the role-playing dimension-type table to better describe its role. In the example, the Airport table is related to the
ArrivalAirport column of the Flight table, so it's renamed as Arrival Airport.

Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

In the example, the Departure Airport table was created by using the following calculated table definition.

From: https://www.pass4success.com/microsoft/discussions/exam-pl-300-topic-5-question-18-discussion
upvoted 1 times

  xkapelis 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

yes it will work

upvoted 4 times

  Rinesh25 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

The Answer is correct

upvoted 3 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 181/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I would say No, because the solution does not specify changing the relationships between referenced tables to use the correct foreign keys.
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

No. We're dealing with role-playing dimensions here. Creating multiple date tables with separate relationships give confusing results, as Guy in A
Cube explains very well in his video.
Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BxaUXlx3K4
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema
upvoted 1 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is only part of the solution. It does not say about creating a relationship with each Date table. This is a true problem with some
questions, are We supposed to assume that the relationship part is implicit ?
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 182/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #33 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following

date foreign keys:

✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.

Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery Date as

calculated tables.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

Refactoring methodology -

Here's a methodology to refactor a model from a single role-playing dimension-type table, to a design with one table per role.

1. Remove any inactive relationships.

2. Consider renaming the role-playing dimension-type table to better describe its role. In the example (not present here), the Airport table is

related to the

ArrivalAirport column of the Flight table, so it's renamed as Arrival Airport.

3. Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a

calculated table. If it's a

DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

In the example, the Departure Airport table was created by using the following calculated table definition.

Departure Airport = 'Arrival Airport'

Create an active relationship to relate the new table.

4. Consider renaming the columns in the tables so they accurately reflect their role. In the example, all columns are prefixed with the word

Departure or Arrival.

These names ensure report visuals, by default, will have self-describing and non-ambiguous labels. It also improves the Q&A experience,

allowing users to easily write their questions.

5. Consider adding descriptions to role-playing tables. (In the Fields pane, a description appears in a tooltip when a report author hovers their

cursor over the table.) This way, you can communicate any additional filter propagation details to your report authors.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution

A (91%) 9%

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Yes, that will meet the goal. It will increase the model size, but that was not the question.
upvoted 18 times

  CHT1988 12 months ago

I agree with you.
The model size is not mentioned in the question, so it would meet the goal.
upvoted 1 times

  poujor Highly Voted  1 year ago

NO is the Answer. To be able to create the calculations you need the Relationships. They are NOT stated in this suggestion.
upvoted 14 times

  Tiz88 11 months, 4 weeks ago

These type of questions are not really clear. But agreed, you clearly need relationships. What if you have "autodetect relationship" option
active?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 183/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 4 times

  RMUK Most Recent  3 weeks, 2 days ago

No, again its about how will you design the data model. Even if you can create multiple date table for each date field. Standard approach in this
case should be one date table, 1 active and 2 inactive relationships.
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 3 weeks, 3 days ago

Selected Answer: B

No, the correct answer is B.

upvoted 1 times

  protivitiuser 3 weeks, 3 days ago

after you read this https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive the answer should be clear
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

B is the correct answer.
No, this solution does not meet the goal of supporting the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys. Remaining the date table
as "Due Date" and creating calculated tables for Order Date and Delivery Date using DAX expressions does not establish relationships between
the sales table and the date table based on the different date foreign keys (Due Date, Order Date, and Delivery Date).
upvoted 2 times

  sergeyitaly 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Noone of those who say Yes did not mention about creation relationship in the model. And this is a key element in data analysis. So, the answer
is No.
upvoted 2 times

  bakamon 5 months ago

Selected Answer: B

No, the reference link given in the answer shows that it needs inactive relationship
upvoted 1 times

  PREM77 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is No.
Renaming the date table as "Due Date" and creating calculated tables for "Order Date" and "Delivery Date" will not provide the necessary
functionality for analyzing sales over time. To achieve the goal, you would typically create relationships between the date table and the sales table
based on the respective date foreign keys. This allows Power BI to perform time-based analysis by using the relationships to filter and aggregate
data.

Instead of renaming the date table, you should keep it as a separate table, typically named "Date" or "Calendar." Then, you would establish
relationships between the date table and the sales table using the respective date foreign keys: Due Date, Order Date, and Delivery Date.
upvoted 3 times

  mirzotti 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

No, for so many reasons already mentioned by others in this thread. Here is one other reason; only 2 out of 3 tables are mentioned as calculated
tables. What happened to 3rd calcluated table? It is missing so it does not meet the goal.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Third table already exists and is called "Due Date", you use it to create the other two.
upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

I would say NO, since the solution does not specify creating the relationships. Auto detection feature does not guarantee the correct relationships
creation.
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

No. We're dealing with role-playing dimensions, and creating additional tables will produce confusing results. Guy in a Cube explained this well in
his video. We need ONE date table with inactive relationships.
Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BxaUXlx3K4
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/star-schema
upvoted 3 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

No, we need additional tables
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/dax-power-bi-add-calculated-tables/1-introduction
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Definitely YES
You should follow this refactory methodology:
Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 184/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

This question is about an IMPORT table. So the use of a calculated table is recommended.

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Definitely YES
You should follow this refactory methodology:
Create a copy of the role-playing table, providing it with a name that reflects its role. If it's an Import table, we recommend defining a calculated
table. If it's a DirectQuery table, you can duplicate the Power Query query.

This question is about an IMPORT table. So the use of a calculated table is recommended.

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive
upvoted 9 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 185/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #34 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You receive revenue data that must be included in Microsoft Power BI reports.

You preview the data from a Microsoft Excel source in Power Query as shown in the following exhibit.

You plan to create several visuals from the data, including a visual that shows revenue split by year and product.

You need to transform the data to ensure that you can build the visuals. The solution must ensure that the columns are named appropriately for

the data that they contain.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Columns

The Unpivot Other Columns command unpivots unselected columns. Use this command in a query when not all columns are known. New

columns added during a refresh operation are also unpivoted.

Note: Unpivot columns: In Power Query, you can transform columns into attribute-value pairs, where columns become rows.

Step 2: Rename the Attribue column to Year and the Value Column to Revenue

Need to do this after the unpivot.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 186/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Power Query will always create the attribute-value pair by using two columns:

Attribute: The name of the column headings that were unpivoted.

Value: The values that were underneath each of the unpivoted column headings.

Step 3: Select Use the First Row as Headers

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/unpivot-column

  ajlanemed Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

here is the sequence : 2-3-4
upvoted 176 times

  oogrio 8 months, 1 week ago

I believe this is better than pivoting first too.
upvoted 3 times

  olajor 1 year, 1 month ago

this is correct
upvoted 6 times

  j0gam0d Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Select Use First Row as Headers
Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 124 times

  Amont1 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct!
upvoted 2 times

  sankeytm Most Recent  4 weeks ago

Tried in Power Query - correct sequence is 2-3-4
upvoted 2 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

This one took me a minute to understand. I wanted it to be 3-2-4, but it's 2-3-4. You have to use the first row as headers FIRST so that you have
a department and product column to unpivot from.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

To transform the data appropriately for creating visuals that show revenue split by year and product, we should perform the following actions in
sequence.
Action 3: Select Department and Product and unpivot other columns.
Action 2: Select Use First Row as Headers.
Action 4: Rename the attribute column to year and the value column to revenue.
upvoted 3 times

  junior17les 5 months ago

I am using another quiz app which contains older questions, I resorted to this website to learn about the new questions to get a correct exam.

I am observing that there are questions that I got in my previous test, but the answers are different on this website, I am beginning to doubt the
accuracy of the questions here.
upvoted 2 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

It's honestly one of the things I value most about this site. It's not a raw exam cram. It gives you real (in many cases) or near-real questions
and makes you deal with what the actual right answer is. If you're about to stare down an exam you're unfamiliar with, this is the best training
there is! You get to wrestle with what you think the answer is, what the site thinks the answer is, and what the members think the answer is--
then make your own decision.
upvoted 2 times

  JonDave 4 months, 2 weeks ago

what other site did you use?
upvoted 2 times

  junior17les 4 months ago

It is a test simulator that was shared with me at work to practice. It is one of the many payment simulators that are on the internet.

I have already reviewed all the questions on this page and verified that some are incorrect, it is important to read the community discussion
to check the correct answers.
upvoted 5 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months, 1 week ago

I feel it was made on purpose so as to not bring eyes and suspicion to the platform. They just want you to pass not get a perfect score.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 187/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

2-3-4 is the right order.
upvoted 4 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

2- Select Use First Row as Headers
3 - Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Columns
4 - Rename the Attribute to Year and the Value to Revenue
upvoted 3 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

2- Select Use First Row as Headers
3 - Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
4 - Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 5 times

  Mati_123 7 months, 3 weeks ago

2- Select Use First Row as Headers
3 - Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
4 - Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 3 times

  PetJoh422 8 months ago

Everyone claiming 2,3,4 is correct is not right. Think about the secuence and you will see that you loose data if you use 'First row as header' first.
Then you will have column names with name 2016,2017 etc
upvoted 1 times

  PetJoh422 8 months ago

Forget it... didn't read the data enough.... Sorry!
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Remember it! when you want to use Transpose, do not select Use FIRST ROW AS HEADER
But, when you what Unpivot, select Use First Row as Header
upvoted 3 times

  kedidahamoudi 8 months, 2 weeks ago

here is the sequence : 2-3-4
upvoted 2 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

here is the sequence : 2-3-4
Just performed on power bi
upvoted 1 times

  chezleon62 9 months ago

Yes, we have to put the header first
upvoted 1 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Tested and correct:
Select Use First Row as Headers
Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 2 times

  Kowshigha 10 months ago

Correct sequence is 2-3-4
upvoted 1 times

  SayanChiku 10 months ago

Select Use First Row as Headers
Select Department and Product and Unpivot Other Column
Rename the Attribute column to YEAR and the Value column to REVENUE
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 188/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #35 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI report named Orders that supports the following analysis:

✑ Total sales over time

✑ The count of orders over time
✑ New and repeat customer counts
The data model size is nearing the limit for a dataset in shared capacity.

The model view for the dataset is shown in the following exhibit.

The data view for the Orders table is shown in the following exhibit.

The Orders table relates to the Customers table by using the CustomerID column.

The Orders table relates to the Date table by using the OrderDate column.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true, Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 189/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: No -

Would not support total sales over time.

Box 2: No -

Would not support new and repeat customer counts

Box 3: Yes

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

My answer is
NO
NO
YES
Summarizing Orders by CustomerID, OrderId and OrderDate means to group by CustomerID, OrderId and OrderDate and to aggregate the rest of
the fields, however the OrderId has unique values so the aggregation will have the same number of rows as the original table
upvoted 101 times

  GregFred 1 year, 1 month ago

Yes, No, Yes,. It should be yes in 1. becasue the Orders table can contain the same Order Date, Order ID and Customer ID but many product
ID and this is stil the same order so gruping reduce a size of data
upvoted 19 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

if you see the table, the order ID is unique, so you are not going to have the same Order ID more than twice. For example, you will see that
for the customer TORTU has 3 different products (18, 63, 75) under the same order because the OrderDate is exactly the same so we have
to think it´s the same order, however the OrderID is sequential (unique).
So NO, NO, YES
upvoted 12 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Why would you assume that OrderId is unique? A quite opposite is perfectly reasonable for me and I would assume that a single order (single
OrderId) can have a few products in it
upvoted 5 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Given the sample data, it does look like orderid is unque so the aggregation would not work. However, you would hope that you can order
multiple items on an order and therefore orderid is not unique and is a fact table. Bad question.
upvoted 8 times

  KoryMills 9 months, 3 weeks ago

how do we know OrderID is unique just from the sample data?
upvoted 1 times

  HassanHijazi 7 months, 2 weeks ago

You assume it is because the showed like so. For other columns, you see they included repetitive values to showcase they are not unique
upvoted 3 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

Box1: Yes
The summarizing data will remove Product information which is not required for this analysis. We should not infer from the sample data that
OrderId is the primary key for few reasons. 1) the Order table is a common table that is used by Microsoft in learning materials, and the table
usually has a surrogate key as the primary key. 2) Order ID can be printed on the invoice, and it is not a surrogate key. BTW, the Customer ID is
not a surrogate key as well. 3) An order usually consists of multiple products. 4) The Product Id is unique in the sample data as well, and we
won't infer that we must create an order for a separate product.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 190/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 2: No
Customer ID is required for new and returned customer analysis

Box3: Yes
Product information is not required for analysis.

Note: if the first analysis requirement changes from "Total sales over time" to "Total sales over time for products", we will have a different
question to deal with
upvoted 8 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 11 months, 1 week ago

Please also refer to Question 38 in Topic 2 on how a more completed Sales Order table would look like. In that question the OrderID is called
SalesOrderNumber and the surrogate key is the ID column. Please note that those two columns are separated
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

NO
NO
YES
No: Summarizing orders with these columns may actually increase the model size as creates a more detailed representation of the data. It will not
reduce the model size.
No: Since there's a relationship between the Orders table and the Customers table using the CustomerID column, removing it might affect the
ability to analyze data by customer, so it may not support the current analysis.
Yes: Removing unnecessary columns like UnitPrice and Discount that are not used in the analysis will likely reduce the model size without
affecting the ability to analyze total sales over time, order counts, and customer counts.
upvoted 1 times

  kelvin3105 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Fer079 8 months, 4 weeks ago
if you see the table, the order ID is unique, so you are not going to have the same Order ID more than twice. For example, you will see that for the
customer TORTU has 3 different products (18, 63, 75) under the same order because the OrderDate is exactly the same so we have to think it´s
the same order, however the OrderID is sequential (unique).
So NO, NO, YES
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

My answer:
NO: orderID is unique, suppose s CostumerID has several Orders in a day. we cannot aggregate that.
NO we need CustomerID for the relationship
YES we do not need them.
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

1st statement NO. TotalSales is not included in the summarization, therefore won’t support current analysis. Normally after creating the
aggregated table, you would disable the original table from loading into the model to reduce overall size.
2nd statement is NO, you can’t remove the key column, on which relationship is based.
3r statement is YES, you can remove those columns as they are not needed for current analysis. TotalSales will serve the purpose to calculate
Total sales over time. I assume TotalSales is a normal column, not calculated one.
upvoted 4 times

  CG31 6 months, 2 weeks ago

My answer is:
1. No- can you summarize the date column?
2. No- this is a star schema, you need to have a connection between the customer dimension and the fact table with the sales
3. No- the total sales seem to be a calculated column, Unit price*Qty, does it make sense to remove it?
upvoted 4 times

  CRAKN1 3 months, 1 week ago

WE CAN REMOVE THAT COLUMNS AFTER CALCULATING TOTAL SALES IN THE NEW COLUMN.
upvoted 1 times

  Win_111 5 months, 1 week ago

Total Sales column already calculated Unit Price * Qty
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

If you see the table, the order ID is unique, so you are not going to have the same Order ID more than twice. For example, you will see that for the
customer TORTU has 3 different products (18, 63, 75) under the same order because the OrderDate is exactly the same so we have to think it´s
the same order, however the OrderID is sequential (unique).
So NO, NO, YES
upvoted 2 times

  nmosq 9 months, 2 weeks ago

No - Even if we don't know that OrderId is unique, if you want to see clients that buy more than once, you can summarize the data
No - Removing this field will break the relationships
Yes - They are not part of the analysis for the users, so they are "extra" data
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 191/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  kiwi69 10 months ago

Yes, No, Yes
An order table with a ProductId column usually includes more products for the same OrderId, otherwise it will have an OrderLineId that here is not
present. Also, it's never stated that OrderId is unique. Hence, summarizing will do the trick.
upvoted 3 times

  bi_mj 10 months, 3 weeks ago

SalesTotal looks like a calculated table based on UnitPrice and Quantity. Shouldn't last question be No? Removing unitprice will result in error for
salestotal, which is included to analyze in the requirements.
upvoted 3 times

  csillag 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Creating SUM(SalesTotal) grouping by OrderID, CustomerID, OrderDate we reduce the number of columns what also reduce the model size.
From the task is not clear if OrderID is unique or not, so not sure if the row number will be changed.
For me:
Yes
No
Yes
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

NO NO YES
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

YES
NO
YES
1=YES, because it is perfectly possible to summarize Orders on OrderID, CustomerID and OrderDate and still realize this requirements:
✑ Total sales over time
✑ The count of orders over time
✑ New and repeat customer counts
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I changed my mind:
NO
NO
YES

I agree with the reasoning of Fer079 above.

upvoted 2 times

  Churato 1 year ago

The trick is here: "New and repeat customer counts"
So, it's
no, no and yes.
upvoted 3 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

NO
NO
YES
upvoted 3 times

  saurinkhamar 1 year ago

Summarizing Customer ID and OrderDate together will not achieve reducing no. of rows saying, Same customer may not order multiple times
same date.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 192/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #36 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You are building a financial report by using Power BI.

You have a table named financials that contains a column named Date and a column named Sales.

You need to create a measure that calculates the relative change in sales as compared to the previous quarter.

How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 193/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

Calculate the sum.

Box 2: DATEADD -

DATEADD -1 QUARTER will give the previous month.

Box 3: DIVIDE -

Use DIVIDE to get the relative change.

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

1. Calculate
2. Dateadd
3. Divide
upvoted 82 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

I totally agree with you Nick10
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Calculate
Dateadd
Divide
upvoted 11 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

Calculate
Dateadd
Divide

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 194/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

CALCULATE, DATEADD, DIVIDE
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

There is a small typo in the DATEADD part, but apart from that the given answer is correct.
Here it is typed out for easy reference:
Sales QoQ% = IF(ISFILTERED('FACT_Order'[Date]),
ERROR("Oh noes"),
VAR PREV_QUARTER = CALCULATE(SUM(FACT_Order[OrderID]),
DATEADD(FACT_Order[Date], -1, QUARTER))
RETURN DIVIDE(SUM(FACT_Order[OrderID]) - PREV_QUARTER, PREV_QUARTER))
(I used a fact order table to calculate this.)
upvoted 1 times

  miro26 3 months, 1 week ago

As for the correctness of the functions used, the measure is Ok, but does this measure count what is required?
According to this mesure, current sales are the sum of the contents of the entire table minus the previous quarter. When Q3 is current, we divide
the sum of Q1 and Q3 by Q2. Shouldn't it be DIVIDE(Q3,Q2) ?
upvoted 1 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

The first 2 makes sense
What's the logic on DIVIDE?
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 5 months ago

b/c any % diff calculations are either (current-previous)/previous or current/previous -1
upvoted 3 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Find, Find, Find......jk. hahaahahahahahah
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

1. Calculate
2. Dateadd
3. Divide
upvoted 1 times

  Minio754 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes Exactly
Calculate
Dateadd
Divide
upvoted 2 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

Calculate
Dateadd
Divide
is the answer
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

1. Calculate
2. Dateadd
3. Divide
upvoted 3 times

  jboiret 11 months, 1 week ago

CALCULATE, DATEADD, DIVIDE
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 195/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #37 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You are creating a Power BI model and report.

You have a single table in a data model named Product. Product contains the following fields:

✑ ID
✑ Name
✑ Color
✑ Category
✑ Total Sales
You need to create a calculated table that shows only the top eight products based on the highest value in Total Sales.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more

than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: TOPN -

TOPN returns the top N rows of the specified table.

Syntax: TOPN(<n_value>, <table>, <orderBy_expression>, [<order>[, <orderBy_expression>, [<order>]] €¦]) ‫ג‬

Box 2: DESC -

Descending order to get the highest values first.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/topn-function-dax

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

TOPN & DESC
upvoted 55 times

  gtc108 Highly Voted  1 year ago

TOPN, DESC
upvoted 10 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 196/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

TOPN and DESC are the answers.

Top 8 products = TOPN(8, 'Product', 'Product'[Total Sales], DESC)
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

TOPN, DESC
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 2 times

  LambdaBld 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

TOPN & DESC
upvoted 1 times

  vishal10 10 months, 3 weeks ago

TOPN, DESC
upvoted 3 times

  iccent2 11 months ago

TopN and then DESC
upvoted 3 times

  reyn007 11 months ago

TOPN, DESC
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Answer is TOPN & DES
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 197/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #38 Topic 2

You are creating a sales report in Power BI for the NorthWest region sales territory of your company. Data will come from a view in a Microsoft

SQL Server database. A sample of the data is shown in the following table:

The report will facilitate the following analysis:

✑ The count of orders and the sum of total sales by Order Date
✑ The count of customers who placed an order
✑ The average quantity per order
You need to reduce data refresh times and report query times.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Set the data type for SalesOrderNumber to Decimal Number.

B. Remove the CustomerKey and ProductKey columns.

C. Remove the TaxAmt and Freight columns.

D. Filter the data to only the NorthWest region sales territory.

Correct Answer: CD

C: Remove columns that are not used in the report.

D: Reduce the number of rows.

Incorrect:

Not A: Not possible.

Not B: Need CustomerKey to count of customers who placed an order

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  NAWRESS96 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct Answer
upvoted 32 times

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: CD

c & D is correct
upvoted 10 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

C and D are correct.
C. Since these columns are not needed for the specified analysis, removing them can reduce the data size and improve performance.
D. By filtering the data to include only the NothWest region, we reduce the volume of data that needs to be processed, further improving
performance.
upvoted 1 times

  Throneroom 6 months ago

Correct Answer
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

The given answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct answer, only using data from northwest and removing data not used in the analysis
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 198/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Abhi256 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

C&D are correct

upvoted 1 times

  opek 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct, we are removing columns that won't be useful in analysis

upvoted 2 times

  Nuli 10 months, 2 weeks ago

C AND D
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

Answer CD
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

c and D
upvoted 3 times

  Luisao 11 months, 1 week ago

Correct. It is "C" and "D"
upvoted 2 times

  JukMar 1 year ago

C and D are correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: CD

Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 199/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #39 Topic 2

You are creating a Power BI model that contains a table named Store. Store contains the following fields.

You plan to create a map visual that will show store locations and provide the ability to drill down from Country to State/Province to City.

What should you do to ensure that the locations are mapped properly?

A. Change the data type of City, State/Province, and Country.

B. Set Summarization for City, State/Province, and Country to Don't summarize.

C. Set the data category of City, State/Province, and Country.

D. Create a calculated column that concatenates the values in City, State/Province, and Country.

Correct Answer: C

A hierarchy is a set of fields categorized in a hierarchical way that one level is the parent of another level. Values of the parent level can be

drilled down to the lower level.

Create Hierarchy -

Right-click on the field you want to set as level 1 of the hierarchy in the fields list, and then select Create Hierarchy.

‫ג‬ ‫ג‬ ‫ג‬ ‫ג‬

After that, you will see a new hierarchy created named your field name €Category € plus the word €Hierarchy €. This would have a hierarchy

icon beside it and also an option to expand to the fields of the hierarchy. If you expand, you will see a copy of the Category field in there too.

Etc.

Reference:

https://radacad.com/what-a-power-bi-hierarchy-is-and-how-to-use-it

Community vote distribution

C (99%)

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is C. I only don't agree with the Hierarchy solution that is given in the answer.
Data categorization is something else: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-data-categorization
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 200/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 28 times

  LouStar2 Highly Voted  5 months, 1 week ago

This was on the Exam today (as is written here)
upvoted 15 times

  isahgomes 5 months ago

you have been commenting all questions that are on the exam. Such a legend. Cheers
upvoted 8 times

  nick0651 Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

The answer is C
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 3 weeks, 3 days ago

Selected Answer: A

This answer could be A or C.

Both solutios works.

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

C is the correct answer.
Setting the data category for these fields will allow Power BI to recognize them as location-related fields, enabling proper mapping and drilling
down capabilities.
upvoted 1 times

  NAZAOG 5 months ago

I DONT THINK THE MAP WILL WORK IF THE DATA TYPE IS ON TEXT
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 3 weeks, 3 days ago

yes it works.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Without setting Data Category, map does not work correctly.

upvoted 4 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

the answer is correct but the explanation is wrong. has nothing to do with hierarchy. has everything to do with data categorization for
geographical fields
upvoted 5 times

  lizbette 6 months, 1 week ago

an alternative to data categorization is if we had latitude/longitude fields. however, that is not an option here
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is C.
Data categorization is something else: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-data-categorization
upvoted 5 times

  Taras_Navakhatska 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Don't we need to change data type from "Text" if we want to creat a map? It's really strange.
upvoted 1 times

  joaowendling 6 months ago

No, the data type will continue to be text. You might be confusing it for the data category
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

for me also. I think first we should change data type and then create a hierarchy because of Drill down part
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer C
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 4 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 201/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  [Removed] 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Answer C
map works if you change the data category
upvoted 4 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is correct
upvoted 10 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Change the data category from "Text" to "Country", "State", "City" will work.
See Source:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rvlv80WmTgc
upvoted 11 times

  Fecov 2 months, 3 weeks ago

excellent anwer !!!
here is the truth and right reason of the answer, not the hierarchy (also its important but its not related to the data category)
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct, but we can create a 'pseudo' hierarchy on a visual

upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 202/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #40 Topic 2

You are building a data model for a Power BI report.

You have data formatted as shown in the following table.

You need to create a clustered bar chart as shown in the following exhibit.

What should you do?

A. From Power Query Editor, split the Machine-User column by using a delimiter.

B. From Power Query Editor, create a column that contains the last three digits of the Machine-User column.

C. In a DAX function, create two calculated columns named Machine and User by using the SUBSTITUTE function.

D. In a DAX function, create two measures named Machine and User by using the SUBSTITUTE function.

Correct Answer: A

Split a column of text (Power Query)

You can split a column with a text data type into two or more columns by using a common delimiter character. For example, a Name column

that contains values written as <LastName>, <FirstName> can be split into two columns using the comma (,) character.

Note: Power Query is an Extract Transform Load (ETL) tool. It allows us to

Download and fetch data from different sources. We call this data ingestion

Combine, clean, and model this data. We call this data wrangling

Reference:

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/split-a-column-of-text-power-query-5282d425-6dd0-46ca-95bf-8e0da9539662

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer A
upvoted 28 times

  nevesrf 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Its wrong if you split the column at Powerquery the name of the columns dont split then we need the name to make the legend and the y
labels so the correct choice is C
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

we use SUBSTITUE function for: Replaces existing text with new text in a text string.
but here we do not want replace something, we want split the column by the delimiter "-"
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Yes, but renaming is included in this step.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 203/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- From Power Query Editor, split the Machine-User column by using a delimiter
upvoted 6 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Did you find many of these questions on the real exam?
upvoted 3 times

  lcss27 Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago

Correct Answer: A
It couldn't be SUBSTITUTE because for one column you could only replace either "-ABC" or "-BAC" for the "oldtext" parameter
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

A is the correct answer.
This action will allow us to split the combined "Machine-User" values into separate columns for "Machine" and "User", which is for creating a
clustered bar chart with the desired X and Y-axis values.
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Fairly sure this was on the exam
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the correct answer.

upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

Answer is A is the best and fastest solution. Splitting the column into 2 is better that creating an extra 2 calculated columns, this will increase the
model size.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The desired visual is provided. However, the dataset shown contains a column where machine and user data from the visual are combined into 1
column. Therefore, to solve this you need to use a delimiter. This will split one column into two, where you will use Machine column (BAC & ABC)
as your Y-axis and User column (123 & 657) as your legend.
upvoted 2 times

  Shaziq 10 months, 1 week ago

Can anyone explain this?
upvoted 2 times

  naomilena 9 months, 3 weeks ago

The desired visual is provided. However, the dataset shown contains a column where machine and user data from the visual are combined
into 1 column. Therefore, to solve this you need to use a delimiter. This will split one column into two, where you will use Machine column
(BAC & ABC) as your Y-axis and User column (123 & 657) as your legend.
upvoted 5 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A
upvoted 3 times

  csillag 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Answer A
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A
upvoted 1 times

  Homer_Jay 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 204/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Answer A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

  mahtab 1 year ago

Answer A
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Answer given is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 205/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #41 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You need create a date table in Power BI that must contain 10 full calendar years, including the current year.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: YEAR -

Get the current year.

Box 2: TODAY -

TODAY returns the current date.

Box 3: CALENDAR -

‫ג‬ ‫ג‬
CALENDAR returns a table with a single column named €Date € containing a contiguous set of dates. The range of dates is from the specified

start date to the specified end date, inclusive of those two dates.

The following formula returns a table with dates between January 1st, 2005 and December 31st, 2015.

CALENDAR (

DATE ( 2005, 1, 1 ),

DATE ( 2015, 12, 31 )

Reference:

https://dax.guide/calendar/

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 206/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 45 times

  mahtab Highly Voted  1 year ago

Correct :
Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 8 times

  AyoJose Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

But, will "-9" from today's date give a date of 10years ago?
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

Year
Today
Calendar
Year: calculates the starting year for the date table.
Today: simply assigns the current date.
Calendar: is used to generate a date table. It starts from January 1st of the year and goes up to December 31st of the current year.
upvoted 2 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

There is a typo in this exercise, the right code is:
Date =
var var1 = YEAR(TODAY())
RETURN CALENDAR(
DATE(var1, -9, 01),
DATE(var1, 12, 31))
upvoted 1 times

  discoverp 1 month, 3 weeks ago

There is no typo here. The DATE(var1 -9, 01,01) is meant to subtract 9 from the value of var1 which in turn is a YEAR value of TODAY()'s date.
upvoted 1 times

  vat4444 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Answer given is correct

Date =
var var1 = YEAR(TODAY())
return CALENDAR(DATE(var1 - 9,01,01),
DATE(var1,12,31)
)
upvoted 3 times

  nmnm22 5 months ago

was this in the learning paths? how do you find the answer for this
upvoted 3 times

  Sandy2010 6 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct, it is

Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

Correct ans:
Year
Today
Calendar

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 207/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Year
Today
Calendar
upvoted 2 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

The answer is correct
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 208/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #42 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following

date foreign keys:

✑ Due Date
✑ Order Date
✑ Delivery Date
You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys.

Solution: You create measures that use the USERELATIONSHIP DAX function to filter sales on the active relationship between the sales table and

the date table.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery

Date as calculated tables.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution

B (96%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

You can't use USERELATIONSHIP() to filter on an active relationship, but need additional innactive relationships
upvoted 31 times

  Grexx 1 year, 1 month ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/userelationship-function-dax

"In USERELATIONSHIP, the status of a relationship is not important; that is, whether the relationship is active or not does not affect the usage
of the function. Even if the relationship is inactive, it will be used and overrides any other active relationships that might be present in the
model but not mentioned in the function arguments."
upvoted 16 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Actually the DAX USERELATIONSHIP() function could offer a solution, but not how it is stated as an option: "You create measures that use the
USERELATIONSHIP DAX function to filter sales on the ACTIVE relationship between the sales table and the date table."

Because the report must be filtered on all 3 dates, the ACTIVE (1) AND INACTIVE (2) relationships should be used with function
USERELATIONSHIP, not only the ACTIVE relationship.
upvoted 20 times

  ZSun 4 months ago

Correct Answer!.
The method "USERELATIONSHIP" DAX FUNCTION is right, but the explanation which only limited to active relationship is wrong.
upvoted 4 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  2 months ago

A is correct.
This solution meets the goal. By creating measures that use the USERELATIONSHIP DAX function, we can specify which relationship between
the sales table and the date table to use for filtering in our calculations. This allows us to analyze sales over time based on all the date foreign
keys, ensuring that the correct relationship is applied in each scenario.
upvoted 3 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

Selected Answer: A

You can relate all 3 date columns to Date table, and you can make all of them inactive.
(2 of them will be initially inactive anyway)

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 209/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

So you can use USERELATIONSHIP in your calculations.

It's YES for me.
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

OK, I've changed my mind, you don't use USERELATIONSHIP on active relations.
upvoted 2 times

  charles879987 8 months, 3 weeks ago

it's not necessary to userelationship on active relationship. only inactive. furthermore, userelationship should be used on all relationships, active
or inactive
upvoted 4 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

For sure B. WE don't use dax for active relationship. watch this video for understanding. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LfVDUiU8vaU
upvoted 4 times

  Nass75 7 months, 1 week ago

Thanks for the video link.
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 year ago

After all, Yes you will use USERELATIONSHIP
BUT, not like as provided... It will be used to activate the inactive relationships as needed
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

It can be used for active and inactive relationships:
"In USERELATIONSHIP, the status of a relationship is not important; that is, whether the relationship is active or not does not affect the usage
of the function. Even if the relationship is inactive, it will be used and overrides any other active relationships that might be present in the
model but not mentioned in the function arguments."
upvoted 3 times

  amavidis 1 year, 1 month ago

I think it's correct, USERELATIONSHIP() on active relationships will only use one of them.
upvoted 2 times

  JamieMcD 8 months, 2 weeks ago

You do not need to use USERELATIONSHIP() if it is already an active relationship, it is used on inactive relationships
upvoted 1 times

  legionairemax 1 year, 1 month ago

The solution I believe is incorrect. The solution must be A as there is no reporting need to use all 3 dates simultaneously.
upvoted 8 times

  sharmila29 11 months, 1 week ago

I was thinking the same but then if you read the options again, it says create measure on active relationship. So the answer is A is wrong , we
don't create userelationship function on active relationship. No need.
upvoted 3 times

  Dovoto 1 year ago

"You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all the date foreign keys." We need all 3 dates right?
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 210/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #43 Topic 2

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI report that contains a measure named Total Sales.

You need to create a new measure that will return the sum of Total Sales for a year up to a selected date.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: TOTALYTD -

TOTALYTD evaluates the specified expression over the interval which begins on the first day of the year and ends with the last date in the

specified date column after applying specified filters.

Syntax: TOTALYTD (

<Expression>,

<Dates>

[, <Filter>]

[, <YearEndDate>]

Expression - The expression to be evaluated.

Dates - The name of a column containing dates or a one column table containing dates.

Example:

TOTALYTD ( -- 2007-01-01 : 2007-05-12

[Sales Amount],

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 211/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

'Date'[Date]

Box 2: 'Date'[Date]

Reference:

https://dax.guide/totalytd/

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 39 times

  Orkhannnn Highly Voted  1 year ago

Answer is correct.
upvoted 11 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

Similar question was in the exam this week. It had a month rather than year.
upvoted 6 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

TOTALYTD
`Date`[Date]

TOTALYTD: is being used to calculate the sum of "Total Sales" year-to-date up to the selected date.
`Date`[Date]: provides the date context for the calculation.
upvoted 3 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  LambdaBld 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Why can't we use LASTDATE instead of date ?
upvoted 1 times

  ajvela 6 months, 2 weeks ago

because the requirement is the sum of Total Sales for a year up to a selected date.
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 6 months, 1 week ago

So including the most recent year in the data right?
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  vysh07 8 months ago

can someone explain why can't we use SUM function?
upvoted 1 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

it already using the measure
upvoted 4 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

TotalYTD; 'Date'[date]
upvoted 4 times

  iccent2 11 months ago

Answer is Correct!
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 212/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #44 Topic 2

DRAG DROP -

You are modifying a Power BI model by using Power BI Desktop.

You have a table named Sales that contains the following fields.

You have a table named Transaction Size that contains the following data.

You need to create a calculated column to classify each transaction as small, medium, or large based on the value in Sales Amount.

How should you complete the code? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more than once,

or not at all.

You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Select and Place:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 213/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.

‫ג‬
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, €¦]]])

The expression used as the first parameter is essentially the same as a measure.

Filters can be:

Boolean filter expressions -

Table filter expressions -

Filter modification functions -

Table filter expression -

A table expression filter applies a table object as a filter. It could be a reference to a model table, but more likely it's a function that returns a

table object. You can use the FILTER function to apply complex filter conditions, including those that cannot be defined by a Boolean filter

expression.

Box 2: AND -

Box 3: FILTER -

FILTER returns a table that represents a subset of another table or expression.

Syntax: FILTER(<table>,<filter>)

Note: DISTINCT returns a one-column table that contains the distinct values from the specified column. In other words, duplicate values are

removed and only unique values are returned.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-function-dax

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 106 times

  RichardOgoma 1 year, 1 month ago

I agree. You must provide an expression into calculate, not table column
upvoted 6 times

  GPerez73 1 year, 1 month ago

Correct! tested.
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 214/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Ry7anZZ 1 year, 1 month ago

how to test ? i did not find a right answer..
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Hi, you can create the two tables in Excel, then try different options. I have never used "Calculate" with a categorical field before and
this is a good learning experience.
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Tested, following is correct
>Filter
>And
>Calculate
upvoted 11 times

  Koalakueh Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago

I don't quite understand the answer. Wouldn't the result variable just give a single table with just 1 column showing 'Small', 'Medium', and
'Large'?
Where is the VAR SalesTotal in such a table?
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

FILTER, AND , CALCULATE
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 2 months ago

FILTER
AND
CALCULATE
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 1 times

  betem86 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 1 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 4 weeks ago

why not Calculate, and, filter? Have you seen the answer?
upvoted 1 times

  LeeTheRed 4 months, 3 weeks ago

VAR SalesTotal = 'Sales'[Sales]........?
Where is the Sales column in the original Sales table? I don't see it!
upvoted 2 times

  nmnm22 5 months ago

this exam humbled my code reading comprehension skills
upvoted 5 times

  vat4444 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Tested this FILTER, AND, CALCULATE is correct

Transaction Size =

VAR SalesTotal = SUM(Sales[Sales])

VAR FilterSegment =
FILTER(
'Transaction Size',
AND (
'Transaction Size'[Min] <= SalesTotal,
'Transaction Size'[Max] >= SalesTotal
)
)
VAR Result = CALCULATE(DISTINCT('Transaction Size'[Transaction Size]),FilterSegment)
RETURN Result
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Why do we need to Filter, Transaction Size table!!!

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 215/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  joaowendling 6 months ago

Because what we want in the end is the ID of Transaction size, that is on the Transaction size table. We get the ID based on the Sales column
which will filter the Max and Min size of the Transaction Size table.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I do not understand at all!!!
upvoted 4 times

  Sandy2010 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Filter
And
Calculate
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Tested, following is correct
>Filter
>And
>Calculate
upvoted 2 times

  charles879987 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Does this only work in Calculated table where the iteration context is row by row?
upvoted 1 times

  UserNo1 9 months, 2 weeks ago

I don't get it. Is there no relation between Sales and Transaction Size? Shouldn't you do a calculated column with SWTICH to categorize Sales
Amount?
upvoted 1 times

  joaowendling 6 months ago

We dont need a relationship in for this. Using a SWITCH will make the values fixed in the formula, and we dont want that, we want the values
to depend on the Max and Min columns.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 216/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #45 Topic 2

You have a Power BI report for the procurement department. The report contains data from the following tables.

There is a one-to-many relationship from Suppliers to LineItems that uses the ID and Supplier ID columns.

The report contains the visuals shown in the following table.

You need to minimize the size of the dataset without affecting the visuals.

What should you do?

A. Merge Suppliers and LineItems.

B. Remove the LineItems[Description] column.

C. Remove the rows from LineItems where LineItems[Invoice Date] is before the beginning of last month.

D. Group LineItems by LineItems[Invoice ID] and LineItems[Invoice Date] with a sum of LineItems[Price].

Correct Answer: B

Remove a column that is not used in the visuals reduces the size of the dataset.

Incorrect:

Not A: Merging the tables would increase the dataset.

Not C: Two of the visuals need historical data.

Not D: Grouping would not affect size.

Community vote distribution

B (97%)

  scotchtapebunny Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

Questions like these scare me. Huge description, and such a simple answer, makes me think if there is a trick here. Why Microsoft why!?
upvoted 42 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

WHY???? LOL ....so true..it looks like a reading test
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 217/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  st418s21 4 months ago

WHY MICROSOFT WHY?!!!!!!!!!!!!! You scare me bro. LOL XD
upvoted 5 times

  GuerreiroJunior 10 months, 1 week ago

hahahahahahahaha its scare me too hahaha why MS why???
upvoted 2 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Exactly!! Idk why they do this because it makes no sense specially for such silly questions like this. The point is to test the understanding..
upvoted 1 times

  AnnaBi 7 months ago

OMG it seems like a riddle!!! they do it on purpose to distract the reader
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 19 times

  Koalakueh Most Recent  4 days, 23 hours ago

C is wrong because doing so will remove older rows of [Invoice ID] still needed for the 'Supplier usage by count and usage of invoices'
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

C is the answer.
This option involves filtering out data that is not relevant to the report's time frame. By removing the rows from LineItems that are not within the
last calendar month, we can significantly reduce the size of the dataset without affecting the visuals.
Other options cannot be answers because:
A: Typically increase dataset size. It might even create data redundancy if not done carefully.
B. Removing a single column from a table might save some space, but it is unlikely to have a significant impact on the overall dataset size,
especially when compared to filtering the data based on the date.
D. This option would change the granularity of your data, potentially causing issues with our visuals. it would also likely increase the size of the
dataset if we are aggregating data instead of filtering it.
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

The users of the Spend by Supplier Location have no interest in being limited to the last calendar month. They need a much larger time series.
You're offering to remove a significant chunk of model data--but that's only appropriate for one of three report consumer groups.

B doesn't save a ton of space, but it does so without impacting any reporting group. It's the only viable win from the four options provided.
upvoted 1 times

  IngoBI 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Why cant C be correct? The question does not say anything about that we need historical data before the beginning of previous month, or does
it?
upvoted 1 times

  IngoBI 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Is it the lack of filter in visual 1 and 2 that implicitly states that we need it?
upvoted 3 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Exactly. One group needs data only from the last month. The other groups need the full time range.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

There is no need for Description column.

upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

Answer is B.
D won't work due to the fact the Supplier ID (key column) will be removed as it's not included in the Group by function.
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Correct answer is B
upvoted 1 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 218/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer B
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  sidyndiaye 1 year, 1 month ago

Agree. the correcte answer is B. If you choose C you will loose the Supplier ID and it is used in the report.
upvoted 7 times

  alena2k 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

Option D will lose LineItem.Id therefore link to Supplier, correct answer is B

upvoted 4 times

  surfing_man 1 year, 1 month ago

Grouping may minimize size, but I think the correct answer is B. Removing column would reduce size
upvoted 4 times

  David_Zed 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer D: Group LineItems by LineItems[Invoice ID] and LineItems[Invoice Date] with a sum of LineItems[Price]
Because we don't need more information in Lineitems but these 3 columns, The Group By function will delete all other columns wich are not
required for analysis
upvoted 1 times

  vat4444 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Also Group by Invoice ID is going to give the same amount of rows since Invoice ID is unique key, so the answer clearly can't be D
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

We do need a [Supplier ID], so the answer should be B
upvoted 11 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 219/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #46 Topic 2

You have a Power BI report for the marketing department. The report reports on web traffic to a blog and contains data from the following tables.

There is a one-to-many relationship from Posts to Traffic that uses the URL and URL Visited columns.

The report contains the visuals shown in the following table.

The dataset takes a long time to refresh.

You need to modify Posts and Traffic queries to reduce load times.

Which two actions will reduce the load times? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE:

Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Remove the rows in Posts in which Posts[Publish Date] is in the last seven days.

‫ג‬
B. Remove the rows in Traffic in which Traffic[URL Visited] does not contain €blog €. ‫ג‬
C. Remove Traffic[IP Address], Traffic[Browser Agent], and Traffic[Referring URL].

D. Remove Posts[Full Text] and Posts[Summary].

‫ג ג‬
E. Remove the rows in Traffic in which Traffic[Referring URL] does not start with /€ €.

Correct Answer: BD

B: Only blog posts rows are useful for the visuals.

D: These two columns are not used in the visuals and can be removed.

Incorrect:

Not A: Three visuals need historical data.

Not C: Traffic[Referring URL] is used in one of the visuals and therefore cannot be removed.

Not E: These rows are used in 3 visuals.

Community vote distribution

BD (100%)

  June15 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

D&E? Anyone have the same thoughts?
upvoted 16 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 220/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

That would remove Traffic data that is used in other visuals, so it's incorrect.
upvoted 2 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

E is not correct. There are perfectly valid blog hits that won't have a referring URL, so filtering those rows removes valid hits that need to be
counted.

The answer is D & B. It feels a bit unnatural to me to be pulling rows instead of columns, but all the visuals we're talking about here involve
blog hits specifically, so pulling the non-blog website traffic out of the dataset appears to be the right path forward.
upvoted 1 times

  zerzil 7 months, 3 weeks ago

I disagree, we would remove the line which do not start with "/", but those are the lines exactly what we need in the last visual
upvoted 3 times

  andregrahamnz 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Must be....presume the whacko characters are the same filtered '/' character. A, B and C all definitely don't work.
upvoted 1 times

  dnpr Highly Voted  10 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

B & D Agreed with XIKTA

upvoted 10 times

  nai_ Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

B and D
upvoted 2 times

  Ravisha27 3 months, 1 week ago

so how decides the final answer?
upvoted 1 times

  GB32 1 month ago

B & D you don't need rows of data which has no "blog" in it in the Traffic table, and in regards of the Posts table we don't either used the "Full
Text & Summary" data in the analysis. Hope it makes sense to you.
upvoted 2 times

  RicoPallazzo7 3 weeks, 1 day ago

I agree, but looking at the filters, in the first two visuals even posts that are not "blog" are used. Looking at the name they seems to be
filtered, but hard to decide without the actual filter
upvoted 1 times

  XiaoV587 3 months, 3 weeks ago

The filters of the first two reports don't mention 'contains BLOG' So for me deleting lines with BLOG has impacts. The basis is not clear for the
two reports.
upvoted 2 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

It's a fair criticism of the way the question is laid out. For me, the intention was clear enough in the visual names, but I see what you're saying
there.
upvoted 1 times

  XiaoV587 3 months, 3 weeks ago

ok join by URL so implicite...
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

both are clear!

upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

I would go with B and D.
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

All 4 visualizations are about blogs: so we can remove rows what do not contain "blog" - thus B is correct. We do not need columns Posts[Full
Text] and Posts[Summary] in any visualization, they can be removed.
upvoted 6 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Do all blogs have "blog" in the URL?
I would say most don't.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 221/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Nemesizz 8 months, 4 weeks ago

I dont understand what "‫ג‬€blog‫ג‬€." means in the possible answers. Can someone explain?
upvoted 2 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

Its character encoding, its a mistake on this website
B should have "blog"
E should have "/"
upvoted 3 times

  kiwi69 10 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

E is not correct as it would remove traffic rows based on the referral that is a requisite only for the latest visual
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

E is incorrect, because if we remove the rows that does not start with "/", it may possible removes the rows that in the "URL visited" column
contains "blog".
I think B is correct, because we just need the rows that are related to the blog, and if a URL does not contain "blog", it means it is not related
to "blog" and is useless.
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

E is incorrect because Referral URL may be a null or empty value.
upvoted 1 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

BD are the right answer as E is double negative and therefore required.

upvoted 3 times

  Jenny1234567 10 months, 1 week ago

D&E

Removing B would mean killing Top 10 external referrals to blog of all time since it requires that Traffic[URL visited] contains "blog". Option B
removes all rows where Traffic[URL visited] contains "blog"
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Does Not contain!
upvoted 1 times

  Xikta 10 months, 1 week ago

you should read every sentence again.
B removes all rows where Traffic[URL visited] NOT contains "blog". ----> Therefore B is true.
And E, we NEED the rows which DONT contain "/", so why remove these rows?
upvoted 6 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

B&D correct
upvoted 3 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

All 4 visualizations are about blogs: so we can remove rows what do not contain "blog" - thus B is correct. We do not need columns Posts[Full
Text] and Posts[Summary] in any visualization, they can be removed.
upvoted 5 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

Answer B,D
upvoted 2 times

  SaadNageeb 10 months, 4 weeks ago

I think C & D are the best suitable for me
upvoted 4 times

  taod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Traffic[Referring URL] is needed for the last visual.
upvoted 1 times

  lcamp 11 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 222/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I would go with only "D" is correct.

If you go for "B", you kill the first visual "TOP 10 blogs of all time" which doesn't ask for any FILTER. Hence, the ones that do not contain "blog"
should appear there too. I suppose.
upvoted 5 times

  lcamp 11 months ago

I changed my mind.
The "TOP 10 blogs of all time" points out that is just looking for "blogs" - so B and D
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 223/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #47 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You are creating a quick measure as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to create a monthly rolling average measure for Sales over time.

How should you configure the quick measure calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 224/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Corect Answer.
1. Total Sales;
2. Date;
3. Months
upvoted 23 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  IVO999 4 months ago

Total Sales, Date, Months
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 3 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Assuming we evaluate total sales then answer si correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 225/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #48 Topic 2

You have the Power BI data model shown in the following exhibit.

The Sales table contains records of sales by day from the last five years up until today’s date.

You plan to create a measure to return the total sales of March 2021 when March 2022 is selected.

Which DAX expression should you use?

A. Calculate (Sum(Sales[Sales]), PREVIOUSYEAR( dimDate[Date])

B. TOTALYTD (SUM(Sales[Sales]), dimDate[Date] )

C. Calculate (SUM(Sales[Sales]), SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR(dimDate[Date] ))

D. SUM(Sales[Sales])

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Koalakueh 3 days, 22 hours ago

A is wrong because of wrong syntax. The close bracket at the end is missing
upvoted 1 times

  Jayjay5 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct
upvoted 3 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I tested it in the Power Bi. A and C both give the same result so I think A and C are both correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Ibritics 1 month, 2 weeks ago

PREVIOUSYEAR calculates the cumulative till the year
upvoted 1 times

  Emarus 3 months, 2 weeks ago

A is not correct.
PREVIOUSYEAR will generate the date from the whole previous year, which means that if your current context is only about 3 months, you're
getting a 12 months (from previous year) context, and comparing 3 months with 12 months is nonsense
upvoted 2 times

  Aravind_DAS 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Why not A?
upvoted 4 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 226/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

"PREVIOUSYEAR: Returns a table that contains a column of all dates from the previous year, given the last date in the dates column, in the
current context."
This means, if my date data ranges from 2007/08/05 -2007/09/05. The last date in this column is 2007/09/05. The returned column would be
365 date from 2006/01/01 to 2006/12/31.
for SAMEPERIODLASTYEAR, the result would only be 2006/08/05 -2006/09/05
upvoted 6 times

  user12345678 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct answer given

upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

The Given answer is correct.

upvoted 3 times

  HoangNV 6 months, 3 weeks ago

That's correct: C
upvoted 2 times

  M3Ady 6 months, 3 weeks ago

C is Correct!
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Yup! answer is correct!

upvoted 2 times

  mr__robot 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

That is correct only

upvoted 1 times

  jaydenlkl 9 months, 1 week ago

Correct Ans!!
upvoted 1 times

  MegaLion 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C Correct
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Yup! answer is correct!

upvoted 4 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  GuerreiroJunior 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Agreeded.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 227/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #49 Topic 2

You use Power BI Desktop to load data from a Microsoft SQL Server database.

While waiting for the data to load, you receive the following error.

You need to resolve the error.

What are two ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Reduce the number of rows and columns returned by each query.

B. Split log running queries into subsets of columns and use Power Query to merge the queries.

C. Use Power Query to combine log running queries into one query.

D. Disable query folding on long running queries.

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  milk97 Highly Voted  8 months, 1 week ago

This link helps explain query timeout and how to work around it.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/get-data/9-import-errors
upvoted 16 times

  darkfairy Highly Voted  9 months, 2 weeks ago

Can someone explain why AB are the correct answers?
upvoted 10 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

A reduces the amount of results that you're getting back, therefore reduces query time, and reduces the chances of a timeout occuring.
B basically does the same, and is a solution for when you really need al columns and rows: instead of getting one large table back, you'll get
multiple smaller ones, then you can combine those after loading.
C does exactly the opposite, making the resulting table even larger.
D will not help either, as query folding basically expands on the 'select * from <table>' that Power BI fires to the database. It can, for instance,
add a where-clause to that statement if you're filtering in Power Query. That also reduces query time.
Source for query folding: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/power-query-folding
upvoted 18 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  3 weeks, 3 days ago

A&D for this question
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A & D are correct.
A. By reducing the amount of data retrieved from the SQL server database, you can make the query execution more efficient and reduce the
likelihood of encountering errors due to resource constraints.
D. Query folding is a feature in power query that pushes some of the data transformation operations back to the data source (in this case, SQL
server) for processing. Query folding can sometimes cause issues with long-running queries.
B and C are not appropriate solutions for resolving the error related to long-running queries. These options focus on combining or splitting
queries, which may not directly address the root cause of the issue.
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Reduce the number of rows and columns returned by each query
- Split log running queries into subsets of columns and use Power Query to merge the queries
upvoted 4 times

  VS_Shwetha 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Hey have you gone through the questions after 22nd page

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 228/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AB

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 3 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

Exactly! The answer is correct.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/get-data/9-import-errors
upvoted 3 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Disabling query folding on long running queries is not a recommended solution for resolving the error.

Query folding is an optimization technique used by Power Query to translate transformations into optimized SQL statements. Disabling query
folding may lead to less optimized query execution plans, which could result in longer query execution times and higher resource consumption.
upvoted 4 times

  mkubrak 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

seems ok
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

AB is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

A & B correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  mambamota 9 months, 3 weeks ago

AGRRREEEE
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

Exactly! The answer is correct

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 229/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #50 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

From Power Query Editor, you profile the data shown in the following exhibit.

The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are unique to each row in the query.

You need to analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution must improve dataset performance.

Solution: You split the IoT DateTime column into a column named Date and a column named Time.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

A (83%) B (17%)

  HemantGorle Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The correct answer is A. Splitting datetime column will improve the perfomance even if it generates one more column, having less unique values
in separated date and time columns will achieve better compression.
upvoted 42 times

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The correct answern is A. Bcause Split a datetime column improve the perfomance even if you will have one more column.
upvoted 13 times

  GabryPL 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Agree. A is the correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  3 weeks, 3 days ago

Selected Answer: B

I think the answer is B beacuse we need improve the dataseet performance, splitting or make a new column will make it slower.
upvoted 1 times

  elsuizo_88 6 days, 20 hours ago

in this case nop
upvoted 1 times

  IMntimande6 1 month, 1 week ago

There is an error guys "A" is 85% correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 230/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Ibritics 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

It actually will decrease a cardinality by improving the performance so answer is A

upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
It is because the proposed solution does not improve dataset performance in this context, it focuses on splitting the DateTime column into Date
and Time without addressing the desired analysis.
upvoted 3 times

  taod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct and here's a technical answer to it:

https://www.algorhythmblog.be/2022/08/02/time-to-split-are-datetimes-bogging-down-your-model/
upvoted 2 times

  Ravisha27 3 months ago

Selected Answer: B

why is everyone's focus only on improving the dataset. the question is in 2 parts.
- analyze the IoT events based on DAY & HOURS.
- solution must improve dataset performance.

the IoT date time column doesn't have DAY values. so by just splitting date& time, it wont meet our solution.
hence correct answer is B.No
upvoted 5 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the correct answer

upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 3 weeks ago

What do they mean by " by the hour and day of the year", if they mean together, which is normally AND stands for in logic comparisons, I believe
date-time should stay as it is because they together represent one event.
If they mean to analyse separately, yes date-time should be broken down to two parts.
This reminds me the multiple RLS role assigned to a single user question. Everybody know the answer but the way of answers confuse
everybody.
What we gonna do with these things in exam ...
upvoted 2 times

  MINDIA 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is A
upvoted 1 times

  tiagoms 4 months, 3 weeks ago

https://powerbi.microsoft.com/fr-be/blog/best-practice-rules-to-improve-your-models-performance/

the correct answer is A.

upvoted 2 times

  Unam047 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is B because splitting the date time column will not improve the performance because the values are still the same
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 5 months ago

Your logic is incorrect. Having datetime values results in high cardinality. By splitting them out, you reduce the cardinality and therefore
improve performance.
upvoted 5 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Keeping GUID means you're doing nothing at all so does not improve performance.
upvoted 1 times

  Cases_1 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the correct answer is B. Splitting a column into two columns may improve compression when storing some of the data, but in the end you
are storing the same information and therefore, it will not improve performance much. On the other hand, eliminating the IOT GUID column will
save a lot of space, firstly because it is not necessary as they are unique values in each row, but for that you already have the IOT ID column, and
also because as it is of text type its compression is not very good.
upvoted 2 times

  KhaledGH 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Splitting Datetime column in date and time columns will improve performance

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 231/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  omarkkj 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Splitting datetime column will improve the perfomance

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 232/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #51 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

From Power Query Editor, you profile the data shown in the following exhibit.

The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are unique to each row in the query.

You need to analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution must improve dataset performance.

Solution: You remove the IoT GUID column and retain the IoT ID column.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (71%) B (29%)

  Andreas3999 Highly Voted  8 months ago

Chatgpt: B. No, removing the IoT GUID column and retaining the IoT ID column will not meet the goal of analyzing IoT events by the hour and day
of the year. The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are both unique identifiers for each row in the query, and removing either of them would result in
losing important information about each event. In order to analyze events by the hour and day of the year, it is necessary to split the DateTime
column into separate Date and Time columns, as well as retaining the unique identifiers for each event. Removing the IoT GUID column would
not improve dataset performance, as it does not have any impact on the analysis or querying of the data.
upvoted 19 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

This is wrong. The database uses the GUID for performance but PowerBI does not. Power BI only needs one unique column to perform so
eliminating the GUID reduces the dataset size and consequently, the performance of PowerBI.
ChatGPT is very good at confidently giving wrong answers, smart people know to do their own verification.
upvoted 28 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

You're only addressing performance and missing the second part where the events need to analysed by day of the year and hour.
upvoted 5 times

  Vaar 1 month ago

In my understanding of the question, we are only supposed to increase performance (without affecting the analysis). So removing the
GUID column will increase performance without affecting analysis, and is therefore a sorrect solution.
upvoted 2 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

But if they are *both* unique for each event, then removing one of them still allows you to identify events. Moreover, you could even remove
both if aggregating on the date column (e.g. with a count column).
upvoted 12 times

  AnnaBi 7 months ago

Agree! The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are keys columns and removing either of them would result in losing important information!
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 233/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

They are independently unique, they are not a composite key made of up both to be unique.
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

They can be made compsite keys though due to their uniquesness.
upvoted 1 times

  BillyBobby Highly Voted  6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

There are two requirements to the question - improve the performance and enable the required analysis. Removing the GUID column will do
exactly that - it will improve the performance because it is one less column of data to load but it still enables the required analysis given the IOT
ID column is equally unique.
upvoted 16 times

  RMUK Most Recent  2 weeks, 5 days ago

YES (no data loss and removing one primary key column (as we have 2 here) will help in performance)
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
Removing the loT GUID column and retaining the loT ID column will not directly help in analyzing loT events by the hour and day of the year.
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A. here is the one thing that many are saying "they have to be able to do the analysis". Thats implied already. No where does it say that the
solution makes that possible. It says they need to do that AND the solution must make it more performant. Since its clear they can already do
that (as there is nothing you can select to change that just by increasing performance), then removing a column would in fact increase
performance, regardless if splitting etc would be more performant.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

There has to be a date column and a time column to perform the analysis by day of the year and by hour. Removing IoT GUID doesn't solve that,
it only improves performance but so does splitting the date column. Previous question was YES, this one is NO.
upvoted 3 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A because we the ID column can server the purpose of the analysis

upvoted 2 times

  Ahmadbaww 3 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is Yes, having two primary keys in a table is not the best practice.
upvoted 3 times

  vat4444 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is Yes. This GUID columns is not necessary as the other column plays the role of Id column. As it is a large text column, removing it will
significantly reduce the size of the model, thus increase performance
upvoted 4 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

IoT GUID column is string the other column is number

upvoted 2 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

the best way is to remove the IoT GUID column because it's string identifier of table the other column is number witch improve the performance
the answer is Yes
upvoted 2 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Guys what is the answer ..
upvoted 4 times

  kh123456 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A, since you only need the ID column, which is the unique identifier in this case
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 234/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

we do not need two unique columns and also data type of Io TGuid column is text and removing this column has more affect to performance
rather than a numeric data type.
upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

My answer is A, since you only need the ID column, which is the unique identifier in this case.
upvoted 1 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is Yes. This GUID columns is not necessary as the other column plays the role of Id column. As it is a large text column, removing it will
significantly reduce the size of the model, thus increase performance
upvoted 4 times

  rddghfhghjlok 6 months, 2 weeks ago

What? So what's the final answer?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 235/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #52 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

From Power Query Editor, you profile the data shown in the following exhibit.

The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are unique to each row in the query.

You need to analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution must improve dataset performance.

Solution: You change the IoT DateTime column to the Date data type.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Agreeded. Bcause, if you just transform the data type you will not be able to analyse the information by time, as requested.
upvoted 13 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
Converting it to the date data type would only allow you to work with dates, but it wouldn't provide the necessary granularity to analyze events by
the hour or day of the year.
upvoted 2 times

  Underthesea92 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

You need to analyse by hour. If you change to date you remove the time
upvoted 3 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

il you change the data type you will not be able to analyse by hour
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

The answer is B because the instruction says to analyze based on date and time. Changing the IoT date column to the date data type takes out
the time needed for the analyses.
upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 236/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct because changing the IoT DateTime column to the Date data type alone will not meet the goal of analyzing IoT events by the hour
and day of the year in power query.
upvoted 4 times

  Nuli 9 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is B because the instruction says to analyze based on date and time. Changing the IoT date column to the date data type takes out
the time needed for the analyses.
upvoted 2 times

  reyn007 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. because the column has both data and time values

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 237/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #53 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.

B. Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.

C. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

D. Increase the number of times that the dataset is refreshed.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Dropping unnecessary columns to reduce the data model is indeed a better way to improve query and refresh performance.
upvoted 11 times

  GabryPL 9 months, 3 weeks ago

To me the only correct answer is A. B is wrong because you just reduce the dimension of the dataset but you are not improving the
performance and the time needed to load the visualization. correct answer is A
upvoted 3 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Also image there are 15 unused columns that are being loaded. Since they don't give you a specific number, it could be 0,1 or 100. But its
the one thing that for sure would increase performance.
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

B is correct, because this will also help for visuals: "A smaller sized data model uses less resources (memory) and achieves faster data
refresh, calculations, and rendering of visuals in reports."
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/optimize-model-power-bi/1-introduction
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
By removing columns that are not needed for the report, you can reduce the size of the data model. This can lead to faster loading times,
especially when dealing with large datasets. Unused columns contribute to unnecessary overhead and can impact performance.
upvoted 1 times

  joesal 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

dropping unused columns may improve the performance

upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 238/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

Dropping unnecessary columns to reduce the data model is indeed a better way to improve query and refresh performance.
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B, it's always good for performance to remove unused columns

upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

B is correct. from performance point of view its always good to drop unwanted columns. Avoid complicated DAX and iterator functions as much
as possible
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 239/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #54 Topic 2

DRAG DROP

You have a Power BI data model that contains two tables named Products and Sales.

A one-to-many relationship exists between the tables.

You have a report that contains a report-level filter for Products.

You need to create a measure that will return the percent of total sales for each product. The measure must respect the report-level filter when

calculating the total.

How should you complete the DAX measure? To answer, drag the appropriate DAX functions to the correct targets. Each function may be used

once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Incorrect answer.

1.Calculate
2. ALLSELECTED.

ALLSELECTED Removes only the filter on the expression visual but respect all external filters.
upvoted 63 times

  lrodriguezc 8 months ago

ALLSELECTED IS WRONG. THE CORRECT ANSWER IS ALL, BECAUSE WE NEED THE TOTAL SALES IN DIVISOR, AND ONLY FILTERED
PRODUCTS IN NUMERATOR. I TESTED IN POWER BI AND ALL WORKS FINE FOR ME.
upvoted 12 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

No, ALL() will remove the report filter
upvoted 10 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 1 week ago

that what he's doing in order to get all sales. Have you even tried what you're saying?
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

ALL indeed removes/disregards the report filter. I tried both in one table, and the ALL option gave lower percentages for Products
than the ALLSELECTED way, because ALL considers all Products while calculating the percentage.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 240/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Leon333 6 months, 4 weeks ago

ALLSELECTED is correct. ALLSELECTED: Returns all the rows in a table, or all the values in a column, ignoring any filters that may have been
applied inside the query, but keeping filters that come from the outside.
https://mitchellpearson.com/2020/09/14/understanding-row-context-in-dax-and-power-
bi/#:~:text=ALLSELECTED%20DAX%20functions,coming%20from%20the%20inner%20query.
upvoted 3 times

  ManuelG00 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct.
upvoted 2 times

  romer0 Highly Voted  8 months, 2 weeks ago

The tricky thing here is that the report contains a report-level filter for Products and you need to calculate all sales (for all products) for the divisor.
So I'll share here both functions definition from dax.guide:

ALLSELECTED: Returns all the rows in a table, or all the values in a column, ignoring any filters that might have been applied inside the query,
but keeping filters that come from outside.

ALL: Returns all the rows in a table, or all the values in a column, ignoring any filters that might have been applied.

So, for me the correct answer is CALCULATE & ALL

upvoted 18 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I think you are wrong, the answer should be "ALLSelected" instead of "ALL". Lets think about the difference here: "ALLSelected" takes
consider of external filter (here we have a report-level filter as we are filtering products to check their sales percentage), while "ALL" ingnores
all filters.
I also tested out a toy dataset in Power BI. Say I have four products, each makes up 25% of total sales. If we use "ALL" DAX and choose
product A&B in the filter, we will see A and B both make up 25% of total sales, but instead what we want is "ALLSELECT" DAX which gives us
A and B both makes up 50% of total sales, this meets the question requirement of "respect the report-level filter".
upvoted 4 times

  Heyzzzzzzzzzzzzzz 8 months, 1 week ago

"The measure must respect the report-level filter when calculating the total" so shouldn't it be ALLSELECTED?
upvoted 9 times

  Harish_98 Most Recent  1 week ago

Tested!
Calculate
ALL
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 3 weeks, 3 days ago

I think is All.
upvoted 1 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

In think that is so clear this this requirement "must respect report-level filter". So I will choose Calculate and ALLSELECTED.
upvoted 3 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

CALCULATE
ALL
Percent of Product Sales =
VAR ProductSales = SUM('Sales'[sales])
VAR AllSales = CALCULATE(SUM('Sales'[sales]), ALL('Products'))
RETURN
DIVIDE(ProductSales, AllSales)

To explain ALL and ALLSELECTED

ALL: Removes all filters from specified columns or tables.
ALLSELECTED: removes filters from specified columns or tables but respects visual or report-level filters.
upvoted 1 times

  Pocu 2 months ago

Hi guys, please think twice before you vote or otherwise it will cause confusion to other users.
The key point is: The measure must respect the report-level filter when calculating the total.
ALL: Ignore all filters
ALLSELECTED: Respect all the filters outside of the current visual
If you still don't understand, try the below two measures when a slicer with all products existed:
Sales Pct based on all products=
DIVIDE (
SUMX ( Sales, Sales[Quantity] * Sales[Net Price] ),
SUMX ( ALL ( Sales ), Sales[Quantity] * Sales[Net Price] )
)

No confusion, no need to discuss further.

Sales Pct based on selected products= DIVIDE (

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 241/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

SUMX ( Sales, Sales[Quantity] * Sales[Net Price] ),

SUMX ( ALLSELECTED ( Sales ), Sales[Quantity] * Sales[Net Price] ) )
upvoted 2 times

  Ntaxiey_03 2 months, 1 week ago

1. CALCULATE
2.FILTER iterates through each row in the table
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Answer is All.✔✔✔✔✔✔
Check this video https://youtu.be/1KfTmRYRLZs
upvoted 2 times

  JoC9776100668 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Calculated and Allselected => Tested and ALL doesnt reflect page filter.
upvoted 1 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 3 weeks ago

I tried and ALL worked. When choosing ALLSELECTED, it still applies all filters including visual's one. Can you tell what filters are disregarded by
ALLSELECTED?
upvoted 1 times

  Tusker666 4 months ago

ALL vs ALLSELECTED

ALL: its main function is to ignore the filters coming from other fields.
ALLSELECTED: ALLSELECTED only ignores the filters coming from inside the visual itself, whereas ALL ignores any filters coming from anywhere
in this visual or other visual on the page.
upvoted 1 times

  Chayma28 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Calculate
ALL
upvoted 2 times

  abbeyabh 4 months, 3 weeks ago

1.Calculate
2. ALLSELECTED.
upvoted 1 times

  vat4444 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct answer. CALCULATE & ALLSELECTED. Tested and works

Product Sale% =
VAR ProductSales = SUM('Sales'[Sales])
VAR AllSales = CALCULATE(SUM('Sales'[Sales]),ALLSELECTED('Product'[Product Name]))
Return DIVIDE(ProductSales,AllSales)
upvoted 3 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

CALCULATE AND ALL, tested in Power BI.
If ALLSELECTED is used, the moment you select a product, % of total sales calculation for that product becomes 100%, which is not correct.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 1 week ago

I was wrong in first comment

The correct answer is Calculate and Allselected

because

the ALL function removes all filters from the specified table or column, while the ALLSELECTED function retains the filters in the current filter
context but removes filters from the specified table or column.

In Question Saying
respect all external filters
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 242/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #55 Topic 2

You have a Power BI data model that analyzes product sales over time. The data model contains the following tables.

A one-to-many relationship exists between the tables.

The auto date/time option for the data model is enabled.

You need to reduce the size of the data model while maintaining the ability to analyze product sales by month and quarter.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct answer is worth one point.

A. Create a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table.

B. Disable the auto date/time option.

C. Create a Date table and select Mark as Date Table.

D. Disable the load on the Date table.

E. Remove the relationship between the Product table and the Sales table.

Correct Answer: AC

Community vote distribution

AC (85%) Other

  glenman0202 Highly Voted  8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

AC is the correct answer. According to https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-date-tables, marking a table as a

Date Table automatically removes the auto-generated date table.
upvoted 24 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Thank you, learnt something new
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

C and A are correct answers.
C. You should create a dedicated date table in your data model that contains a continuous date sequence covering the range of your data.
A. After creating the Date table, you should establish a relationship between thid date table and the Sales table using the common date-related
column (e.g.,"Order Date"). This relationship will allow you to perform time-based analysis by month and quarter while minimizing data
redundancy.
upvoted 2 times

  XiaoV587 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selecting Mark as date table will remove autogenerated hierarchies from the Date field in the table that you marked as a date table. For other
date fields, the auto hierarchy will still be present until you establish a relationship between that field and the date table or until you turn off the
Auto Date/Time feature.
So B is implicite if you do A.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/design-model-power-bi/3-date-table
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 243/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  abbeyabh 4 months, 3 weeks ago

C. Create a Date table and select Mark as Date Table.
A. Create a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table.
upvoted 2 times

  kelvin3105 4 months, 4 weeks ago

According to https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-date-tables
It's important to note that when you specify your own date table, Power BI Desktop doesn't auto-create the hierarchies that it would otherwise
build into your model on your behalf. If you later deselect your date table (and no longer have a manually set date table), Power BI Desktop
recreates the automatically created built-in date tables for you, for the date columns in the table.

Also important to note is that when you mark a table as a date table, Power BI Desktop removes the built-in (automatically created) date table.
And any visuals or DAX expressions you previously created based on those built-in tables will no longer work properly.
upvoted 3 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Disable the auto date/time option my improve the performance of the model not A
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

This is the tricky question. If I could, I would go with A, B and C.
As, first, you'll need to create a date table and mark it as the Date Table. Second you'll need to create the relationship between this table and the
Sales table. And lastly, you will need to disable auto date and time option, as per this article, it will decrease the model size.
https://towardsdatascience.com/how-to-reduce-your-power-bi-model-size-by-90-76d7c4377f2d
Option A and C does not decrease the model size.
Marking a table as a Date table does not automatically remove the auto-hierarchies in other tables, which makes your data model bigger, so you
DO need to disable the auto date/time option.
upvoted 4 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

That last part is not aligned to what Microsoft says. Per https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-date-
tables#set-your-own-date-table, "when you mark a table as a date table, Power BI Desktop removes the built-in (automatically created) date
table"
upvoted 1 times

  KhaledGH 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

when you specify your own date table, Power BI Desktop doesn't auto-create the hierarchies that it would otherwise build into your model on
your behalf. If you later deselect your date table (and no longer have a manually set date table), Power BI Desktop recreates the automatically
created built-in date tables for you, for the date columns in the table.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-date-tables
upvoted 3 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

A = wrong. There is no need to create another relationship between the tables as the question already states that there is a relationship between
the tables.
B = Correct. Disabling auto date setting ensures that you control which columns gets the Date type features and only the features you need.
C = Correct. In fact once you select C as a correct answer, you must select B as the other correct answer because they go together.
upvoted 4 times

  Sleepyfish 1 month, 2 weeks ago

"Disabling the Auto date/time feature removes all the automatically created Date tables, which reduces the file size." see reference:
https://subscription.packtpub.com/book/data/9781800205697/12/ch12lvl1sec68/reducing-model-size-by-disabling-auto-date-time
upvoted 1 times

  LeeTheRed 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Relationship existed for existing tables, when you introduced a new table (the date table), you will need to create a relationship.
upvoted 2 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

A/C Alone don't reduce the size of the model while this is required. You need B to reduce the size of the model. Otherwise, there is no need to a
new table as the Autodatetime does the job
upvoted 2 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

You are correct. Besides there is already a relationship between the tables as stated in the question so why create another?
The answer is B and C
upvoted 1 times

  shmmini 6 months, 2 weeks ago

For me, the answer needs
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 244/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The correct actions to perform to reduce the size of the data model while maintaining the ability to analyze product sales by month and quarter
are:

A. Create a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table.
C. Create a Date table and select Mark as Date Table.

Explanation:

A. Creating a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table will enable you to analyze product sales by month and quarter, while still
maintaining the ability to filter and group the data based on the date.

C. Creating a separate Date table and marking it as the Date Table will provide greater control over the data model and reduce its size, as well as
enabling the use of time intelligence functions like TOTALYTD, TOTALQTD, and TOTALMTD.

B, D, and E are incorrect because they either remove functionality or do not address the need to analyze product sales by month and quarter.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: AC

The correct actions to perform to reduce the size of the data model while maintaining the ability to analyze product sales by month and quarter
are:

A. Create a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table.
C. Create a Date table and select Mark as Date Table.

Explanation:

A. Creating a relationship between the Date table and the Sales table will enable you to analyze product sales by month and quarter, while still
maintaining the ability to filter and group the data based on the date.

C. Creating a separate Date table and marking it as the Date Table will provide greater control over the data model and reduce its size, as well as
enabling the use of time intelligence functions like TOTALYTD, TOTALQTD, and TOTALMTD.

B, D, and E are incorrect because they either remove functionality or do not address the need to analyze product sales by month and quarter.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Therefore, answer B is not a correct action to perform to achieve the goal of reducing the size of the data model while maintaining the ability to
analyze product sales by month and quarter.
upvoted 2 times

  oogrio 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

It is best option. At first, I went to BC, but I thought better.

upvoted 2 times

  charles879987 8 months, 3 weeks ago

AC are correct. However, B is also needed otherwise you would have additional hidden datetime table automatically created for each date
column that increases data model size.
upvoted 1 times

  Outsider 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B&C
"reduce the size of the data" is asked. Auto/Time feature is creating tables that we don't need. It's a good practice ( See SQLBI and Guy in the
Cube ) to disable it and to use/create a Calendar table.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 245/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #56 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Implement row-level security (RLS).

B. Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.

C. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

D. Enable visual interactions.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  BenShirrrr Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Deja vu
upvoted 14 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

I think it is 3rd DejaVu
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
almost the same as Question #53, Topic 2
upvoted 6 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

IF
&
Active Store Name = IF([Status] = "A", [Store Name], "Inactive - " & [Store Name])
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
By removing columns that are not needed for the report, you can reduce the size of the data model. this can lead to faster loading times,
especially when dealing with large datasets.
upvoted 1 times

  ZackandCoding 2 months, 1 week ago

i wish all questions were this easy and straightforward.
upvoted 1 times

  LouStar2 5 months ago

same as Question #53 Topic 2
upvoted 1 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

remove unused columns

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 246/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
almost the same as Question #53, Topic 2
upvoted 1 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B CORRECT
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 247/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #57 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You have a Power BI data model that contains a table named Stores. The table has the following columns:

• Store Name

• Open Date

• Status

• State

• City

You need to create a calculated column named Active Store Name that meets the following requirements:

• When the value of the Status column is “A”, the value in the Store Name column must be returned.

• When the value of the Status column is NOT “A”, the value in the Store Name column that is prefixed with "Inactive - " must be returned.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  GuerreiroJunior Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct Answer.
&& Is the same for AND function in DAX, nd & is the same for concatenate on Excel.
upvoted 30 times

  madyjoe21 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago

If and && is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 2 weeks ago

With SWITCH Function:
Active Store Name = SWITCH ( [Status], "A", [Store Name], "Inactive - " & [Store Name] )
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

Correct answer is IF and &. & combines text and column values.
&& is used when you need to combine 2 conditions, replacement for AND in SQL.
upvoted 3 times

  Tammy_07 2 weeks, 1 day ago

Test it in PBI before submitting incorrect answers.nswers
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

The provided answer is correct: it is 'IF' '&'.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 248/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Lok_15 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct answers
upvoted 1 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct: If, &
upvoted 4 times

  naomilena 9 months, 3 weeks ago

The provided answer is correct: it is 'IF' '&'.
upvoted 3 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
IF
&
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 249/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #58 Topic 2

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Apply a transformation to extract the first 11 characters of the logged column.

B. Add a conditional column that outputs 2018 if the Logged column starts with 2018 and set the data type of the new column to Whole

Number.

C. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date.

D. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column and set the data type of the new column to Date.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

C (94%) 6%

  Kai_don Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Option C should be the correct answer not option B
upvoted 36 times

  SapperMorton 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This explanation given by ChatGPT helped me to understand why C is the correct answer:

Creating a new column by example is an effective approach to achieve this. In this case, you would create a new column and set the first
example value as "2018-12-31." This action helps the Power Query Editor infer the desired transformation for the entire column.

Additionally, you would set the data type of the new column to Date. By doing so, you ensure that the values in the column are recognized as
dates, enabling the use of a built-in date hierarchy for analysis.
upvoted 4 times

  Aneran Highly Voted  7 months ago

To analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy, we need to extract the date portion of the "Logged" column and
convert it to a date format. Therefore, the best option among the given choices is:

A. Apply a transformation to extract the first 11 characters of the logged column.

Since the date value is stored in the first 11 characters of the "Logged" column, extracting those characters using the "Extract" transformation in
Power Query will give us the date value in the format "yyyy-MM-dd". We can then set the data type of the new column to "Date" to convert it into
a date format. This will allow us to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use the built-in date hierarchy in Power BI.

Option B is not necessary and will not achieve the desired result. Option C will create a single date value and not allow us to analyze the
complaints by the logged date. Option D suggested extracting the last 11 characters, but they contain both date and time values and may not
result in the correct date format.
upvoted 8 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month ago

i did try extracting first 11 characters but then cannot change the data type of 2018-12-31 to date. still dont know why
upvoted 1 times

  speranza1 Most Recent  1 month ago

@tranquanghuy2111 Agree!!!!!
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month ago

This question is repeat of question 10 in Topic 1. In question 10, the answer of that question is answer A of this question. weir
upvoted 2 times

  elsuizo_88 6 days, 20 hours ago

in this questions the correct it was "C. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter."
upvoted 1 times

  HO1992 1 month, 3 weeks ago

is this website created by Microsoft to make us fail the exam? I don't get it why would all of these answers be wrong

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 250/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 5 times

  Sonam13012002 2 months ago

Why can't the answer be D? you are extracting the 11 digits and also changing the data type to date. which satisfies the requirement here and I
even looked at Chatgpt which is also giving the same amswer
upvoted 2 times

  yuri_rusanov 2 weeks, 6 days ago

Because answer D says "extract the last" not first characters
upvoted 1 times

  fabiovidart 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: N

Letra C. Adicione uma coluna exemplo com o modelo que deseja e o Power Query utiliza o exemplo para os demais registros, após altera o tipo
de dados para Data.
upvoted 2 times

  rashmikmohan 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

its C not B
upvoted 1 times

  XiaoV587 3 months, 3 weeks ago

How to fill in the new column then?
upvoted 1 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

How do you get 11 characters with yyyy-MM-dd ?
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Changing Data Type is important.

upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

The correct action to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy is:

C. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date.

Explanation:

To use the built-in date hierarchy in Power BI, the date column must be a valid date data type. Therefore, the best approach is to create a new
column and set its data type to date.

Option A and D are incorrect because they only extract a part of the logged date, which does not result in a valid date data type, and does not
allow you to use a built-in date hierarchy.

Option B is incorrect because it does not create a valid date data type column and does not provide a way to use the built-in date hierarchy.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 6 times

  gldana 6 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Typo? B makes no sense

upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

The correct action to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy is:

C. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date.

Explanation:

To use the built-in date hierarchy in Power BI, the date column must be a valid date data type. Therefore, the best approach is to create a new
column and set its data type to date.

Option A and D are incorrect because they only extract a part of the logged date, which does not result in a valid date data type, and does not
allow you to use a built-in date hierarchy.

Option B is incorrect because it does not create a valid date data type column and does not provide a way to use the built-in date hierarchy.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 251/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  ilk777 7 months ago

About C: How do you know what date is the first record when you open the column by example window?
upvoted 2 times

  Andrew9834523 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

С is the most correct answer

upvoted 1 times

  Pinha 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Same with Q10. Answer is C
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 252/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #59 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

From Power Query Editor, you profile the data shown in the following exhibit.

The IoT GUID and IoT ID columns are unique to each row in the query.

You need to analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution must improve dataset performance.

Solution: You create a custom column that concatenates the IoT GUID column and the IoT ID column and then delete the IoT GUID and IoT ID

columns.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (59%) A (41%)

  Abhi256 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

No, creating a custom column that concatenates the IoT GUID and IoT ID columns and then deleting the IoT GUID and IoT ID columns will not
help in analyzing IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution does not address the need to extract the hour and day of the year from
the DateTime column, which is essential for the required analysis.

To analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year, you need to extract the hour and day of the year from the DateTime column and create
new columns for them. This can be done using the Power Query Editor in Power BI. Once the new columns are created, you can use them to
group and aggregate the data by hour and day of the year, respectively. This approach will also help to improve dataset performance by reducing
the amount of data that needs to be processed.
upvoted 20 times

  Snfdsfn 1 month, 3 weeks ago

You do not need two columns for date and time, you can do the analysis with the DateTime column. ChatGPT is wrong (again).

You do not need two columns for this analyses

ChatGPT
You are correct; you do not necessarily need two separate columns for analyzing IoT events by the hour and day of the year. One column
representing a combination of date and time information can suffice for this analysis.

If you have a timestamp column that includes both date and time information, you can extract the hour and day of the year from that single
column. You do not need two separate columns for this purpose.

So, the original solution of creating a custom column that concatenates the IoT GUID column and the IoT ID column and then deleting the IoT

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 253/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

GUID and IoT ID columns is acceptable for this specific analysis, assuming that the timestamp data is available and appropriately formatted in
the concatenated column.

Therefore, the answer is:

A. Yes
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Yes✔✔✔
It says both IoT GUID and IoT ID are unique on each row. Both will have same visualization on what ever you chose to analyze. As such
merging them is not a bad idea.
upvoted 1 times

  elesglar 4 months, 2 weeks ago

a bit ambiguous. I assume by previous questions that when they say date AND time of the year, we analyse them together in the same pack,
otherwise it could say by date and by hour or by date or hour.
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A. Yes, creating a custom column that concatenates the IoT GUID column and the IoT ID column and then deleting the IoT GUID and IoT ID
columns can improve dataset performance and meet the goal of analyzing IoT events by the hour and day of the year. By combining the two
columns into one custom column, it reduces the number of columns in the dataset and simplifies the query, which can improve performance.
Additionally, the concatenated column can be used to group and analyze events by the hour and day of the year.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 11 times

  GB32 1 month ago

Mate you got two different data types there don't you see that, you will get an error by trying to concatenate those columns lol you just
confuse people here with answers like this....go on Microsofts webiste and read bruv lol
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

"No confusion, and no need to discuss further"

Insufferable.
upvoted 13 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Literally the dumbest thing you can say on this site.
upvoted 2 times

  AgrawalCena 5 months, 3 weeks ago

but you can't concatenate different data types. it will throw an error
upvoted 11 times

  AyoJose 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Who said that?
upvoted 1 times

  protivitiuser Most Recent  3 weeks, 3 days ago

hm i don't want to soun d arrogant, but the comment sections would be a lot smaller if people would correctly read the ask...
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is correct.
The solution doesn't address the datetime information required for such analysis.
To analyze loT events by the hour and day of the year, you need to perform transformations specifically on the loT datetime column to extract the
hour and day of the year information.
upvoted 3 times

  LawAninye 1 month, 2 weeks ago

NICE ONE THERE
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

As said Before, the columns have differente type of data, and only text colums can be concatenated. Tested at Power BI:
"Expression.Error: We cannot apply operator & to types Text and Number"

So, answer it's B

upvoted 3 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 254/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A: Again its a case of, am I solving it the right way, best way or just a way that helps (in any way at all). Deleting 2 and merging into 1 does help. It
may not be the best way or even a way we love, but the point is it will help
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

🛑❌
I dont think it is B for this reasons:
1. Both IoT GUID and IOT ID are unique. Which means Concatenating them is not an Issue whatsover ( Dont bring the argument of difference in
data type. You can actually merge those columns without any error)
2. The Date columns has all the component needed for the analysis and dont require any further extraction of hour or year.
3. Merging and Deleting those columns will improve the case.
upvoted 3 times

  Bnxyl 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  srao53 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

No, creating a custom column that concatenates the IoT GUID and IoT ID columns and then deleting the IoT GUID and IoT ID columns will not
help in analyzing IoT events by the hour and day of the year. The solution does not address the need to extract the hour and day of the year from
the DateTime column, which is essential for the required analysis.

To analyze IoT events by the hour and day of the year, you need to extract the hour and day of the year from the DateTime column and create
new columns for them. This can be done using the Power Query Editor in Power BI. Once the new columns are created, you can use them to
group and aggregate the data by hour and day of the year, respectively. This approach will also help to improve dataset performance by reducing
the amount of data that needs to be processed.
upvoted 1 times

  Irism 6 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

One is better, and it is better to keep only the IOT ID instead of combining two. That is why the answer is B
upvoted 1 times

  Andrew9834523 7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

One column is better than two. Though it is unorthodox way to reduce data model size
upvoted 2 times

  MarcoW91PL 7 months, 1 week ago

You need to convert the integer column to text, else you get error, it is not mentioned so B
upvoted 1 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 4 weeks ago

A or B? I think A because its reduce model size , but reading the comments some of you guys say B
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

I agree with you. I need the correct answer. does PDF include correct answers?
upvoted 1 times

  Robert_Tu 8 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A. Even though better solution is to delete the IoT GUID and only keep the IOT ID, concatenating those two and deleting the original will reduce
the column number and improve the performance.
upvoted 3 times

  HemantGorle 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Though it will not be an elegant solution but we are going to have 1 column instead of 2 and it will surely reduce model size(by very little)
upvoted 3 times

  RafaPT 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Both are unique columns, but by concatenating them you will end up with a Unique Key with data type Text. This raises performance issues
since Unique keys should be preferably integers for performance reasons. Also, since IoT GUID is not required might as well remove it.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 255/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

you are write, but anyway data type of IoT GUID is text.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 256/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #60 Topic 2

You have a Power BI model that contains a table named Employee. The table contains the following data.

Each employee has one manager as shown in the ParentEmployeeID column.

All reporting paths lead to the CEO at the top of the organizational hierarchy.

You need to create a calculated column that returns the count of levels from each employee to the CEO.

Which DAX expression should you use?

A. PATHLENGTH(PATH(Employee[EmployeeID],Employee[ParentEmployeeID]))

B. PATHITEM(PATH(Employee[EmployeeID],Employee[ParentEmployeeID]),1,INTEGER)

C. PATHCONTAINS(PATH(Employee[EmployeeID],Employee[ParentEmployeeID]),1)

D. PATH(Employee[EmployeeID],Employee[ParentEmployeeID])

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (93%) 7%

  ewelaela Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A is correct - tested

Although for CEO it returns 1 - so I personally would substract 1 from this PATHLENGTH when creating the report, as I think numbers of levels
from CEO to CEO is 0, formanagaers directly under CEO it is 1 etc
upvoted 18 times

  gaikwpa 4 months ago

PATH will give this - ToTop
100
100|101
100|102
100|101|103
100|101|103|104
100|101|103|105
100|102|106
PATHLENGTH(PATH...) will give this
1
2
2
3
4
4
3
upvoted 7 times

  svg10gh Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

A is correct answer. This video proves all
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uE0G6gLz7WM
upvoted 14 times

  hativo5113 1 month, 3 weeks ago

what a great video man.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 257/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  IVO999 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Thanks!
upvoted 1 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

thanks dude
upvoted 1 times

  Nass75 7 months, 1 week ago

Thanks for the video link.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

A is correct answer.
This expression calculates the path length from each employee to the CEO, effectively giving you the count of levels in the hierarchy.
upvoted 1 times

  ngoduytien 5 months, 3 weeks ago

A
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/pathlength-function-dax
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A is correct - tested

Although for CEO it returns 1 - so I personally would substract 1 from this PATHLENGTH when creating the report, as I think numbers of levels
from CEO to CEO is 0, formanagaers directly under CEO it is 1 etc
upvoted 1 times

  glenman0202 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

According to https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/path-function-dax, PATH returns a string containing "the identifiers of all the parents to the
current identifier", whereas PATHLENGTH returns "the number of items that are parents to the specified item."
upvoted 7 times

  HemantGorle 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

PathLength function needs a path to travel and provide length of the hierarchy
upvoted 1 times

  Nuli 9 months, 3 weeks ago

The Answer is A because the question instructs that we count the different levels of each employee. The PathLength gives the result. For more
information see the link https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/pathlength-function-dax

Answer D is wrong because it only returns the items related to the current row value and does not give the count.
upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

A is correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  GuerreiroJunior 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

https://simplebiinsights.com/power-bi-path-function-for-parent-child-hierarchies-in-
dax/#:~:text=PATH%20function%20returns%20a%20delimited,to%20the%20current%20row%20value.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 258/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #61 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

B. Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.

C. Change the imported dataset to DirectQuery

D. Increase the number of times that the dataset is refreshed.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (92%) 8%

  hufi Highly Voted  9 months ago

deja vu
upvoted 27 times

  ewelaela Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
same as questions 53 and 56
upvoted 14 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is the correct answer.
By removing columns that are not needed for the report, you can reduce the size of the data model. This can lead to faster loading times,
especially when dealing with large datasets.
upvoted 1 times

  Kitkat10 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Deja vu
upvoted 1 times

  AGlassOfWater 5 months, 2 weeks ago

This question is making me question my own memory.
upvoted 5 times

  madyjoe21 1 month, 1 week ago

lol lol lol
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
same as questions 53 and 56
upvoted 3 times

  kail85 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

This question appears several times and B is the correct answer.

upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 259/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  SayanChiku 9 months, 3 weeks ago

B is correct
Removing unwanted columns from the data model is a good trick to improve the performance
upvoted 5 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Actually both B and C can improve performance but C seems to be the best solution for this case because this can significantly improve
performance by allowing the report to retrieve data directly from the data source, rather than loading the large dataset into memory. This can also
allow the data to be more fresh, while reducing the burden on the report by limiting the amount of data that needs to be loaded and processed.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Remmember it! from Direct query or Daul we can change to Import mode. But from import mode we cannot change to Direct Query.
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

But changing to DirectQuery will increase load time for visuals, which already are complained about, so it's not a way to go in this case
upvoted 5 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

Agreed, DirectQuery would be a solution if refresh times were the issue, not visual loading times. That should always be better with Import.
upvoted 1 times

  Rajaneshk 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes correct. Import mode is the best option if your data is less than 1 GB and isn't constantly updating. Because all data comes from the
Power BI Desktop Cache. So in such scenario, an import mode is faster than Direct Query mode when the data file size is below 1 GB. So
DirectQuery refresh rate time will be more which impact the performance.
upvoted 1 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

B is correct
Removing unwanted columns from the data model is a good trick to improve the performance
upvoted 1 times

  gaouas 9 months, 4 weeks ago

"Increase the number of times that the dataset is refreshed" is the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  GuerreiroJunior 9 months, 4 weeks ago

i donot agree with you.
remove column will reduce the size of the model and automaticaly it will improve the perfomance.
upvoted 1 times

  mambamota 9 months, 4 weeks ago

But it will not improve performance
upvoted 1 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Refresh has nothing to do with performance. Answer B is correct.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 260/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #62 Topic 2

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Change the data type of the Logged column to Date.

B. Split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.

C. Add a conditional column that outputs 2018 if the Logged column starts with 2018 and set the data type of the new column to Whole

Number.

D. Apply the Parse function from the Date transformations options to the Logged column.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

B (87%) 13%

  Neilsy Highly Voted  8 months ago

B is correct. Splitting using custom delimiter " at " creates two fields and powerbi automatically recognizes the date as a date type , hence the
date hierarchy will be available
upvoted 21 times

  luisnc 6 months ago

true, I have tested this myself as well
upvoted 2 times

  Sandy2010 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B seems the right transformation

upvoted 8 times

  Aero_1898 Most Recent  1 week, 6 days ago

repeated question
upvoted 1 times

  Tammy_07 2 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: B

People who have mentioned D should actually need to do transformation in PBI before putting incorrect options here.
upvoted 1 times

  Sessiz 2 weeks, 4 days ago

Selected Answer: B

Repeat Question
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

D is the correct answer for transforming the "Logged" column into a Date data type that can be used effectively for date-based analysis and
creating date hierarchies.
upvoted 1 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

We need to split the date column so that we can retrieve the date.You cannot do transformation to date as this would throw error because of "at"
upvoted 1 times

  rashmikmohan 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

split using delimiter "at"

upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 261/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Absolutely B
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

split using custom delimiter

upvoted 1 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

for me the correct answer is B

upvoted 1 times

  alojt 5 months, 1 week ago

It should be D.
Parse function can extract the date from the combined date and time values in the Logged column into a separate column with a Date data type,
which can then be used to create a built-in date hierarchy.
upvoted 3 times

  dodoinparis 5 months ago

Agree, the Explanation of ChatGPT: The Parse function in the Date transformations options allows you to extract the date value from the
Logged column by specifying the desired format. In this case, you can specify the format as "yyyy-MM-dd 'at' HH:mm" to match the format in
the CSV file. This function will convert the data in the Logged column to a date data type, enabling you to perform date-based analysis and
utilize the built-in date hierarchy in Power BI.
By applying the Parse function, Power BI will recognize the Logged column as a date column and automatically generate a date hierarchy,
enabling you to drill down into different levels such as year, quarter, month, and day for your analysis.

It's important to ensure that the format specified in the Parse function matches the format of the data in the Logged column to extract the
correct date value.
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Parse is returning Error
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct Answer is A

To be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy, you should choose option A: Change the data type of
the Logged column to Date.

By changing the data type of the Logged column to Date, Power BI will recognize the dates in the format provided (2018-12-31 at 08:59) and
convert them into a date format that can be used for analysis. You can then use the built-in date hierarchy to group and drill down into the data
by year, month, day, and so on.

Options B, C, and D are not appropriate for this scenario. Option B involves splitting the Logged column using "at" as the delimiter, but this will
not convert the data to a date format. Option C adds a new column with a whole number data type and does not convert the data to a date
format. Option D applies the Parse function to the Logged column, but this is not necessary since changing the data type to Date will
automatically parse the data into a date format.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 5 times

  [Removed] 2 months, 1 week ago

SanaCanada is some kind of bot.
No confusion, and no need to discuss further
upvoted 2 times

  DallasM2023 6 months, 1 week ago

I tried A, but it returned an error. Splitting by option B will automatically set the data type to Date and Time for each new column.
upvoted 4 times

  Kartikeraj 6 months, 1 week ago

A is wrong because if you change the data type of the logged column to date then it will show an error in the power query
so correct answer is B
upvoted 5 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct, just use custom to split the Logged column by using at as the delimiter.
upvoted 4 times

  Andrew9834523 7 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B seems an obvious answer

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 262/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  IvanaTech 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Shouldn't it be D? This is what Chat GPT says:
"Apply the Parse function from the Date transformations options to the Logged column" means using the "Parse" function available under the
"Date" transformations options in Power Query Editor to convert the "Logged" column to a date data type.

The "Parse" function in Power Query Editor allows you to convert a text value into a date or time data type. When you select the "Parse"
function, you need to specify the input text value and the format of the input text value. In this case, you would select the "Logged" column as
the input text value and specify the format "yyyy-MM-dd 'at' HH:mm" to match the format of the dates in the "Logged" column.
upvoted 2 times

  matthijskoel 8 months, 2 weeks ago

ChatGPT says A
upvoted 2 times

  sa56 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Dont blindly believe in Chatgpt, its a machine leaning model and will not always give 100 % correct output
upvoted 6 times

  Burabari 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I do not know why people do not undastand this basic concept. ChatGPT is NOT A FINISHED PRODUCT!!!
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

I tried A and it gives Error.
upvoted 2 times

  Andreas3999 8 months ago

If you ask ChatGPT again it changes the answer... It only thinks you are including the date-part and not the " at 08:59"-part
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 263/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #63 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You have the Power BI data model shown in the following exhibit.

You need to create a measure to count the number of product categories that had products sold during a selected period.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  Sushvij Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Wrong
Tested, correct answer is
Distinctcount('Product'[product category],
'sales'
upvoted 61 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

If you don't specify [date], how can you count how many sold for a specified period?
upvoted 7 times

  ben_g_smith 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Tested today by building a replica model and Sushvij is correct.
To help clarify all questions the reason other answers are wrong:
COUNT counts the number of times the ProductCategory is sold so will double count, you only need to count it once per time period so you
must use DISTINCTCOUNT.
DISTINCTCOUNT does use a column - Product[product category]
The given answer using 'Date' column is very wrong - it's the wrong table to count sales on! It should be 'Sales'

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 264/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 8 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Tested and I completely agree
DAX expression should be: CALCULATE (DISTINCTCOUNT(Product[ProductCategory]),Sales)
upvoted 4 times

  kail85 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Distinctcount would make sense if the column to be counted has duplicates. Not applicable here, so COUNT would be the right answer.
Second one would be Date
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

A product category can be assigned to multiple products, so there is a possibility of duplicates.
upvoted 2 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

If cat A has product B and product C. If B is sold twice and C is sold 4 times, the total count of cat A sold is 6. So it should be COUNT.
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Reread the assignment statement: "You need to create a measure to count the number of product categories that had products sold
during a selected period."

You don't need to count the # of products sold, just how many product categories had any member items sell in the time period. So
DistinctCount is the one you want to use here.
upvoted 1 times

  LouStar2 Highly Voted  5 months, 1 week ago

This question was definitely on todays exam
upvoted 13 times

  odyash Most Recent  5 days, 6 hours ago

Answer:
CALCULATE(DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[ProductCategory]), 'Sales')
Explanation (my attempt):
"to count num. of prod. categories" -> DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[ProductCategory])
"had products sold" -> therefore, we want the filter to be the table sales, so that if a product ID is not found in sales table, then this ID's product
category will not be counted in DISTINCTCOUNT
"during a selected period" -> I think this means we can "select" the desired period from a slicer in the report's page, or in the **Filters** pane, so
this filter will automatically propagate to this DAX formula.
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

Distinctcount('Product'[product category],
'Date'
upvoted 1 times

  sunkkki 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I was wondering why it should be 'Sales,' not 'Date,' but here's chat GPT's explanation.

Product Categories Sold =

CALCULATE(
DISTINCTCOUNT(Product[ProductCategory]),
Date
)

what this formula does:

- It counts the distinct product categories from the 'Product' table.
- The filter context is based on the 'Date' table, meaning the calculation will consider only the dates that are currently selected or visible in your
report.

In short, it has nothing to do with Sales, which is not what we want.

upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month ago

chat GPT is totally wrong. Assuming we have another FACT table called STOCK. in this fact table we do have relationship with Product and
Date.
so if we use DATE not SALES, how power BI can calculate and distinguish the point "products sold during a selected period" with "products
in stock during a selected period
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 1 month ago

so we need to add SALES here, not DATE
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 265/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Distinctcount('Product'[product category],
'sales'

For those saying Count, it cannot be count. Yes the words they use are give us the count of categories in this period. But they mean Distinct, it
has too. If you have
Categories
A
B
C
And selling stuff like
A bike
A chain
B wheel

There are only 2 categories. Now 3. If you do a count now you said 3... But there will never be 3 categories its 1 and 1 with a duplicate... = 2.

And sales not Date, because date has a 1 - Many relationship with Sales. so if you do a count on Date, you could end up with more than you
expected as it would include duplicate categories from sales to cover the dates of those sales.
upvoted 5 times

  kayani29 4 months ago

The answer should be:
Distinctcount('Product'[product category],
'sales'
as the question clearly states:
product categories that had products sold during a "selected period" so the period is already selected.
upvoted 4 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

DISTINCTCOUNT ( 'Product' [ProductCategory] ),
'Sales'
- Context Transition thanks to CALCULATE
upvoted 3 times

  Alvin_2113 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer:
Tested:
COUNT(‘Product’[Product Category]),
‘Sales’
upvoted 1 times

  Rinesh25 5 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer -
CALCULATE(DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[Category]), 'Sales')
upvoted 3 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Wrong
Tested, correct answer is
Distinctcount('Product'[product category],
'sales'
upvoted 3 times

  niki_dat 7 months ago

Tested - CALCULATE(DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[Category]), 'Sales')
upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Asnwer
Distictcount(Sales(ProdecutID)
and
Date

question count of product category, which product sold out on seleted time period
mean
Sales..Sold out ...got ProductID...distinct....product id retrieve product category..on selected time period ...date
upvoted 3 times

  DiogoMartins 7 months, 3 weeks ago

In my opinion, the correct answer is:
COUNT and Sales
There is no need to use DISTINCTCOUNT since you are already counting unique values in a dimension table.
The sales table purpose is to give context on the categories to count
upvoted 2 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Product ID is the Key and it will have unique values, Product Category can be repeated (many ID's belonging to the same category)
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 266/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Flaty 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Distinctcount('Product'[product category],'sales')
... is correct.
You have to use Distinctcount because in the product Table the ProductCategory is listed several times - it is not a unique value (depending how
many different products belong to a productcategory).
As Filter "Sales" is correct as well, even when you want to use the "Date" Table it is not possible to use it in the formula (Intellisense). As
explanation I am sure it is because of the filter direction going from Date -> Sales.
To test: When you use for example a Table-Visual and you add the MonthName first then the Sales-Table information (rows) is filtered by the
Months - adding now the measure will filter the ProductCategory by the Months.
upvoted 7 times

  MrWood47 8 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer should be:
CALCULATE( DISTINCTCOUNT('Product'[ProductCategory]),'Sales')
We would need to evaluate the distinct count of PRODUCT CATEGORIES (not products) based on the filter context provided by the Sales table.
The reason we're not using the Date table as the filter expression in the CALCULATE function to count the number of product categories sold is
that the Date table doesn't directly contain any information about the product categories.
upvoted 7 times

  Outsider 8 months, 3 weeks ago

COUNT is the answer. We want count how many products were sold in a period of time.
So, if yesterday we sold 2 Bikes, 1 Scoter and 3 Helmet. DISTCOU of ProdCat will be 3. Because is checking how many unique/distinct ProdCat
are...so, Bike, Scoter and Helmet.
So, Count will returns 6 that is total amount of items sold.
upvoted 2 times

  XavierF08 8 months, 2 weeks ago

But the requirement is to Count the Product Category not the specific Product.
So if you have 2 Bikes with different Model, lets call it under Category[2 Wheel] , 3 Cars with different model, lets call it under Category[4
Wheels]. In the table it would look like this
Category Product
2 Wheel Bike A
2 Wheel Bike B
4 Wheel CarA
4 Wheel CarB
4 Wheel CarC,

Given the requirement, we will only need the sales for Catagories 2Wheel and 4 wheels right? If we dont distinct it it will have multiple amount
for each category with multiple rpoducts
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 267/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #64 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Enable visual interactions.

B. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.

C. Implement row-level security (RLS).

D. Remove unused columns from tables in the data model.

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  sa56 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

deja vu
upvoted 13 times

  Abhi256 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Repeated multiple time. Ever time i see this, I thought its a new question. But its the same.
upvoted 7 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

D is correct.
By removing columns that are not needed for the report, you can reduce the size of the data model. this can lead to faster loading times,
especially when dealing with large datasets. Unused columns contribute to unnecessary overhead and can impact performance.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Repeated 4 times, still remove unneeded columns

upvoted 6 times

  Minio1 6 months, 4 weeks ago

I'm wondering same
upvoted 1 times

  VasZel 7 months, 1 week ago

How many times is this question?!
upvoted 3 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I bet if you buy the Premium subscription, it will just be this question over and over lol.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 268/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #65 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You have the Power BI data model shown in the following exhibit.

The Sales table has the following columns.

The data model must support the following analysis:

• Total sales by product by month in which the order was placed

• Quantities sold by product by day on which the order was placed

• Number of sales transactions by quarter in which the order was placed

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 269/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  RazaTheLegend Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes - No - Yes
no need to discuss anymore
upvoted 29 times

  CheyrouLag 1 month ago

I discuss if i want but yesnoyes
upvoted 2 times

  Arenke Most Recent  2 weeks, 4 days ago

The second one cannot be YES?
We have the AuditId field, and even if it was not a PK, by deleting ProductId we would lose the relationship between the Product and Sales
tables, but we could continue to perform the required analysis (without the product detail, we would only have the id).
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

why second is No, we have auditID column in both tables (sales and Product)
upvoted 2 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

the final sentence is Yes. All requirements can be calculated with only Order Date, so the Ship Date is no need for using.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

Yes
No
NO
Yes, you can remove the lastupdated column without affecting the ability to perform the required analysis.
No, you should not remove the ProductID column. It is a critical column for linking the sales table to the product table and performing analysis by
product.
No, you should not remove the shipdate column. It is essential for analyzing sales by day, which is one of the require analyses.
upvoted 1 times

  Elfmo11 1 month, 3 weeks ago

You don't need ShipDate. Analysis by day should be done with OrderDate. The last one should also be yes.
upvoted 2 times

  Rinesh25 5 months, 1 week ago

Yes
No
Yes
upvoted 2 times

  hanjoe 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Can't we remove the ProductID column, as we have the AuditID column in both tables anyway?
upvoted 3 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

It's an unlikely Primary Key.
upvoted 1 times

  duydld 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the answer should be Y-N-N. The last one is NO because we need shipdate for transaction as required
upvoted 1 times

  Sjakie 5 months, 1 week ago

In which the order was placed,order date. Last one is yes.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

YES-NO-YES
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months, 1 week ago

Yes, No, Yes
upvoted 1 times

  gldana 6 months, 4 weeks ago

Why do we need the ship date then? why don't we remove it?
upvoted 1 times

  Win_111 5 months, 1 week ago

We don't need the ShipDate. It's removed from the answer!

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 270/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  Large94 6 months, 2 weeks ago

I've got the same question, in all three options we need to sort by order date right?
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

correct, yes, no, yes
upvoted 4 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  jiriz 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 271/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #66 Topic 2

You have a CSV file that contains user complaints. The file contains a column named Logged. Logged contains the date and time each complaint

occurred. The data in Logged is in the following format: 2018-12-31 at 08:59.

You need to be able to analyze the complaints by the logged date and use a built-in date hierarchy.

What should you do?

A. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31 and set the data type of the new column to Date

B. Create a column by example that starts with 2018-12-31

C. Apply a transformation to extract the last 11 characters of the Logged column

D. Add a conditional column that outputs 2018 if the Logged column starts with 2018 and set the data type of the new column to Whole

Number

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

A (93%) 7%

  AnnaBi Highly Voted  7 months ago

A is the correct one ! there's the same quention in previous pages!
upvoted 16 times

  Tammy_07 Most Recent  2 weeks, 1 day ago

Selected Answer: A

It will be A only. People who are mentioning that Power BI will detect data type automatically. Please note that in this case when you are using
"Column from example" to get the date part, power BI will convert it into next. You need to then convert it into date type
upvoted 1 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

B, because when u add coulme by example, powerBI automatically detect datatype after 1st step here.
upvoted 1 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

It is so clear with A is correct answer here.
upvoted 1 times

  madyjoe21 1 month, 1 week ago

Deja vu
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A is the correct answer. Option A correctly converts the "Logged" column into a Date Data type, which will allow you to analyze complaints by
the logged date and use built-in date hierarchies in power BI.
upvoted 2 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I think its A
upvoted 1 times

  IVO999 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is a complete solution.
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Both A and B are correct. When creating a new column, power bi always detect the data type as assign it to date. But A is more complete incase
power bi assigned a wrong type to it.
upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I tried this, but the new column stayed Text like the original.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 272/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shirl_Nina 4 months, 2 weeks ago

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Changing data type to date is important.

upvoted 2 times

  Rajd1979 7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the correct one

upvoted 4 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A .............................................
upvoted 4 times

  jiriz 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Of course A
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Setting Data Type is important. A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer is - A
upvoted 2 times

  jiriz 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is right
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 273/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #67 Topic 2

You have a Power BI data model that contains a table named Employees. The table has the following columns:

• Employee Name

• Email Address

• Start Date

• Job Title

You are implementing dynamic row-level security (RLS).

You need to create a table filter to meet the following requirements:

• Users must see only their own employee data.

• The DAX expression must work in both Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service.

Which expression should you use?

A. [Email Address] - USERNAME()

B. [Employee Name] - USERPRINCIPALNAME()

C. [Employee Name] = USERNAME()

D. [Email Address] = USERPRINCIPALNAME()

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (97%)

  jessiejay Highly Voted  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Within Power BI Desktop, username() will return a user in the format of DOMAIN\User and userprincipalname() will return a user in the format of
user@contoso.com. Within the Power BI service, username() and userprincipalname() will both return the user's User Principal Name (UPN). This
looks similar to an email address.
upvoted 18 times

  tiagoms 4 months, 3 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
upvoted 3 times

  jiriz Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

username() has the format of DOMAIN\username

userprincipalname() always returns the user in the format of their user principal name, like username@contoso.com
We want mail, so userprincipalname() is right
upvoted 7 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

D is the correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TGgec9oP8oU

this video explains it.

upvoted 5 times

  HoneyBunny 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

To create dynamic row-level security (RLS) in Power BI that allows users to see only their own employee data, you can create a DAX expression
using the USERNAME function.

Here's the DAX expression you can use for the table filter:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 274/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

scss
Copy code
Employees[Email Address] = USERNAME() & "@contoso.com"
Assuming that the domain for the email addresses is contoso.com, this expression filters the Employees table to show only the rows where the
Email Address column matches the email address of the current user.

The USERNAME() function returns the Windows account name of the current user in the format DOMAIN\Username. By concatenating the
returned value with "@contoso.com", the DAX expression generates the email address of the current user that matches the email address in the
Employees table.

Note that to use this DAX expression, you need to configure row-level security in Power BI Desktop or the Power BI service. You can assign roles
to users and apply filters based on the DAX expression for each role.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

does anaybody have any source for this question?
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

To implement dynamic row-level security (RLS) on the Employees table, a table filter must be created. The table filter should be based on the
user's email address or user principal name (UPN), as these are unique identifiers for each user.

The DAX expression [Email Address] = USERPRINCIPALNAME() will filter the Employees table to only show rows where the Email Address
column matches the UPN of the current user. This expression works in both Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, and will ensure that
each user only sees their own employee data.
upvoted 3 times

  Lotusss 7 months ago

But if we use the USERPRINCIPALNAME() function it returns the user's login name, which may not be the same as their email address. right?
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Does someone know why C is not correct?
upvoted 1 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 1 week ago

Option C is incorrect because it checks for an exact match on the Employee Name column, which may not always be unique for each user.
upvoted 1 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months, 1 week ago

answer is right
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 275/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #68 Topic 2

DRAG DROP

You have the Power BI data model shown in the following exhibit.

The Country table contains the following data.

You create two row-level security (RLS) roles named Manager and CFO.

You plan to publish the dataset to the Power BI service.

You need to create DAX expressions for the RLS filters. The solution must meet the following requirements:

• Each manager must see only the data in the Sales and Human Resources tables for their own country.

• The CFO must be prevented from seeing the data in the Human Resources table.

• The CFO must see the sales data of all countries.

How should you complete the DAX expressions to meet the requirements? To answer, drag the appropriate expressions to the correct targets.

Each expression may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 276/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  semauni Highly Voted  6 months, 1 week ago

I simply don't get the answers to the question, or the question at all for that matter. I feel both should have two conditions... Like:
HR = AND([Manager] <> "CFO", [Email] = userprinciplename())
Country = OR([MANAGER = "CFO", [Email] = userprinciplename())
What am I missing here?
upvoted 48 times

  saraplez Highly Voted  5 months ago

Human Resources > False ()
Country > [Email] = USERPRINCIPALNAME ()

Explanation:
I would create 2 RLS:

1st with Human Resources > False ()

Add CFO user
• The CFO must be prevented from seeing the data in the Human Resources table.
• The CFO must see the sales data of all countries.

2nd with Country > [Email] = USERPRINCIPALNAME ()

Add manger users:
•Each manager must see only the data in the Sales and Human Resources tables for their own country.
upvoted 25 times

  Mabuse1 3 months ago

For those who don't understand, watch this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XMLXbbSgiM0
NB: False() restricts the entry to the table.
upvoted 3 times

  vivian_data 3 months, 4 weeks ago

I agree
upvoted 1 times

  ricardoamferreira18 Most Recent  1 week, 3 days ago

What it the correct answer?
upvoted 1 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

In my opinion, because it can be assign users to each RLS so the correct answer is HR - False() and Country - USERPRINCIPLENAME().
So the CFO will be assign to the RLS of HR and other Managers will be assign to the RLS of Country.
upvoted 4 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

[manager]="CFO'
[Email] = userprinciplaname()

[manager]="CFO': ensures that only the "CFO" role can see Human Resources data for the USA.
[Email] = userprinciplaname(): ensures that each manager sees only their country's data in the Sales and Human resources tables.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 277/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Elfmo11 1 month, 3 weeks ago

From the question:"The CFO must be prevented from seeing the data in the Human Resources table." So your logic about the CFO does not
hold right?
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 months, 1 week ago

I don't get the point...
upvoted 4 times

  miro26 2 months, 1 week ago

It's easy because we publish it on the Power BI service, only.
Role for CFO is Human Resources: FALSE()
Role for Manager is COUNTRY: [Email] = userprinciplename()
upvoted 3 times

  RMUK 3 weeks, 2 days ago

if you set it to false, then all managers will not able to see HR data. But as per require analysis, all managers should see their data from sales
and HR (point 1). right?
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer area looks incomplete, IRL I would attempt to achieve this with IF statements.

HR:
If ([Manager] = "CFO", false, [Email] = userprincipalname())

Country:
HR:
If ([Manager] = "CFO", true, [Email] = userprincipalname())
upvoted 6 times

  ylcyl 2 months, 2 weeks ago

very useful tips! Thanks!=)
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

Forgot the brackets for false() and true()
upvoted 2 times

  AY_Seyi 4 months, 1 week ago

The answers provide will not suffice to meet the requirements,
The only options close enough is Country => [email] = userprincipalname()
Human Resource => False(),
This however if implemented will not allow CFO access all data in the sales table, for this require some modification; Country => and([Manager]
<>'CFO', [email] = userprincipalname())
upvoted 4 times

  Shirl_Nina 4 months, 2 weeks ago

The question and answer do not make sense.
upvoted 5 times

  saraplez 5 months ago

Human Resources > False ()
Country > [Email] = USERPRINCIPALNAME ()
I would create 2 RLS , I would add the manager to "Human resources" RLS and HR users to the "Country" RLS
upvoted 4 times

  ellafi23 5 months ago

RH : [Email] = userprincipalname()
country : [Manager] = "CFO"
upvoted 2 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I think this line in the question stem ("You create two row-level security (RLS) roles named Manager and CFO".) is wrong. It probably meant to say
"Manager" role and "Country" role.
upvoted 1 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

The only restriction is CFO can't see HR table so in Human Resources : Manager (role) = CFO. As for country, anyone with the proper email
address can access it.
So I think the given answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  RitaS 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Not sure if this is correct, but what I think they are saying is when the manager is CFO, they can see all the users of the country. If I look at the
requirements, then the filter options, that is what I come up with. I weeded out [Country]="USA", True() and False() because they don't have
anything to do with the requirements. Best I can come up with.
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 278/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  simburger 5 months, 3 weeks ago

My guess is for the answer, they want all the filters necessary to create the two roles.
Role 1 Manager - Country: email = upn()
Role 2 CFO - HR: False
upvoted 7 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

From my point of view, CFO does not need any filter on Country table.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 279/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #69 Topic 2

You have a Power BI data model that imports data from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.

You use Power Query to load a query that contains both renamed and custom columns.

Later, you attempt to reload the query and receive the following error message.

Expression.Error: The column 'Category' of the table wasn't found.

What are two possible causes of the error? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. The column was removed from the source file.

B. The column was renamed in the source file.

C. The file is no longer in the specified location.

D. The data type of the column was changed.

Correct Answer: AB

Community vote distribution

AB (100%)

  jiriz Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

correct
upvoted 12 times

  LawAninye Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

The error message is column specific Error: The column 'Category' of the table wasn't found. Both option A and B in in line with this
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A & B are correct answers.
A. If the column 'Category' was present in the source file when the query was initially loaded but has been removed from the sources file since
then, you would encounter this error when attempting to reload the query.
B. If the "Category" column in the source file was renamed after the query was initially loaded, power query wouldn't be able to find the column
with the original name, resulting in the error.
upvoted 2 times

  AyoJose 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Apart from this questions, can we also practice with Microsoft Assessment?
upvoted 1 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

A. The column was removed from the source file.
B. The column was renamed in the source file.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AB

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  iplearing0123 7 months, 1 week ago

answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 280/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 281/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #70 Topic 2

You have a Power BI model that contains a table named Sales. The Sales table contains the following columns:

• Order Line ID

• Product ID

• Unit Price

• Order ID

• Quantity

Orders are uniquely identified by using the order ID and can have multiple order lines. Each order line within an order contains a different product

ID.

You need to write a DAX measure that counts the number of orders.

Which formula should you use?

A. Count('Sales'[Order ID])

B. CountA('Sales' [Order ID])

C. CountRows('Sales')

D. DistinctCount('Sales' [Order ID])

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (62%) A (37%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Order only once but can have multiple line based of different procduct

Order ID A000101....Product A
Order ID A000101.....Product B
Order ID A000101....Product C
Order ID A000101....Product D

Correct Answer only D

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 22 times

  kelvin3105 4 months, 2 weeks ago

you had put A as selected answer
upvoted 15 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Apparently there is confusion and a need to discuss further?
upvoted 6 times

  Maria86 Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

"Orders are uniquely identified by using the order ID and can have multiple order lines" - I think the important statement is "and can have multiple
order lines" which means that the order ID can appear more than once in the table if the order contains more than one products - so I think the
answer is correct.
upvoted 13 times

  floatfloat Most Recent  3 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: C

Why not C?
upvoted 1 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

Absolutely agree with answer is D.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 282/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  madyjoe21 1 month, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D for sure
upvoted 1 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer is D.
upvoted 2 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Answer is D.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

D is the correct answer.
DistinctCount('Sales' [Order ID]): count the distinct order IDs in the Sales table, ensuring that each order is only counted once, even if it has
multiple order lines.
upvoted 2 times

  Vijay_Krisin 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The answer is correct. The question ask only on the count of Order Id. Other description in the question is only to confuse us.
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D since you only want the count of order ids (orders) not the count of all the order lines of each order(id)
upvoted 2 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 3 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

D. DistinctCount('Sales' [Order ID])
upvoted 3 times

  Rinesh25 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  kh123456 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

d correct
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Distinctcount(sales[oderid])
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

DistinctCount('Sales'[Order ID]) counts the number of unique order IDs in the Order ID column, which is the correct way to count the number of
orders.
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Oh sorry by mistake I selected A in my last answer..while

Correct Answer is D
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 283/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #71 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You are creating a Power BI model in Power BI Desktop.

You need to create a calculated table named Numbers that will contain all the integers from -100 to 100.

How should you complete the DAX calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months ago

Correct Answer

To create a calculated table named Numbers in Power BI Desktop that contains all the integers from -100 to 100, you can use the following DAX
calculation:

Numbers = GENERATESERIES(-100, 100, 1)

Explanation:

The GENERATESERIES function generates a table of values that starts at the first argument (-100), ends at the second argument (100), and
increments by the third argument (1) in this case. The resulting table will contain all the integers from -100 to 100 inclusive.

The calculated table is named "Numbers" and is created by assigning the output of the GENERATESERIES function to it using the "=" operator.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 21 times

  AnnaBi Highly Voted  7 months ago

Correct!
GENERATESERIES - (-100,100,1)
upvoted 7 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

Generateseries (-100,100,1)
This formula generates a serious of numbers starting from -100, ending at 100, with an increment of 1.
upvoted 1 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

Correct
Numbers = GENERATESERIES(-100, 100, 1)
Start -100

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 284/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

End 100
Increment 1
upvoted 1 times

  HoangNV 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct.
GENERATESERIES(-100, 100, 1)
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

GENERATESERIES function will generate a table of integers from the starting value (-100) to the ending value (100), with an increment of 1.
This table will be returned as a new calculated table named "Numbers".
upvoted 3 times

  Minio1 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 285/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #72 Topic 2

In Power Query Editor, you have a query named Sales Data that contains the following columns.

You need to create two queries named Product Dimension and Sales Fact based on the Sales Data query. The solution must minimize

maintenance effort and the size of the dataset.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Reference the Sales Data query to create the new queries.

B. Disable the load for the Sales Fact query.

C. Duplicate the Sales Data query to create the new queries.

D. Clear Include in report refresh for the Sales Data query.

E. Disable the load for the Sales Data query.

Correct Answer: AE

Community vote distribution

AE (87%) 13%

  pverde Highly Voted  3 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

Agreed, A & E are correct

upvoted 11 times

  Pocu Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Please be responsible. Comment and vote carefully.
The answer is A&E.
To choose reference or duplicate or copy, the points are:
1: Reference, duplicate, copy queries will all make the file bigger to a similar size.
2: Choose Reference if you want the referenced queries to change when the original query changes. Choose Duplicate or Copy if you don’t want
that. Reference queries is more common in many real-world scenarios because the fact table is always changing.
3: Copy and Duplicate copy the transformation steps but reference not.
Disable the load for the Sales Data query will : (1) It will be cleaner in Power BI desktop because you won’t see the Sales data query. (2) improve
performance. The star schema is normally the best in Power Bi modelling because of the performance. And this is the reason why we need to
separate the main table into different tables(Normalization). The main table itself should not be included in a star scheme.
upvoted 6 times

  jessyMIH Most Recent  1 day, 12 hours ago

Selected Answer: AE

I think A et C
upvoted 1 times

  kauser 1 month, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 286/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: AE

I'm not sure 100%

upvoted 1 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

I think A & C is correct answer.

upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A & C are correct.
A. Referencing the sales data query ensures that the new queries use the same data source and structure, minimizing maintenance effort.
C. Duplicate the sales data query creates copies of the data in separate queries. This allows you to work with the data independently for Product
Dimension and Sales Fact without impacting the original sales data query.
upvoted 2 times

  Bamlaku 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

I think it's A and C.

upvoted 1 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 2 weeks ago

A and C would give you too many queries, and make the dataset unnecessarily large.
upvoted 1 times

  Krishna1807 3 months ago

The correct answer should be A and C
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 287/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #73 Topic 2

You have a Power BI model that contains a table named Date. The Date table contains the following columns:

• Date

• Fiscal Year

• Fiscal Quarter

• Month Name

• Calendar Year

• Week Number

• Month Number

• Calendar Quarter

You need to create a calculated table based on the Date table. The calculated table must contain only unique combinations of values for Calendar

Year, Calendar Quarter, and Calendar Month.

Which DAX function should you include in the table definition?

A. ADDCOLUMNS

B. CALCULATE

C. SUMMARIZE

D. DATATABLE

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

C (86%) 7%

  Pocu Highly Voted  1 month, 2 weeks ago

I wanna say that again. Comment and vote carefully before you have actually done some research otherwise It will cause confusion to other
people.
The answer is Summarize.
UniqueCalendarTable =
SUMMARIZE(
Date,
'Date'[Calendar Year],
'Date'[Calendar Quarter],
'Date'[Month Name]
)
upvoted 20 times

  AyoJose 1 week, 3 days ago

"Comment and vote carefully before you have actually done some research" or after you've actually done some research?
upvoted 1 times

  Badadadiiii Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Should be Summarized
upvoted 5 times

  DOUNIA Most Recent  1 day, 13 hours ago

Selected Answer: C

It must be C not A
upvoted 1 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the correct answer I have tested.

upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 4 weeks ago

Nope, ADDCOLUMNS will add additional column to given table. Therefore, outcome is given table with all its original columns and the added
ones.
But the question only requires 3 columns. --> SUMMARIZE is correct answer here
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 288/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  LeeLee_105 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

https://youtu.be/VurpXBcbrT0
upvoted 1 times

  Shirl_Nina 2 months, 3 weeks ago

ADDCOLUMNS is correct. It Adds calculated columns to the given table or table expression whereas SUMMARIZE Returns a summary table for
the requested totals over a set of groups.
upvoted 3 times

  Bamlaku 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The DATATABLE function in DAX allows you to create a calculated table. The calculated table can be based on any data source, including the
Date table.

To create a calculated table that contains only unique combinations of values for Calendar Year, Calendar Quarter, and Calendar Month, you can
use the following DAX code:
upvoted 1 times

  sergeyitaly 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Addcolumns does not create a new table, but Summarize does create it
upvoted 2 times

  mohanonly1 3 months ago

SUMMARIZE should be the answer
upvoted 2 times

  pverde 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

I think it should be SUMMARIZE

SUMMARIZE:
"Creates a summary of the input table grouped by the specified columns."

ADDCOLUMNS:
"Returns a table with new columns specified by the DAX expressions."

Based on this, using SUMMARIZE will give us the unique combination we want and don't need to use DAX expressions to create the calculated
table.
upvoted 4 times

  Krishna1807 3 months ago

The correct answer should be SUMMARIZE
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

CalculatedTable =
SUMMARIZECOLUMNS(
'Date'[Calendar Year],
'Date'[Calendar Quarter],
'Date'[Month Name]
)
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 3 months ago

I think SUMMARIZE
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 289/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #74 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You have a Power BI model that contains the following data.

The Date table relates to the Sales table by using the Date columns.

You need to create a calculated table that will contain the following:

• A row for each year

• A column that contains the total sales per year

How should you complete the DAX calculation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  ZillowGosia 6 days ago

How this can be correct if Date[Year] is integer?
upvoted 1 times

  LeeLee_105 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Ans is correct
upvoted 3 times

  LeeLee_105 2 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/summarize-function-dax
upvoted 3 times

  Shirl_Nina 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Agreed
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 290/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  pverde 3 months ago

Agreed with SUMMARIZE - Date[Year]
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 291/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #75 Topic 2

You use Power Query Editor to import and preview sales data from the years 2020 and 2021 in a Microsoft Excel file as shown in the following

exhibit.

You need to shape the query to display the following three columns:

• Month

• Sales

• Year

What should you select in Power Query Editor?

A. Merge columns

B. Transpose

C. Unpivot columns

D. Pivot column

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (93%) 7%

  LeeLee_105 Highly Voted  2 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 292/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

It's the classic definition of unpivot

upvoted 8 times

  marcolapo92 Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C Correct
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

C is correct.
To shape the query to display the required three columns (month, sales,year), you should select the "Unpivot columns" option in Power Query
Editor. This will transfer the data from its current columnar structure (where each year is a separate column) into a tabular format with separate
rows for each combination of Month, Sales, and Year.
upvoted 1 times

  IVO999 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Tested
upvoted 3 times

  leggoteam 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Wouldn't it be transpose? Transpose rows 2020 and 2021 and rename new column to Revenue?
upvoted 1 times

  leggoteam 2 months, 4 weeks ago

ope, scratch that. I see that it's unpivot now
upvoted 2 times

  pverde 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct assuming we are selecting the "2020" and "2021" columns

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 293/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #76 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You are creating a Power BI model to analyze inventory.

You load data into three tables named Date, Product, and Inventory. The Inventory table relates to the Date and Product tables by using one-to-

many relationships.

Inventory data is recorded daily with no exceptions. The correct inventory quantity for a given product in a month is the last recorded value for that

month.

You need to write a DAX measure that will show the correct inventory value when a user analyzes inventory by year, month, or date.

How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  pverde Highly Voted  3 months ago

I believe the answer is correct
upvoted 9 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

Calculate
LastDate
Last Inventory Count =
CALCULATE(
LASTNONBLANK('Inventory'[QuantityAvailable], 'Date'[Date]),
LASTDATE('Date'[Date])
)
upvoted 1 times

  a22775 2 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 294/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

CALCULATE
LASTDATE

It isn't MAX because that would returns an scalar instead of a table.

https://www.sqlbi.com/blog/marco/2013/10/22/difference-between-lastdate-and-max-for-semi-additive-measures-in-dax/
upvoted 3 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

The answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  kelvin3105 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I think this questions is not well explained.
Let me say why ( from brazil, sorry if I write wrong):
1. That is form to create a calendar table based in the dates of the fact table, for example: if I create based on the fact table, the last date will be
the last date of the fact table.

2. Other way of create a calendar table is just to put the days of a number of years that you want, so, in this case the last date will be the last
date of the calendar table and not the last date of the fact table.
So, in my opinion it is better annul this question, or consider lastnonblankvalue and lastdate correct.
upvoted 2 times

  andrewkravchuk97 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Calculate
LastNonBlankValue

LASTDATE will NOT work. Date - is a date table and it contains all days of the calendar month continuously so it will always return the last day of
the month even if there is no inventory records. "The correct inventory quantity for a given product in a month is the last recorded value for that
month.". That's why we should use LastNonBlankValue instead.
upvoted 2 times

  blmthmn 2 months, 2 weeks ago

It also says 'Inventory data is recorded daily with no exceptions.' so I concluded that each day would have an inventory record.
upvoted 2 times

  EwoutBI 2 months, 2 weeks ago

LASTNONBLANKVALUE also requires an expression though.
https://learn.microsoft.com/nl-nl/dax/lastnonblankvalue-function-dax
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 295/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #77 Topic 2

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a Power BI report that imports a date table and a sales table from an Azure SQL database data source. The sales table has the following

date foreign keys:

• Due Date

• Order Date

• Delivery Date

You need to support the analysis of sales over time based on all three dates at the same time.

Solution: From the Fields pane, you rename the date table as Due Date. You use a DAX expression to create Order Date and Delivery Date as

calculated tables. You create active relationships between the sales table and each date table.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (83%) B (17%)

  ApacheKafka Highly Voted  2 months, 4 weeks ago

100% Just finish reading about that.
upvoted 10 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is the answer.
The solution will not meet the goal because renaming the date table in the Fields pane does not create calculated tables for Order Date and
Delivery Date. Additionally, creating active relationships between the sales table and each date table would not address the requirement to
support the analysis of sales over time based on all three dates simultaneously.
To achieve the goal, you should create calculated tables for Order Date and Delivery Date using DAX expressions, and then you should establish
active relationships between the sales table and these calculated date tables.
upvoted 2 times

  GB32 1 month, 1 week ago

And yes literally that what the solution is lol....
upvoted 1 times

  a22775 2 months ago

Can someone tell where is located that "Fields pane"? Is it in powerquey or in Power Bi's report view?
upvoted 1 times

  AyoJose 1 month, 1 week ago

Power Bi
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct
upvoted 2 times

  [Removed] 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct answer
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 296/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Romain_D 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

It's impossible to have active relationships between the sales table and EACH date table
upvoted 1 times

  [Removed] 2 months, 1 week ago

It is possible. You will be making connections from three different fields in the fact table to three separate tables.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 297/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #78 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You are creating a Power BI report that will show the number of current employees over time. The report will use Import storage mode for all

tables.

The employment data will be imported from Azure SQL Database in a monthly snapshot. The data will be stored in a table named Headcount and

will contain the following:

• One row per employee for each month the employee is employed

• In each row, a date key that shows the first day of the month of each snapshot

You have a related date table that contains dates for the years 2020 to 2030.

You need to create a semi-additive DAX measure that will return the count of employees for the last available date in a year, quarter, or month.

How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

Correct Answer:

  ZillowGosia 5 days, 23 hours ago

Chat GTP
LastDateHeadcount :=
VAR LastDate =
MAXX(
FILTER(
ALL('Date'[Date]),
'Date'[Date] <= MAX('Date'[Date]) &&
'Date'[Year] = MAX('Date'[Year])
),
'Date'[Date]
)
RETURN
CALCULATE(
COUNTROWS('Headcount'),
'Headcount'[DateKey] = LastDate
)

So Chat GTP also suggest:

CountRows("HeadCount")
LastDate(headcount["DateKey"])

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 298/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 weeks, 2 days ago

CountRows("HeadCount")
LastDate(headcount["DateKey"])

Why?
The first to count the number of employes

The second because if we use lastDate over Date it will retrieve always the 31 december 2030 (It says that in date table are present dates from
2020 to 2030)

So the result will always be the same. But if we take the lastDate in the DateKey we'll have the first day of the month and year of the last
snapshot.

Am i correct?
upvoted 2 times

  srujji 2 weeks, 5 days ago

CORRECT
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 4 weeks ago

while the input is the first day of month, but the request is the last date. How can we set the filter as lastdate? i testes but it gave blank()
upvoted 1 times

  tranquanghuy2111 4 weeks ago

LASTNONBLANK requests two argument while in the question only show one agurment
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 299/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #79 Topic 2

HOTSPOT

You have a query named All Sales that imports sales data into a Power BI model.

You plan to create a star schema by separating columns into separate queries and performing further transformations. The solution must meet

the following requirements:

• Use All Sales as the source for three other queries named Sales Fact, Product Dimension, and Customer Dimension.

• Minimize maintenance effort.

What should you do to create the Sales Fact query, and for which query should you clear Enable load? To answer, select the appropriate options in

the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  tranquanghuy2111 Highly Voted  4 weeks ago

Reference is the most common way to replicate origninal query.
Clear "enable load" to "All Sales" cause the data of this query is now loaded to other table. It is not necessary to load it to Report view anymore
upvoted 7 times

  juliettelaurier Most Recent  3 weeks, 5 days ago

The question provides the answer. We are referencing All Sales for all three tables, and then we are clearing Enable load for All Sales to reduce
the data model and increase performance.

Referencing will reduce maintenance because the three tables will be derived from the original data and we can keep the transformations to the
source data without having to modify three queries.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 300/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

Question #80 Topic 2

You have a Power BI model that contains the following data.

The Date table relates to the Sales table by using the Date columns.

The model contains the following DAX measure.

Total Sales = SUM(Sales[Sale])

You need to create another measure named Previous Quarter to display the sales one quarter before the selected period.

Which DAX calculation should you use?

A. CALCULATE ( [Total Sales], DATEADD (Date[Date], -1, QUARTER ) )

B. CALCULATE ( [Total Sales], DATESQTD (Date[Date] ) )

C. TOTALQTD ( [Total Sales], Date[Date] )

D. CALCULATE ( [Total Sales], PARALLELPERIOD (Date[Date], 1, QUARTER ) )

Correct Answer: A

  tranquanghuy2111 Highly Voted  3 weeks, 6 days ago

DATEADD is correct.
PARALLELPERIOD also calculate one quarter before, but the out come is the total sales of three months of previous quarter not only one day or
one month of previous quarter
upvoted 10 times

  ZillowGosia 5 days, 23 hours ago

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 301/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #81 Topic 2

You have a Microsoft Power BI report. The size of PBIX file is 550 MB. The report is accessed by using an App workspace in shared capacity of

powerbi.com.

The report uses an imported dataset that contains one fact table. The fact table contains 12 million rows. The dataset is scheduled to refresh

twice a day at 08:00 and 17:00.

The report is a single page that contains 15 AppSource visuals and 10 default visuals.

Users say that the report is slow to load the visuals when they access and interact with the report.

You need to recommend a solution to improve the performance of the report.

What should you recommend?

A. Change any DAX measures to use iterator functions.

B. Implement row-level security (RLS).

C. Replace the default visuals with AppSource visuals.

D. Split the visuals onto multiple pages.

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  ZillowGosia 5 days, 23 hours ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ZillowGosia 5 days, 23 hours ago

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  IrynaVilner 1 week, 3 days ago

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  CyrilleC 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 302/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 3 - Question Set 3

Question #1 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -

You have a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet that contains the data shown in the following table.

You plan to build a data model for a Power BI report.

You need to prepare the data so that it is available to the model in the format shown in the following table.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence in Power Query Editor? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to

the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Select the [Department] and [Stage] columns and unpivot the other columns.

We unpivot the School1, School2, School3, and the School4 columns.

You might want to unpivot data, sometimes called flattening the data, to put it in a matrix format so that all similar values are in one column.

Example:

When you unpivot, you unpack the attribute-value pairs that represent an intersection point of the new columns and re-orient them into flattened

columns:

* Values (in blue on the left) are unpivoted into a new column (in blue on the right).

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 303/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

* Attributes (in green on the left) are unpivoted into a new column (in green on the right) and duplicates are correspondingly mapped to the new

Values column.

Step 2: Rename the [Attribute] column as [School] and the [Value] column as [Score[,

Step 3: Group by [Department] and [School] and..

Reference:

https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/unpivot-columns-power-query-0f7bad4b-9ea1-49c1-9d95-f588221c7098

  olajor Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

answer is correct
upvoted 55 times

  Churato Highly Voted  1 year ago

1) Select the [Department] and [Stage] aand Unpivot the other columns.
2) Rename the [Attribute] column as [School] and the [Value] column as [Score].
3) Group by [Department] and [School] and create a new column named [Avg Score] that uses the average function on the [Score] column

Tested here, and it's correct!

upvoted 21 times

  itenginerd Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago

This was on my exam today
upvoted 5 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

Action 1: Select the [department] and [stage] columns and unpivot the other columns.
Action 2: select and unpivot the [department] and [stage] columns.
Action 3: Group by [department] and [school] and create a new column named [Avg Score] that uses the average function on the [score] column.

Action 1: Will transform the data into a long format, making it easier to work with.
Action 2: to provide meaningful column name.
Action 3: will calculate the average score for each combination of department and school.
upvoted 1 times

  rgabage 2 months, 1 week ago

answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  ColinN 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answer.
upvoted 2 times

  SIH007 5 months ago

I don't understand why you have to create an average column. When you group you can set the number field to average.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

1-4-3 order is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

1) Select the [Department] and [Stage] aand Unpivot the other columns.
2) Rename the [Attribute] column as [School] and the [Value] column as [Score].
3) Group by [Department] and [School] and create a new column named [Avg Score] that uses the average function on the [Score] column
upvoted 3 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  reyn007 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct 1-4-3
upvoted 3 times

  not2smart 10 months, 1 week ago

At first I was also looking for a filter only School1 column as the example output only show School1, but since it is not part of the options, I
concluded that the other Schools should also be included. The answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 304/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Hongzu13 1 year ago

I failed my first try and when I read this question during the exam I really didn't understand what I should do. I do now after reading the
comments. Thx community :)
upvoted 6 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

It's correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 305/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 3

You have a report that contains a bar chart and a column chart. The bar chart shows customer count by customer segment. The column chart

shows sales by month.

You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the total sales for the month belongs to the

customer segment.

How should the visual interactions be set on the column chart when the bar chart is selected?

A. highlight

B. filter

C. no impact

Correct Answer: A

In most visuals, highlighting doesn't remove the unrelated data. Instead it highlights the related data. The rest of the data remains visible but

dimmed.

Note: By default, visualizations on a report page can be used to cross-filter and cross-highlight the other visualizations on the page. For

example, selecting a state on a map visualization highlights the column chart and filters the line chart to display only data that applies to that

one state.

Incorrect:

Not B: Filters remove all but the data you want to focus on.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-reports-filters-and-highlighting

Community vote distribution

A (97%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

'A' Highlight is correc

upvoted 28 times

  gtc108 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

The keyword is 'Show a portion of the result.'

upvoted 16 times

  madyjoe21 Most Recent  4 days, 21 hours ago

A is the correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  ecc3pack 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I don't like this question. If you watch the full video linked in another comment ( https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-fwjqEWbr1c ) you'll see that
you can technically use either filter or highlight. It's really a matter of personal preference.

If the question had specified that both the total sales for each month AND the portion for a selected customer segment should be visible at the
same time then answer would definitely be highlight. The question does not state that you should still be able to see full data for each month
when when a customer segment is selected so the answer is unclear.
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is the correct answer.
By setting the interaction to "filter", selecting a segment in the bar chart will filter the data in the column chart to show the sales for that specific
segment.
Highlight cannot be the right answer, because it is typically used to emphasize data points while maintaining the context of the entire chart, which
may not be suitable for showing the portion of total sales.
No Impact cannot be the right answer, because it column chart would continue to display data as if nothing was selected in the bar char.
upvoted 1 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

correct A. highlight
upvoted 1 times

  shanoll 5 months, 3 weeks ago

this is a nice vid demonstration
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-fwjqEWbr1c

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 306/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Chita_3385 3 months, 1 week ago

thank you, it's helpful
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the correct answer.

upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A, The visual interaction between the bar chart and column chart should be set to filter. This will allow the column chart to show the sales data for
the selected customer segment.
upvoted 4 times

  prikha16 5 months ago

not filter but highlight
upvoted 1 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 5 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A: Highlight is excactly what is asked for: You need to ensure that when a segment is selected in the bar chart, you see which portion of the total
sales for the month belongs to the customer segment.
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 12 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Highlight is the correct answer.

upvoted 4 times

  gtc108 1 year ago

A: The keyword here is 'Shows the PORTION' of the result.
upvoted 5 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

Highlight
upvoted 2 times

  Hangman_T 1 year ago

Highlight sorry
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 307/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 3

A user creates a Power BI report named ReportA that uses a custom theme.

You create a dashboard named DashboardA.

You need to ensure that DashboardA uses the custom theme. The solution must minimize development effort.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Publish ReportA to Power BI.

B. From ReportA save the current theme.

C. Publish ReportA to the Microsoft Power BI Community theme gallery.

D. From DashboardA, create a custom theme.

E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.

Correct Answer: AE

A: With Power BI Desktop report themes, you can apply design changes to your entire report, such as using corporate colors, changing icon

sets, or applying new default visual formatting.

When you publish a Power BI Desktop file to the Power BI service, you publish the data in the model to your Power BI workspace. The same is

true for any reports you created in Report view.

To publish a Power BI Desktop dataset and reports

1. In Power BI Desktop, choose File > Publish > Publish to Power BI or select Publish on the ribbon.

Sign in to Power BI, if you aren't already signed in.

2. Select the destination. You can search your list of available workspaces to find the workspace into which you want to publish. The search box

lets you filter your workspaces. Select the workspace, and then click the Select button to publish.

3. Etc.

E: One way to create a custom theme is to upload a JSON file that has settings for all the colors you'd like to use for your dashboard. In Power

BI Desktop, report creators use JSON files to create themes for reports. You can upload these same JSON files for dashboards, or find and

upload JSON files from the Theme gallery page in the Power BI Community.

You can also save your custom theme as a JSON file and then share it with other dashboard creators.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-upload-desktop-files https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-

reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution

BE (91%) 9%

  aloulouder Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It should be :
B. From ReportA save the current theme.
E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.
upvoted 63 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 308/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: BE

You need to save the current theme to be able to upload it afterwards

upvoted 21 times

  TigerTienie Most Recent  1 month ago

I have to go with AE.
Report is already using a custom theme - that is given.
Dashboard can use the same custom theme as report.
If report is not publish it will not be available to build dashboard. - Need to publish
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

A & E are correct answers.
A. make the custom theme available in the Power BI service.
E. Once ReportA is published, you can upload the custom theme JSON file from within Dashboard to apply the same theme to your dashboard.
upvoted 2 times

  a22775 2 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

I'm pretty confident on this

upvoted 2 times

  farouk450 2 months, 3 weeks ago

It is A because the question asks to minimize the effort so publish and by default the dashboard will use current theme
upvoted 1 times

  globalexamtopics 3 months, 3 weeks ago

ChatGPT:
According to the reading materials, to ensure that DashboardA uses the custom theme with minimal development effort, you should:

A. Publish ReportA to Power BI: This will make the report and its custom theme available in Power BI.

B. From ReportA save the current theme: This will allow you to save the custom theme used in ReportA. You can then apply this theme to
DashboardA.
upvoted 2 times

  olgix 2 months ago

chatGPT is stupid. Stop using it and copy paste wrong answers.
upvoted 11 times

  abbeyabh 5 months ago

B. From ReportA save the current theme.
E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.
upvoted 1 times

  NAZAOG 5 months ago

Microsoft is very tricky with their questions,
option A is publish to power Bi and not publish to power bi service.
i think the correct answer is save the theme and upload JSON theme BE
upvoted 3 times

  ahhida 5 months, 1 week ago

A , E Correct
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months ago

Selected Answer: AE

A - Publish ReportA to Power BI: This will ensure that the custom theme used in ReportA is available in Power BI and can be accessed by
DashboardA.

E - From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme: This will allow you to upload the custom theme that was created in ReportA and apply it to
DashboardA.
upvoted 3 times

  cokimon 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Where are you going to get the JSON file from if you don't save down the Report A current theme?
upvoted 4 times

  tranquanghuy2111 3 weeks, 6 days ago

youre correct. In power BI service only offers two options upload JSON file and download JSON file. there is nothing regarding to apply
theme from other report in dashboard EDIT setting
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 309/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BE

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  alojt 6 months ago

"Here's an explanation of why these two actions are appropriate:

A: When you publish a report to Power BI, any custom themes you have applied to it will also be published to your tenant. This makes them
available to other reports and dashboards within your organization.

E: Uploading a JSON theme from DashboardA allows you to apply the custom theme from ReportA to DashboardA without the need for
additional development effort. This solution minimizes development effort and leverages work that has already been done in ReportA." ChatGPT
upvoted 5 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

B and E. The user needs to save the custom theme from ReportA and then upload the JSON theme to DashboardA in order to use the custom
theme on the dashboard. Publishing ReportA to Power BI or the theme gallery is not necessary for this task.
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AE

The correct actions to perform are:

A. Publish ReportA to Power BI.

E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.

By publishing ReportA to Power BI, the custom theme used in the report is automatically saved to the My Themes section of the Theme gallery.
From there, the JSON theme can be uploaded in DashboardA to apply the custom theme.
upvoted 2 times

  vairag 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BE

Right ans should be:

B. From ReportA save the current theme.

E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme.
upvoted 3 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

option B alone is not sufficient to ensure that DashboardA uses the custom theme from ReportA. Therefore, the correct answers are A and E.

so

A. Publish ReportA to Power BI: This will make the custom theme available in the Power BI service, which can be used by DashboardA.

E. From DashboardA, upload a JSON theme: This will allow you to import the custom theme JSON file that was exported from ReportA, and
apply it to DashboardA.

By uploading the JSON theme file exported from ReportA, you can apply the same custom theme to DashboardA without having to recreate it
from scratch. This minimizes development effort and ensures consistency across your reports and dashboards.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Take care that the question does not say that Dashboard A is made from Report A. it can be from any Report. we just need JSON file. for
creating JSON theme we need to save current theme and generate JSON file. later we will upload the JSON file in Dashboard.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 310/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 3

You need to create a visualization that compares revenue and cost over time.

Which type of visualization should you use?

A. waterfall chart

B. stacked area chart

C. line chart

D. donut chart

Correct Answer: C

Line charts can have many different lines, for example both revenue and cost over time.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-line-chart

Community vote distribution

C (68%) B (32%)

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

...over time -> Line chart
upvoted 29 times

  Mowji Highly Voted  4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Am I the only one who thinks stacked area chart is better than line ？
upvoted 8 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I did for the first minute. But revenue and cost are at odds, they detract from each other. Revenue + costs = what useful summation value? I
can't think why you'd ever show them stacked up, so I'm in camp Line Chart
upvoted 2 times

  Laksh112 1 month ago

Exactly. The area chart would have been better if we were comparing components of costs/revenue. Summing those up and comparing
them makes sense.
upvoted 1 times

  Sessiz Most Recent  2 weeks, 2 days ago

Selected Answer: C

C bro answer bro

upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

C is the correct answer.
A line chart is the most suitable visualization for comparing revenue and cost over time. It allows you to track the trend and fluctuations in both
revenue and cost across different time periods, making it easy to see how they relate to each other over time.
upvoted 1 times

  Kate92 2 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Line chart
upvoted 1 times

  Crunchy12 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is (B.) stacked area chart.

"Similar to a line graph, an area chart displays the change in one or more quantities over time."

"Stacked area charts typically allow us to visualize how a measure, observed through multiple category values, changes over time."
upvoted 1 times

  itenginerd 1 month, 2 weeks ago

What measure is composed of revenue plus cost? They don't add up to anything meaningful.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 311/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

over time -> Line chart

upvoted 2 times

  chezleon62 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Line Chart is the right answer

upvoted 3 times

  Lok_15 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Everything over time ---> Automatically line Chart
upvoted 4 times

  slittle4782 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Its C. A stacked Area chart will stack the Revenue & Cost on each other resulting in a sum that is meaningless.
upvoted 5 times

  Debs23 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Stacked Area chart as well
upvoted 2 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer C
upvoted 1 times

  SaadNageeb 10 months, 4 weeks ago

and Stacked Area Chart can do the same too.
upvoted 4 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Line Chart is correct 'C'
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

I think - Line Chart

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 312/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a report in Power BI Desktop.

You add a key influencers visual as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 313/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: moving fields from Explain by to Expand by

You can use Expand By to add fields you want to use for setting the level of the analysis without looking for new influencers.

Why do certain factors become influencers or stop being influencers as I move more fields into the Explain by field?

The visualization evaluates all explanatory factors together. A factor might be an influencer by itself, but when it's considered with other factors

it might not.

Box 2: 3 -

0.30 instead of 0.10. A factor of 3 greater.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I would say
- adding more fields to Explain By
-3
moving fields from explain to expand should not add any new factors in analysis
upvoted 84 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Remember that because it is about "increase", it is continues field, and in continuous field we do not calculate ratio, we calculate difference.
and also beside "0.2" there is no "x". I mean it is not like "0.2 x". that means it is continuous or numerical field and we need the difference.
upvoted 1 times

  RicoPallazzo7 2 weeks, 2 days ago

But it says "[answer] times greater". So it is related to the lower and how many times is the greater one
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 year ago

100%
- Explain by
- 3x
upvoted 15 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

Why 3x?
upvoted 1 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

Never mind, I did not look at the graph properly :)
upvoted 2 times

  thomas_90 Most Recent  1 month ago

No need to discuss more. The true answer is Explain By and 3x
upvoted 2 times

  madyjoe21 1 month, 1 week ago

Good explanation about this visual: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NTvg_3fcoZo
upvoted 2 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

Adding mor fields to expand by % 3
Adding more fields to expand by: identifying additional factors that increase attrition can be achieved by adding more fields to expand by.
Employee attrition is 3 times greater when employees work overtime.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 314/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- adding more fields to Explain by
-3
upvoted 9 times

  AY_Seyi 4 months, 1 week ago

Leave the Expand by field empty. This field is only used when analyzing a measure or summarized field. source; https://learn.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 4 times

  AyoJose 1 month, 1 week ago

Please can you explain further?
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 6 months ago

adding more fields to Explain By
3 times (as 0.1 times 3 is 0.3)
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I would say
- adding more fields to Explain By
-3
moving fields from explain to expand should not add any new factors in analysis
upvoted 2 times

  niki_dat 7 months ago

3 times! Guys, it`s 3 times greater
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

Explain by
0.2
upvoted 4 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

"is X times greater"
0.1 x 0.2 doesn't equal 0.3
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I would say Explain by & .11 greater(look the dotted line in the column chart )
upvoted 1 times

  BWayne32 9 months, 1 week ago

"Times By". When over time is no, the attrition is 0.1, when it is yes, the attrition is 0.3. So 3 times is the attrition when overtime is yes
upvoted 5 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I am wrong on the .11 part . it is how much other influencers are lower than the top influencer . I think Explain by & .2 . Because 3- 0.1 = 0.2
upvoted 2 times

  SayanChiku 9 months, 3 weeks ago

- adding more fields to Explain By
-3
upvoted 2 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

- add more fields to Explain By ("Leave the Expand by field empty. This field is only used when analyzing a measure or summarized field."
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers?tabs=powerbi-desktop)
- 3 times
upvoted 5 times

  GeoffJones 10 months, 3 weeks ago

The wording of this question seems inconsistent with the possible responses.
The rate of attrition is 3 times as high with overtime, which reflects the possible response.
However, that means that it is 2 times higher, which reflects the wording of the question.
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

- adding more fields to Explain By
-3
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 315/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

100%
- Explain by
- 3x
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 316/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #6 Topic 3

You build a report to help the sales team understand its performance and the drivers of sales.

The team needs to have a single visualization to identify which factors affect success.

Which type of visualization should you use?

A. Key influencers

B. Line and clustered column chart

C. Q&A

D. Funnel chart

Correct Answer: A

The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that

matter, and displays them as key influencers. For example, suppose you want to figure out what influences employee turnover, which is also

known as churn. One factor might be employment contract length, and another factor might be commute time.

When to use key influencers.

The key influencers visual is a great choice if you want to:

See which factors affect the metric being analyzed.

Contrast the relative importance of these factors. For example, do short-term contracts affect churn more than long-term contracts?

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Microsoft just loves pushing Key Influencers down your throat

upvoted 40 times

  cica07 11 months ago

so true LOL
upvoted 2 times

  lcamp 11 months ago

LOL!!!!!!!!!!!
upvoted 1 times

  Churato 1 year ago

indeed LOL
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

A is the correct answer.
Using Key Influencers visual allows you to pinpoint the factors that have the most influence on your sales performance.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A
upvoted 3 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A
upvoted 1 times

  vinodaggarwal 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

It is a its correct
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 317/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

...which factors affect --> Key Influencers
upvoted 3 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Key Inf.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

'A' is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Snow_28 1 year, 1 month ago

A will be the legit answer
upvoted 4 times

  luisnc 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Your answer is legit
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 318/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #7 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a table that contains the following three columns:

City -

✑ Total Sales
✑ Occupation
You need to create a key influencers visualization as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

How should you configure the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 319/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Total Sales -

The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in, here Total Sales. It analyzes your data, ranks

the factors that matter, and displays them as key influencers.

Box 2: Occupation -

Measures and summarized columns are automatically analyzed at the level of the Explain by fields used.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 year ago

100%
Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 36 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 12 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

Total Sales
Occupation
In the Analyze part what we want is to know which attribute influences "Total Sales" to increase.
In the Explain by section, we want to understand how different "Occupation" affect the average of "Total Sales."
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 320/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 4 times

  baraSIR 6 months ago

Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Total Sales
Occupation
upvoted 4 times

  Sunny_008 1 year, 1 month ago

Correct Answer
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 321/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #8 Topic 3

You are using the key influencers visual to identify which factors affect the quantity of items sold in an order.

You add the following fields to the Explain By field:

✑ Customer Country
✑ Product Category
✑ Supplier Country
✑ Sales Employee
✑ Supplier Name
✑ Product Name
✑ Customer City
The key influencers visual returns the results shown in the following exhibit.

What can you identify from the visual?

A. Customers in Austria order 18.8 more units than the average order quantity.

B. Customers in Boise order 20.37 percent more than the average order quantity.

C. Product Category positively influences the quantity per order.

D. Customers in Cork order lower quantities than average.

Correct Answer: A

Average quantity of units is displayed.

Incorrect:

Not B: Average quantity of units is displayed, not percentage.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 322/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

'A' is correct
upvoted 19 times

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 year ago

'A' correct
upvoted 8 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

C is the answer.
The average quantity increase associated with different customer cities and countries.
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Customers in Austria order 18.8 more units than the average order quantity
upvoted 4 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

'A' is correct
upvoted 2 times

  AdolinKholin 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is ok
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

How about B ?
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

oh got is it says percent
upvoted 4 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer A
upvoted 3 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

A is correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 323/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #9 Topic 3

You have a report that contains four pages. Each page contains slicers for the same four fields.

Users report that when they select values in a slicer on one page, the selections are not persisted on other pages.

You need to recommend a solution to ensure that users can select a value once to filter the results on all the pages.

What are two possible recommendations to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a bookmark for each slicer value.

B. Replace the slicers with report-level filters.

C. Sync the slicers across the pages.

D. Replace the slicers with page-level filters.

E. Replace the slicers with visual-level filters.

Correct Answer: BC

C: You can sync a slicer and use it on any or all pages in a report.

B: You can set filters at three different levels for the report: visual-level, page-level, and report-level.

Note: Suppose you want your report readers to be able to look at overall sales metrics, but also highlight performance for individual district

managers and different time frames. You could create separate reports or comparative charts. You could add filters in the Filters pane. Or you

could use slicers. Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-

bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution

BC (92%) 8%

  simplex06 Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

B and C are correct options.
upvoted 28 times

  1sourabhpatel1 Highly Voted  7 months, 3 weeks ago

Sync the slicers across the pages: This can be achieved by selecting the slicers on each page, and then clicking on the "Format" tab on the right-
hand side of the Power BI desktop. In the "Visualizations" pane, under "Slicer", toggle the "Sync slicers" option to "On". This will ensure that any
selections made on one page will be reflected on all other pages that have the same slicers.
upvoted 8 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Replace the slicers with report-level filters: Instead of using slicers on each page, you can create report-level filters that apply to all pages in
the report. To do this, go to the "Filters" pane on the right-hand side of the Power BI desktop, and select "New filter". Choose the field that
you want to filter on, and then set the filter type to "Visual-level filters". This will allow you to create a filter that applies to all visuals in the
report, including those on different pages.
upvoted 3 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Both of these solutions should ensure that users can select a value once to filter the results on all the pages in the report. While creating
bookmarks for each slicer value or replacing the slicers with visual-level filters may also work in certain situations, they are not complete
solutions to this specific problem.
upvoted 2 times

  Gmt5886Gmt Most Recent  1 week ago

Selected Answer: BC

B and C
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B & C are answers.
B. Report-level filters allow you to set filters that apply to all pages within the report.
C. This option can help synchronize slicer selections across multiple pages.
upvoted 1 times

  abbeyabh 4 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct -
B. Replace the slicers with report-level filters.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 324/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C. Sync the slicers across the pages.

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

Correct.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

B and C are correct options.

upvoted 1 times

  ManuelG00 7 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

correct!
upvoted 1 times

  ewelaela 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

BC is correct
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

Answer B,C
upvoted 2 times

  SaadNageeb 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Please !!! I didn't find anything called Report Level Filter, If you know kindly provide the link
upvoted 3 times

  Kowshigha 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Instead of Slicers use option filters on all pages under filter pane.
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: BC
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

I think B & C are valid answers.

upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

B. Replace the slicers with report-level filters.

C. Sync the slicers across the pages. are correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 12 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

Why D. Replace the slicers with page-level filters. is not correct?

upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

D is not correct bcos page-level filter affects only a page and not the 4 pages.
The type of filter that affects all the pages is called "FILTER ON ALL PAGES"
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

How to remove the wrong anwer?
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 12 months ago

Ok, page-level filter "on this page" is wrong, but if page-level filter "on all pages" would be correct, wouldn't it?
upvoted 1 times

  scotchtapebunny 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I might be wrong here but page level filters are individually set on all pages. That's not what you want. You want filter for the all the pages,
hence report-level.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 325/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  samad1234 1 year ago

B and C
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

B and C is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 326/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #10 Topic 3

You have a report that includes a card visualization.

You need to apply the following conditional formatting to the card while minimizing design effort:

✑ For values that are greater than or equal to 100, the font of the data label must be dark red.
✑ For values that are less than 100, the font of the data label must be dark gray.
Which type of format should you use?

A. Color scale

B. Rules

C. Field value

Correct Answer: B

Finding the conditional formatting in the card visual is a bit tricky. There is no separate option for that. You need to go to the Format tab of the

visual, and then expand the Data Label. The right beside the Data Label's colour you need to hover your mouse, and you will find a three dots

icon appearing, which if you click on it, you will see Conditional Formatting.

Now in the Conditional Formatting tab, you can apply it in different methods. for example, you can choose Rules, and then

The Rules mode will give you the ability to put custom roles as below;

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 327/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://radacad.com/enhance-the-card-visual-in-power-bi-with-conditional-formatting

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

B. Rules
upvoted 15 times

  centrumadresowe Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B - 100%
upvoted 8 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is the answer.
Rules allow you to define specific conditions and formatting based on those conditions, such as changing the font color to dark red for values
greater than or equal to 100 and dark gray for values less than 100.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Rules is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  luisnc 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I think the screenshot of the question is out of date. Now Color Scale option is named Gradient
upvoted 6 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Rules
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer B
upvoted 4 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B Rules is correct
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 328/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #11 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -

You have a Power BI dashboard named DashboardA that contains a tile named TileA. TileA contains a treemap visual from a report named

ReportA.

You need to provide the users of DashboardA with additional tiles that relate to the contents of TileA.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From ReportA, select Get Insights

‫ג‬
Then select 'Get Insights' €¦ From the Datasets + dataflows tab, select More options (...) next to the dataset, and then choose Get insights.

Power BI Quick Insights will now scan the data related to the tile and display a list of potential insights you may want to explore further. To drill

into a specific data point, you can even select data in the visual and Quick Insights will focus on that data point when searching for insights.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 329/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Power BI uses various algorithms to search for trends in your dataset.

Within seconds, your insights are ready. Select View insights to display visualizations.

The visualizations display in a special Quick Insights canvas with up to 32 separate insight cards. Each card has a chart or graph plus a short

description.

Step 2: From DashboardA, select the TileA options, and then select View Insights

The insight screen opens in Focus mode.

Step 3: From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA

Go to 'in focus mode' on a dashboard tile for data loaded into Power BI.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-insights

  ORmb Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I tried:
3. tileA options view insights
2. review generated visuals
1. pin related tiles
upvoted 81 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Agreed:
1. From Dashboard A, click tile A and choose view insights
2. Focus mode: Review
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 330/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

3. Pin related tiles.

Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-insights
upvoted 22 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

1. From DashboardA, select the TilaA options, and then select View Insights
2. From Focus mode, review the generated visuals
3.From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA
upvoted 25 times

  Igetmyrole Most Recent  1 month, 4 weeks ago

Action 4: From ReportA, select the treemap visual options, and then select spotlight.
Action 5: From ReportA, select Get insights .
Action 6: From DashboardA, select TileA to open ReportA.
upvoted 1 times

  Jwad 5 months ago

It is 3, 2, 1. this is for the newer power bi, I tried it myself on powerbi.com what you do is you go to your dashboard and select the options on the
tile, then you can go on focus mode then you can finally click on view insights and pin which insights you want.
upvoted 5 times

  VGG2001 3 months, 3 weeks ago

You are right, I tested it too.
upvoted 1 times

  Mj_rom 5 months, 3 weeks ago

It is on the video, under the question's answer,
Get Insight
View Insight
Pin related tiles
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

3-2-1 is the correct order.
If you want more visual only from the data that relate to one visual, use view insight. but if you want more charts and graphs on entire dataset,
from report use Get Insights.
upvoted 3 times

  SpringExamTaker 6 months, 3 weeks ago

With newer Power BI, the correct answer would be 3, 2, 1.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

1. TileA options view insights (3)
2. review generated visuals (2)
3. pin related tiles (1)
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

1. From DashboardA, select the TilaA options, and then select View Insights
2. From Focus mode, review the generated visuals
3.From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA
upvoted 5 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

1. From DashboardA, select the TilaA options, and then select View Insights
2. From Focus mode, review the generated visuals
3.From Focus mode, pin the relevant visuals to DashboardA
upvoted 5 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

Requires Pro or Premium license !
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-insights
upvoted 3 times

  RichardOgoma 1 year, 1 month ago

Tile ellipsis > View insights
From focus mode, review auto-generated visuals
Pin relevant tiles to the dashboard
upvoted 5 times

  sidyndiaye 1 year, 1 month ago

1- From DashboardA select tiles A option and View Insights
2- From Frocus mode review generated Visuels
3- From Focus mode Pin related tiles
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 331/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 332/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #12 Topic 3

You are creating a dashboard by using the Power BI service.

You have an existing report page that contains three charts.

You need to add the charts to the dashboard while maintaining the interactivity between the charts.

What should you do?

A. Edit interactions in the report and set all interactions to Filter.

B. Pin each chart as a tile.

C. Edit the dashboard theme and pin each chart as a tile.

D. Pin the report page as a live tile.

Correct Answer: D

One way to add a new dashboard tile is by pinning an entire report page. This is an easy way to pin more than one visualization at a time. Also,

when you pin an entire page, the tiles are live; you can interact with them right there on the dashboard. And changes you make to any of the

visualizations back in the report editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile as well.

Pinning live tiles from reports to dashboards is only available in Power BI service (app.powerbi.com).

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

Community vote distribution

D (76%) B (24%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

'D' is correct
upvoted 18 times

  prikha16 Highly Voted  5 months ago

D is the correct answer - Watch this video -https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report
(at 0:42 and 2:05)
upvoted 5 times

  rainy_255 Most Recent  1 month ago

This was in the exam this week.
upvoted 1 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Sorry D is the correct one please ignore previous.

upvoted 2 times

  umairtaqi 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the correct answer.

upvoted 1 times

  GB32 1 month, 3 weeks ago

D is correct, go in Power BI service opem a report and click the 3dot option icon and clcik "Pin to a dashboard" -> there's an option called "Pin
live" click that., this is how you preserve those interactions
upvoted 1 times

  Igetmyrole 1 month, 4 weeks ago

B is the correct answer.
Pin each chart as tile will allow you to pin each chart individually, and users will be able to interact with them on the dashboard.
upvoted 1 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D in order to keep the interations between all of the tiles

upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 333/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The statement "Pin live page enables changes to reports to appear in the dashboard tile when the page is refreshed" means that when you pin a
live page (report page) to a dashboard in Power BI, any changes made to the underlying report will automatically reflect and update in the
dashboard tile whenever the page is refreshed.

Now, regarding the question about creating a dashboard in Power BI with an existing report page containing three charts while maintaining
interactivity between the charts, the correct answer is:

B. Pin each chart as a tile.

By pinning each chart as a tile, you can add them to the dashboard while preserving their interactivity. Users can still interact with the charts
individually, and any changes made to the report page (such as data updates or filter changes) will be reflected in the dashboard tiles when the
page is refreshed. This option ensures that the charts remain dynamic and up-to-date in the dashboard.
upvoted 1 times

  JOJ990 3 months, 1 week ago

Hi guys, wanna ask those who'r passed the pl-300 exam did they study pages after 22, cause its not free ? should we pay or pages 1-22 are
enough pls any recommendation ?
upvoted 2 times

  Time2excel 4 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Tested in Power BI Service. Answer D is correct because of the interactivity between the charts.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

The correct answer is B. Pin each chart as a tile. When you pin each chart as a tile, the interactivity between the charts is maintained on the
dashboard. Option A would not preserve interactivity on the dashboard, and options C and D are not applicable as they do not directly relate to
adding charts with interactivity to a dashboard.
upvoted 3 times

  moh145 6 months ago

is this correct?
upvoted 1 times

  Sandy2010 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Really? when you pin each tiles and when you click on any tile it will lead you to report. There will be no interaction between them.
upvoted 5 times

  SanaCanada 7 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Correct Answer is B

B. Pin each chart as a tile.

To add the charts to the dashboard while maintaining the interactivity between them, you should pin each chart as a tile. This will create a live
connection between the charts and the dashboard, allowing you to interact with them just as you would in the report.

Option A, editing interactions in the report and setting all interactions to Filter, would limit the interactivity between the charts to filtering, and
would not allow for other types of interactions, such as highlighting or cross-highlighting.

Option C, editing the dashboard theme and pinning each chart as a tile, is not a valid option as editing the theme will not allow you to pin charts
to the dashboard.

Option D, pinning the report page as a live tile, would pin the entire report page as one tile, and would not allow you to interact with the individual
charts on the dashboard.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Im confused and need to discuss further..... its D
upvoted 6 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

or B..or C or A
upvoted 2 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

This looks like a chat GPT answer
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 334/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  [Removed] 6 months, 1 week ago

SanaCanada has been copy pasting Chat GPT answers as their own on nearly every question
upvoted 7 times

  glenman0202 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Option D is correct. From Microsoft's "Pin an entire report page to a Power BI dashboard as a live tile" website: "Also, when you pin an entire
page, the tiles are live; you can interact with them right there on the dashboard. Changes you make to any of the visualizations back in the
report editor, like adding a filter or changing the fields used in the chart, are reflected in the dashboard tile as well."
upvoted 2 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Pin Live Page is useful when you want to show the entire report page as a tile on the dashboard, but it does not provide the flexibility to interact
with the individual charts as users would in the report page.
upvoted 2 times

  1sourabhpatel1 7 months, 3 weeks ago

To add the charts to the dashboard while maintaining interactivity between them, you should pin each chart as a separate tile. By doing this,
you can provide users with more flexibility and control over how they interact with the charts.
upvoted 2 times

  Sandy2010 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Really? when you pin each tiles and when you click on any tile it will lead you to report. There will be no interaction between them.
upvoted 1 times

  Lotusss 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Why D? Pinning the report page as a live tile, would not be the best approach since it would add the entire report page as a single tile on the
dashboard, and the user would not be able to interact with the individual charts. I believe B
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer D
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 335/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #13 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You need to create a visual as shown in the following exhibit.

The indicator color for Total Sales will be based on % Growth to Last Year.

The solution must use the existing calculations only.

How should you configure the visual? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 336/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Background color -

To apply conditional formatting, select a Table or Matrix visualization in Power BI Desktop. In the Visualizations pane, right-click or select the

down-arrow next to the field in the Values well that you want to format. Select Conditional formatting, and then select the type of formatting to

apply.

Box 2: Rules -

To format cell background or font color by rules, in the Format by field of the Background color or Font color dialog box, select Rules.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 337/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-conditional-table-formatting

  RichardOgoma Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Background color; format by field value because the formatting is based ON AN EXISTING CALCULATION
upvoted 20 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

Background color
Rules
the existing calculation refers to the measure "% Growth to Last Year" and not about an extra column with the color name
upvoted 58 times

  RichardOgoma 1 year, 1 month ago

From my experience, you can format with a measure. In fact the measure can be an if statement with a hex code to manipulate the color
on the visual based on another field.
upvoted 2 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

Exactly, here what we have to calculate is the color based on the measure through the rules, because it does not say anything regarding
having a column (or as you say "field") informing about the color
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh 7 months, 1 week ago

If you look you will see for example for a RANGE of numbers they use green. but Field value is for SPECIFIC value not a range.
upvoted 2 times

  PCCCCCC 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Bg color and should be based on Rules, we cannot add a measure in Field Value section.
upvoted 8 times

  Deepak_098 11 months ago

We can add a measure in field value
upvoted 2 times

  pisanoagus Highly Voted  8 months, 4 weeks ago

Tested -- Background Color / Rules (You can't add a measure for the 'Field Value' option)
upvoted 8 times

  JOJ990 Most Recent  3 months, 1 week ago

Hi guys, wanna ask those who'r passed the pl-300 exam did they study pages after 22, cause its not free ? should we pay for pages 1-22 are
enough pls any recommendation ?
upvoted 1 times

  miro26 3 months, 1 week ago

Background color
Rules
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Fairly sure this was on the exam
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 338/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  prikha16 5 months ago

Why cant we use Color scale?- Background color and color scale
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Background Color and rules.
upvoted 2 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Just for clarification, Background and rules seems like a correct answer. However, you CAN add a measure in Field which specifies colors based
on hex codes. Those saying you cannot use a measure in Fields are completely wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  zakikhurshid 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Just for clarification, Background and rules seems like a correct answer. However, you CAN add a measure in Field which specifies colors based
on hex codes. Those saying you cannot use a measure in Fields are completely wrong. You just need to change the measure to TEXT rather than
keeping it in Numerical format. Try it and let me know.
upvoted 3 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Background
Rules
I have done this many times than I can count lol
upvoted 4 times

  PsgFe 10 months, 2 weeks ago

calculate background color based on a rule using measurement.
correct
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Background color, format by rules is the correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Background color
Rules
upvoted 2 times

  lcamp 11 months ago

Background Color and Rules - is the correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  wzwd 11 months, 1 week ago

First you need to use dax to calculate % Growth to Last Year. How can you use rule to achieve it????
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 339/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #14 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -

You are using existing reports to build a dashboard that will be viewed frequently in portrait mode on mobile phones.

You need to build the dashboard.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: Edit the dashboard mobile view

Open a report in Editing view.

Step 2: Pin items from the reports to the dashboard

Step 3: Open the dashboard.

Open the dashboard to see the pinned live tile,

From the nav pane, select the dashboard with the new live tile. There, you can do things like rename, resize, link, and move the pinned report

page.

Step 4: Rearrange, resize, or remove items from the mobile layout

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

  YSunny Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Pin -> open -> edit -> rearrange
upvoted 129 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

This is not correct simply because it is not logical. The sequence should be Open -> Edit -> Pin -> Rearrange
upvoted 7 times

  semauni 6 months, 1 week ago

It is logical: you're pinning from the report. As soon as you got visuals, it becomes possible to edit the mobile view from the dahsboard.
How else were you planning on editing?
upvoted 2 times

  Xikta 10 months, 1 week ago

You should try by yourseft, YSunny gave the right answer.
And your answer can not be done.
upvoted 4 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

This is the correct order as stated by @jsking
Open
Edit
Pin
Rearrange

Link: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-create-dashboard-mobile-phone-view
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 340/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  SpringExamTaker 6 months, 3 weeks ago

This question is about making a new dashboard from existing reports. The link you gave is for adjusting the existing dashboards. You
cannot add new tiles with your method. You can unpin a tile from the existing dashboard and re-pin the same, but you cannot pin a new
tile.
upvoted 5 times

  sankeytm 3 weeks, 6 days ago

In question it is said that it is existing dashboard
upvoted 1 times

  gradmes 3 weeks, 4 days ago

The question states that you are using EXISTING REPORTS, not existing dashboard. It literally says, "You need to build the
dashboard".
upvoted 2 times

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

1. Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
2. Open Dashboard
3. Edit the Dashboard mobile view
4. Rearrange, resize, or remove items from mobile layout
upvoted 60 times

  BarNouha Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

When you view dashboards in portrait mode on a phone, you notice the dashboard tiles are laid out one
after another, all the same size. In the Power BI service, you can create a customized view of a
dashboard, specifically for portrait mode on phones.
Step 1: Open the Dashboard.
Step 2: Change the dashboard view to Phone view
Step 3: Pin items from the reports to the dashboard.
Step 4: Rearrange, resize, or remote items from the Phone view.
Create a phone view of a dashboard
1. In the Power BI service, open a dashboard (Step 1)
2. Select the arrow next to Web view in the upper-right corner > select Phone view. (Step 2)
https://learn.microsoft.com/fr-fr/power-bi/consumer/mobile/mobile-apps-view-dashboard
upvoted 1 times

  BarNouha 1 week, 2 days ago

When you view dashboards in portrait mode on a phone, you notice the dashboard tiles are laid out one
after another, all the same size. In the Power BI service, you can create a customized view of a
dashboard, specifically for portrait mode on phones.
Step 1: Open the Dashboard.
Step 2: Change the dashboard view to Phone view
Step 3: Pin items from the reports to the dashboard.
Step 4: Rearrange, resize, or remote items from the Phone view.
Create a phone view of a dashboard
1. In the Power BI service, open a dashboard (Step 1)
2. Select the arrow next to Web view in the upper-right corner > select Phone view. (Step 2)
upvoted 1 times

  scythalx 2 months ago

For those saying to Pin visuals in a step other than the first. You need to create a new dashboard. If you do not Pin visuals from the report to the
NEW dashboard there is simply NO DASHBOARD to edit, or open, or do any of the things you say.
upvoted 2 times

  JOJ990 3 months, 1 week ago

Hi guys, wanna ask those who'r passed the pl-300 exam did they study pages after 22, cause its not free ? should we pay for pages 1-22 are
enough pls any recommendation ?
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Did you pass the exam? Did you purchase the full course? I am planning to give the exam this week and have same question.
upvoted 1 times

  CRD80 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Page 22 and above have questions abt visualising data and managing workspaces; those 2 topics are 40-45% of the exam questions. So
yes, i possible you should pay for contributor access to have this topics covered...
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- Pin items from the reports to the dashboard
- Open the dashboard
- Edit the Dashboard mobile view
- Rearrange, resize, or remove items from the mobile layout
upvoted 6 times

  abbeyabh 4 months, 4 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 341/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Step 1: Pin items from the reports to the dashboard

Step 2: Open the dashboard.
Open the dashboard to see the pinned live tile,
From the nav pane, select the dashboard with the new live tile. There, you can do things like rename, resize, link, and move the pinned report
page.
Step 3: Edit the dashboard mobile view
Open a report in Editing view.
Step 4: Rearrange, resize, or remove items from the mobile layout
upvoted 3 times

  snrg564 6 months ago

4-2-1-5 Edit-Open-Pin-Resize/Rearrange
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

1-2-5-4 is the correct Order.
upvoted 2 times

  luisnc 6 months, 3 weeks ago

YSunny is correct: this can help understand https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U4I9rBOhL4A
upvoted 5 times

  RazaTheLegend 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Pin -> Open - > Edit -> Rearrange

To make it clear - in the mobile layout editor you CANNOT "pin" tiles/visuals to the dashboard if they were not previously pinned to the desktop
version of the dashboard. You can only UNPIN and REARRANGE them. Therefore, you have to first pin them in desktop mode, then enter mobile
layout editor and rearrange or unpin them.
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

Pin -> Open - > Edit -> Rearrange

To make it clear - in the mobile layout editor you CANNOT "pin" tiles/visuals to the dashboard if they were not previously pinned to the desktop
version of the dashboard. You can only UNPIN and REARRANGE them. Therefore, you have to first pin them in desktop mode, then enter mobile
layout editor and rearrange or unpin them.
upvoted 2 times

  UserNo1 9 months, 2 weeks ago

why these "in squence" questions - when you shall do the actual task, it falls naturally - if you make a mistake, go back and fix
upvoted 3 times

  svg10gh 9 months, 4 weeks ago

This is the correct order as per reference
Open
Edit
Pin
Rearrange

Link: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-create-dashboard-mobile-phone-view
upvoted 2 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Open -> Edit -> Pin -> Rearrange
upvoted 3 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

1- PIN from Report
2- OPEN Dashboard
3- EDIT mobile view
4- REARRANGE
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 342/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #15 Topic 3

You plan to create the chart shown in the following exhibit.

How should you create the dashed horizontal line denoting the 40th percentile of daily sales for the period shown?

A. Add a measure to the visual that uses the following DAX expression. Measure1 = PERCENTILEX.INC (Sales,sales[Total Sales],0.40)

B. Add a measure to the visual that uses the following DAX expression. Measure1 = PERCENTILEX.EXC (Sales,sales[Total Sales],0.40)

C. Add a new percentile line that uses Total Sales as the measure and 40% as the percentile.

D. Create a horizontal line that has a fixed value of 24,000.

Correct Answer: C

The analytics feature enables you to show percentiles across groups specified along a specific axis.

1. Click on the analytics tab

2. Select Percentile

3. You can choose a specific percentile along with other formatting options.

4. Drag a date or non-numeric dimension into the Axis of a column chart

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 343/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://www.dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_percentile.php

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Time2excel 4 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Tested. The answer is C.

upvoted 4 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 2 weeks ago

It's Adventure Works DW Sales table, same.
upvoted 1 times

  Hink 6 months ago

Tested, 'C' is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Option C is correct, I have tried it, PercentileX.Inc() was not horizontal.

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Actually I do not know the difference between "Percentile line" and "Percentile.INC()" , but I know "percentileX.inc()" has row filter and it will not
be horizontal.
upvoted 2 times

  sa56 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Let's say that on a particular day, the daily sales range from $100 to $1,000, with the 40th percentile being $300. However, if you calculate the
total sales for the same day by adding up the sales from all transactions, the range may be much wider, say from $1,000 to $10,000, with the
40th percentile being $3,000. While both percentiles represent the same percentage of the total sales or transactions, the 40th percentile of daily
sales may be a better indicator of the typical or median level of sales for that day, as it takes into account the variability and distribution of sales
across individual transactions.

Therefore, when adding a percentile line to a visualization, it's important to consider which measure and which percentile are most relevant and
informative for the specific context and analysis, and to use the appropriate function (e.g., PERCENTILEX.INC or PERCENTILEX.EXC) to
calculate the percentile based on the desired interpretation and inclusion/exclusion of values.
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 6 months, 2 weeks ago

So Correct ans is A , since we want to include 40th percetile of the sales of the day and show the dashed horizontal. It wont be straight line
but a curved one
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 2 weeks ago

why not C?
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer C
upvoted 4 times

  slash_nyk 11 months ago

Answer is C.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 344/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

B can also work but it requires two steps, i.e. create a measure first and then add it as Y-axis Constant Line under analysis tab.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Tested, 'C' is correct

upvoted 4 times

  mkthoma3 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 4 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year, 1 month ago

the question is 'create the dashed horizontal line', not the 40% percentile for bar
upvoted 1 times

  MRT_17 1 year, 1 month ago

How should you create the dashed horizontal line denoting the 40th percentile of daily sales??
upvoted 1 times

  Snow_28 1 year, 1 month ago

B answer can also be used because we have to calculate the 40th percentile and exc function calculates the Kth percentile of values.
upvoted 1 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year, 1 month ago

the question is 'create the dashed horizontal line', not the 40% percentile for bar
upvoted 4 times

  Luffy561 1 year, 1 month ago

what is the answer ?
upvoted 2 times

  rehoboth2165 1 year ago

C is the answer
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 345/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #16 Topic 3

You are building a Power BI report.

Users will view the report by using their mobile device.

You need to configure the report to display data based on each user's location.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. From Power Query Editor, detect the data types of the relevant columns.

B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.

C. Create a hierarchy for columns of the geography data type.

D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.

E. For the relevant columns, set synonyms to match common geographical terms.

Correct Answer: BD

B: Identify geographic data in your report

1. In Power BI Desktop, switch to Data View Data View icon.

‫ג‬
2. Select a column with geographic data €" for example, a City column.

‫ג‬
3. On the Modeling tab, select Data Category, then the correct category €" in this example, City.

4. Continue setting geographic data categories for any other fields in the model.

D: Create visuals with your geographic data

Switch to Report view Report View icon, and create visuals that use the geographic fields in your data.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 346/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

In this example, the model also contains a calculated column that brings city and state together in one column.

Publish the report to the Power BI service.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-mobile-geofiltering

Community vote distribution

BD (76%) BC (16%) 8%

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: BD

The answer seems to be correct. Thanks so much!

upvoted 10 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.
- Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals
upvoted 7 times

  SwapnJ 1 month ago

Hi SamuChmqi,

Are the questions coming from these examples.

Thank you
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka Most Recent  3 months ago

BD
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-mobile-geofiltering
upvoted 2 times

  RJAX18 4 months, 1 week ago

Is there a geography data type? Shouldn't the data type be text?
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 4 weeks ago

I would go with B and C. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals is not necessary unless you want to have many maps :)

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 347/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: BD

If it were exam, I would go also with B&C, but we do not need RLS?
upvoted 1 times

  PBluser 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AB

Should it not be A and B?

You need the correct data type (should be text) and the correct data category (should be a geographical one) to be specified.

There are two reasons why I think D might not be correct:

D mentions a "geography data type". In Power BI data types are "Text, decimal number, binary, date, percentage..." there are no geographical
data types but only geographical data categories!

Also D states to use the geography data type in ALL visuals. In the description it is never mentioned that access has to be restricted for all visuals
of the report...
upvoted 3 times

  md_sultan 10 months, 3 weeks ago

In automatic its possible to detect wrong data wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BD

Answer B,D
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.
D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BD

B & D given answer is correct

upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: BD

B and D
upvoted 4 times

  CHT1988 1 year ago

Selected Answer: BD

B. In Data Category, set the geographic data category for the relevant columns.
D. Use the columns of the geography data type in all visuals.
upvoted 3 times

  juanceee 1 year ago

Selected Answer: BC

I think create the hierarchy it's necessary if you have more than one cities in different states
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 348/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #17 Topic 3

You have a report that contains a donut chart and a clustered column chart. Interactions between the visuals use the default settings.

You need to modify the report so that when you select a column in the column chart, the donut chart redraws by using the data from the selected

column.

What should you do?

A. Select the donut chart and set the column chart interaction to Filter.

B. Select the column chart and set the donut chart interaction to Filter.

C. Select the donut chart and set the column chart interaction to None.

D. Select the column chart and set the donut chart interaction to None.

Correct Answer: B

Filters remove all but the data you want to focus on.

Note: Enable the visual interaction controls.

1. Select a visualization to make it active.

2. Display the Visual Interactions options.

3. In Power BI Desktop, select Format > Edit interactions.

4. To display the visualization interaction controls, select Edit interactions. Power BI adds filter and highlight icons to all of the other

visualizations on the report page.

We can see that the tree map is cross-filtering the line chart and the map, and is cross-highlighting the column chart. You can now change how

the selected visualization interacts with the other visualizations on the report page.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 349/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

B it is :)
upvoted 11 times

  chantyb Most Recent  4 months ago

the Answer could also still be A.The interactions between the visuals are at the default setting .i am still not clear on the point why the anwers is B
and not A
upvoted 1 times

  Vikki6363 4 months ago

it's B beacuse in question they have asked to select column in column chart. if they had asked to select the donut chart then option A would
be correct
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

its B correct
upvoted 2 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer B
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  louisaok 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Good resource and video example
upvoted 1 times

  CHT1988 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B seems to be the correct answer

upvoted 4 times

  Ryanmumu 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Sunny_008 1 year, 1 month ago

Tried it !

Answer is B
upvoted 4 times

  Ry7anZZ 1 year, 1 month ago

selected the column chart and modify the interaction.
upvoted 1 times

  hsmith 1 year, 1 month ago

As explained in the link and solution should be A.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 350/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #18 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a report page that contains the visuals shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: cross-filter -

The Cluster column chart has the filter icon active.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 351/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 2: cross-highlight -

The map has the cross-highlight icon active.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions

  Guru1337 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

not affect ( since the interaction is set to None)
cross filter (since the is no cross highlights for maps)
upvoted 141 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

- not affect
- cross filter
upvoted 35 times

  ZackandCoding Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

man, who's the genius answering these questions. this one is easy, but the supposed answer is still way off. correct answer: not affect,
crossfilter...
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

No affect
Cross filter
upvoted 3 times

  SuniltheMentor 6 months, 2 weeks ago

no affect and cross-filter are the correct answers
upvoted 2 times

  Rajd1979 7 months ago

No affect and Cross Filter
upvoted 3 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

NOT AFFECT, CROSS FILTER
upvoted 1 times

  svg10gh 9 months, 4 weeks ago

- not affect
- cross filter
is the correct
upvoted 2 times

  svg10gh 10 months ago

Not Affect
Cross Filter
is the correct
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Not Affect
Cross Filter

This is a no brainer!
upvoted 3 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

- no affect
- cross filter
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

- not affect
- cross filter
upvoted 2 times

  Escanoro 11 months ago

"You can only cross-filter line charts, scatter charts, and maps. You can't cross-highlight them" So Cross-filter for the map

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 352/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months, 1 week ago

- Not affect
- Cross filter
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

100%
-Not affect
-Cross filter
upvoted 2 times

  moriha3585 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Why are some of the answers to the questions wrong? I'm glad there is a comments section here validating that I, Guru1337 and fifty-one other
people are on the same page !
upvoted 8 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

- not affect
- cross filter
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 353/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #19 Topic 3

You are creating a Power BI report by using Power BI Desktop.

You need to include a visual that shows trends and other useful information automatically. The visual must update based on selections in other

visuals.

Which type of visual should you use?

A. Q&A

B. smart narrative

C. key influencers

D. decomposition tree

Correct Answer: B

The smart narrative visualization helps you quickly summarize visuals and reports. It provides relevant innovative insights that you can

customize.

Use smart narrative summaries in your reports to address key takeaways, to point out trends, and to edit the language and format for a specific

audience. In

PowerPoint, instead of pasting a screenshot of your report's key takeaways, you can add narratives that are updated with every refresh. Your

audience can use the summaries to understand the data, get to key points faster, and explain the data to others.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  surfing_man Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

the answer is correct
upvoted 23 times

  ram798 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It should be Key infuence
upvoted 7 times

  Semmie 1 year, 1 month ago

I disagree, key influencers does not show trends which is specifically asked in the question
upvoted 6 times

  Iozol 1 year ago

Key influencers has a trend made by bars. Smart narratives on the other side It has just text. Between Q&A and key influencers I would say
that key influencers is more straightforward way to show data since Q&A needs user interaction to show data
upvoted 5 times

  scythalx Most Recent  2 months ago

Use smart narrative summaries in your reports to address key takeaways, to point out trends, and to edit the language and format for a specific
audience.
From (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative)
upvoted 2 times

  MoxieTT 5 months, 2 weeks ago

If you watch the video in this link (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative), you'll see that smart
narrative is being described in the question.
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Smart narratives is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Selected Answer: B

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-smart-narrative
upvoted 2 times

  luojihencha 7 months ago

QnA is the answer, seriously didn't expect to write a comment to correct an answer. Are people doing Power BI stupid?
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 354/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  S143 10 months ago

Can any one share the dumps for PL-300
upvoted 3 times

  SajjR 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Can someone explain how smart narrative seems to be the correct answer? From what I've seen smart narrative is in text format and the
question asks for a visual?
upvoted 1 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

You need to look up how smart narrative works... Also anything you can add to a report is called a "visual"
upvoted 4 times

  rmeng 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Q&A is the correct one. Has the option to chose a trend and other chart types if you want automatically. Smart Narrative doesn´t show trends
upvoted 2 times

  Yogi508 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Hi All, I am unable to access the pages after 22, asking me to take contributor access. Do you know any way to access all the pages without
paying.
Thanks.
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 4 weeks ago

I just bought the acces, there is no other way then buying it.
upvoted 1 times

  Thabii 11 months ago

B- Smart Narrative
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

B - Smart Narrative
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

100%
B - Smart Narrative
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. smart narrative is the correct answer.

upvoted 3 times

  Twealth 12 months ago

The key word is visual that shows trend. So I will go with key influencer.
upvoted 4 times

  Time2excel 4 months ago

Key influencer does not perform automatically.
upvoted 2 times

  JukMar 1 year ago

CORRECT
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 355/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #20 Topic 3

In Power BI Desktop, you have a dataset that contains a table.

You create a table visual on a Power BI report page as shown in the following exhibit.

You need to configure the visual to display the referenced image instead of the URL in the Plant Image column.

What should you do?

A. From the Formatting tab, select Values, and then set URL icons to On for the table.

B. Set the Data category of the Plant Image field to Web URL.

C. Set the Data type of the Plant Image field to Binary.

D. Set the Data category of the Plant Image field to Image URL.

Correct Answer: D

Add images to your report -

1. Create a column with the URLs of the images. See Considerations later in this article for requirements.

2. Select that column. On the Column tools ribbon, for Data category, select Image URL.

3. Add the column to a table, matrix, slicer, or multi-row card.

Step 3: From powerbi.com, add a tile for Excel1 dataset to DashboardA.

In the Power BI service (app.powerbi.com), a dashboard contains tiles pinned from one or more datasets, so you can ask questions about any

of the data contained in any of those datasets.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-images-tables https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-

reports/power-bi-tutorial-q-and-a

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  GPerez73 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

It is correct.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-images-tables
upvoted 13 times

  XavierF08 Highly Voted  8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Web URL - url become a clickable link

Image URL - Will display image
upvoted 12 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

I have tested, D is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  gilgir 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I don't understand, this view is obtained by defining the "web url" field ... with image url you get the image icon
upvoted 1 times

  jboiret 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer D
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 356/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Patrick666 11 months ago

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: D
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  centrumadresowe 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D - Correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 357/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #21 Topic 3

DRAG DROP -

You have a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet named Excel1 that contains survey results.

You have a Power BI dashboard named DashboardA that has Q&A enabled.

You need to ensure that users who can access DashboardA can ask questions based on the contents of Excel1 and pin visuals based on their

queries to

DashboardA. The solution must minimize development time.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From powerbi.com, upload Excel1.

Upload your Excel file to the Power BI service.

The Power BI service connects to many data sources, including Excel files that live on your computer.

1. Sign in to the Power BI service.

2. In My workspace, select New > Upload a file.

3. Select Local File, browse to where you saved the Financial Sample Excel file, and select Open.

4. On the Local File page, select Import.

Now you have a Financial Sample dataset. Power BI also automatically created a blank dashboard. If you don't see the dashboard, refresh your

browser.

Step 2: From powerbi.com, import Excel1 as a dataset.

Step 3: From powerbi.com, add a tile for the Excel1 dataset to DashboarA.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-from-excel-to-stunning-report

  RickyAnd Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

"The solution must minimize development time", so:
1. format the data as a table
2. Import as a dataset (upload involves scheduling updates, whereas with import it updates automatically)
3. add a tile for the dataset to dashbard
upvoted 72 times

  shako 2 months, 3 weeks ago

I'm going for 2-6-1
upvoted 2 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

It's upload as per MS video linked in this comment section.
There's no mention of where the Excel resides in this question and refresh is for Excel on OneDrive. There's also no mention of updating it, it's
about survey results so it might well be that there won't be any updates as the survey is closed.
upvoted 1 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 358/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Also, when you pin from uploaded Excel, you need to select a range, otherwise it won't allow it.

1. Format as a table
2. Upload Excel1
3. Pin a range from Excel1
upvoted 3 times

  Time2excel 4 months ago

Spot on.
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I thought import creates a dataset and upload is used for automatically update?
upvoted 1 times

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year ago

1. From Power BI, Upload Excel
2. Format Table
3. Pin
Instruction video from Microsoft Youtube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8JoB7w0zJA
upvoted 26 times

  taod 2 months ago

I tried it and pinning the data works. The problem ist the Q&A part that is specifically mentioned in the question. I didn't manage to activate
Q&A by treating the file as a simple excel. Only by uploading it as a dataset, Q&A was possible!
upvoted 2 times

  anasben 10 months ago

Agree with PinkZebra
upvoted 2 times

  yahsee33 10 months, 3 weeks ago

that video does NOT show formatting as a table (which you cannot do in powerbi service, it just shows pinning a range)
upvoted 5 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

You didn't watch the video then. What do you think was selecting the table and what he was saying while doing that? I under english is not
everyones language but common.
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

This video was very helpful
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT Most Recent  5 months, 2 weeks ago

If you have a look at the free, 50-question paper on Microsoft's website and also their 4-part prep video series for PL-300 located in the
"readiness zone", they allude to the Ctrl+T shortcut to convert to table, in order to avoid an error when ingesting an Excel file. Also, if you read
the difference between Upload and Import here: (https://biuniversity.wordpress.com/2017/03/08/powerbi-upload-excel-import-excel-
differences/), it becomes clear, upload is the correct choice.
1. Format as table
2. Upload as Excel file
3. Pin tiles to DashboardA
upvoted 7 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 4 weeks ago

1. In Excel, format data as a table.
2. In Powerbi.com, upload excel file.
3. In Powerbi.com pin a range from excel to a Dashboard.
Tested it.
upvoted 5 times

  albertcal 6 months ago

there are two ways this can be done
Method 1. Dataset: It imports excel/CSV file as a dataset, which allows to create a report, then you can create a tile and pin to the dashboard.
Solution is 2, 3, 4 (Most of people voted)
Method 2. Upload as an Excel file. It brings just excel file to the workspace, But you CANNOT create any tiles, only you can format or define the
range and pin to the dashboard.
Solution is 2, 6, 1
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I would go with 2-6-1
watch this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8JoB7w0zJA
By the way, I do not have Get data or Import option in my Power BI Service.
upvoted 4 times

  Vadimasss1234 9 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 359/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

the question is not correct.

I tried creating an simple excel and uploading it to powerbi service. It automatically creates a dataset, but then I couldn't find an option to pin
anything durectly to dashboard. You first have to create a table saved in a report and then it can be pinned to a dashboard. pinning anything from
a dataset with first creating a report looks not possible.
If anyone can explain how it could be done, I would be happy to hear.
upvoted 1 times

  Vadimasss1234 9 months, 3 weeks ago

But I can say for sure that before uploading an excel file, data should be formatted as a table, otherwise PBI doesn't allow to upload it.
upvoted 1 times

  FamousExam64 10 months, 3 weeks ago

it's a tricky question:
because you cannot add a tile for a dataset.
1- format
2- upload
3- pin a range to dasboard.
but you not be able to use A&A and that the trick. it's just say has Q&A enabled not can you used it
upvoted 9 times

  slash_nyk 11 months ago

Bad question as you can never get the Q&A enabled.

The provided answer is kind ok

1- Upload Excel File
2- Import file
3- Pin

If you import as dataset then you cannot pin the visual directly
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

1. Format Table
2. From Power BI, Upload Excel
3. Pin
upvoted 7 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I agree with this answer
upvoted 1 times

  evipap 11 months, 3 weeks ago

I am sure that the 1st step should be: From Excel, format data as a table.
According to the following link this leads us to select as the 2nd step: From powerbi.com, Upload Excel. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-bi/create-reports/service-from-excel-to-stunning-report
Now the 3rd step in my opinion is: Pin a range from excel to dashboard. Cause when we upload a file a dataset is not created. Source :
https://biuniversity.wordpress.com/2017/03/08/powerbi-upload-excel-import-excel-differences/
upvoted 9 times

  poujor 1 year ago

Bad question
An uploaded Excel file can have a selection pinned. This does not support Q&A
An imported Excel file becomes a Dataset. But a dataset can not be pinned. You need to pin something from a report or run Quick Insight and pin
from here.
So neither Upload or Import works as we need to pin something on the Dashboard to associate it to a dataset
upvoted 6 times

  samad1234 1 year ago

I test it:
1. From Power BI, Upload Excel
2. Format Table
3. Pin
upvoted 5 times

  navya2312 1 year ago

Is contributer access required to pass PL-300 exam?
upvoted 4 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 11 months, 1 week ago

If you are like me and are too a slow reader, you might consider getting the contributor access, unless you have been using PowerBI at work
for some time. I'm sure I was going to pass if I was allowed to read and answer the questions on my own pace. But it sometime takes me few
minutes just to read through one question. Having read about those questions beforehand, even without knowing the answers, would help me
a lot.
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 1 year, 1 month ago

I woulg go with:
- from excel format as table
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 360/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

- from power.bi upload excel (this steps includes import as database)

- pin tiles to dashboardA
upvoted 11 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

the second one should be "import as a dataset", because if you choose upload a file from powerbi you will asked to choose between
"Import Excel data into Power BI (Connect to the data in your workbook so you can create Power BI reports and dashboards for it.)" or
"Upload your Excel file to Power BI (
Bring your Excel file into Power BI to view and interact with it just as you would in Excel Online. Pin ranges to dashboards.)", so my answer
would be:
1. format the data as a table
2. Import as a dataset
3. add a tile for the dataset to dashboard
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 361/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #22 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the

data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.

You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.

Solution: You create a constant line and set the value to .5.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.

The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.

Reference:

https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Question 18, Topic 3 from DA-100 exam

upvoted 8 times

  MoxieTT Most Recent  3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 1 times

  Loupy2023 10 months, 1 week ago

my answer is B
upvoted 3 times

  Thabii 11 months ago

Answer B
upvoted 2 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer B is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 362/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #23 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the

data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.

You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.

Solution: You create an average line by using the Salary measure.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Average is not Median.

Instead: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.

The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.

Reference:

https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Question 10, Topic 3 from DA-100

upvoted 6 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree. B is correct. But if the explanation is correct, why insert a percentile line instead of a median line?
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 1 times

  Outsider 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Average is not the Median. So, it's B.
upvoted 2 times

  nevesrf 9 months, 1 week ago

a resposta ao meu ver está correta opção A, pois ao definir uma linha de média o visual vai traçar a média sobre os salários que estão ali e quem
estiver acima da linha está acima da média logo usar a linha media resolve o problema
upvoted 2 times

  Minio1 6 months, 3 weeks ago

English Translation: the answer in my view is correct option A, because when defining an average line the visual will draw the average on the
wages that are there and whoever is above the line is above the average, so using the average line solves the problem

Wrong: Answer B
upvoted 1 times

  Minio1 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Create a percentile line 50%
upvoted 3 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

type in english, btw b seems correct
upvoted 4 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 363/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 364/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #24 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the

data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.

You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.

Solution: You create a percentile line by using the Salary measure and set the percentile to 50%.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

The median is the middle value or the 50th percentile of a data set.

Reference:

https://dash-intel.com/powerbi/statistical_functions_median.php

Community vote distribution

A (89%) 11%

  hoss29 Highly Voted  10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 10 times

  MoxieTT Most Recent  3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 2 times

  nevesrf 9 months, 1 week ago

na pergunta ele nos pede para criar uma linha de referencia que mostre os funcionários que tem o salário acima da média, o percentil 50 ou
mediana não representa a média dos salários logo a resposta está errada, teríamos que criar uma linha de média para poder identificar quem
está acima da média. média é diferente de mediana ou percentil 50.
upvoted 1 times

  nevesrf 8 months, 2 weeks ago

sorry I was reading in another language and when google translate the text the median goes to average and makes me get the wrong answer,
the A is the correct choice and the explanation at the end is correct I dont know how to erase the comment
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct answer.
https://support.speedcurve.com/docs/average-median-percentiles
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

I have to correct my previous statement. Median line and percentile line are different options in Power BI. But it turns out that the 50th percentile
is the same as the median.
I think that this hasn't something to do with Power BI anymore, but I have to recall my previous choice. So the answer must be A.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

No, A is not correct at all!

A median line and a percentile line are two different options! Just look at the "Add further analysis to you visual" tab in the visual properties.
The right answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Percentile like at the 50% is median just just percentile line but at the 50%.
What is median? The center number. Dont forget your Statistics 101
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 365/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I mean percentile "line" not "like".
Admin, please, try and create an edit button. Thank you
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 12 months ago

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Orkhannnn 1 year ago

A - Correct
upvoted 4 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

question 11, topic 3 from DA-100

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 366/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #25 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You are profiling data by using Power Query Editor.

You have a table that contains a column named column1. Column statistics and Value distribution for column1 are shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 367/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: are 20 values that occur -

There are 20 unique values.

Box 2: Elm, American -

Elm, American is below Peer, flowering species in the graphic.

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

answer is correct
upvoted 33 times

  Mati_123 Highly Voted  7 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer to unique count is correct. Let me make it more clear for you guys:
Example: 1, 2 ,2 4,4 5,5,6
Distinct number are = 5 which are 1,2,4,5,6
Unique Numbers are = 2 which is1 and 6... as these numbers appeared only once
upvoted 19 times

  SamuComqi Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- are 20 values that occur
- Elm, American
upvoted 6 times

  sdaaram 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on exam yesterday
upvoted 4 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  youssef_yt89 8 months, 2 weeks ago

how about the second answer, that s clear that the answer is ash
upvoted 1 times

  Jejemon 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer to unique count is correct.
E.g. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
1 number is unique which is 6 - appeared only ONCE
6 numbers are distinct - 6 unique numbers
upvoted 5 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

“Distinct” means number of different values regardless how many times it appears in the dataset. A 'name' appears in the list multiple times is
counted as 1 distinct count.
Whereas, the “Unique” value is total number of values that only appear once.
Distinct mean : count all the values as 1, even if there was more than one.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 368/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Unique mean : count only the value that are not repeated in the particular column

So the answer is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  Rickson 11 months ago

Correct
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct 100%
upvoted 2 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

20 is absolutely wrong. There are 20 unique values, which means that they are not repeated more than once in the data. This information has
nothing to do with the number of values that occur.
With that said, the question is ambiguous in my opinion. The answer could be 365 or 277329.
upvoted 3 times

  amcken 11 months ago

That's not what unique means.
upvoted 2 times

  Danylessoucis 10 months ago

By definition unique is an occurence of 1. So it has everything to do and couldn't be clearer imho.
upvoted 3 times

  marit232 11 months, 1 week ago

20 is absolutely right. You said that "There are 20 unique values, which means that they are not repeated more than once in the data", hence
these 20 values occur only once. Unique values are values that only occur once.
upvoted 5 times

  KobeData 11 months, 2 weeks ago

20 values occur only once, 365 occur once or more and the total amount of values in 277329. We're seeing the profile which is the distribution of
values.
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Unique values are values that appear only once. Shouldn't it be the number of distinct values instead??
upvoted 1 times

  andregrahamnz 11 months, 3 weeks ago

How on earth are people saying this is correct? There are 28 values listed on the distribution graph alone with more to scroll down too. Clearly
the answer is not '20' which represents the values that only occur once. The question is bad as it could be referring to distinct count or total
count. Either way, giving the answer as 20 can be ruled out as wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

The number of unique values is given on the pane on the left. It says there are 20 unique values
upvoted 2 times

  ycl83 11 months, 1 week ago

These 28 values that you refer to in the distribution graph are 28 values out of 365, hence why you can scroll down to see more. These 28
values are also the top 28 out of 365 that appear the most, you can see this by the length of the bar.
If you scroll down to the bottom of the distribution graph, you would see 20 values that only have a count of 1.

Unique means only appear once, so 20 is the answer.

upvoted 6 times

  wzwd 12 months ago

The given answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 369/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #26 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report hosted on powerbi.com that displays expenses by department for department managers.

The report contains a line chart that shows expenses by month.

You need to enable users to choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart. The solution must minimize development and

maintenance effort.

What should you do?

A. Enable report readers to personalize visuals.

B. Create a separate report page for users to view the column chart.

C. Add a column chart, a bookmark, and a button for users to choose a visual.

D. Create a mobile report that contains a column chart.

Correct Answer: C

Let users personalize visuals in a report

Enable personalization in a report

You can enable the feature either in Power BI Desktop or the Power BI service. You can also enable it in embedded reports.

To enable the feature in the Power BI (powerbi.com) service, go to Settings for your report.

Turn on Personalize visuals > Save.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-personalize-visuals?tabs=powerbi-service#enable-personalization-in-a-

report

Community vote distribution

A (58%) C (42%)

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Also C is correct but I guess the key is 'The solution must minimize development' so A should be the correct one
upvoted 31 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I disagree question says "choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart" C gives the user only those 2 options. I guess
A does also... this question is tricky... but I think "Minimize dev work" is trying to steer you away from the B and D. I hate questions like these.
upvoted 6 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 370/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Nothing is tricky. Answer is A. It says Column chart OR(not AND) Line Chart... Also, Considering A minimizes everything. A is the answer.
Where is the minimal effort in creating another chart, a bookmark and a button?
upvoted 2 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Agreed.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-personalize-visuals?tabs=powerbi-service#enable-personalization-in-a-
report
upvoted 5 times

  bmaaaata Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

C sounds good for me. In A option you are enabling users to do much more then switching between chart types which is not requaired in
question.
upvoted 24 times

  Newb007 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I Agree question says "choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart" C gives the user only those 2 options. I guess A
does also... this question is tricky... but I think "Minimize dev work" is trying to steer you away from the B and D. I hate questions like these.
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

Nothing is tricky. Answer is A. It says Column chart OR(not AND) Line Chart... Also, Considering A minimizes everything. A is the answer.
Where is the minimal effort in creating another chart, a bookmark and a button?
upvoted 1 times

  BI_life Most Recent  2 weeks, 6 days ago

I choose C because viewers are not allowed to make changes on visuals in my understanding.
upvoted 1 times

  scythalx 2 months ago

Selected Answer: C

I vote for C. The requirement says that "You need to enable users to choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart". So
you need to give them the choice between those two options. Going with A gives them many more options and customizations.
upvoted 2 times

  Anex5 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Following link demonstrates exactly what has asked in this question.
https://radacad.com/power-bi-bookmark-with-or-without-data
upvoted 1 times

  76ceb45 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I think if a user makes many mistakes then the maintenance will increase in a huge way.
So, C.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A: some folks are saying that you cannot change the visual if you choose A. That is not correct. With it you can do the following:
Change the visualization type.
Swap out a measure or dimension.
Add or remove a legend.
Compare two or more measures.
Change aggregations, and more.

Per documentation: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-personalize-visuals

upvoted 1 times

  LeeTheRed 4 months, 3 weeks ago

If not A then I think B is more correct than C as you only need to do two tasks (add a page then add a column chart) while in C you will have to
do three tasks (add a column chart, add a bookmark and then add a button linking the bookmark)
upvoted 1 times

  Hink 6 months ago

C is the correct answer since "You need to enable users to choose between viewing the report as a line chart or a column chart" - its not saying
users need to be able to personalize the visual, so that is not the requirement here. Requirement is king, least development effort is not the king
in the context, right?
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Option A minimize development efforts.

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 371/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

but I changed my mind again. option A increase maintenance effort.
upvoted 2 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the only option, you gain on the side of minimizing the maintenance afterwards, a single visual shouldn't occupy a whole page, the choice
should be easier for the person using the report.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

In one of the Microsoft modules, they are doing option C. So, I think C is the best choice.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

But I change my mind, It is A.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct Answer A

Your people can also see explanation part.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  Madeira 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

answer is A since it will require least development work. C is also correct but has more work required
upvoted 1 times

  Loesf 8 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answer is C.

Option A, enabling report readers to personalize visuals, allows users to customize the look of visuals but does not provide the option to switch
between different types of visuals.

Option B, creating a separate report page for users to view the column chart, requires additional development effort and maintenance to maintain
two separate pages with similar data.

Option D, creating a mobile report that contains a column chart, is not necessary for the given scenario and may not provide an optimal
experience for desktop users.

Option C, adding a column chart, a bookmark, and a button for users to choose a visual, is the best solution to enable users to switch between
different visualizations. This solution minimizes development and maintenance effort by using existing report elements and only requires the
addition of a button and bookmark to toggle between visuals.
upvoted 9 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

You are wrong About A. You can switch type of visuals.
upvoted 1 times

  Time2excel 4 months ago

Agreed. Well explanation.
upvoted 1 times

  nmosq 10 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Both A and C are possible ways to solve this problem, but if we are talking about minimize development and maintenance effort, C is easier and
requires the least amount of effort
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 372/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #27 Topic 3

You have two Power BI reports named ReportA and ReportB that each uses a distinct color palette.

You are creating a Power BI dashboard that will include two visuals from each report.

You need to use a consistent dark theme for the dashboard. The solution must preserve the original colors of the reports.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Upload a snapshot.

B. For the browser, set the color preference to dark mode.

C. When pinning visuals to the dashboard, select Use destination theme.

D. Select the dark dashboard theme.

E. Turn on tile flow.

Correct Answer: CD

D: With dashboard themes you can apply a color theme to your entire dashboard, such as corporate colors, seasonal coloring, or any other color

theme you might want to apply. When you apply a dashboard theme, all visuals on your dashboard use the colors from your selected theme.

In the dashboard pane that appears, select one of the pre-built themes. In the example below, we've selected Dark.

C: Reports and dashboards with different themes

If your report uses a different theme from the dashboard theme, in most cases you can control whether the visual retains the current report

theme or uses the dashboard theme.

* Try re-pinning the tile and selecting Use dashboard theme.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution

CD (90%) 10%

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 373/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: CD

Answer is correct.
I guess, with the requirement "The solution must preserve the original colors of the reports." they only want to point out, that the colors must not
be changed FOR the reports to achieve the goal, but only change the theme for the dashboard. A little misleading, IMHO.
B is wrong, because the dark mode is a personal setting on the user's computer and has nothing to do with the dashboard theme, which is
required to be dark.
upvoted 25 times

  Danylessoucis 10 months ago

Very tricky indeed. "Original colors of the reportS" would mean bar colors for example but with the dark destination theme. However selecting
use destination theme also changes source bar colors, soooooo... CD, even though colors will change......
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I agree completely
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Wow that was confusing. Organizations will really create tests with ambiguous questions like that and then complain that people try to find
sample questions online.
upvoted 7 times

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

The option C is not correct. If we must preserve the original colors of the reports we should select the "keep current theme" option instead of
"Use destination theme".
I only see one right option, the "D" one. We could upload a snapshot but it would be a static image, so it makes no sense.
upvoted 7 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I think that "preserve the original colors of the original reports" means that the original reports' them remain unchanged after your fllowing
action. As such, CD is correct.
upvoted 7 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

If you select "keep current theme", then the dashboard will change from the dark colour that is intended.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I agree with you!
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Which is the priority?
1. To keep original report colour
2. To use dark theme for the dashboard
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 2 weeks ago

As most people here, I think D is the only option truely correct. C is ambiguous, as if you apply the destination theme, the colours of the reports
may change.
However, I would discard options A,B and E. so I would answer C,D
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

If we choose select the destination color, the color of visuals will change. it should be "Keep current theme", and in dashboard when we select
dark mood, it we change the background color, but not the color of the report. I think the options are wrong.
upvoted 2 times

  Abeykoon12222 7 months, 2 weeks ago

I think that "preserve the original colors of the original reports" .
it must be keep current theme
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

CD is correct. See explanation of Fred92.

upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

C & D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Manzy2599 1 year ago

Selected Answer: BD

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 374/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I think it's B/D can someone confirm/reject plz

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 375/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #28 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a dataset that contains revenue data from the past year.

You need to use anomaly detection in Power BI to show anomalies in the dataset.

What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Line -

Anomaly detection is only supported for line chart visuals containing time series data in the Axis field.

Box 2: Populate the axis with a date field

Incorrect:

* Anomaly Explanations doesn't work with 'Show Value As' options.

* Drilling down to go to the next level in the hierarchy isn't supported.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection

  iccent2 Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is correct!
upvoted 8 times

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Correct
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 376/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

The answer is correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 377/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #29 Topic 3

You have a line chart that shows the number of employees in a department over time.

You need to see the total salary costs of the employees when you hover over a data point.

What should you do?

A. Add salary to the drillthrough fields.

B. Add salary to the visual filters.

C. Add salary to the tooltips.

Correct Answer: C

Customize tooltips with aggregation or quick measures

You can customize a tooltip by selecting an aggregation function.

Select the arrow beside the field in the Tooltips bucket. Then, select from the available options.

Note: Tooltips are an elegant way of providing more contextual information and detail to data points on a visual. You can customize tooltips in

Power BI Desktop and in the Power BI service.

When a visualization is created, the default tooltip displays the data point's value and category.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct.
Only in the explanation the most essential part is not clearly explained.
I's best to look it up for yourself: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-custom-tooltips
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

tooltips are added to Tooltips, hovering over a data point on the visualization shows the values for those fields.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 378/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

correct
upvoted 4 times

  MortezaS 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

correct
upvoted 2 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 379/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #30 Topic 3

You have the visual shown in the Original exhibit. (Click the Original tab.)

You need to configure the visual as shown in the Modified exhibit. (Click the Modified tab.)

What should you add to the visual?

A. a measure

B. an Average line

C. a trendline

D. a forecast

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 380/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer: D

For example, here's how the current forecast looks like:

Reference:

https://spreadsheeto.com/power-bi-forecasting/#intro

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

correct
upvoted 10 times

  bingomutant Most Recent  1 month ago

doesnt look like a forecast but must be the answer. Its a solid line - pretty sure the medins and averages are dotted or broken lines.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

correct
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Forecast is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Danylessoucis 10 months ago

That's actually tricky. It clearly looks like a forecast. However a forecast wouldn't forecast a flat line but ups and downs. Flat line is what the trend
or the average would look like here.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct for sure

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 381/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 382/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #31 Topic 3

You need to create a visual that enables the adhoc exploration of data as shown in the following exhibit.

Which type of visual should you use?

A. smart narrative

B. decomposition tree

C. Q&A

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: B

The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables

drilling down into your dimensions in any order. It is also an artificial intelligence (AI) visualization, so you can ask it to find the next dimension

to drill down into based on certain criteria.

This makes it a valuable tool for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis.

Example:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 383/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

correct
upvoted 9 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Adhoc exploration----> Decomposition Tree

upvoted 1 times

  Proctored_Expert 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

You should use a decomposition tree visual to enable the ad hoc exploration of data as shown in the exhibit.

A decomposition tree is a type of visual that is used to represent hierarchical data in a tree-like structure. It is commonly used to explore data and
identify trends and patterns in the data. The visual consists of nodes that represent different data points, with the root node at the top and the
child nodes branching out from it. The size and color of the nodes can be used to represent different data values or categories.

The exhibit in the question shows a visual with multiple nodes that can be expanded or collapsed to reveal more detailed data. This is consistent
with the behavior of a decomposition tree visual, which allows users to drill down into the data to explore it in more detail.
upvoted 4 times

  discusspowerbi 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B
upvoted 2 times

  Namenick10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

correct

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 384/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 385/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #32 Topic 3

Your company has employees in 10 states.

The company recently decided to associate each state to one of the following three regions: East, West, and North.

You have a data model that contains employee information by state. The model does NOT include region information.

You have a report that shows the employees by state.

You need to view the employees by region as quickly as possible.

What should you do?

A. Create a new aggregation that summarizes by state.

B. Create a new aggregation that summarizes by employee.

C. Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List.

D. Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to Bin.

Correct Answer: C

In Power BI Desktop, you can group data points to help you more clearly view, analyze, and explore data and trends in your visuals.

Example:

Incorrect:

Not D: You can also define the bin size to put values into equally sized groups that better enable you to visualize data in ways that are

meaningful. This action is often called binning.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-grouping-and-binning

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List.
upvoted 10 times

  76ceb45 2 months, 2 weeks ago

thanks Samu
upvoted 2 times

  Danylessoucis Highly Voted  10 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 386/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

C s the correct answer.

A & B are wrong. D is wrong because bins do not allow to choose which states corresponds to what region.
upvoted 5 times

  discusspowerbi Most Recent  10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Aiti 1 year ago

B Create a new group on the state column and set the Group type to List
upvoted 1 times

  Aiti 1 year ago

Sorry C
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 387/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #33 Topic 3

You have a collection of reports for the HR department of your company.

You need to create a visualization for the HR department that shows historical employee counts and predicts trends during the next six months.

Which type of visualization should you use?

A. ribbon chart

B. scatter chart

C. line chart

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: C

The best data for forecasting is time series data or uniformly increasing whole numbers. The line chart has to have only one line.

Reference:

https://powerbi.microsoft.com/fr-ca/blog/introducing-new-forecasting-capabilities-in-power-view-for-office-365/

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is correct
upvoted 7 times

  SamuComqi Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- line chart
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Forecast is only with Line chart.

upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

predict during 6month---> line chart
upvoted 3 times

  glenman0202 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Man, Microsoft really likes line charts

upvoted 3 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Historical/over time -> Line chart

upvoted 3 times

  discusspowerbi 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Of course is C
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Hi - i looked at your comments to all questions, Thanks a lot for the effort and time for this.
upvoted 10 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

...predicts trends during the next six months -> Line chart
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 388/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 389/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #34 Topic 3

You have a Microsoft Power BI dashboard. The report used to create the dashboard uses an imported dataset from a Microsoft SQL Server data

source.

The dashboard is shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

What occurred at 12:03:06 PM?

A. A new transaction was added to the data source.

B. The dashboard tile cache refreshed.

C. A user added a comment to a tile.

D. A user pressed F5.

Correct Answer: D

If you press F5 or hit the refresh button, the dashboard charts gets updated.

Note: Power BI enables you to go from data to insight to action quickly, yet you must make sure the data in your Power BI reports and

dashboards is recent.

Knowing how to refresh the data is often critical in delivering accurate results.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-data

Community vote distribution

B (84%) Other

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 390/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ecwang Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

refreshed
upvoted 22 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months, 3 weeks ago

F5 only refreshes the browser which has no effect on the server side, and nowhere in the provided link can we find anything about F5 so this
is the obvious answer
upvoted 1 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

I think this should be B The dashboard tile cache refreshed.

upvoted 10 times

  Azurijanac Most Recent  1 day, 21 hours ago

Selected Answer: B

F5 doesn’t refresh dashboard.

https://community.fabric.microsoft.com/t5/Service/Dashboard-tiles-do-not-refresh/td-p/2344543
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

B and D are wrong. The anwer is A for the simple fact that import keeps an active connection to the data source and the visual auto refreshes
when changes take place in the data source.
Unlike upload that is independent of the data source after initial upload and need scheduled refreshes.
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: B

tile refreshed
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 3 times

  Certany 4 months, 1 week ago

I go with option B. But just thinking loud.. the user might have pressed F5. The first tile shows the refresh time since the "display refresh time" is
ON and for the below tile it is not. So option D could be right as well.
upvoted 1 times

  Mabuse1 3 months, 1 week ago

I got a dashboard, and refresh time is only shown for the uppermost visual.
upvoted 1 times

  Outsider 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Just tested to confirm and Shalaleh is right.
F5 just refresh the browser not the dataset used. Tile will shown the last time when the dataset was refreshed
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

In a dachboard over a tile click 3 dots(...) and then Edit Details---->check "display last refresh time"
last time refresh will be shown on the Tile.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Pressing F5 refreshes the browser.
upvoted 2 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

If you press F5 the page browser will be refreshed and you would get <<Refreshed: Now>>.
See ex. 3 in the labs provided by Microsoft: https://microsoftlearning.github.io/PL-300-Microsoft-Power-BI-Data-Analyst/Instructions/09-create-
power-bi-dashboard.html
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the answer, we dont know if all the tiles refreshed or only 1 tile refreshed. Since the refresh date is shown only on one tile, the user DID NOT
press F5

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 391/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 6 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 1 week ago

F5 would refresh all tiles on the dashboard, but in this case a single tile got refreshed making B the right choice.
upvoted 6 times

  wolfsense 10 months, 1 week ago

If you notice, one tile says refreshed but the other tile says nothing, so I believe that makes B the correct answer. Would refreshing by F5 refresh
everything?
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Tried F5. It doesn't refresh.
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I think pressing F5 is not the solution here. When F5 was pressed, then what happened at 12:03PM, the dashboard cache was refreshed.
So, whether a user pressed F5 or there was a scheduled refreshed that just got executed, the crux of the matter is that time 12:03pm showed
that there was a refresh and that is the answer - QED!
Option B
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct. Individual users can't refresh a report or dashboard by hitting the F5 button.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct and the most complete answer. But B is also kind of true
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Changed my mind, I believe its B. I cant find anything that says pressing F5 would result in refreshing the visual like that.

https://subscription.packtpub.com/book/data/9781788297233/9/ch09lvl1sec86/dashboard-cache-refresh
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Yet tile cach refresh gets mentione a lot. So I believe its that.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 392/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #35 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You need to create a Power BI report. The first page of the report must contain the following two views:

✑ Sales By Postal Code

✑ Sales by Month
Both views must display a slicer to select a value for a field named Chain.

The Sales By Postal Code view must display a map visual as shown in the following exhibit.

The Sales By Month view must display a column chart visual as shown in the following exhibit.

Users must be able to switch between the views by using buttons on the report page. The selected Chain field must be maintained when switching

between views.

What is the minimum number of bookmarks required, and which property should you apply to each bookmark? To answer, select the appropriate

options in the answer area.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 393/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: 2 -

One for each visual.

Note: When you edit a report in Power BI Desktop and the Power BI service, you can add report bookmarks to capture the current state of a

report page.

Bookmarks save the current filters and slicers, cross-highlighted visuals, sort order, and so on. When others view your report, they can get back

to that exact state by selecting your saved bookmark.

Box 2: Display -

Users must be able to switch between the views by using buttons on the report page. The selected Chain field must be maintained when

switching between views.

You can select whether each bookmark will apply Data properties, such as filters and slicers; Display properties, such as spotlight and its

visibility; and Current page changes, which present the page that was visible when the bookmark was added. These capabilities are useful when

you use bookmarks to switch between report views or selections of visuals, in which case you'd likely want to turn off data properties, so that

filters aren't reset when users switch views by selecting a bookmark.

Note: When you create a bookmark, the following elements are saved with the bookmark:

The current page -

Filters -

Slicers, including slicer type (for example, dropdown or list) and slicer state

Visual selection state (such as cross-highlight filters)

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 394/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Sort order -

Drill location -

Visibility of an object (by using the Selection pane)

The focus or Spotlight mode of any visible object

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-bookmarks

  Aiti Highly Voted  1 year ago

-2
-Display
upvoted 17 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

"The selected Chain field must be maintained when switching between views."
We need 4 bookmarks:
- Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct
- Sales By Postal Code filtered on Lindsey
- Sales By Month filtered on Fashions Direct
- Sales By Month filtered on Lindsey
If we have only one bookmark per visual, these bookmarks will only preserve one possible value of the Chain filter.
For instance, you created your bookmarks with Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct and Sales By Month filtered on Fashions Direct.
You are currently viewing Sales By Postal Code filtered on Fashions Direct, and you decide to click on the slicer to filter on Lindsey instead. Then
you click on your button to change the visual to Sales By Month, but the slicer value will change to Fashions Direct. It will not retain the value
Lindsey.
upvoted 7 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

My bad. By default my reasoning is right, but it is possible to disable the "Data" part of the bookmark so that the slicer value is retained while
changing the type of visual. So 2 is the correct answer.
upvoted 7 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct, 2 bookmarks and Display.
https://www.wiseowl.co.uk/blog/s2583/bookmarks-data.htm
https://www.wiseowl.co.uk/blog/s2583/bookmarks-display.htm
upvoted 5 times

  Harish_98 Most Recent  1 week, 1 day ago

How come 2, we need 4 book marks right, 2 for chain and 2 for visual!?
upvoted 1 times

  SamiaAwais 1 month, 2 weeks ago

It should be DATA! The selected Chain field must be maintained when switching between views. If data is unchecked, the selection of slicer
would remain in effect, otherwise it will reset!
upvoted 3 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 4 weeks ago

This was in the exam
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Guys! watch this video! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UPyK3mfIwmU&t=14s
it should be DATA
upvoted 5 times

  SamiaAwais 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I also thought the same, missed the point , "which property should you apply to each bookmark" which means DISPLAY is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Flaty 8 months, 2 weeks ago

-2
- Data (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-bookmarks?tabs=powerbi-desktop)
upvoted 3 times

  Flaty 8 months ago

...my bad, it is Display for the second option. ...which property has to be "applied" (which is only Display) not "unchecked"
upvoted 6 times

  charles879987 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Does this mean display property is "unchecked" to maintain the currently selected chain while switching between sales by zip or city?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 395/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  charles879987 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Does this mean display property is "unchecked" to maintain the currently selected chain while switching between sales by zip or month(typo)?
upvoted 1 times

  AshND 4 months, 2 weeks ago

This means Display property is applied or checked.
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

-2
- Display
upvoted 1 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct.
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

Correct
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 396/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #36 Topic 3

You have the visual shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

You need to show the relationship between Total Cost and Total Sales over time.

What should you do?

A. Add a play axis.

B. From the Analytics pane, add an Average line.

C. Add a slicer for the year.

D. Create a DAX measure that calculates year-over-year growth.

Correct Answer: A

When to use a slicer -

Slicers are a great choice when you want to:

Display commonly used or important filters on the report canvas for easier access.

Make it easier to see the current filtered state without having to open a drop-down list.

Filter by columns that are unneeded and hidden in the data tables.

Create more focused reports by putting slicers next to important visuals.

Note: Suppose you want your report readers to be able to look at overall sales metrics, but also highlight performance for individual district

managers and different time frames. You could create separate reports or comparative charts. You could add filters in the Filters pane. Or you

could use slicers. Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution

A (87%) 13%

  Mongwadi Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct
upvoted 13 times

  June15 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 397/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I think the answer should be play axis, it highlights the time changes part. Where as slicer it is the selection.
upvoted 5 times

  pepix74 Most Recent  7 months ago

I think there is a mistake, they say the correct answer is A but the description is related to the C.
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

I think that the answer is C, because this is the most complete answer. It specifies also on which field the slicer must be based.
The Play Axis is actually also a slicer that plays automatically. Only with this option isn't specified on which field the Play Axis should be based,
so the answer is not complete.
Another thing is that the Play Axis must be purchased as a custom visual and is not part of the basic set of Power BI visuals.
upvoted 4 times

  olgix 2 months ago

There is no information that we should compare years so why slicer for a YEAR? Why not MONTH? Or DAYS?
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

You are absolutely correct. I would go for C.
Another point to note is that is that you have to download the play axis separately, it is not in the default visual icons. So, I would go for C.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  susunz 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

"You need to show the relationship between Total Cost and Total Sales over time", therefore, adding a play axis
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

add play axis

https://radacad.com/storytelling-with-power-bi-scatter-chart
upvoted 4 times

  emmanuelkech 1 year, 1 month ago

Add a slicer just as the explanation stated Option C is the answer
upvoted 2 times

  shakes103 11 months, 4 weeks ago

"Both scatter and bubble charts can also have a play axis, which can show changes over time".
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a#scatter-bubble-and-dot-plot-chart
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 398/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #37 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have the Power BI dashboard shown in the Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Dashboard tab.)

You need to ensure that when users view the dashboard on a mobile device, the dashboard appears as shown in the Mobile exhibit. (Click the

Mobile tab.)

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 399/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 400/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Report mobile layout -

Power BI provides a number of features to help you create mobile-optimized versions of your reports:

* A mobile layout view where you create your mobile-optimized report by dragging and dropping visuals onto a phone emulator canvas.

* Etc.

Box 2: The Total Sales by Parent Category tile

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-create-mobile-optimized-report-about

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

From PowerBI service:
- Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
- Resize and move total sales and total quantity

Dashboard mobile feature already fits the tiles in the view, and when recreating same scenario you only need to work on the 2 cards
If you use Report Mobile View feature from PowerBI desktop, you will have an empty canvas and will need to work on all tiles
upvoted 82 times

  j0gam0d Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Dashboard mobile layout
Total Sales and Total Quantity
upvoted 13 times

  SuniltheMentor Most Recent  6 months, 2 weeks ago

- Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
- Resize and move total sales and total quantity
When we drag a tile to the Mobile Layout it uses the full width, therefore we need to resize the Total Sales and Total Quantity tiles.
upvoted 6 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Given Answer is correct

No confusion to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  princie 11 months, 1 week ago

I will choose update the dashboard mobile layout and resize both sales and quantity cards based on the fact that when I tried in in PBI service
that gave me the resulting the picture but with the report mobile service I had a mobile canvas and had to resize all visuals to look like the picture
in the question
upvoted 3 times

  princie 11 months, 1 week ago

I tried this just now, the dashboard mobile layout automatically added all the tiles from top down. I resized both cards to get the visual displayed
in the exhibit.
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

- Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
- Resize and move total sales and total quantity
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 11 months, 1 week ago

Why not the Total Sales by Parent Category tile, Lukelin08?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 401/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 11 months ago

I tested it, with dashboard mobile layout, all the tiles are already there with the same size from top down, and then only Total Sales and
Total Quantity cards need to be resized,make them smaller to fit as the displayed in the question.
upvoted 8 times

  disndat7 11 months, 1 week ago

For Box 2: Why not the SubTotal Map size? It hasn't been displayed appropriately from the mobile layout.
upvoted 1 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

dashboard vs report in Mobile
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/mobile/mobile-apps-quickstart-view-dashboard-report
upvoted 1 times

  luisnc 6 months, 3 weeks ago

I have read this, and it says: "Power BI dashboards look a little different on your mobile device than they do on the Power BI service. All the
tiles appear the same width, and they're arranged one after another from top to bottom"
upvoted 2 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I would say
- Update Dashboard Layout
- The Total Sales by Parent Category tile, because the cards are already in the proper tab order.
upvoted 2 times

  shakes103 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Box 1: Update Dashboard Mobile Layout
*The question was referring to Power BI dashboard and not report.*

Box 2: The Total Sales by Parent Category tile

Card visuals don't require adjustments here but other visuals do. See live example below:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-create-mobile-optimized-report-initial-layout#lay-out-visuals-on-the-canvas
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 11 months ago

This is report mobile layout!
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 402/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #38 Topic 3

You are building a Power BI report to analyze customer segments.

You need to identify customer segments dynamically based on the Bounce Rate across dimensions such as source, geography, and

demographics. The solution must minimize analysis effort.

Which type of visualization should you use?

A. decomposition tree

B. funnel chart

C. Q&A

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: A

The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables

drilling down into your dimensions in any order. It is also an artificial intelligence (AI) visualization, so you can ask it to find the next dimension

to drill down into based on certain criteria.

This makes it a valuable tool for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-decomposition-tree

Community vote distribution

A (68%) D (32%)

  shakes103 Highly Voted  11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is A
The decomposition tree visual in Power BI lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions. It automatically aggregates data and enables
drilling down into your dimensions in any order.
The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that
matter, and displays them as key influencers.
*Key influencers does not visualize data across dimensions*
upvoted 36 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

If we need to minimize the analysis effort then key influencers is the answer (Explain Bounce Rate by dimensions listed). Decomposition tree
requires more effort; as per microsoft: "This tool is valuable for ad hoc exploration and conducting root cause analysis."
upvoted 17 times

  thomas_90 Most Recent  1 month ago

I vote for Key Influencers. This is strong powerful and use minimum effort.
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

ChatGPT:
Key Influencers (option D) is a powerful visualization that helps identify patterns and factors that influence a specific measure. In this case, it will
allow you to understand which dimensions (source, geography, demographics) have the most significant impact on the Bounce Rate. By
analyzing key influencers, you can dynamically identify customer segments that have higher or lower Bounce Rates based on various
dimensions.

Using the Key Influencers visualization will minimize the analysis effort, as it will automatically identify the most influential dimensions impacting
the Bounce Rate without the need for complex manual analysis. This will help you quickly pinpoint customer segments that require attention or
further investigation.
upvoted 1 times

  xkapelis 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

for multimple dimessions

upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

The question asks" Dynamically"... so, decomposition tree is more suitable.
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 403/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: A

A decomposition tree would be the most suitable visualization for this scenario. It allows you to dynamically segment and analyze the data based
on different dimensions, such as source, geography, and demographics, while also providing insights into the factors that contribute to high
bounce rates. With a decomposition tree, you can quickly identify the segments with the highest bounce rates and drill down into the underlying
factors to understand the root cause of the issue, without requiring significant analysis effort.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: A

The answer is decomposition tree.

The key difference between the Decomposition Tree and Key Influencers visualization is in the approach to analysis. While the Key Influencers
visualization focuses on identifying the key factors that are influencing a metric, the Decomposition Tree allows you to dynamically analyze and
explore multiple dimensions such as source, geography, and demographics to identify customer segments based on Bounce Rate.

The Decomposition Tree allows you to drill down into the data and see how different dimensions are contributing to the Bounce Rate. This makes
it easier to identify patterns and customer segments based on the selected dimensions.

So, while Key Influencers can help identify segments that are contributing to a metric, the Decomposition Tree is better suited for dynamically
analyzing and exploring multiple dimensions to identify customer segments based on Bounce Rate.
upvoted 3 times

  pisanoagus 9 months ago

Selected Answer: A

makes sense
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

Questions like this is one reason why you may never see someone scoring 1000 in the exam
upvoted 9 times

  lepettip 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I marked D but A made sense after this video
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DLT7gY083Qw

Key influencers is capable to show the changes by rates/units, i.e. "...increases by 30%..."
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

is the correct answer

upvoted 2 times

  KobeData 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The key here is in creating the customer segments, this requires you to drill down and select different factors to eventually group them. You can
do this using the decomposition tree. Although you can easily spot which factors influence bounce rate more quickly with the key influencers
visual, this isn't the actual goal. Creating segments is.
upvoted 4 times

  amcken 11 months ago

You can also see Top Segments using the Key Influences visual.
upvoted 3 times

  susunz 1 year ago

" identify customer segments dynamically based on the Bounce Rate across dimensions" is the goal. Therefore, key influencer is the right
method. While Decomposition tree is more likely to provide some information inside each dimensions.
upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

"The decomposition tree visual lets you visualize data across multiple dimensions." - https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-
bi-visualization-types-for-reports-and-q-and-a
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

This is a good point. Its a tough question, both A & D are valid. With probably D being the minimal amount of analysis effort
upvoted 2 times

  Barb 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 404/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Agree with A
You don't have to explain but to analyse
Decomposition Tree is the best way to use dynamic segments for analyse an agregate
upvoted 4 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

Key Influencers then go to Top Segments.

Source: Microsoft Youtube Channel: https://youtu.be/fDb5zZ3xmxU?t=457

upvoted 8 times

Question #39 Topic 3

You have a table that contains sales data and approximately 1,000 rows.

You need to identify outliers in the table.

Which type of visualization should you use?

A. area chart

B. scatter plot

C. pie chart

D. donut chart

Correct Answer: B

Outlier Detection in Power BI using Funnel Plot, which is a scatter plot.

Outliers are those data points that lie outside the overall pattern of distribution & the easiest way to detect outliers is though graphs. Box plots,

Scatter plots can help detect them easily.

Reference:

https://towardsdatascience.com/this-article-is-about-identifying-outliers-through-funnel-plots-using-the-microsoft-power-bi-d7ad16ac9ccc

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

A scatter chart (or plot, it's synonym) is useful to visualize outliers.

upvoted 8 times

  pisanoagus Highly Voted  9 months ago

Selected Answer: B

perfect for outliers detection

upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 4 times

  princie 11 months, 1 week ago

B any day. For outliers scatter plot or whisker
upvoted 1 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 405/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #40 Topic 3

You have a report that contains three pages. One of the pages contains a KPI visualization.

You need to filter all the visualizations in the report except for the KPI visualization.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Edit the interactions of the KPI visualization.

B. Add the same slicer to each page and configure Sync slicers.

C. Edit the interactions of the slicer that is on the same page as the KPI visualization.

D. Configure a page-level filter.

E. Configure a report-level filter.

Correct Answer: BC

Slicers are another way of filtering. They narrow the portion of the dataset that is shown in the other report visualizations.

Control which page visuals are affected by slicers

Example: Use visual interactions to keep slicer selections from filtering this chart.

1. Go to the Overview page of the report, and then select the DM slicer you previously created.

2. On the Power BI Desktop menu, select the Format menu under Visual Tools, and then select Edit interactions.

3. Filter controls, each with a Filter and a None option, appear above all the visuals on the page. Initially, the Filter option is preselected on all

the controls.

4. Select the None option in the filter control above the Total Sales Variance by FiscalMonth and District Manager chart to stop the DM slicer

from filtering it.

Incorrect:

Not D: A page-level filter is used to filter an entire page.

Not E: A report-level filter is used to filter an entire report.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-report-add-filter

Community vote distribution

BC (94%) 6%

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: BC

B and C are the right ones.

First we add slicers to sync all of them between pages and later we change the interactions between the KPI visual and the slicer of the same
page report.
upvoted 26 times

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Chose A and E
upvoted 13 times

  SapperMorton 3 months, 3 weeks ago

At first I thought you were right. But I tested it and it is B, C. This is because Edit Interactions only work on filters used as visuals. For report
and page filters it doesn't work.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

B& C is correct. We should select slicer and then edit interactions.

upvoted 3 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AB

Should not it be AB ? First you add the same slicer on each page and sync all slicers; then you select slicer on KPI page and configure the KPI
interaction to none ?
upvoted 2 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months, 1 week ago

AB is correct answer

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 406/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 4 times

  Abeykoon12222 8 months, 1 week ago

AC is correct
upvoted 1 times

  moalshalabi 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I think the answer are A and C
Because you need to configure the filter for all pages after that you need to go to the KPI visualization and edit the interaction
upvoted 1 times

  Ridderxxl 8 months, 1 week ago

editing the kpi visualization interactions can only influence other visuals which is not the point. So A cannot be a correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: BC

B & C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  emmanuelkech 1 year, 1 month ago

C and E
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

makes no sense
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 407/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #41 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI visual that uses indicators to show values that are out of range as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: a line -

Incorrect:

* not line and clustered column

The Line and Clustered Column Chart is a combo charts that combines the Line chart and Column chart together in one visual. By combining

these two visuals together, you can make a very quick comparison between two sets of measures.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 408/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Box 2: anomaly detection -

Anomaly detection helps you enhance your line charts by automatically detecting anomalies in your time series data. It also provides

explanations for the anomalies to help with root cause analysis. With just a couple of clicks, you can easily find insights without slicing and

dicing the data.

Example:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 409/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

correct
upvoted 20 times

  PaweuG Highly Voted  9 months, 1 week ago

Line chart, anomaly
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 Most Recent  11 months, 1 week ago

given answer is correct
upvoted 5 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

Line chart => Anomaly
upvoted 4 times

  Booster21 11 months, 2 weeks ago

The given answer is correct.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 410/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #42 Topic 3

You are creating a Power BI report to analyze consumer purchasing patterns from a table named Transactions. The Transactions table contains a

numeric field named Spend.

You need to include a visual that identifies which fields have the greatest impact on Spend.

Which type of visual should you use?

A. Q&A

B. smart narrative

C. decomposition tree

D. key influencers

Correct Answer: D

The key influencers visual helps you understand the factors that drive a metric you're interested in. It analyzes your data, ranks the factors that

matter, and displays them as key influencers. For example, suppose you want to figure out what influences employee turnover, which is also

known as churn. One factor might be employment contract length, and another factor might be commute time.

When to use key influencers -

The key influencers visual is a great choice if you want to:

See which factors affect the metric being analyzed.

Contrast the relative importance of these factors. For example, do short-term contracts affect churn more than long-term contracts?

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-influencers

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

correct
upvoted 14 times

  farouk450 Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

wrong answer key influencer can NOT work numeric field.
upvoted 2 times

  Mern 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Microsoft loves key influencers
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is right
upvoted 2 times

  Pauwels 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Key work : Numeric values

upvoted 4 times

  Booster21 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer.

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 411/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #43 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You are creating a line chart in a Power BI report as shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: an average reference line

With the Analytics pane in Power BI Desktop, you can add dynamic reference lines to visuals, and provide focus for important trends or insights.

Box 2: Values -

Add a measure to drillthrough -

You can add a measure or a summarized numeric column to the drillthrough area. Drag the drillthrough field to the Drillthrough card on the

drillthrough target page to apply it.

When you add a measure or summarized numeric column, you can drill through to the page when the field is used in the Value area of a visual.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 412/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane

  emmanuelkech Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

An Average reference Line
Axis

Should be the correct answer

upvoted 111 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

As explained here: https://radacad.com/drill-down-and-up-in-power-bi-
explained#:~:text=Click%20on%20the%20single%20arrow,and%20turn%20it%20on.&text=This%20means%20now%20that%20visual,the
%20quarters%20of%20that%20year.
upvoted 8 times

  powerbibuddy 12 months ago

So, Axis is the correct answer?
upvoted 5 times

  nikfed Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

C and A
upvoted 11 times

  SuniltheMentor Most Recent  6 months, 2 weeks ago

Average Reference Line and Axis is the correct answer
upvoted 4 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

an average reference line, axis
upvoted 3 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

Average reference line, Axis
upvoted 4 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Box 1: an average reference line
With the Analytics pane in Power BI Desktop, you can add dynamic reference lines to visuals, and provide focus for important trends or insights.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-analytics-pane

Box 2: Axis
The question is about drill-down and not drill-through.
https://radacad.com/drill-down-and-up-in-power-bi-explained
"For example, in the visual below I have SalesAmount as the Value of the column chart, and the Date field (OrderDate) as the X-Axis.
Date hierarchy in a Power BI visual
This will lead to seeing drill down/up buttons on the top of the visual (or at the bottom of it if the visual is touched at the very top of the report)"
upvoted 6 times

  Mati_123 11 months ago

A and C -- For drill down Axis should be used
upvoted 2 times

  Mati_123 11 months ago

I mean the answer should be:
An Average reference Line
Axis
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

correct answer is
- An Average reference Line
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 413/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

- Axis
upvoted 4 times

  rjramyyyy 11 months, 1 week ago

The Answer is C & A, is because for drill down we need to use X-axis, so the answer is axis
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 414/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #44 Topic 3

You have a dashboard that contains tiles pinned from a single report as shown in the Original Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Original Dashboard

tab.)

You need to modify the dashboard to appear as shown in the Modified Dashboard exhibit. (Click the Modified Dashboard tab.)

What should you do?

A. Change the report theme.

B. Change the dashboard theme.

C. Edit the details of each tile.

D. Create a custom CSS file.

Correct Answer: B

With dashboard themes you can apply a color theme to your entire dashboard, such as corporate colors, seasonal coloring, or any other color

theme you might want to apply. When you apply a dashboard theme, all visuals on your dashboard use the colors from your selected theme.

Incorrect:

Not A: With Power BI Desktop report themes, you can apply design changes to your entire report, such as using corporate colors, changing icon

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 415/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

sets, or applying new default visual formatting.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-themes

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Change the dashboard theme

upvoted 11 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

answer is correct B
upvoted 7 times

  IrynaVilner Most Recent  1 week, 1 day ago

B is correct. Just watch this video and you will be able to answer a lot of questions. Great investment:) https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=u8xTPzhTHGo
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 2 weeks ago

This "might" have been on the exam
upvoted 2 times

  princie 11 months, 1 week ago

B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  shakes103 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 416/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #45 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report. The report contains a visual that shows gross sales by date. The visual has anomaly detection enabled.

No anomalies are detected.

You need to increase the likelihood that anomaly detection will identify anomalies in the report.

What should you do?

A. Increase the Expected range transparency setting.

B. Add a data field to the Legend field well.

C. Increase the Sensitivity setting.

D. Add a data field to the Secondary values field well.

Correct Answer: A

Adding anomaly detection automatically enriches the chart with anomalies, and the expected range of values. When a value goes outside this

expected boundary, it's marked as an anomaly.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  June15 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Should be C.
upvoted 34 times

  simplex06 Highly Voted  1 year, 2 months ago

C. Increase the sensitivity
If you increase the sensitivity, the algorithm is more sensitive to changes in your data. In that case, even a slight deviation is marked as an
anomaly. If you decrease the sensitivity, the algorithm is more selective on what it considers an anomaly.

reference: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-anomaly-detection
upvoted 30 times

  SanaCanada Most Recent  7 months, 2 weeks ago

C. Increase the Sensitivity setting.

By increasing the Sensitivity setting, the anomaly detection algorithm will become more sensitive to detecting anomalies, which increases the
likelihood of identifying anomalies in the report. The Expected range transparency setting controls the opacity of the expected range, which does
not directly affect the anomaly detection. Adding a data field to the Legend field well or the Secondary values field well will only change the way
the data is displayed in the visual and will not affect the anomaly detection.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 3 times

  dnbcursuri 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the correct answer

upvoted 2 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 2 weeks ago

it must be C..
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

Increase the Sensitivity setting.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the correct answer

upvoted 2 times

  princie 11 months, 1 week ago

According to Microsoft web link given in the answer explanation, the correct answer should be ‘increase sensitivity’ option C
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 417/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Clodia 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 3 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct is C
upvoted 3 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year ago

I would go C
upvoted 3 times

  sher72 1 year ago

Should be C
If you increase the sensitivity, the algorithm is more sensitive to changes in your data. In that case, even a slight deviation is marked as an
anomaly.
upvoted 3 times

  June15 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Should be C
upvoted 4 times

  ThariCD 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Should be sensitivity setting, so answer C

upvoted 4 times

  div4lyfe 1 year, 1 month ago

C. Increase the sensitivity setting
upvoted 4 times

  emmanuelkech 1 year, 1 month ago

C. Increase the Sensitivity setting

This is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 1 year, 1 month ago

correct answer is C.
expected range transparency is an anomaly's format feature
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 418/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #46 Topic 3

You maintain a Power BI workspace that contains a supplier quality dashboard. The dashboard contains 10 card visuals, two map visuals and five

bar chart visuals.

The dashboard mobile layout is shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)

You need to modify the dashboard mobile layout to meet the following requirements:

✑ Only show single-value visuals.

✑ Minimize scrolling.
What should you do?

A. Decrease the size of the card visuals. Remove the map and bar chart visuals.

B. Decrease the size of the map and bar chart visuals. Move all the card visuals to the top of the layout.

C. Remove the card visuals. Increase the size of the map and bar chart visuals.

D. Move the bar chart visuals to the top of the layout. Remove the map visuals. Decrease the size of the card visuals.

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  srikanth923 Highly Voted  8 months ago

answer is A .
They said show only single value visuals
upvoted 11 times

  Juff6 Most Recent  5 months, 1 week ago

Answer is A
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 419/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Danylessoucis 10 months ago

Selected Answer: A

"Single value visual" ---> A

upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

as the requirements, show only value, so A, remove map and charts.
upvoted 1 times

  Namenick10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Should be A
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

Agree with A
upvoted 4 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

correct
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 420/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #47 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report.

You have a table named Data1 that contains 10 million rows.

Data1 is used in the following visuals:

✑ A card that shows the number of records

✑ A bar chart that shows total transaction amount by territory
✑ A scatter plot that shows transaction amount and profit amount on the axes and points colored by territory
You need to modify the scatter plot to make it easier for users to identify meaningful patterns. The solution must not affect the accuracy of the

other visuals.

What should you do?

A. Add a count field of the transaction amount to the size bucket of the scatter plot.

B. Add a trend line to the scatter plot.

C. Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot.

D. Apply a row filter to the Data1 query in Power Query Editor.

Correct Answer: B

A trend line is a straight line that best represents the points on a scatterplot. The trend line may go through some points but need not go

through them all. The trend line is used to show the pattern of the data. This trend line may show a positive trend or a negative trend.

Reference:

https://flexbooks.ck12.org/cbook/ck-12-interactive-middle-school-math-8-for-ccss/section/6.3/related/lesson/use-a-scatterplot-to-interpret-

data-msm8/

Community vote distribution

C (76%) B (23%)

  shakes103 Highly Voted  11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

This question requires "modification" of the scatter plot and what high-density sampling essentially does is to employ methods that capture and
represent the underlying data more effectively and eliminates overlapping points.
Remember that the table named Data1 contains 10 million rows. How do you represent all that data in a scatter plot in a meaningful pattern for
easy understanding and analysis? by use of high density sampling.
"By definition, high-density data is sampled to create visualizations reasonably quickly that are responsive to interactivity. Too many data points
on a visual can bog it down, and can detract from the visibility of trends".
This link explains it more: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-high-density-scatter-charts#how-high-density-
scatter-charts-work
upvoted 29 times

  Clodia Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

The correct answer should be C - Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot.
Trend line is only available if the X axis is time and type is "Continuous", in this case the option is not available.
upvoted 8 times

  Fer079 1 year ago

You are wrong. Trend line is available even if the X axis is not time.
You can see this example:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMTAIHBtB80

So Trend line is the best option

upvoted 5 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

If you were talking of 1000 rows, we can be considering trend line not when we are dealing with 10 million rows. High density sampling is
the best option in this case considering the 10 million rows.
upvoted 3 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: C
upvoted 3 times

  thomas_90 1 month ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 421/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

For my opinion, B is correct answer. Because the scatter plot that made by grouping territories, so it doesn't have too much points. In this case,
the trend line will be more effective for users to understand the pattern of data.
upvoted 1 times

  SinaRamzi 2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Line chart is not a good choice for a scatter plot. C sounds more rational
upvoted 1 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-high-density-sampling
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

C. Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot.

Enabling high-density sampling on the scatter plot will reduce the number of points displayed in the visual, while still maintaining the overall
patterns and trends in the data. This will make it easier for users to identify meaningful patterns without affecting the accuracy of the other
visuals. Adding a count field to the size bucket of the scatter plot or applying a row filter to the Data1 query in Power Query Editor will change the
way the data is displayed in the scatter plot and may affect the accuracy of the other visuals. Adding a trend line to the scatter plot may help
users identify trends in the data, but it may also obscure some of the underlying patterns in the data.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  Pinha 7 months, 3 weeks ago

10 million rows >> high-density sampling
upvoted 1 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

When dealing with a large dataset of 10 million rows, it can be difficult to find trends or patterns by analyzing the entire dataset. Instead, a better
approach would be to use high-density sampling techniques to select a smaller, representative sample of the data for analysis.
upvoted 2 times

  Mobita3000 8 months ago

The correct solution to modify the scatter plot to make it easier for users to identify meaningful patterns without affecting the accuracy of the
other visuals would be to enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot. Therefore, the correct answer is C.

Enabling high-density sampling allows you to plot a representative subset of the data in the scatter plot without losing significant information.
This will help reduce the clutter in the scatter plot caused by a large amount of data and make it easier for users to identify patterns and trends.

Adding a count field of the transaction amount to the size bucket of the scatter plot (option A) would make the scatter plot more informative but
may also add more clutter to the plot, making it harder to identify patterns.

Adding a trend line to the scatter plot (option B) would show the overall trend in the data, but it may not be useful in identifying patterns across
different territories.

Applying a row filter to the Data1 query in Power Query Editor (option D) would reduce the number of rows in the dataset but would also affect
the accuracy of all the visuals using the Data1 table, including the card and bar chart. Therefore, it's not a recommended solution.
upvoted 2 times

  NuriaIzard 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

I think since it is not required to show an evolution during time, but just the distribution of sales within territories, then a trend line would add little
value
upvoted 2 times

  rmeng 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

you only need to add a new metric into size in order to give more useful information (3 dimensions). Doesn´t matter the size because legend is
territory, so you don´s have 10 M rows of territories.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Adding a trend line

upvoted 5 times

  Booster21 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

The solution must not affect the accuracy of the other visuals as required, and " C. Enable high-density sampling on the scatter plot." would
reflect the shape of the scatter plot.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 422/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  KobeData 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

When using the High Density Sampling algorithm for scatter charts, accurate distribution of the data is the goal, and implied visual density is not
the goal. For example, you might see a scatter chart with lots of circles that overlap (density) in a certain area, and imagine many data points
must be clustered there; since the High Density Sampling algorithm can use one circle to represent many data points, such implied visual density
(or "clustering") will not show up. To get more detail in a given area, you can use slicers to zoom in. Would go with C on this one, B would be to
spot a trend. C would be accurate since it makes users more likely to spot patterns.
upvoted 6 times

  Namenick10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Should be B.
upvoted 3 times

  Manzy2599 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 423/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #48 Topic 3

You have a Power BI workspace named Inventory that contains a dataset, a report, and a dashboard.

You need to add an additional tile to the dashboard. The tile must show inventory by location. This information is NOT visualized in the report. The

solution must minimize the impact on the report.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Ask a question by using Q&A.

B. Hide the report page.

C. Pin the visual to the dashboard.

D. Use quick insights on the dashboard.

E. Add the visual to the report.

Correct Answer: AC

In the Power BI service (app.powerbi.com), a dashboard contains tiles pinned from one or more datasets, so you can ask questions about any

of the data contained in any of those datasets. T

The answer to your question is displayed as an interactive visualization and updates as you modify the question.

Open a dashboard and place your cursor in the question box. Even before you start typing, Q&A displays a new screen with suggestions to help

you form your question. You see phrases and complete questions containing the names of the tables in the underlying datasets and may even

see complete questions listed if the dataset owner has created featured questions,

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/power-bi-tutorial-q-and-a

Community vote distribution

AC (78%) AD (22%)

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: AC

TESTED
upvoted 21 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 424/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  nmosq Highly Voted  10 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

It's either EC, create the viz in the report and then pin it to the dashboard (since it mentions that the viz doesn't exist).
or it's AD, use Q&A or Insights.
Since the condition it's also that the impact on the report should be minimal, the best option it's AD
upvoted 6 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: A,C
upvoted 3 times

  hussamAlHunaiti 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AC

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qMf7OLJfCz8&list=PL1N57mwBHtN0JFoKSR0n-tBkUJHeMP2cP
upvoted 2 times

  Geni44 3 months ago

Selected Answer: AC

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qMf7OLJfCz8&list=PL1N57mwBHtN0JFoKSR0n-tBkUJHeMP2cP
upvoted 5 times

  hussamAlHunaiti 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Perfect explanation. So AC is the answer
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Perfect explanation. So AC is the answer
upvoted 1 times

  Certany 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

AC - The tile to be created is not directly visible but selected through Q&A. Pin the visual next.
upvoted 2 times

  TalktomeGoOse 5 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

"You need to add an additional tile to the dashboard. The tile must show inventory by location. This information is NOT visualized in the report"

The report don't have the visualization. Then how that can be pinned to the Dashboard?
upvoted 1 times

  luisnc 6 months ago

I think it's A and C. Look at this video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f1ANOw5j9b0 . It clearly shows how Q&A can be used in a dashboard
to produce and pin visuals
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Guys saying that viz do not exist hence you can't pin them... QA feature, after you ask a question, proposes you visuals which can be then
pinned to the dashboard right away - you don't first have to create them in the report. That's why I'd go for AC.
upvoted 3 times

  JPGo 9 months, 4 weeks ago

I believe this is D & C if we can assume there was already something on the dashboard from the report. By doing Quick Insights, you'll get a
bunch of visuals that could be pinned.
upvoted 3 times

  luisnc 6 months, 2 weeks ago

yes, but I chose A and C because we need a specific visual, and Q&A is probably quicker way to find the information than quick insights,
where you need to find what you need out of the list (if you can find it)
upvoted 1 times

  anasben 10 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

Answer is : A, D
VIZ NOT EXIST in Report (Can't Pin) /
D : Solution => Get Quick Insights (look for relevant Visual and PIN)
upvoted 3 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 1 week ago

The information is NOT visualized in the report, so from where are you guys getting the visual to pin on the dashboard. My options are AD

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 425/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: AC

Tested and is correct

upvoted 2 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 426/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #49 Topic 3

HOTSPOT -

You have a dataset named Pens that contains the following columns:

✑ Item
✑ Unit Price
✑ Quantity Ordered
You need to create a visualization that shows the relationship between Unit Price and Quantity Ordered. The solution must highlight orders that

have a similar unit price and ordered quantity.

Which type of visualization and which feature should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: A scatter plot of Quantity Ordered and Unit Price by item

A scatter chart shows the relationship between two numerical values.

Note: Scatter charts are a great choice:

To show relationships between two numerical values.

To plot two groups of numbers as one series of x and y coordinates.

To use instead of a line chart when you want to change the scale of the horizontal axis.

To turn the horizontal axis into a logarithmic scale.

To display worksheet data that includes pairs or grouped sets of values.

To show patterns in large sets of data, for example by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.

To compare large numbers of data points without regard to time. The more data that you include in a Scatter chart, the better the comparisons

that you can make.

Box 2: Automatically find clusters

Scatter charts are a great choice:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 427/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

* To show patterns in large sets of data, for example by showing linear or non-linear trends, clusters, and outliers.

Reference:

https://github.com/Microsoft/powerbi-visuals-corrplot/

  PaweuG Highly Voted  9 months, 1 week ago

Correct - scatter plot + clusters
upvoted 10 times

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct
upvoted 6 times

  LanTodak Most Recent  3 weeks ago

Exam: 15/10/2023
Score: 948/1000
Answer: Scatter plot,Automatically find cluster
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

Agree with it
upvoted 4 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

Correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 428/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #50 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains three pages named Page1, Page2, and Page3. All the pages have the same slicers.

You need to ensure that all the filters applied to Page1 apply to Page1 and Page3 only.

What should you do?

A. On each page, modify the interactions of the slicer.

B. Enable visibility of the slicers on Page1 and Page3. Disable visibility of the slicer on Page2.

C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.

Correct Answer: A

Control which page visuals are affected by slicers

By default, slicers on report pages affect all the other visualizations on that page, including each other. As you choose values in the list and

date slicers that you just created, notice the effects on the other visualizations. The filtered data is an intersection of the values selected in

both slicers.

Use visual interactions to exclude some page visualizations from being affected by others. On the Overview page, the Total Sales Variance by

FiscalMonth and

District Manager chart shows overall comparative data for district managers by month, which is information that you want to keep visible. Use

visual interactions to keep slicer selections from filtering this chart.

1. Go to the Overview page of the report, and then select the DM slicer you previously created.

2. On the Power BI Desktop menu, select the Format menu under Visual Tools, and then select Edit interactions.

3. Filter controls, each with a Filter and a None option, appear above all the visuals on the page. Initially, the Filter option is preselected on all

the controls.

4. Select the None option in the filter control above the Total Sales Variance by FiscalMonth and District Manager chart to stop the DM slicer

from filtering it.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-slicers

Community vote distribution

C (95%) 5%

  OGESSIUSER Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.

upvoted 53 times

  Nuli Highly Voted  10 months, 1 week ago

C is correct
upvoted 7 times

  Azurijanac Most Recent  1 day, 12 hours ago

Selected Answer: A

A. Use visual interactions to exclude some page visualizations from being affected by others. For example, in the Retail Analysis sample on the
Overview page, the Total Sales Variance by FiscalMonth and District Manager chart shows overall comparative data for district managers by
month, which is information that you may want to keep visible. Use visual interactions to keep slicer selections from filtering this chart. It is also
clearly mentioned in Microsoft docs Sync slicers are used to sync all pages.
upvoted 1 times

  IrynaVilner 6 days, 13 hours ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  taphyoe 1 week, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct answer is C
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

Tested C
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 429/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  globalexamtopics 3 months, 3 weeks ago

ChatGPT4 trained with the PL-300 reading materials:
The document does not provide a direct answer to this question. However, based on general knowledge of Power BI and slicer functionality, you
should:

Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3 (Option C). Slicer syncing allows slicers to be used across multiple pages. This means that if a user applies
a filter on Page1, the same filter will be applied on Page3 because the slicers are synced. This would not affect Page2 as the slicers are not
synced with it.
upvoted 2 times

  TalktomeGoOse 5 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Check this video

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1HGcjqzkQg
You can Sync slicer in specific pages of a report
upvoted 2 times

  TalktomeGoOse 5 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Check this video. You can Sync slicer in specific pages of a report
upvoted 2 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

you can't sync the slicers for 2pages only but for all the pages so it would be A
upvoted 3 times

  jsking 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C. Sync the slicers on Page1 and Page3.

upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the most suitable answer

upvoted 3 times

  disndat7 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Happy with C. A could work but no one would do that in real life.
upvoted 3 times

  Mazhar332 1 year ago

C is the correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  dorypl300 1 year ago

C is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 430/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #51 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains five pages.

Pages 1 to 4 are visible and page 5 is hidden.

You need to create a solution that will enable users to quickly navigate from the first page to all the other visible pages. The solution must

minimize development and maintenance effort as pages are added to the report.

What should you do first?

A. Add a blank button to page 1.

B. Add a page navigation button to page 1.

C. Create a bookmark for each page.

D. Add a bookmark navigation button to page 1.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  Sushvij Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Wrong
B is correct. Add a page navigation button to page 1
because the solution must minimize development and maintenance effort as pages are added to the report. If we add more pages the report they
will be automatically added to the page navigator. Only thing is you have to change 'show hidden pages' option to off.
But with the bookmark navigator, lot of efforts required to create individual bookmark to each page and also the newly added pages manually.
another problem is it also adds all other bookmarks to the navigator which we dont need.
so we should create a page navigator button in page 1(and set 'show hidden pages' to off)
upvoted 24 times

  ZSun 4 months ago

This a great explanation. To summarize: Adding bookmark can also meet the requirement but too complicated.
Adding page navigation only need to insert "page navigator" and disable "show hidden pages"
upvoted 2 times

  pikachusrilanka 9 months, 1 week ago

Thanks for the explanation!
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG Highly Voted  9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

On Page 1.
Insert -> Buttons - > Navigator -> Page navigator
You're done.
upvoted 7 times

  ZSun 4 months ago

You need to disable "show hidden pages"
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

We have two types of navigator, bookmark navigator and page navigator.

upvoted 1 times

  SuniltheMentor 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Must add a Page Navigator Button from the Insert Tab

upvoted 2 times

  Kepty 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B... I totally agree with Sushvij.

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 431/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  JBTC 9 months, 3 weeks ago

add a page navigator button to page1 should be correct
upvoted 2 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B should be the answer as it is an already built-in feature and so decreases development and maintenance effort.
upvoted 4 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Also the question clearly says what should you do first?
first add a page navigator button to page1
next disable 'show hidden pages'
Hope this helps!
upvoted 2 times

  mambamota 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Yes bookmark
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 432/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #52 Topic 3

You build a Power BI report that displays IoT temperature data streaming from a refrigerator.

You publish the report to the Power BI service.

You need to be notified when the temperature rises above four degrees Celsius.

What should you do?

A. Set an alert on a KPI visual in the report.

B. Pin a card visual to a dashboard and create a subscription.

C. Pin a card visual to a dashboard and set an alert on the tile.

D. Pin a report page to a dashboard and set an alert on the page.

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  JPGo Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

You can't do an alert on an entire report. The alert has to be on card/kpi and has to be on a dashboard.
upvoted 17 times

  darkfairy 9 months, 2 weeks ago

What do you think about answer - A. Set an alert on a KPI visual in the report ?
upvoted 1 times

  Heshybay 8 months, 1 week ago

Alerts are set on the tiles in a dashboard not in the report.
upvoted 6 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Pin a card visual to a dashboard and set an alert on the tile
upvoted 5 times

  taphyoe Most Recent  1 week, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: C

C since only card visual can create the alert.

upvoted 1 times

  Mimi99 4 months ago

Selected Answer: C

i did not know we can set alert for report page

upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Alert is only on dashboard, not report.

upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

C. Pin a card visual to a dashboard and set an alert on the tile.

To be notified when the temperature rises above four degrees Celsius, you can pin a card visual showing the temperature to a dashboard and set
an alert on the tile. To do this, first create the card visual on the report page showing the temperature data, then click on the "Pin visual" button in
the top right corner of the visual and select the dashboard where you want to pin it. Once the card is pinned, click on the ellipsis menu in the top
right corner of the tile and select "Set alert". From there, you can configure the alert settings to notify you when the temperature rises above four
degrees Celsius. This solution allows you to receive notifications without having to constantly monitor the report or dashboard, and provides a
targeted alert specific to the temperature data you're interested in.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 433/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 4 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Why not A ?
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

You first have to pin a one-value visual to the dashboard (Card/KPI/Gauge) and then you can set an alert on it's value. You can't set alerts on a
report or whole report pages pinned to the dashboard.
upvoted 3 times

  JBTC 9 months, 3 weeks ago

C should be the correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct. Alerts can be set on a card visual.

upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Yes the correct answer is C. You can set alerts in dashboards only for gauge/card/KPI visuals and not for the entire report.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Cis correct answer

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 434/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #53 Topic 3

You have the dashboard shown in the following exhibit.

You need to modify the dashboard to display as shown in the following exhibit.

What should you do?

A. Create and apply a custom dashboard theme.

B. Change the colors of the visuals in the report.

C. Apply the Dark dashboard theme.

D. Upload a snapshot image of the dashboard.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

A (82%) B (18%)

  JPGo Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

The visual colors can't be changed on the dashboard from a report after the visual has already been pinned. Applying a dashboard custom theme
will do it.
upvoted 16 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Create and apply a custom dashboard theme
upvoted 5 times

  andrewkravchuk97 Most Recent  2 months, 4 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 435/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

B. In fact, there are no correct answer because we can not set up the column's color in the custom theme in the dashboard. What you should do:
choose Color-blind friendly theme in the dashboard. But i choose B option.
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 2 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

You all fell into the trap of Microsoft. If you pay attention closely you'll realise the intial Dashboard has title for each visual but the Target visual
does not(it was disabled). So it is not just the colors but also the title that was tampered with. This can only be achieved by Option B.
upvoted 2 times

  JZChapman 2 months, 2 weeks ago

How does "chang[ing] the colors of the visuals in the report" allow one to remove the visual titles?
upvoted 1 times

  Tuvok79 3 months ago

A misunderstanding when the question and pictures were created. The lower image below has been selected and in the process create a teal-
color (when you cross blue(as the bars are) with grey color thus creating the illusion of a theme or dark theme. It's basically Option B - Change
color in the report and refresh to Power BI service.
upvoted 1 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

for me is B because the color must be changed and there isn't customed theme like the report modified
upvoted 4 times

  RitaS 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I was unsuccessful in doing this assuming Option A is correct. However, I was successful in doing it assuming Option B is correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct, it is not snapshot, because in the second pic, title of charts are removed.
upvoted 2 times

  quxxy 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

This is an another tricky question: If pinned visuals uses "destination theme" - we need to change colors in the report...
But the background... It looks like that we need to customize theme of the dashboard. So "A".
upvoted 3 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B is correct. theme change the background not only the visual. here visual colour is being changed.
upvoted 2 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

A - create and apply custom dashboard theme.
Yes we cant change the colors of visuals on the dashboard, so the only option here is to go with the custom theme. It is not dark theme
upvoted 4 times

  mambamota 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Should be A
upvoted 1 times

  katmonon 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Isn't it apply the Dark Dashboard theme?
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 436/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #54 Topic 3

You need to create a Power BI theme that will be used in multiple reports. The theme will include corporate branding for font size, color, and bar

chart formatting.

What should you do?

A. From Power BI Desktop, customize the current theme.

B. From Power BI Desktop, use a built-in report theme.

C. Create a theme as a PBIVIZ file and import the theme into Power BI Desktop.

D. Create a theme as a JSON file and import the theme into Power BI Desktop.

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

D (82%) A (18%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D. Create a theme as a JSON file and import the theme into Power BI Desktop.

To create a Power BI theme that can be used across multiple reports and workspaces, the best approach would be to create a theme as a JSON
file and then import it into Power BI Desktop. This will allow you to define the corporate branding for font size, color, and bar chart formatting in a
single file, which can then be easily imported into all the reports that require it.

To create a theme as a JSON file, you can use the built-in Theme Generator tool in Power BI or create the file manually. Once you have the JSON
file, you can import it into Power BI Desktop by going to the "Switch Theme" menu and selecting "Import Theme." From there, you can select the
JSON file and apply the theme to the current report.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 14 times

  srikanth923 Highly Voted  8 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is a better answer, they said use the theme in multiple reports that means you need to create a json file and upload it as a theme
upvoted 8 times

  Mandar77 Most Recent  6 days, 10 hours ago

Answer A is correct. Question asked to create a new theme. You can always modify current theme and save it to use it for other reports.
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Create a theme as a JSON file and import the theme into Power BI Desktop.
upvoted 7 times

  junior17les 3 months, 2 weeks ago

What other questions came up?
upvoted 1 times

  AniveM 4 months, 3 weeks ago

La réponse A est la bonne mais elle n'est pas complète car après avoir personnalisé le thème, il faudrait l’enregistrer au format json pour ensuite
le réutiliser dans d'autres rapports.
upvoted 2 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The theme will include corporate branding for font size, color, and bar chart formatting by in Json File
upvoted 3 times

  Kartikeraj 6 months, 1 week ago

Correct answer is A
For reference read this link - https://radacad.com/power-bi-theme-customize-colors-fonts-and-visual-appearance-for-multiple-objects
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 437/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Roots00 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

i think for customizing bar chart formating you need to do it in json file. In desktop you can only customize visuals as regard to background,
border, header and tooltip. For more granular customization it has to be done into a json file.
upvoted 2 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 1 week ago

i meant D sorry
upvoted 2 times

  quxxy 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Of course we need to create JSON file with theme and then using it as a theme for multiple reports! How do we can create it? Do we have some
custom app for creating JSON themes for Power BI? Guess not...
So, first step is "Customizing current theme" after that - saving JSON file, etc...
Answers "A" and "D" are good, but first step - "A": "Customize current theme" is more correct, i guess.
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

D. Create a theme as a JSON file and import the theme into Power BI Desktop.

To create a Power BI theme that can be used across multiple reports and workspaces, the best approach would be to create a theme as a JSON
file and then import it into Power BI Desktop. This will allow you to define the corporate branding for font size, color, and bar chart formatting in a
single file, which can then be easily imported into all the reports that require it.

To create a theme as a JSON file, you can use the built-in Theme Generator tool in Power BI or create the file manually. Once you have the JSON
file, you can import it into Power BI Desktop by going to the "Switch Theme" menu and selecting "Import Theme." From there, you can select the
JSON file and apply the theme to the current report.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  rawie 9 months ago

Selected Answer: D

The phrase "will be used in multiple reports" points a bit more to the JSON response which is more comprehensive
upvoted 1 times

  PaweuG 9 months, 1 week ago

A seems to be correct but D is more complete solution, as you have to be able to use it in multiple reports. D does not say how you create the
JSON file, though. You can create it by customizing current theme in one of the reports and then exporting it as JSON.
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

D is correct . Because it says we will use it in multiple reports . We can do that by importing the JSON file
upvoted 3 times

  amdeen 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

  reyn007 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I would go for D because creating a JSON file means customizing the current theme. Answer D presents a complete solution.
upvoted 3 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I believe its A
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 438/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #55 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains one page. The page contains two line charts and one bar chart.

You need to ensure that users can perform the following tasks for all three visuals:

• Switch the measures used in the visuals.

• Change the visualization type.

• Add a legend.

The solution must minimize development effort.

What should you do?

A. Create a bookmark for each acceptable combination of visualization type, measure, and legend in the bar chart.

B. Edit the interactions between the three visuals.

C. Enable personalization for the report.

D. Enable personalization for each visual.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Sushvij Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Correct.
Personalization can be enabled for each visual or the entire report. Here we have a single page report with 3 visuals and all three visuals need
personalization, the answer is 'enable personalization for the entire report' to minimize development efforts
upvoted 14 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

correct
upvoted 1 times

  BillyBobby 5 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Enable personalisation
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

"Personalize for each visual" does exist at all. it is personalize the report.
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

If you don't want all the visuals to be personalized, you can switch the setting on or off per page or per visual.
upvoted 1 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Given answer is correct

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 439/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #56 Topic 3

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have a clustered bar chart that contains a measure named Salary as the value and a field named Employee as the axis. Salary is present in the

data as a numerical amount representing US dollars.

You need to create a reference line to show which employees are above the median salary.

Solution: You create a median line by using the Salary measure.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  Sushvij Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

This question is in continuation of the series question # 22 of Topic 3.
Answer is Yes
We can definitely create a median line for the measure of salary (Tested)
Also the other solution in this series is create a percentile line at 50% for the salary measure because percentile value at 50 % is exactly equal to
the median value.
upvoted 27 times

  ajvela 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes ,tested, it's working
upvoted 3 times

  JPGo Highly Voted  9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

This should work, not sure why not.

upvoted 7 times

  ExamPage Most Recent  1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Yes.

See this shot video: https://www.projectpro.io/recipes/use-median-line-analytics-pane-power-bi

upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

A. as median lines are references lines and would be at the 50% mark
upvoted 3 times

  hungry85 6 months, 1 week ago

A is correct because you create a median line which by itself is a 50th percertile
upvoted 3 times

  quxxy 8 months, 4 weeks ago

I guess the thing is why "no" is correct is because previously we created percentile line at 50%... So newly created measure would work but it's
creating is not necessary...
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

but questions are independent.
upvoted 2 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 440/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

makes sense but dont know which one is right. if we consider linkage to previous questions you are right.
upvoted 2 times

  mambamota 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Should be A
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 441/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #57 Topic 3

DRAG DROP

You have a Power BI report that contains a table visual with a measure named Revenue. The Revenue measure returns values within a range of 0

to 5.

You need to format the visual so that the Revenue column displays a specific background color based on the value range shown in the following

table.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence in Power BI Desktop? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the

answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Correct Answer:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 442/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  JBTC Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct
Open the Background color dialog for the revenue column.
set format style to rules.
Add and configure a new rule for each value range.
upvoted 22 times

  Shalaleh Highly Voted  6 months ago

4-1-2 is the correct order.
upvoted 5 times

  srikanth923 Most Recent  8 months ago

answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 3 weeks ago

You must have created the calculated column before using it in field value.
1 add rule
2 open background
3 field value
upvoted 2 times

  Nuli 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Open the Background color dialog for the revenue column
set format style to rules
Add and configure a new rule for each value range
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 443/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #58 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains four pages.

All the pages contain a slicer for a field named Country.

You need to ensure that when a user selects a country on page 1, the selection is retained on page 2 and page 3. The solution must prevent page 4

from being affected by selections on the other pages.

What should you do?

A. Remove the Country slicer from page 1, page 2, and page 3. Add the Country field to the page-level filters.

B. Remove the Country slicer from page 1, page 2, and page 3. Add the Country field to the report-level filters.

C. Move the Country slicer from page 2 and page 3 to page 1.

D. Sync the Country slicer on page 1, page 2, and page 3.

Correct Answer: D

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  Narband2778 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer.

upvoted 9 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Sync the Country slicer on page 1, page 2, and page 3
upvoted 5 times

  Erick94 Most Recent  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The answer is D
upvoted 5 times

  dnjJ56 7 months, 1 week ago

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 444/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #59 Topic 3

DRAG DROP

You use Power BI Desktop to create a Power BI data model and a blank report.

You need to add the Word Cloud visual shown in the following exhibit to the report.

The solution must minimize development effort.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct

order.

Correct Answer:

  eholzapf Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Should be:
1. From Power BI Desktop, get the Word Cloud visual from Microsoft AppSource
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 445/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

2. Populate the Category, Value, and Excludes fields

3. Format the data colors and title (Colors in the Exhibit are different from the default colors)

Tutorial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=brkbbS4GSGw
upvoted 57 times

  df14ce0 Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Wrong answer
the answer is:
- From Power BI Desktop, get...
- Populate the Category, Value, and Excludes fields
- Format the data colors and title
upvoted 9 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

correct.
https://www.acuitytraining.co.uk/news-tips/power-bi-word-cloud-
visual/#:~:text=Importing%20The%20Word%20Cloud%20Visual%20In%20Power%20BI&text=Click%20the%20%E2%80%9CGet%20more
%20visuals,developed%20by%20Microsoft%20Corporation%20appear.
upvoted 4 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

3,5,2 for sure. You can just grab it from AppSource from within Power BI Desktop, no need to download anything yourself using a web browser.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

3-5-2 is the correct order.
upvoted 3 times

  dnjJ56 7 months, 1 week ago

Answer is wrong
it should be 1,5,2 is correct
upvoted 3 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

No , it would be 3,5,2 you can download directly from appsource from within Power BI Desktop. If you do what you suggested, how did the
theme get loaded anywhere to modify and to use?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 446/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #60 Topic 3

DRAG DROP

You have a Power BI report that contains five bookmarks.

You need to add an object to the report from which users can navigate between three specific bookmarks.

How should you complete the task? To answer, drag the appropriate actions to the correct steps. Each action may be used once, more than once,

or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  Turmalino Highly Voted  7 months ago

Shouldn't it be the other way around:
Second step: Group the three bookmarks
Third step: Change the Bookmark property for the button.

Otherwise the group is not available to be chosen in the property.

upvoted 35 times

  madyjoe21 6 months, 1 week ago

Agree! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IdXK470YwAQ
upvoted 5 times

  XiangIvyLi Highly Voted  7 months ago

I agree with Turmalino, you have to group three bookmarks and then choose the group name you want to show in the Format Navigator, the video
helps https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IdXK470YwAQ
upvoted 5 times

  UlyUkr Most Recent  5 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct answer is:
Second step: Group the three bookmarks
Third step: Change the Bookmark property for the button.
upvoted 4 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

The answer is correct!
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 447/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #61 Topic 3

You plan to use Power BI to create sales invoices for customers. The solution must meet the following requirements:

• Sales invoices must be exported in a PDF format.

• The PDF exports must show all columns and rows clearly.

What should you create?

A. a paginated report that contains a tablix

B. a dashboard that contains a table

C. an interactive report that contains a table

D. an interactive report that contains a matrix

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  XiangIvyLi Highly Voted  7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

This is a tutorial video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5Fcf8eXRq2E

upvoted 10 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- a paginated report that contains a tablix
upvoted 5 times

  Pas77789 Most Recent  6 months ago

A paginated report that contains a tablix
upvoted 3 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

a paginated report that contains a tablix

upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 448/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #62 Topic 3

DRAG DROP

You have a Power BI report that contains three pages. The pages are used to analyze sales across various countries.

You add a slicer named Country to each page of the report.

You need to configure the report to meet the following requirements:

• When a user selects a country on the first page, the report must filter the other pages.

• The second and third pages must display only the filtered results.

Which task should you perform for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate task to the correct requirement. Each task may be used

once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  Erick94 Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

- Configure the Country slicer to sync across all the pages
- Hide the Country slicer on the second and third pages
upvoted 63 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I agree. For me that's correct
upvoted 1 times

  AnnaBi 7 months ago

Correct!
upvoted 4 times

  ZSun Highly Voted  4 months ago

The question is a little bit ambiguous:
"The second and third pages must display only the filtered results" means, there cannot be slicer!!!
upvoted 7 times

  ChampagneSickle Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

The question is ambigious and the requirement implies that the country chosen on Page 1 must only filter the other pages - meaning that Page 1
is not to be filtered at all. However, after testing - adding a slicer on Page 1 requires filtering on that page. I believe the correct answer is:

- Configure the Country slicer to sync across all the pages

- Hide the Country slicer on the second and third pages
upvoted 1 times

  _Radish_ 3 months, 4 weeks ago

why sync across all the pages? not only on the second and third pages?
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 449/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

3 &4 options
upvoted 1 times

  Minio1 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is wrong
- Configure country slicer to sync across all the pages and secondly,
-Since the 2nd and 3rd pages need just to display data, you simply hide the slicer (since it will be displaying data filtered from the main slicer in
page 1)
upvoted 5 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

Configure country slicer to sync across all the pages
Add the country field to the filters on other pages
upvoted 4 times

  quxxy 7 months, 1 week ago

I guess:
- Configure the Country slicer to sync only on the second and third pages
- Hide the Country slicer on the second and third pages
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 450/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #63 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains a page. The page contains the following:

• A shape named Shape1

• A card named Sales Summary

• A clustered bar chart named Sales by Region

You need to ensure that Sales Summary renders on top of Shape1.

What should you modify?

A. Tab order in the Selection pane

B. Layer order in the Selection pane

C. Maintain layer order in the General visual settings

D. Vertical alignment in the Canvas settings

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Layer order in the Selection pane

To ensure that Sales Summary renders on top of Shape1, you need to adjust their layer order in the Selection pane. Power BI renders visuals
based on the layer order in the Selection pane, with the topmost visual being rendered last and therefore appearing on top of other visuals.

To adjust the layer order, you can select the visuals in the Selection pane and drag them up or down to change their position in the layer order. In
this case, you would want to select Sales Summary and drag it above Shape1 in the layer order to ensure it is rendered on top.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 10 times

  ushakiranr Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Layer order in the selection pane
upvoted 7 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

From Selection pane----> layer order

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 451/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #64 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report named Report1 and a dashboard named Dashboard1. Report1 contains a line chart named Sales by month.

You pin the Sales by month visual to Dashboard1.

In Report1, you change the Sales by month visual to a bar chart.

You need to ensure that the bar chart displays on Dashboard1.

What should you do?

A. Refresh the dataset used by Report1 and Dashboard1.

B. Pin the Sales by month bar chart to Dashboard1.

C. Select Refresh visuals for Dashboard1.

D. Edit the details for the dashboard tile of Dashboard1.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Pin the Sales by month bar chart to Dashboard1.

When you pin a visual to a dashboard, you are essentially taking a snapshot of that visual at that point in time and adding it to the dashboard as
a tile. Any changes made to the original visual in the report will not automatically reflect in the dashboard tile. To display the bar chart on
Dashboard1, you need to pin the new Sales by month bar chart to Dashboard1.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 17 times

  sss_15 Most Recent  5 months, 1 week ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-report-change-visualization-type

If you change the visualization type in the report after you pinned it to your dashboard, the dashboard tile does not automatically update. So, if
you used the Power BI service to pin the visualization as a line chart and then, in the report, changed it to a bar chart, the already-pinned version
of this data will remain a line chart. Pin the bar chart to see it too on the dashboard.
upvoted 3 times

  Brandon9696 5 months, 2 weeks ago

In the scenario, it already states that you have pinned the visual to the dashboard. So I believe the correct answer would be A.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Otherwise there is no way!

upvoted 2 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Selected Answer: B

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-report-change-visualization-type
upvoted 4 times

  luisnc 6 months, 2 weeks ago

here's the answer. thank you
upvoted 1 times

  FibreNet 7 months, 1 week ago

I think it's C, the report is already pinned to the dashboard.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

simply check it. refresh dataset, report or dashboard does not work. in edit details there is no such a thing. the only way is to pin new visual to
dashboard.
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 452/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Pin sales by month bar chart to dashboard

upvoted 2 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Pin sales by month to dashboard

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 453/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #65 Topic 3

In Power BI Desktop, you are creating a report that will contain three pages.

You need to create a custom tooltip page and prepare the page for use.

Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. For the tooltip page, set Allow use as tooltip to On.

B. For the target page, set Allow use as tooltip to On.

C. Configure filters on the target visual.

D. For the tooltip page, configure filters.

E. Add and configure visuals on the tooltip page.

Correct Answer: BCE

Community vote distribution

ADE (53%) BDE (19%) 11%
( )

  XiangIvyLi Highly Voted  7 months ago

Selected Answer: ADE

1. E, Add and configure visuals on the tooltip page;

2. A, For the target page, set Allow use as tooltip to On;
3. D, Configure filter for preparation of tooltip page.
So my answer is ADE
upvoted 16 times

  WingL 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Do you mean BDE? For the target page is on option B not option A.
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 Highly Voted  7 months ago

in order , AEB

A : set option on to use the page as tool tip

E: add the visuals you want to display on the target page in the tool tip page
B : enable the tool tip option for the target report page
upvoted 8 times

  Solaroz Most Recent  4 days, 2 hours ago

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=URTA7JZsAtw
E, A, D
upvoted 1 times

  Diegovelazquez2 1 week, 4 days ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips?tabs=powerbi-desktop. It is A,D,E. We enable as a tooltip on the
tooltip page, not on the target page, as seen in this web page.
upvoted 1 times

  SamiaAwais 1 month, 2 weeks ago

ADE No further discussion required https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=URTA7JZsAtw
upvoted 2 times

  WingL 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I will go with the answer ADE.
Why A not B?
From my understanding, the question is "Prepare a page for a tooltip, how do we create it"
So, I will go for ADE.
If the question is "How do we set the tooltip for our report?"
It could be the answer to ABDE.
upvoted 2 times

  taod 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ABE

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 454/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

E-A-B
I just created a minimal working example and those were the steps.
I don't know what the filters are about in the answers and the discussion.
upvoted 4 times

  Tuvok79 3 months ago

1.E: First you create a new tab( tooltip page) and name it for example Tooltip 1and with the information/visuals you want to use as a tooltip
function (i.e. config visuals)
2. A: Then you set to allow in the tooltip page under Format>Page information>set to use as tooitip to ON and lastly..
3. D: Then back in tooltip page you select which fields/columns the tooltip should show up on.
upvoted 2 times

  kelvin3105 3 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ACE

For me, this is the correct answer, vote if you agree.

upvoted 3 times

  XiaoV587 3 months, 2 weeks ago

what filter?????
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

A, E , and probably C
upvoted 1 times

  hanjoe 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BDE

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=URTA7JZsAtw
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

E;D;A is the correct order.
upvoted 2 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ACE

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/desktop-tooltips?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

A& E are inevitable. but I am not sure about C. And I think the order is not that much important.
upvoted 2 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: ADE

my mistake, i think it's ADE. No need to configure filters on target page

upvoted 3 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 2 weeks ago

in order to work, you have to set Allow use as tooltip to On on the tooltip page. On the target visual you have to configure the tooltip options on
the format pane but it s not a filter so i'm confused...but would go for ACE
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 455/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #66 Topic 3

DRAG DROP

You need to use AI insights to add a column of enhanced data based on the customer feedback. The solution must identify the following:

• What the customers most often provide feedback about

• Whether the customers like your company’s product

• The language of the feedback

Which AI insights service should you use for each output? To answer, drag the appropriate services to the correct outputs. Each service may be

used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  Karth Highly Voted  7 months ago

IMO given answers are correct.
upvoted 13 times

  Shalaleh Highly Voted  6 months ago

Guys, If you do not familiar with these phrases like me, open power query, in Home tab there is Text Analysis. you can find there.
upvoted 10 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Thanks @Shalaleh
upvoted 1 times

  Solaroz Most Recent  4 days, 2 hours ago

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dvyD-qeoHM4
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 456/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #67 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report named ReportA.

You have a Power BI tenant that allows users to export data.

You need to ensure that consumers of ReportA cannot export any data from visuals.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. From Power BI Desktop, modify the Report settings.

B. From Power BI Desktop, modify the Data Load settings.

C. From the Power BI service, modify the dataset permissions.

D. From the Power BI service, modify the Report settings.

Correct Answer: AD

Community vote distribution

AD (100%)

  luisnc Highly Voted  6 months, 2 weeks ago

I'll choose A and D: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-platform/power-bi-
desktop/per-report-control-data-export
upvoted 10 times

  Moabdil Highly Voted  7 months ago

I think that correct answer is C and A. D is not possible as there is no option for report setting in PBI Service
upvoted 5 times

  Lotusss 6 months, 3 weeks ago

You are wrong, there is a report setting in Power Bi Service.
upvoted 4 times

  GrootPiemel Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

I agree with A & D, but can someone explain why C is NOT correct?
upvoted 1 times

  TalktomeGoOse 5 months ago

Selected Answer: AD

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-platform/power-bi-desktop/per-report-control-
data-export
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I think D is not correct, there is no such an option in Power BI service to disable export only for one specific report. Admin can disable or enable
it for entire organization or specific groups.
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

There is. Report Settings > Export Data
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I checked it. A & D:
In data load there is no option for Export!
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

Each correct answer presents a complete solution so A and D. You can configure report settings both in desktop and power bi service
upvoted 4 times

  Newb007 6 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 457/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Why A and C ???? its A and D just go look lol. PBI Service... File...Settings...Export Settings similar in PBI Desktop
upvoted 1 times

  Retro01 6 months, 3 weeks ago

A and C is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Leon333 6 months, 3 weeks ago

yes I agree.
upvoted 1 times

  KMLearn3 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: AD

Report Settings in Desktop and Service

upvoted 2 times

Question #68 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that will be rendered on a vertical display.

You need to maximize the portion of the screen area used by the report.

What should you do?

A. From the Canvas background setting of Power BI Desktop, configure the Image fit setting.

B. From the Canvas settings of Power BI Desktop, set a custom width and height.

C. From Power BI Desktop, select Personalize visuals.

D. From the Power BI service, enable the Pages pane.

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B. From the Canvas settings of Power BI Desktop, set a custom width and height.

To maximize the portion of the screen area used by the report when it is displayed on a vertical screen, you should set a custom width and height
for the report canvas in Power BI Desktop. This will allow you to adjust the size of the report canvas to fit the dimensions of the vertical screen,
which will result in the report taking up as much space as possible on the screen.

Option A, configuring the Image fit setting, is not relevant to maximizing the screen area used by the report.

Option C, selecting Personalize visuals, allows you to change the appearance and behavior of individual visuals within the report, but it does not
relate to maximizing screen area.

Option D, enabling the Pages pane, allows you to navigate between pages in a report, but it does not relate to maximizing screen area either.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 12 times

  MBBB Most Recent  1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

B. From the Canvas settings of Power BI Desktop, set a custom width and height.
correct and the only option
upvoted 1 times

  AnnaBi 7 months ago

Correct answer!
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 458/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #69 Topic 3

You need to create a visual that compares profit across 10 product categories fora selected quarter.

What is the best visual to use to achieve the goal?

A. an area chart

B. a funnel chart

C. a clustered bar chart

D. a line chart

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C. A clustered bar chart.

A clustered bar chart is the best visual to use to compare profit across 10 product categories for a selected quarter. It allows you to easily
compare the profit of each category side-by-side, making it easy to identify the highest and lowest performers. In addition, a clustered bar chart
is effective at displaying discrete data, such as categories, which makes it the ideal choice for this scenario.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 13 times

  Lotusss Highly Voted  7 months ago

C is correct.
upvoted 5 times

  Narband2778 Most Recent  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the right answer.

upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 459/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #70 Topic 3

You have a Power BI dataset named Finance that is hosted in a Power BI workspace.

The finance team at your company is NOT currently a member of any Power BI workspace roles.

You need to enable the finance team to use Microsoft Excel to analyze the Finance dataset.

What should you do?

A. Grant the finance team build permissions to the Finance dataset.

B. Provide an Excel workbook that is connected to the Finance dataset.

C. Create a row-level security (RLS) role and add the finance team to the role as members.

D. Grant the finance team write permissions to the Finance dataset.

Correct Answer: A

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  sa56 Highly Voted  7 months ago

To enable the finance team to use Microsoft Excel to analyze the Finance dataset, you need to provide them with an Excel workbook that is
connected to the dataset. This can be done by installing the Power BI publisher for Excel add-in, connecting to the Finance dataset, and then
importing the data into Excel. Once the data is in Excel, the finance team can use all of Excel's analytical capabilities to analyze and visualize the
data.

Granting build permissions (A) or write permissions (D) to the Finance dataset would allow the finance team to modify the dataset, which is not
necessary for their analysis needs. Creating a row-level security (RLS) role and adding the finance team as members (C) would only be necessary
if you needed to restrict access to specific rows of data in the Finance dataset based on user roles or permissions.
upvoted 15 times

  Maverick7513 Highly Voted  6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

you have to have at least build permissions on the dataset

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-connect-power-bi-datasets-excel
upvoted 10 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

this page explains correctly. A is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  JJMC5544 Most Recent  4 months, 1 week ago

B looks the closest answer.
upvoted 1 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/create-manage-workspaces-power-bi/2-distribute-report-dashboard?ns-enrollment-
type=learningpath&ns-enrollment-id=learn-bizapps.manage-workspaces-datasets-power-bi
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

The finance team would need to be a member of the Power BI workspace containing the Finance dataset in order to access the dataset from
Excel. The question mentions that the finance team is not currently a member of any Power BI workspace roles, which means they do not have
any access to the workspace or the datasets within it.

However, it's important to note that in order to connect to the dataset from Excel, the user must also have the appropriate permissions to the
dataset itself. This can be achieved either by being a member of a workspace role with appropriate permissions to the dataset or having Build
permissions to the dataset directly.

So, to summarize, the finance team needs to be a member of the Power BI workspace containing the Finance dataset and have appropriate
permissions to the dataset itself in order to connect to it from Excel
upvoted 2 times

  Moabdil 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Can someone clarify if the correct answer is B or C ?
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 460/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Dursem 6 months, 1 week ago

I found out half a year ago during a project for finance that build permissions are needed. (A)
upvoted 2 times

  MSka 6 months, 2 weeks ago

B
similar solutions described here that you have excel connected to the dataset:
https://community.powerbi.com/t5/Power-Query/Connect-Excel-to-Power-BI-Dataset/m-p/1564731#M48468
upvoted 1 times

  Lotusss 7 months ago

B is the correct one.
upvoted 4 times

  Moabdil 7 months ago

So, we consider than C is the correct one?
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

the correct answer is A. you should have built permission or at least contributor role .
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 461/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #71 Topic 3

You have a Power BI report that contains a visual. The visual contains a measure.

You need to ensure that the report meets the following requirements:

• All values must be set to two decimal places.

• All negative values must be displayed in red font and parentheses.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. For the visual, apply conditional formatting to the background color.

B. Configure the measure to use a custom format.

C. For the visual, apply conditional formatting to the font color.

D. For the visual, set Value decimal places to 2.

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

BC (100%)

  Maverick7513 Highly Voted  6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

B to format measure with parenthesis and decimals and c for configuring font color
upvoted 14 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Configure the measure to use a custom format
- For the visual, apply conditional formatting to the font color
upvoted 7 times

  Robby2521 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I have seen so many such comments. Why all get score 948?
upvoted 1 times

  Andre12345 21 hours, 24 minutes ago

It is the same person...
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

It's true. Everybody that posts this reply, has the same note.
upvoted 3 times

  fifi96 3 months, 1 week ago

did you purchase contributor access for the exams? did it help?
upvoted 2 times

  madyjoe21 1 month ago

yes, it does
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

C is correct as shown in this video https://youtu.be/zLG4fAHgkK4

Once you have configured negative values, you need to apply font color. So B
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: BC

Correct as many have stated the reasons

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 462/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  Iglesias 5 months, 1 week ago

la respuesta B y la C sería la normal, pero si es tenemos una visualización tipo tarjeta, en la propia visualización se puede cambiar tanto los
decimales, como el formato condicional , por lo tanto, al decir que el visual tiene una medida se entiende que es una tarjeta, por lo tanto C-D
upvoted 2 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

I haven't found how to configure a card visual to show negative values with parenthesis. Only colour, size...
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

why not D?
upvoted 1 times

  Dursem 6 months, 1 week ago

without parentheses it's B and D.
with parentheses, custom format is required.

B and C is the answer.

upvoted 2 times

  Dursem 6 months, 1 week ago

previous answer did not answer your question.
it is not a D because otherwise you miss the red color.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

Because..question each answer should be part of solutions...

D. For the visual, set Value decimal places to 2, is partially correct but it only addresses the first requirement of setting all values to two decimal
places.

To address the second requirement of displaying negative values in red font and parentheses, we need to apply conditional formatting to the font
color as stated in option C.

Therefore, we need to perform both actions: configuring the measure to use a custom format and applying conditional formatting to the font
color.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  ZSun 4 months ago

Add some details:
1. " Configure the measure to use a custom format. " applied to measures at "Model View"
2. "For the visual, apply conditional formatting to the font color." applied to columns of visualizations/chart at Report views
upvoted 3 times

  Narband2778 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: BC

B&C are the right answers. You can able to format the Measure for 2 decimal and if we use the same measure in any visual would give 2 decimal.
upvoted 2 times

  Moabdil 7 months ago

From my point of view is C and B as with formar option we can set the format required.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 463/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #72 Topic 3

HOTSPOT

You are using Power Query Editor to preview the data in a column named Max Temp. The column statistics and value distribution are shown in the

following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  Mohammedahe 2 months, 1 week ago

Correct!
upvoted 3 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

Absolutely correct
upvoted 3 times

  pverde 3 months ago

Correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 464/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 465/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #73 Topic 3

HOTSPOT

You have a Power BI report that contains a page. The page contains the following visuals:

• A card

• A matrix

• A bar chart

You need to configure the page to ensure that the card and the bar chart are unaffected when a user drills down in the matrix. The card and the bar

chart must change when a user selects a cell in the matrix.

What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  pverde Highly Voted  3 months ago

I would choose:
Matrix
Apply drill down filters to Selected Visual

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-reports-visual-interactions?tabs=powerbi-desktop#change-the-interactions-
of-drillable-visualizations

By default, a matrix will have "Entire Page" in the "Apply drill down filters to" option inside the Format tab, which is what we don't want to
happen, so changing to "Selected Visual" should give us the behavior we want
upvoted 17 times

  vidyaavs 3 weeks, 4 days ago

Drilling down should not affect the other charts as per the question. So shouldn't be Edit Interactions to filter?
upvoted 3 times

  IrynaVilner 6 days, 12 hours ago

Agree with you. I just tested:
1. Matrix
2. Edit interactions to filter
upvoted 1 times

  jl234 Most Recent  3 weeks, 5 days ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 466/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Setting the interaction to "none" for the card and bar chart visuals will make sure they are not affected by drill-down actions in the matrix, but
they will still respond to selections made within the matrix.

This configuration allows users to explore data in the matrix by drilling down while keeping the card and bar chart visuals stable unless they make
explicit selections within the matrix.
upvoted 1 times

  sankeytm 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Shouldn't the answer be Matrix and Edit Interactions to Filter?
upvoted 3 times

  IrynaVilner 6 days, 12 hours ago

Yes, that's correct
upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 2 months, 2 weeks ago

This sentence makes me doubt: "The card and the bar chart must change when a user selects a cell in the matrix"

If a cell in the matrix has to modify (I understand "filter") card and bar chart, don't we have to apply "Edit interactions to Filter"??
upvoted 2 times

  want2clear 2 months, 4 weeks ago

I changed my mind,pverde is right.
upvoted 1 times

  want2clear 2 months, 4 weeks ago

i agree with selected Answer
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 467/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #74 Topic 3

You have a Power BI model that contains two tables named Population and Date.

The Population table contains two columns named PopulationAmount and DateKey.

DateKey contains date values that represent the first day of a year and are used to create a many-to-one relationship with the Date table.

The Power BI model contains two measures that have the following definitions.

Total Population = Sum(‘Population’[PopulationAmount])

2023 Population = CALCULATE([Total Population], ‘Date'[Year] = 2023)

You create a table visual that displays Date[Year] and [2023 Population].

What will the table visual show?

A. one row per year that contains blank values for every year except 2023

B. one row per date that contains the population value for the corresponding year repeated in each row

C. a single row for the year 2023 that contains the related population value

D. one row per year that contains the same value repeated for each year

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  TigerTienie Highly Voted  1 month ago

Tested and correct answer is: D. one row per year that contains the same value repeated for each year
upvoted 10 times

  Sauguad Most Recent  1 week, 2 days ago

D. one row per year that contains the SAME VALUE REPEATED for each year
Is correct answer.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If C is the correct answer, then the DAX should be:
2023 Population =
CALCULATE( [Total Population] ,
FILTER( 'Date', 'Date' [Year] = 2023 ))
upvoted 1 times

  jl234 3 weeks, 5 days ago

Selected Answer: C

The measure [2023 Population] is calculated using the CALCULATE function with a filter condition 'Date'[Year] = 2023. This filter will restrict the
calculation to only the year 2023, and as a result, the table visual will display a single row for the year 2023 with the related population value. For
all other years, the population value will be blank or null, as there is no corresponding filter condition for them in the measure definition.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 468/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 4 - Question Set 4

Question #1 Topic 4

HOTSPOT -

You have a Power BI tenant that hosts the datasets shown in the following table.

You have the following requirements:

The export of reports that contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII) must be prevented.

Data used for financial decisions must be reviewed and approved before use.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Correct
upvoted 40 times

  Narband2778 Highly Voted  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes-No-Yes
upvoted 10 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Correct Yes-No-Yes all financials in most companies are considered confidential. Nobody wants their numbers just out there for competitors or
investors to see (without explanations etc) especially public companies
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 469/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This was in the exam

upvoted 7 times

  aarshsachdeva98 7 months ago

The financial data requires approval before use so it must be verified.
upvoted 3 times

  Soma1995 9 months, 1 week ago

As per the requirement, financial data needs to be certified so, { Y, N, Y}
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Yes
No
No
Any reason why you have to put sensitive label on financial data for budgeting? Does it contain personal data?
upvoted 4 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

I change my mind.
Financial data are sensitive data.
upvoted 2 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

Sensitivity labels aren't limited to personal data... Here's a hint: 100% of companies consider financial data to be "sensitive"..
upvoted 5 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 2 weeks ago

yes but the questions says that only reports with PII must be prevented from exporting, so from what i understand, financial dataset must
be certified but does not require a sensitivity label. Any comments ?
upvoted 1 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes - No - Yes
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Yes, No, Yes
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct.
Yes
No
Yes
upvoted 2 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

correct
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct - why can't somebody edit their comment
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 3 weeks ago

NO, NO, Yes
upvoted 3 times

  davidjiny 8 months ago

sensitivity labels don't prevent export, just encryption.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I changed my mind, sensivity labe does not prevent. but if it is exported, the data will be encrypted. That means it is better than nothing.
So I go with YES; NO, YES
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I agree with you. NO NO YES
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 470/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 4

You have a Power BI tenant.

You have reports that use financial datasets and are exported as PDF files.

You need to ensure that the reports are encrypted.

What should you implement?

A. Microsoft Intune policies

B. row-level security (RLS)

C. sensitivity labels

D. dataset certifications

Correct Answer: C

When you create a sensitivity label, you can restrict access to content that the label will be applied to.

When a document or email is encrypted, access to the content is restricted, so that it:

Can be decrypted only by users authorized by the label's encryption settings.

Remains encrypted no matter where it resides, inside or outside your organization, even if the file's renamed.

Incorrect:

Not B: Row-level security (RLS) with Power BI can be used to restrict data access for given users. Filters restrict data access at the row level,

and you can define filters within roles.

Current limitations for row-level security:

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/compliance/encryption-sensitivity-labels

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  Hannahhhhhh Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

C is correct
upvoted 22 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- sensitivity labels
upvoted 5 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Sensitivity labels is correct answer.

upvoted 3 times

  youssef_yt89 8 months, 1 week ago

it s D not C , because we can t enrypt data with sensitivity label which is used just to protect the data
upvoted 1 times

  Diegovelazquez2 1 week, 3 days ago

Do a quick google search before commenting things that aren't true, as it throws people off.
upvoted 2 times

  glenman0202 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes, you can. From the Microsoft link in the solution: "when you configure a sensitivity label to apply encryption"
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 471/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Wadyba 11 months, 3 weeks ago

correct
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Agreed
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 472/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 4

You have a Microsoft Excel file on a file server.

You create a Power BI report and import a table from the Excel file.

You publish the report.

You need to ensure that the data refreshes every four hours.

What should you do first?

A. Upload the Excel file to a Power BI workspace.

B. Create a subscription to the report.

C. Deploy an on-premises data gateway.

D. Edit the data source credentials.

Correct Answer: C

You can scheduled refresh for the On-premises data gateway (personal mode) and the On-premises data gateway. You specify refresh options

in the following areas of the Power BI service: Gateway connection, Data source credentials, and Scheduled refresh.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution

C (93%) 7%

  dorypl300 Highly Voted  1 year ago

For on-premises data sources we need a data gateway.
We have a Microsoft Excel file on a file server, so the answer is C.
upvoted 25 times

  ushakiranr Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Deploy on-premises data gateway

upvoted 7 times

  fillfm Most Recent  1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C: definitely need the gateway

upvoted 1 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

There are four types of storage mode, 1. import, 2. DirectQuery, 3. LiveConnect, 4. Push.
In this case, "Microsoft Excel file on a file server." means data source that reside on-premises.
Therefore, to refresh the data, we must first connect the dataset with on-premises data gateway.
This question looks like a refresh question, but actually a data connection question
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct answer.
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

C. Deploy an on-premises data gateway.
upvoted 2 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is C since the data source is on premises

upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 473/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C. Deploy an on-premises data gateway. is correct.

upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

Correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 474/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 4

You have a dataset that is used infrequently and refreshes every hour.

You receive a notification that the refresh was disabled due to inactivity.

Which two actions will cause the scheduled refresh schedule to resume? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Enable query caching for the dataset.

B. Import the dataset to Microsoft Excel.

C. From the Power BI service, open a dashboard that uses the dataset.

D. From the Power BI service, open a report that uses the dataset.

E. From PowerShell, run the get-powerbireport cmdlet.

Correct Answer: CD

After two months of inactivity, scheduled refresh on your dataset is paused. A dataset is considered inactive when no user has visited any

dashboard or report built on the dataset. At that time, the dataset owner is sent an email indicating the scheduled refresh is paused. The

refresh schedule for the dataset is then displayed as disabled. To resume scheduled refresh, simply revisit any dashboard or report built on the

dataset.

Incorrect:

Not E: get-powerbireport retrieves a list of Power BI reports that match the specified search criteria and scope.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct. Thank you.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh#scheduled-refresh
upvoted 16 times

  iccent2 Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is correct!

Note

After two months of inactivity, scheduled refresh on your dataset is paused. A dataset is considered inactive when no user has visited any
dashboard or report built on the dataset. At that time, the dataset owner is sent an email indicating the scheduled refresh is paused. The refresh
schedule for the dataset is then displayed as disabled. To resume scheduled refresh, simply revisit any dashboard or report built on the dataset.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh#scheduled-refresh
upvoted 11 times

  Nuli 10 months, 1 week ago

Nice explanation.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

CD is correct
upvoted 1 times

  MoxieTT 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This was on the exam
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: CD

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 475/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C. From the Power BI service, open a dashboard that uses the dataset.
D. From the Power BI service, open a report that uses the dataset.

The scheduled refresh for a dataset can be suspended if the dataset has not been accessed for a certain period of time. To resume the
scheduled refresh, you can access the dataset by opening a report or a dashboard that uses the dataset.

Query caching and importing the dataset to Excel do not directly trigger a scheduled refresh for the dataset. Running PowerShell cmdlets can be
used to manage Power BI assets, but it does not directly cause a scheduled refresh to resume...

no confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 3 times

  cecbynyzqohlbmdbmb 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

"To resume scheduled refresh, simply revisit any dashboard or report built on the dataset."
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh#scheduled-refresh
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: CD

Correct answer given

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 476/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace that contains a dataset, a report, and a dashboard. The following groups have access:

✑ External users can access the dashboard.

✑ Managers can access the dashboard and a manager-specific report.
✑ Employees can access the dashboard and a row-level security (RLS) constrained report.
You need all users, including the external users, to be able to tag workspace administrators if they identify an issue with the dashboard. The

solution must ensure that other users see the issues that were raised.

What should you use?

A. comments

B. chat in Microsoft Teams

C. alerts

D. subscriptions

Correct Answer: A

Add a personal comment or start a conversation about a dashboard or report with your colleagues. The comment feature is just one of the

ways a business user can collaborate with others.

Note: Comments can be added to an entire dashboard, to individual visuals on a dashboard, to a report page, to a paginated report, and to

individual visuals on a report page. Add a general comment or add a comment targeted at specific colleagues.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-comment

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  lukelin08 Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 6 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Comments is correct
upvoted 5 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Yes comments
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

Comment
upvoted 2 times

  Andy4 1 year ago

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 477/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #6 Topic 4

You have a PBIX file that imports several tables from an Azure SQL database.

The data will be migrated to another Azure SQL database.

You need to change the connections in the PBIX file. The solution must minimize administrative effort.

What should you do?

A. From Power Query Editor, create new queries.

B. From Power Query Editor, modify the source of each query.

C. Create a PBIT file, open the file, and change the data sources when prompted.

D. Modify the Data source settings.

Correct Answer: D

Open the PBIX file with Microsoft Power BI Desktop.

Then choose File -> Options and settings -> Data source settings >Right click data sources and change source.

Note:

Incorrect:

Not C: PBIT is a template file.

The PBIT file keeps your report structure and contains 'DataModelSchema File' instead of ''DataModel File''. However, If you choose import

mode, the PBIX file stores all imported data from data sources and the report structure.

Reference:

https://windowsreport.com/open-pbix-file/

Community vote distribution

D (97%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer is correct
upvoted 17 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 3 times

  pepix74 7 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

  Michcat 7 months, 3 weeks ago

The assumed answer is D, but practically, it needs the schema of both sources to be identical. Otherwise, it may prompt fatal errors with caches
swapped.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

The same data, will migrate to another source. That means the schema is identical.
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

is Correct
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 478/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: D

B could work, but D takes the least effort. So the answer is D. (Assuming that the table names and definitions remain the same)
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Mazhar332 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

I guess C is the correct answer. Since you need to minimize administrative effort of user.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I'm sorry, but C is not correct: "A PBIT file acts as a Power BI template. It doesn’t include any data from your source systems. So, if you’re
mashing up data from Excel files with some data from SQL Server and load that data into your Power BI model, when you save that file as
PBIT it clears all of your data, but keeps your report structure."
Source: https://www.datavizioner.com/resources/pbit-vs-pbix-how-and-why-theyre-
different/#:~:text=A%20PBIT%20file%20acts%20as,but%20keeps%20your%20report%20structure.
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

D. Modify the Data source settings. is correct.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 479/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #7 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace that contains several reports.

You need to provide a user with the ability to create a dashboard that will use the visuals from the reports.

What should you do?

A. Create a row-level security (RLS) role and add the user to the role.

B. Share the reports with the user.

C. Grant the Read permission for the datasets to the user.

D. Add the user as a member of the workspace.

E. Add the user as a Viewer of the workspace.

Correct Answer: D

To grant access to a new workspace, assign those user groups or individuals to one of the workspace roles: Admin, Member, Contributor, or

Viewer.

Workspace roles -

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

Contributor is the lowest possible role to create dashboards, but the answers only provide Member as a role, so this is it.
upvoted 15 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Is it the same as Member role?
upvoted 1 times

  csillag Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

If you have Read only or Viewer access to workspace, pin icon is disabled for you. So you can open a report, but can't pin any visualization to
dashboard. Read only content can't be pinned.
upvoted 6 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Is correct
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 480/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ItsMeScripting 11 months, 1 week ago

I think it might be B. This would allow the user to pin visuals to a dashboard the user creates outside of the workspace
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

NO, it is possible to share reports with others but do not give them any access. they can only view reports.
upvoted 1 times

  ItsMeScripting 11 months, 1 week ago

Or even option E. This would allow the user to pin the visuals to a dashboard in their private workspace?
upvoted 1 times

  DiRNiS 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D would be the correct answer in this case.

upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

D. Add the user as a member of the workspace. is the correct answer.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 481/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #8 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -

You have a Power BI workspace that contains a single-page report named Sales.

You need to add all the visuals from Sales to a dashboard. The solution must ensure that additional visuals added to the page are added

automatically to the dashboard.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and

arrange them in the correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

An entire report page can be pinned to a dashboard, which is called pinning a live tile. It's called a live tile because you can interact with the tile

on the dashboard.

Unlike with individual visualization tiles, changes made in the report are automatically synced with the dashboard.

Step 2: Open the Sales report -

Step 3: Pin the page.

1. Open a report in Editing view.

2. With no visualizations selected, from the menu bar, select Pin to a dashboard.

3. Pin the tile to an existing dashboard or to a new dashboard. Notice the highlighted text: Pin live page enables changes to reports to appear in

the dashboard tile when the page is refreshed.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 482/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

4. Select Pin live. A Success message (near the top right corner) lets you know the page was added, as a tile, to your dashboard.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-dashboard-pin-live-tile-from-report

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

Open powerbi.com
Select sales report
Pin the page

Pinning the page means that it pins all visuals on the page. If you add more visuals to the report page they will also appear on the dashboard
upvoted 39 times

  iccent2 Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

Someone may be thinking, why do we have to "pin the page" and not "pin each visual"?
The answer is clear bcos we want any additional visual on the page to reflect on the dashboard. So, if you have the page under your control,
everything on the page is as well under your control.
upvoted 10 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

The answer is Correct
upvoted 4 times

  Iwantopass 3 months, 3 weeks ago

why not open power bi desktop?
upvoted 1 times

  scythalx 2 months ago

You cannot create dashboards from Power BI desktop
upvoted 1 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

In Power bi desktop, you can publish the report and dataset to your workspace.
In your workspace of powerbi.com, you can now pin tiles/pages to dashboard
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

Pin Live
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Open powerbi.com
Open the sales report
Pin the page
The answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 483/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

The answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 484/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #9 Topic 4

You have a report in Power BI named report1 that is based on a shared dataset.

You need to minimize the risk of data exfiltration for report. The solution must prevent other reports from being affected.

What should you do?

A. Clear Allow recipients to share your dashboard and Allow users to build new content using the underlying datasets for the dataset.

B. Apply row-level security (RLS) to the shared dataset.

C. Select the Allow end users to export both summarized and underlying data from the service or Report Server Export data option for the

report.

D. Select the Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report Server Export data option for the report.

Correct Answer: D

Besides the various permissions you can set, there are also two different options to disable the export functionality. First of all is the Export

data in general and second the Export to Excel as a specific setting. Both have the same setup for permissions

Export Data -

Reference:

https://data-marc.com/2020/04/13/power-bi-governance-why-you-should-consider-to-disable-export-to-excel/

Community vote distribution

D (98%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

To set this options:

in Power BI Desktop -> File -> Options and Settings -> Options
Current File -> Report Settings
There you'll find "Export data" section and 3 options. The last one is "Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report server"
In PBI service, you can also allow or forbid to export data, but there the only option to prevent data from beeing exportet is "None".
upvoted 32 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

I think if in power bi service we unable Export! it affects all the workspace reports, right? that is why we should configure in power bi desktop. Am
I right? please correct me.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I answer by myself. In Power BI service, if we select a report in "..." part go to setting, and from their we can mange exporting the data.
upvoted 1 times

  ushakiranr 7 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 485/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: D

Select the Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report Server Export data option for the report
upvoted 2 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer is D..
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

D-Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

I think the answer should be A.

There is no option to "Don't allow end users to export any data from the service or Report Server Export data"
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia 1 year ago

I was wrong - the answer is D
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 486/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #10 Topic 4

In Power BI Desktop, you are creating visualizations in a report based on an imported dataset.

You need to allow Power BI users to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent the users from exporting the

underlying data.

What should you do?

A. From the Power BI service, configure the dataset permissions.

B. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Data Load settings for the current file.

C. From Power BI Desktop, modify the data source permissions.

D. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Report settings for the current file.

Correct Answer: A

Dataset permissions in the Power BI service

The table below describes the four levels of permission that control access to datasets in the Power BI service.

* Reshare

Allows user to share the content of the dataset with other users who will get read, reshare, or build permissions for it.

* Read

* Build

* Write

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-permissions

Community vote distribution

D (96%)

  June15 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

I think the answer should be D.

Reference: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 30 times

  Orkhannnn Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

in Power BI Desktop -> File -> Options and Settings -> Options
Current File -> Report Settings -> Export Data -> Allow end users to export data with current layout and summarized data from the Power BI
service or Power BI Report Server.
upvoted 21 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

I think D is correct too

upvoted 2 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- From Power BI Desktop, configure the Report settings for the current file
upvoted 7 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

There is such an option in Power BI desktop.

upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Report settings for the current file.

To allow Power BI users to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent them from exporting the underlying data,
you can configure the Report settings in Power BI Desktop.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 487/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 3 times

  Loesf 8 months, 3 weeks ago

B?
The correct option to allow Power BI users to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent the users from exporting
the underlying data is:

B. From Power BI Desktop, configure the Data Load settings for the current file.

To configure the Data Load settings for the current file in Power BI Desktop, follow these steps:

In the Home tab, click on the Options button.

In the Options dialog box, select the Current File option from the left-hand pane.
Under the Data Load section, select the "Load" option for "Allow data to be loaded into the model".
Select the "Do not include model data" option for "Data connectivity mode".
Click on the OK button to save the changes.
By selecting "Do not include model data" option, you are allowing the users to export only the summarized data used to create the visualizations
but not the underlying data.

Note that this setting only applies to the current file, so you will need to apply this setting to each Power BI file that you want to limit data export
for.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

1.) in Power BI Desktop > File > Options > Report Settings > Export data > Allow end users to export data with current layout, summarize data
and underlying data from the service or Report Server.

2.) in Power BI Service in Report Settings > Export data section I found: "Choose the type of data you allow your end users to export." Here you
can select one option from:
- Summarized data and data with current layout
- Summarized data, with current layout and underlying data
- None
But this option is missing from offered answers, the correct answer is D.

A is incorrect as in Manage Dataset Permission you can grant access:

-allow recipients to modify dataset,
-allow recipients to share this dataset,
-allow recipients to build content with the data associated with dataset,
-send an email notification
or remove granted reshare, remove build, remove write, remove access
So here you can not change or limit data export.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-permissions
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 2 times

  wzwd 11 months, 1 week ago

Why the admin is not able to provide the correct answer?? Absolutely is D!
upvoted 2 times

  Pauwels 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/visuals/power-bi-visualization-export-data?tabs=powerbi-desktop
upvoted 2 times

  Mazhar332 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is the right answer.

As you need to do it from the Dataset level in PowerBI.com.
upvoted 3 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Be careful and observe the question very well.
We are told in "PBI Desktop" NOT in "PBI Service". Take note of that.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 488/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Sorry, this was meant to address answer A that talked about PBI service.
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

D:

The export functionality can be disabled on several levels. First, Power BI Service admins can disable this functionality on tenant level. With that,
nobody will be able to export the data. More about that later. Second, as a dataset owner you can decide if you allow your users to export the
data. This is managed in dataset settings, but only changeable in Power BI desktop.

No matter what settings are applied in Power BI desktop, the tenant settings will overrule this. In the end the Power BI Service admin decides
what options are possible to use.

https://data-marc.com/2020/04/13/power-bi-governance-why-you-should-consider-to-disable-export-to-excel/
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom 1 year, 1 month ago

'to export the summarized data used to create the visualizations but prevent the users from exporting the underlying data' this is an option under
report setting in PowerBI Service... looks like the correct answer should be:.. In Power BI service configure the Report settings for the current
file.. but there is not such an answer in the options
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 489/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #11 Topic 4

You have a Power BI report that uses row-level security (RLS).

You need to transfer RLS membership maintenance to an Azure network security team. The solution must NOT provide the Azure network security

team with the ability to manage reports, datasets, or dashboards.

What should you do?

A. Grant the Read and Build permissions for the Power BI datasets to the Azure network security team.

B. Configure custom instructions for the Request access feature that instructs users to contact the Azure network security team.

C. Instruct the Azure network security team to create security groups. Configure RLS to use the groups.

D. Add the Azure network security team as members of the RLS role.

Correct Answer: C

Configure row-level security group membership, Working with members

Add members -

In the Power BI service, you can add a member to the role by typing in the email address or name of the user or security group.

You can use the following groups to set up row level security.

Distribution Group -

Mail-enabled Group -

Security Group -

Incorrect:

Not A: Build permission applies to datasets. When you give users Build permission, they can build new content on your dataset, such as reports,

dashboards, pinned tiles from Q&A, paginated reports, and Insights Discovery.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

It is common practice that the PBI developer creates RLS groups and instructs the network team to create the corresponding AD roles. Then the
developer assigns the AD groups to the RLS groups.
upvoted 23 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Given answer is correct.

upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C. Instruct the Azure network security team to create security groups and configure RLS to use the groups is the best option in this scenario. This
solution allows the Azure network security team to manage RLS membership without granting them access to the reports, datasets, or
dashboards. By using security groups, the Azure network security team can add or remove users from the groups, and those changes will
automatically apply to the RLS rules. This solution also ensures that the RLS membership is managed by the appropriate team, which is
important for security and compliance purposes.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 4 times

  Michcat 7 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is C. It is common practice that the PBI developer creates RLS groups and instructs the network team to create the corresponding
AD roles. Then the developer assigns the AD groups to the RLS groups.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 490/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

C is correct.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 491/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #12 Topic 4

You have four sales regions. Each region has multiple sales managers.

You implement row-level security (RLS) in a data model. You assign the relevant mail-enabled security group to each role.

You have sales reports that enable analysis by region. The sales managers can view the sales records of their region. The sales managers are

prevented from viewing records from other regions.

A sales manager changes to a different region.

You need to ensure that the sales manager can see the correct sales data.

What should you do?

A. Change the Microsoft Power BI license type of the sales manager.

B. From Microsoft Power BI Desktop, edit the Row-Level Security setting for the reports.

C. Manage the permissions of the underlying dataset.

D. Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group.

Correct Answer: D

You can use the following groups to set up row level security.

* Distribution Group

* Mail-enabled Group - This group also contains a list of email addresses of members and can also be used to control access to OneDrive and

SharePoint.

The Mail-Enabled Security Group can be created in the Office 365 Admin Portal.

* Security Group - This is also known as an Active Directory Security Group. This group lives within Active Directory and Azure Active Directory.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls https://www.fourmoo.com/2020/04/01/power-bi-which-groups-can-

be-used-to-set-permissions-in-power-bi/

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

Request that the sales manager be added to the correct Azure Active Directory group
upvoted 18 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE Highly Voted  1 year ago

l was wondering why not B?
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Because in the question they mentioned "You assign the relevant mail-enabled security group to each role." it means they already have Azure
security groups. and RLS are assigned to these groups. So we just need to assign the user to the correct group.
upvoted 5 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year ago

SORRY why not A
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Why is A
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

pay attention to this sentence in the question: "You assign the relevant mail-enabled security group to each role.". That means there are Azure
Active Security Groups, and we just need to change the group of the manager.
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 492/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

D is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 493/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #13 Topic 4

You have more than 100 published datasets.

Ten of the datasets were verified to meet your corporate quality standards.

You need to ensure that the 10 verified datasets appear at the top of the list of published datasets whenever users search for existing datasets.

What should you do?

A. Promote the datasets.

B. Certify the datasets.

C. Feature the dataset on the home page.

D. Publish the datasets in an app.

Correct Answer: B

Once logged in, you will be presented with a list of datasets that you can access from your various workspaces. This is one reason why having

official datasets promoted and certified is recommended, as these will appear at the top of the list, with certified datasets appearing before

promoted datasets.

Note: Power BI provides two ways you can endorse your valuable, high-quality content to increase its visibility: promotion and certification.

Promotion: Promotion is a way to highlight content you think is valuable and worthwhile for others to use. It encourages the collaborative use

and spread of content within an organization.

Any content owner, as well as any member with write permissions on the workspace where the content is located, can promote the content

when they think it's good enough for sharing.

Certification: Certification means that the content meets the organization's quality standards and can be regarded as reliable, authoritative, and

ready for use across the organization.

Currently it is possible to endorse

Datasets -

Dataflows -

Reports -

Apps -

If dataset discoverability has been enabled in your organization, endorsed datasets can be made discoverable. When a dataset is discoverable,

users who don't have access to it will be able to find it and request access.

Reference:

https://exceleratorbi.com.au/new-power-bi-reports-golden-dataset/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-

endorse-content

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  ivanb94 Highly Voted  11 months, 4 weeks ago

Not too intuitive but true: "Certified datasets make it easier for organizations to steer users toward trusted and authoritative datasets. This "stamp
of approval" for a dataset can only be applied by a specific group of Power BI users as defined in a new tenant setting. Once a dataset is
certified, it shows up prominently in the new dataset discovery experience, making sure report authors can effortlessly find and leverage these
high-quality sources of data." - from: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-
platform/power-bi-service/shared-certified-datasets
upvoted 12 times

  MoxieTT Most Recent  5 months, 1 week ago

"This is one reason why having official datasets promoted and certified is recommended, as these will appear at the top of the list, with certified
datasets appearing before promoted datasets." The question asks for datasets to appear at the TOP of the list. By that logic, it must be certified
based on explanation above.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Because of this sentence in the question : "Ten of the datasets were verified to meet your corporate quality standards." I choose B.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 494/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

But guys, I know first certified and then promoted dataset show up. but the question does not mentioned that we are able to certify the datasets.
by default dataset owner cannot certify datasets. owner should first sent a request to certify the dataset. therefore I think B is the correct answer.
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

the datasets were verified to meet corporate quality standards so they can be certified.
- Promotion: Promotion is a way to highlight content you think is valuable and worthwhile for others to use. It encourages the collaborative use
and spread of content within an organization.

- Certification: Certification means that the content meets the organization's quality standards and can be regarded as reliable, authoritative, and
ready for use across the organization.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-endorse-content
upvoted 4 times

  Maria86 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-platform/power-bi-service/shared-certified-
datasets

“... Once a dataset is certified, it shows up prominently in the new dataset discovery experience, making sure report authors can effortlessly find
and leverage these high-quality sources of data.”
upvoted 4 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer
A. Promote the datasets.

To ensure that the 10 verified datasets appear at the top of the list of published datasets whenever users search for existing datasets, promoting
the datasets is the best option. Promoting the datasets would involve highlighting them in search results, adding labels to them indicating that
they have been verified, and making them more visible on the platform. This will make it easier for users to find and access the verified datasets,
which can help increase their usage and value. Certifying the datasets, featuring them on the home page, or publishing them in an app may also
be helpful in promoting them, but promoting the datasets is the most direct and effective way to ensure they appear at the top of search results.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  Maria86 7 months, 1 week ago

sorry, not true: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/business-applications-release-notes/october18/intelligence-platform/power-bi-
service/shared-certified-datasets

"“... Once a dataset is certified, it shows up prominently in the new dataset discovery experience, making sure report authors can effortlessly
find and leverage these high-quality sources of data.”
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer B is right: "Now when a report writer, from Power BI desktop, wants to connect to a dataset they will be offered certified datasets, then
promoted datasets, with all other datasets listed afterwards."
Source: https://hatfullofdata.blog/power-bi-endorse-a-
dataset/#:~:text=There%20are%20two%20types%20of,list%20of%20datasets%20when%20connecting.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct per the explanation in the answer

upvoted 3 times

  chloen203 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I thinks its A
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 495/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #14 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -

You have a Microsoft Power BI workspace.

You need to grant the user capabilities shown in the following table.

The solution must use the principle of least privilege.

Which user role should you assign to each user? To answer, drag the appropriate roles to the correct users. Each role may be used once, more

than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Member -

Only Admin and Member can publish, unpublish, and change permissions for an app.

Incorrect:

Contributors can update the app associated with the workspace, if the workspace Admin delegates this permission to them. However, they can't

publish a new app or change who has permission to it.

Box 2: Contributor -

Admin,Member and Contributor can create, edit, and delete content, such as reports, in the workspace.

Note: Contributor - This role can access and interact with reports and dashboards. Additionally, this role can create, edit, copy, and delete items

in a workspace, publish reports, schedule refreshes, and modify gateways.

Incorrect:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 496/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Viewer - This role provides read only access to workspace items. Read access does provide report / dashboard consumers the ability to not

only view, but also interact with visuals. Interaction does not mean changing a visual.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

https://www.mssqltips.com/sqlservertip/6487/power-bi-workspace-permissions-and-roles

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

User 1: Member
User 2: Contributor
Answer is correct
upvoted 22 times

  RobertON1969 9 months, 2 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 3 times

  SamuComqi Highly Voted  3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- Member
- Contributor
upvoted 5 times

  IVO999 Most Recent  4 months ago

Member-Contributor
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Given answer is correct!
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Given answer is correct!
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 497/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #15 Topic 4

You create a dashboard by using the Microsoft Power BI Service. The dashboard contains a card visual that shows total sales from the current

year.

You grant users access to the dashboard by using the Viewer role on the workspace.

A user wants to receive daily notifications of the number shown on the card visual.

You need to automate the notifications.

What should you do?

A. Create a subscription.

B. Create a data alert.

C. Share the dashboard to the user.

D. Tag the user in a comment.

Correct Answer: B

Set alerts to notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond limits you set.

Alerts can only be set on tiles pinned from report visuals, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

Community vote distribution

A (98%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct, you need a subscription, not an alert as alerts don't include a snapshot and they will only be sent based on a certain condition
whereas here you want daily notifications, not just when the value exceeds a certain threshold.
upvoted 48 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I think this reasoning is completely valid, especially the fact that for sending an alert a certain threshold must be exceeded. While the
requirement is that the update must be sent daily.
upvoted 4 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Correct answer should be A... a subscriptions, which allows you to receive email with a snapshot of a report or a dashboard, with the time
frequency you decide.

Alerts are only used when you set a threshold for a value and you need to be informed based on current value exceeding a limit
upvoted 13 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I think this reasoning is completely valid, especially the fact that for sending an alert a certain threshold must be exceeded. While the
requirement is that the update must be sent daily.
upvoted 3 times

  Mandar77 Most Recent  6 days, 7 hours ago

Answer B is right. You can send notifications using data alerts. Also you can send email notification
upvoted 1 times

  Sauguad 1 week, 2 days ago

DAILY notification is required here. So, it should be A: Subscription.
upvoted 1 times

  KyriakosL 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

The question does not specify that the alert should be value based.
Creating a subscription seems more correct
upvoted 2 times

  rania 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

they say that You need to automate the notifications so the correct answer is B
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 498/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  AshND 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Answer is A. By automate they mean the process of sharing the value daily should be automated. The process of setting an alert or
subscription will be manual only.
upvoted 2 times

  RitaS 5 months, 2 weeks ago

To me this is tricky because it says You need to automate the notifications. A user should be able to subscribe w/o you doing anything. With
Power Automate, you can automate it. How to send Power BI Dashboard alerts to anyone, anywhere? | Power BI | Automate | BI Consulting Pro
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

For daily notification we need subscription.

upvoted 2 times

  Lotusss 6 months, 2 weeks ago

It is A and why not B? An alert immediately gives you real time data when something changes and that is not asked in the questions. It states on
"Daily Bases". So it is A: Subscriptions are useful when a user needs to keep an eye on data over time, but they do not provide real-time
notifications about specific changes in data.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Alert is when the number reaches a threshhold.
upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer is B

To automate the notifications for the total sales card visual, you should create a data alert.

Option B - Create a data alert is the correct answer because a data alert allows you to monitor changes in data and send notifications based on
specified criteria. In this case, you can set up a data alert to monitor the total sales value on the card visual and send a notification to the user on
a daily basis if there is a change in the value.

Option A - Create a subscription, allows users to receive a snapshot of a report or dashboard on a regular basis, but it does not allow for
monitoring changes in data and sending notifications based on specific criteria.

Option C - Sharing the dashboard with the user would allow them to view the dashboard, but it does not provide a way to send notifications.

Option D - Tagging the user in a comment is not an automated solution and requires the user to actively monitor the dashboard for updates.

No confusion, no need to further discuss

upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 2 weeks ago

A. Create a subscription.

To automate the notifications, you can create a subscription for the card visual. A subscription is a way to automatically deliver a report or
dashboard to someone's email inbox or a shared location at scheduled intervals, such as daily or weekly. By creating a subscription, the user
will receive an email notification with the number shown on the card visual at the desired frequency.

Sorry for my first response...

upvoted 3 times

  TimO_215 9 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct answer is A.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/end-user-subscribe?tabs=creator
upvoted 2 times

  RobertON1969 9 months, 2 weeks ago

I go for B
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts
upvoted 2 times

  ukn 10 months, 2 weeks ago

It's B, because YOU need to automate the task. In a subscription, the USER do the task.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

is correct
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 499/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. Subscription is correct.
For sending an alert, first a certain threshold must be exceeded. While the requirement is that the update must be sent daily.
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

I think it can be 'B'. Because its alerting on Daily Sales which will change daily and trigger the notification. Also the question just asks for the
number shown on the card visual which an alert would do. The question doesnt ask for an entire snapshot of the dashboard which a subscription
would do.
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 500/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #16 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace named Workspace1 that contains a dataset named DS1 and a report named RPT1.

A user wants to create a report by using the data in DS1 and publish the report to another workspace.

You need to provide the user with the appropriate access. The solution must minimize the number of access permissions granted to the user.

What should you do?

A. Add the user as a Viewer of Workspace1.

B. Grant the Build permission for DS1 to the user.

C. Share RPT1 with the user.

D. Add the user as a member of Workspace1.

Correct Answer: B

More granular permissions -

Power BI provides the Build permission as a complement to the existing permissions, Read and Reshare. All users who already had Read

permission for datasets via app permissions, sharing, or workspace access at that time also got Build permission for those same datasets.

They got Build permission automatically because Read permission already granted them the right to build new content on top of the dataset, by

using Analyze in Excel or Export.

With this more granular Build permission, you can choose who can only view the content in the existing report or dashboard and who can create

content connected to the underlying datasets.

If your dataset is being used by a report outside the dataset workspace, you can't delete that dataset. Instead, you see an error message.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions

Community vote distribution

B (89%) 11%

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Correction. Microsoft says: To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the current
workspace, you need Build permission for the dataset. For datasets in the original workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role, you
automatically have Build permission through your workspace role.

So answer D would work, but because the permission must be minimal, answer B is the best answer.
upvoted 20 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

D is correct but less restrictive than B.

From https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces

To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the current workspace, you need Build
permission for the dataset. You also need at least the Contributor role on the source and destination workspaces. For datasets in the original
workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role, you automatically have Build permission through your workspace role.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct answer is B

To allow the user to create a report using the data in DS1 and publish it to another workspace with the least amount of access permissions
granted, you should grant the Build permission for DS1 to the user.

Option B - Grant the Build permission for DS1 to the user, is the correct answer because granting Build permission for a dataset provides the
user with access to the data within the dataset, and allows them to create a report using the data. This permission can be granted without giving
the user access to other reports or dashboards in Workspace1.

Option A - Adding the user as a Viewer of Workspace1, would not give the user permission to create reports or access the data in DS1.

Option D - Adding the user as a member of Workspace1 would give them access to all the content in the workspace, including other reports and
datasets, which may not be necessary and could lead to a higher risk of unauthorized access or data leaks.

No confusion, no need to further discussion

upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 501/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

confusion and need further discussion.
The question is "The solution must <minimize> the number of access". Therefore, we need to use lowest security, therefore Option D is not as
good as Option B
upvoted 2 times

  Michcat 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is B rather than D because granting "member" role will also enable dataset modification right to the user, which is not necessary.
upvoted 2 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Watch this if u have confusion
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DvnTd3C9_mQ
upvoted 2 times

  thatguytryingtostudy 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The correct answer is D.

"The solution must minimize the number of access permissions granted to the user."

"To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the current workspace, you need
Build permission for the dataset. For datasets in the original workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role, you automatically have Build
permission through your workspace role. For details, see Copy reports from other workspaces."
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  thatguytryingtostudy 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Yep. I'm wrong too. I think it's B based on the minimal permissions. I read that incorrectly.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: D

The correct answer is D:

Requirement here is "to publish to another workspace". Therefore a Member role is necessary. (Contributor role would also work, but this is not
an option as answer)
Look up the Capability "Create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in this workspace" in this page: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Correction. Microsoft says: To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the
current workspace, you need Build permission for the dataset. For datasets in the original workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role,
you automatically have Build permission through your workspace role.

So answer D would work, but because the permission must be minimal, answer B is the best answer.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

answer given is correct 'B'

upvoted 2 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

B is correct.
upvoted 4 times

  fred92 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 502/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #17 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

Solution: You publish an app to the entire organization.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the

group.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution

A (92%) 8%

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

I would say YES, because I understand that we can add to the app the desired reports/dashboard.
And for the next question which given solution is "You enable included in app for all assets." is NO
upvoted 23 times

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

if we publish the app with just the needed dashboard and reports to the entire organization then the answer should be YES, but the question
does not say anything about the app must contain all the objects or the selected ones.
upvoted 8 times

  DemoNight Most Recent  2 months ago

B. asigne a todos los usuarios el rol de Visor al espacio de trabajo. Usando grupo en AD
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

my mistake. It's yes.

upvoted 2 times

  Maverick7513 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

publishing an app is not a complete solution to me

upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

the answer is A..Yes

When you publish an app in Power BI, you can select the specific content you want to include in the app, such as reports and dashboards, and
specify the access levels for each item. You can also choose to make the app available to specific users or groups, or publish it to the entire
organization.

If you publish an app to the entire organization, all users in your organization would have access to the app and its included content, as long as
they have a Power BI license. You can set the appropriate access level for each item in the app, such as read-only access for the selected
dashboard and reports, to ensure that users only have access to the content they need.

Therefore, publishing an app to the entire organization with the appropriate access levels for the dashboard and reports would meet the goal of
granting all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 6 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A: Yes is correct
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 503/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

similar question, DA-100,topic 5, question 1, answer is YES

upvoted 7 times

Question #18 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

Solution: You enable included in app for all assets.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

You need to specify the dashboard and the three reports to be included in the app.

Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the

group.

Note: A published App can provide the required access.

When the dashboards and reports in your workspace are ready, you choose which dashboards and reports you want to publish, then publish

them as an app.

In Power BI, you can create official packaged content, then distribute it to a broad audience as an app. You create apps in workspaces, where

you can collaborate on Power BI content with your colleagues. Then you can publish the finished app to large groups of people in your

organization.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  INDEAVR Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Similar question DA-100, topic 5, question 13, answer is No

upvoted 7 times

  SamuComqi Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- No
upvoted 3 times

  Matt2000 4 months ago

The question seems outdated. "The include in app" toggle" appears to removed.
"https://support.oneplan.ai/hc/en-us/articles/8699079915789-Why-is-the-Include-in-app-toggle-in-Power-BI-is-greyed-out-
#:~:text=The%20new%20steps%20are%20this%3A%201%20Click%20on,new%20report%20will%20now%20appear%20in%20the%20app.
upvoted 3 times

  kelvin3105 4 months ago

could someone explain? I did not understand
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

The answer must be NO.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 504/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #19 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

Solution: You assign all the users the Viewer role to the workspace.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: A

Instead: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the

group.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution

B (84%) A (16%)

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

this should be NO... in this way all users will see all workspace content not only the one dashboard and 3 reports
upvoted 44 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year ago

but they didn't say can not access other dashboard and reports, l would go YES
upvoted 6 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 3 weeks ago

but they need to give read access to one dashboard and three reports, Answer shout be "NO"
upvoted 5 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.
You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports."
The user have to have access to a subset of what is available in the workspace. The answer is No.
upvoted 13 times

  June15 1 year, 1 month ago

Agree.
upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports"

So we need to give access to a subset or reports and dashboards. If you give access to the workspace, they can see all. So answer is NO
upvoted 13 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  2 weeks, 4 days ago

Selected Answer: B

This is a tricky question because both solutions works, A is less restricted.

upvoted 1 times

  lmrod 1 month, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

I go with A. I agree that you are giving access to all dashboards and reports, but it's not said that only must have access to one dashboard and 3
reports...
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 505/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- No
upvoted 3 times

  KyriakosL 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Yes, they will be able to see the content shared

upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I would say YES.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct answer is YES

A. Yes, assigning all the users the Viewer role to the workspace would meet the goal of granting all organizational users read access to one
dashboard and three reports. However, it may not be the most efficient or secure solution.

No Confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  anasben 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

NO ! Golden rule, never publish the link of a report / dashboards to users in this case, share the link of the app, and grant permission directly
from reports/ dash seetings
upvoted 1 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

This is not appropriate, but did give everyone access.
In practice, this is not recommended;
In this question, it works and meet the requirement
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B: No
Users must not be granted read access to all reports and dashboards, but just to a subset.
upvoted 1 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Similar question in DA-100, topic 5, question 8, answer is No

upvoted 2 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

"You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports"

So we need to give access to a subset or reports and dashboards. If you give access to the workspace, they can see all. So answer is NO
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 1 year, 1 month ago

The thing is that the question says: "You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports". It doesn't say
anything about preventing users from accessing the other reports and other dashboards. Moreover, it doesn't say anything about the workspace
containing other dashboards and reports either
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

That is the trap in the question. Access should be granted to 1 dashboard and 3 reports.
You are not told the 2 dashboards and 5 reports. Think!
upvoted 2 times

  Luffy561 1 year, 1 month ago

can someone tell me the answer that would be yes?
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is NO
upvoted 1 times

  Dumi44 1 year, 1 month ago

"You publish an app to the entire organization."
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 506/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 507/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #20 Topic 4

From Power BI Desktop, you publish a new dataset and report to a Power BI workspace. The dataset has a row-level security (RLS) role named HR.

You need to ensure that the HR team members have RLS applied when they view reports based on the dataset.

What should you do?

A. From powerbi.com, add users to the HR role for the dataset.

B. From powerbi.com, share the dataset to the HR team members.

C. From Power BI Desktop, change the Row-Level Security settings.

D. From Power BI Desktop, import a table that contains the HR team members.

Correct Answer: A

Working with members -

Add members -

In the Power BI service, you can add a member to the role by typing in the email address or name of the user or security group.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

A (97%)

  shakes103 Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

"You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service". That automatically eliminates the option C.

Read here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls#define-roles-and-rules-in-power-bi-desktop

upvoted 15 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Most Recent  11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

  juanceee 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 3 times

  milb 1 year ago

Selected Answer: C

Sorry correction C!
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 11 months, 3 weeks ago

"You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service". That automatically eliminates the option
C.

Read here: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls#define-roles-and-rules-in-power-bi-desktop

upvoted 3 times

  milb 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 508/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Booster21 1 year ago

The answer is correct.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 509/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #21 Topic 4

You have a Power BI dashboard that monitors the quality of manufacturing processes. The dashboard contains the following elements:

✑ A line chart that shows the number of defective products manufactured by day
✑ A KPI visual that shows the current daily percentage of defective products manufactured
You need to be notified when the daily percentage of defective products manufactured exceeds 3%.

What should you create?

A. a subscription

B. an alert

C. a smart narrative visual

D. a Q&A visual

Correct Answer: B

Set alerts in the Power BI service to notify you when data on a dashboard changes above or below limits you set. Alerts can be set on tiles

pinned from report visuals or from Power BI Q&A, and only on gauges, KPIs, and cards.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-alerts

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- an alert
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: B

We can set alerts on KPI, Cards and gauge .

Alerts aren't supported for card tiles with date or time measures.
Alerts only work with numeric data types.
Alerts only work on refreshed data. They don't work on static data.
Because alerts are only sent if your data changes, you don't receive duplicate alerts for an unchanged value.
Alerts only work on streaming datasets if you build a KPI, card, or gauge report visual and then pin that visual to the dashboard.
You can create up to 250 alerts across all your models.
upvoted 3 times

  anasben 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 4 times

  Homer_Jay 12 months ago

Selected Answer: B

answer is correct
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 12 months ago

B is the correct answer
Create an alert
upvoted 3 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

Create an alert is correct.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 510/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #22 Topic 4

You create a report by using Microsoft Power BI Desktop.

The report uses data from a Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) cube located on your company's internal network.

You plan to publish the report to the Power BI Service.

What should you implement to ensure that users who consume the report from the Power BI Service have the most up-to-date data from the cube?

A. an OData feed

B. an On-premises data gateway

C. a subscription

D. a scheduled refresh of the dataset

Correct Answer: B

After you install the on-premises data gateway, you need to add data sources that can be used with the gateway. You can work with gateways

and SQL Server

Analysis Services (SSAS) data sources that are used either for scheduled refresh or for live connections.

Note: Power BI service is a cloud-based business analytics and data visualization service that enables anyone to visualize and analyze data

with greater speed, efficiency, and understanding.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-enterprise-manage-ssas

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-enterprise-manage-ssas#use-the-data-source-with-live-connections
upvoted 8 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
The gateway can be used for both Live Connect and Scheduled Refresh.
See: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-gateway-enterprise-manage-ssas#use-the-data-source-with-live-
connections
upvoted 5 times

  TalktomeGoOse Most Recent  5 months ago

The question mentions: The report uses data from a Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services (SSAS) cube located on your company's internal
network.

It says Internal network. That doesn't necessarily means the the SSAS is on-prem. Does it? if no, then should D be the right answer [a scheduled
refresh of the dataset]
upvoted 1 times

  Emarus 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Internal network = on-prem = not in the cloud.

The gateway is required

upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 3 times

  INDEAVR 1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

DA-100, topic 5, question 6, answer is B

upvoted 5 times

  emmanuelkech 1 year, 1 month ago

D.a scheduled refresh of the dataset
This is more specific and appropriate as before this is achieved you need a gateway

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 511/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 5 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

You can setup a live connection with an On-premise SSAS; the correct answer is B
upvoted 5 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Connect Live is not the only option when you are SSAS, you can also import data. The question did not mention any of the connection
mode, so why are you assuming Connect Live. The question is; does on-premise gateway guarantee up-to-date data? For me I think the
right answer is D
upvoted 4 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

The question is "the most" up-to-date data.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 512/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #23 Topic 4

You have five sales regions. Each region is assigned a single salesperson.

You have an imported dataset that has a dynamic row-level security (RLS) role named Sales. The Sales role filters sales transaction data by

salesperson.

Salespeople must see only the data from their region.

You publish the dataset to powerbi.com, set RLS role membership, and distribute the dataset and related reports to the salespeople.

A salesperson reports that she believes she should see more data.

You need to verify what data the salesperson currently sees.

What should you do?

A. Use the Test as role option to view data as the salesperson's user account.

B. Use the Test as role option to view data as the Sales role.

C. Instruct the salesperson to open the report in Microsoft Power BI Desktop.

D. Filter the data in the reports to match the intended logic in the filter on the sales transaction table.

Correct Answer: B

Validating the role within the Power BI service

You can validate that the role you defined is working correctly in the Power BI service by testing the role.

1. Select More options (...) next to the role.

2. Select Test data as role.

You'll see reports that are available for this role. Dashboards aren't shown in this view. In the page header, the role being applied is shown.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer should be A, to be able to see what the specific salesperson sees (and compare it to what she should see) you should test the report as
that user account since the RLS is dynamic and based on the user accounts.
upvoted 50 times

  nosalismus Highly Voted  12 months ago

Selected Answer: A

After you clicked "Test as a Role", then you apply the user account email. That is even showed in the explanation but somehow ignored.
upvoted 11 times

  SamuComqi Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Use the Test as role option to view data as the salesperson's user account
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

We can give her E-mail address and view data as the salesperson.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Noooooooooooo, guy!!!!!!!!! we can just test roles. we cannot use salesperson's account!!!!
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

you are right option A is correct.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 513/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer "A"

A. Use the Test as role option to view data as the salesperson's user account.

The Test as role option in Power BI allows you to view the data as a user with a specific role, such as the Sales role in this case. By selecting the
salesperson's user account, you can verify which data the salesperson can see.

Here are the steps to use the Test as role option in Power BI:

Open the dataset in Power BI and go to the "Manage roles" section.

Select the Sales role from the list of roles.
Click on the "Test as role" button.
In the "Test as role" dialog box, select the salesperson's user account.
Click "Apply" to view the data as the selected user.
By using this option, you can verify which data the salesperson can see and investigate if there are any discrepancies.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 7 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  VinayKadaya 10 months, 1 week ago

The Cue is "You need to verify what data the salesperson currently sees". They are refereing to the person in question. While we should still click
the "Test as role" then enter the email of the particular user. While Option B is not wrong, its only half answer.
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
It only makes sense to test with the specific salesperson's user ID and that is possible.
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
upvoted 5 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 514/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #24 Topic 4

You have multiple dashboards.

You need to ensure that when users browse the available dashboards from powerbi.com, they can see which dashboards contain Personally

Identifiable

Information (PII). The solution must minimize configuration effort and impact on the dashboard design.

What should you use?

A. Microsoft Information Protection sensitivity labels

B. tiles

C. comments

D. Active Directory groups

Correct Answer: A

In the Power BI service, sensitivity labels can be applied to datasets, reports, dashboards, and dataflows.

Sensitivity labels on reports, dashboards, datasets, and dataflows are visible from many places in the Power BI service. Sensitivity labels on

reports and dashboards are also visible in the Power BI iOS and Android mobile apps and in embedded visuals. In Desktop, you can see the

sensitivity label in the status bar.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-security-sensitivity-label-overview

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  steladoynova Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct, DA-100, topic 5, question 2

upvoted 14 times

  glenman0202 Most Recent  6 months, 3 weeks ago

Gotta love it when one answer is the only one even remotely connected to the question
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 515/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #25 Topic 4

HOTSPOT -

You have a dataset that has the permissions shown in the following exhibit.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the graphic.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: use Analyze in Excel -

Build permission applies to datasets. When you give users Build permission, they can build new content on your dataset, such as reports,

dashboards, pinned tiles from Q&A, paginated reports, and Insights Discovery.

Users also need Build permissions to work with the data outside Power BI:

To export the underlying data.

To build new content on the dataset such as with Analyze in Excel.

To access the data via the XMLA endpoint.

Box 2: grant the Read permission for

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 516/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Corp group has read, share and rebuild permissions.

As a property of the Power BI App, you can allow users to share the app and underlying dataset with share permissions.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions https://data-marc.com/2021/07/30/transform-a-

local-into-a-global-power-bi-solution-request-access-to-content/

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
"Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset."
upvoted 46 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Users with read permission can not grant Build access, so the answer is Read permission.
upvoted 4 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

I completely agree. That is exactly the text from the Microsoft page that explains it clearly.
upvoted 4 times

  thanhtran7 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Pls help clarify my concerns:
1. why dont choose "delete"? Since users have Read & Build Permission, suppose they at least have a Contributors role. For that role, they
can also delete dataset. Is that right?

2. If users in corp group can grant build permission, they are also able to grant read permission, is that right?
upvoted 1 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

You do not have a clear understanding about "Permission" and "Workspace roles"
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Read up the answer on the link:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
We are not told they can delete but can Analyze in Excel.

And for the 2nd qtn, I quote the link:

"Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify
that the recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset."

Did you see they talked about read permission or build permission?
Follow instruction so that you will prosper!
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

Correction here: I think read permission is the correct answer because they only have build right and can only give read permission. I
think this is the right approach.
upvoted 1 times

  Hongzu13 Highly Voted  1 year ago

I took this from Ms documentation:
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions

"Ways to give Build permission":

(...) Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that
the recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset.

So the answer is:

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
upvoted 11 times

  MoxieTT Most Recent  3 months, 3 weeks ago

Fairly sure this was on the exam
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

I tried the second option, "Grant the Build permission for" looks right.
upvoted 1 times

  AzSheh 5 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 517/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission

If you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset, and you share a report or dashboard you built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the dataset. For more information, see Share Power BI reports and dashboards with coworkers and
others.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
upvoted 2 times

  Luisfer 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is grant Read permission. When you grant this permission, you have also the option to grant build permission, but first you grant read
permission. SO in any case, you will grant read permission and on top of that build permission, so read permission is never wrong.
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

Typo sorry, pals.
Correct Answer is:
- Analyze in Excel
- Grant read permission
upvoted 2 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

Power BI provides Build permission as a complement to Read and Reshare permissions. All users who already have Read permission for
datasets via app permissions, sharing, or workspace access also get Build permission for those datasets. Those users get Build permission
automatically because Read permission already grants them the right to build new content on the dataset by using Analyze in Excel or Export.
upvoted 1 times

  CG31 6 months, 1 week ago

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
With the more granular Build permission, you can choose who can only view the content in an existing report or dashboard, and who can create
content connected to the underlying dataset.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

"If you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset, and you share a report or dashboard you built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the dataset." from microsoft page
upvoted 1 times

  BrunoBruno 8 months, 1 week ago

1. Analyze in Excel
2. grant the Build permission
- "If you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset, and you share a report or dashboard you built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the dataset. For more information, see Share Power BI reports and dashboards with coworkers and
others."
see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 4 weeks ago

- Analyze in Excel
- Grant build permission
Corp members can read, build and reshare. So they must have the Workspace Member Role. See table: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-permissions
That gives them the permission to add other as Member or Contributor, in these roles uses can build content as reports and dashboards. See
table: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that
the recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset.
See: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-datasets-build-permissions

Different argumentations, but still the same answer.

upvoted 1 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Corp users can read, build and reshare, but they do not necessarily have Member role. If they had member role, they could also remove a
table from the dataset.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 518/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

You are right. The Member Role concerns the whole workspace. The question concerns only the permissions on one dataset.
upvoted 1 times

  steladoynova 1 year ago

Answer is Correct.

"Users can create Sensitivity labels in the Microsoft 365 compliance center. Access to this feature in the Microsoft 365 compliance center is
available for admins of the Microsoft 365 of your organization."
So first is not sensitivity labels, and is not delete.

"Dataset owners can assign Build permission to specific users or security groups on the Manage permissions page. See Manage dataset access
permissions for detail."

So secons is not Build.

upvoted 3 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

Reshare Allows user to share the content of the dataset with other users who will get read, reshare, or build permissions for it

Analyze in Excel
Grant read permission for
upvoted 5 times

  shimmy_ 1 year ago

Then shouldn't be "Grant BUILD permission"?
upvoted 2 times

  Maniula 3 months, 1 week ago

Both are correct in real life
upvoted 1 times

  Aiti 1 year ago

Say you have Reshare and Build permission on a dataset. When you share a report or dashboard built on that dataset, you can specify that the
recipients also get Build permission for the underlying dataset. See Share Power BI reports and dashboards for detail.
- Build permission is right?
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 519/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #26 Topic 4

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that

might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

You have five reports and two dashboards in a workspace.

You need to grant all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

Solution: You create an Azure Active Directory group that contains all the users. You share each selected report and the one dashboard to the

group.

Does this meet the goal?

A. Yes

B. No

Correct Answer: B

Share with more than 100 separate users

At most, you can share with 100 users or groups in a single share action. However, you can give more than 500 users access to an item. Here

are some suggestions:

Share multiple times by specifying the users individually.

Share with a user group that contains all the users.

Create the report or dashboard in a workspace, then create an app from the workspace. You can share the app with many more people.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards

Community vote distribution

A (84%) B (16%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

This should be A. Yes, from the documentation a suggestion made there to share with more than 100 separate users is to "Share with a user
group that contains all the users."
upvoted 29 times

  SanaCanada Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer "A"

A. Yes

The solution meets the goal of granting all organizational users read access to one dashboard and three reports.

By creating an Azure Active Directory (AAD) group that contains all the users and sharing each selected report and the one dashboard to the
group, you can grant read access to the selected resources to all users in the organization. This approach simplifies the management of access
permissions since you can manage access for all users in one central place, the AAD group, instead of granting permissions to each user
individually.

No confusion, no need to discuss further

upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

If a user has the Contributor role in the workspace, they have more permissions than the Read role. This means that if you share a dashboard or
report with a group that includes a user with the Contributor role, that user will have the Contributor permissions rather than the Read
permissions.

In other words, the Contributor role overwrites the Read role. Therefore, if you want to ensure that a user has only Read access to a dashboard or
report, you should remove their Contributor role or explicitly grant them the Read role at the report or dashboard level.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Here is the point! If the users do not have any RLS then the solution meets the goal. otherwise No!!!!
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Sorry, I mean workspace memrship! for example if a user has Contributor role, and we assign him to security group. still he has Contributor
role.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 520/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Rajd1979 7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct Answer "A"

upvoted 2 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/how-to-manage-groups
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I think NO Because We need to make sure that they have only Read Access . Showing to the group only doesn't achieve the goal . We must
specify the access level
upvoted 4 times

  anasben 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

You can do A.
But B is the solution that optimze the pbiservice logic and features :
B IS THE ANSWER !
upvoted 2 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

it should be Yes,
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Share button does not allow to select AD group. Here you can choose only from these 3 options to share with:
-People in your organization,
-People with existing access,
-Specific people.
upvoted 1 times

  csillag 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I have to correct my upper opinion. The correct answer is A. I found in MS documentation, that for selection: "Specific people" "You can also
choose to directly send the link to Specific people or groups (distribution groups or security groups). Just enter their name or email address,
optionally type a message, and select Send." Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-
dashboards.
upvoted 2 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

You cannot share with a particular AD group, and there is no configuration for a particular AD group to be shared.
You can share with
- People in your organization
- People with existing access
- Specific people

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards
upvoted 4 times

  master_yoda 8 months ago

Answer: A
Specific people: This type of link allows specific people or groups to access the report.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

I also think that the answer is A: Yes

upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct answer
upvoted 2 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Yes, it does
upvoted 1 times

  Lomfana 1 year, 1 month ago

This should be A
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 521/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  emmanuelkech 1 year, 1 month ago

This should be YES
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 522/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #27 Topic 4

DRAG DROP -

You have a Power BI table named Customer that contains a field named Email Address.

You discover that multiple records contain the same email address.

You need to create a calculated column to identify which records have duplicate email addresses.

How should you complete the DAX expression for the calculated column? To answer, drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value

may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

  steladoynova Highly Voted  1 year ago

Answer i s correct, tested.
upvoted 19 times

  spamhz Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago

Just want to say that the formula works without "all(Customer)," as well
upvoted 1 times

  Grant5072 5 months, 1 week ago

Can someone please explain to me, how does counting the records help you identify which records have the same email address ?
upvoted 2 times

  Grant5072 5 months, 1 week ago

Nevermind, misread the question.
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 523/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  Flaty 8 months, 1 week ago

for me it the picture is a bit strange - it looks like that one closing bracket is missing at the end of the picture (cut off the picture because currently
the closing bracket it is not at the exact beginning of the last row).
1.) if the picture is correct with only one closing bracket then the last argument will be ALL
2.) if the picture is not correct and does not show the second closing bracket at the end then the last argument is FILTER

Both is working but it depends on the number of closing brackts at the end.
upvoted 1 times

  Flaty 8 months, 1 week ago

disregard my comment filter is not available so it is ALL... :/
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Can somone explain why All? I dont get it..
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

I believe ALL is necessary this is as stated, the filter context is calculated column or current row.
In order to find match across all the rows, it is necessary to override it with ALL
upvoted 1 times

  ZSun 3 months, 3 weeks ago

All is not necessary, since the question does not specify it uses any filter.
If it specify this DAX need to work regard less of filter or slicer, then ALL is mandatory
upvoted 1 times

  Sushvij 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Tested. Correct
Calculate
Countrows
All
upvoted 1 times

  jsking 10 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Lewiasskick 10 months, 3 weeks ago

should be countrows, filter, all
upvoted 2 times

  thanhtran7 10 months, 3 weeks ago

can anyone help to explain the answer in details?
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

You are to count the number of rows having same email address.
1. Declare a variable and call it any name you prefer
2. Calculate the row count on the table
3. Apply filter to ALL of the values in the table under the column name email address and equate it to the variable.
You may need to read up filter functions for a proper understanding of how it works.
upvoted 7 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer tested and is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 524/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #29 Topic 4

You have a Power BI dataset and a connected report.

You need to ensure that users can analyze data in Microsoft Excel only by connecting directly to the dataset.

You grant the users the Build permission for the dataset.

What should you do next?

A. Certify the dataset used by the report.

B. Change the default visual interaction for the report.

C. For the report, change the Export data setting to None.

D. For the report, change the Export data setting to Summarized data, data with current layout and underlying data.

Correct Answer: C

Community vote distribution

C (74%) D (26%)

  glenman0202 Highly Voted  7 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the correct answer. Note the part of the question that says "ONLY by connecting directly to the dataset." As mentioned in
https://www.designmind.com/blog/business-intelligence/export-underlying-data-in-power-bi, "You should export summarized data when you
want to see the relevant data in the visualization." Therefore, D cannot be the right answer, as summarized data is not obtained from connecting
directly to the dataset, but rather by effectively filtering the dataset based on the contents of the visualization.

Additionally, the "data with current layout and underlying data" part is irrelevant - by allowing Summarized data to be exported, we allow forms of
analyzing data other than connecting directly to the dataset, and thus fail the requirements of the question.
upvoted 21 times

  jsking Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The correct answer is D. C is incorrect because if you change the export data setting to None, users will not be able to export the data in any
form.

By providing the users with Summarized data, data with current layout and underlying data option, it will not change the way data is visualized in
the report, but it allows the users to download the data and analyze it with Excel.
upvoted 14 times

  taod Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 1 times

  AniveM 4 months, 2 weeks ago

la bonne réponse est C car la réponse D interdit aux utilisateurs d'analyser avec excel
upvoted 2 times

  Ash_Alansari 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Excel can be connected directly to an online PowerBI dataset, according to this page https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-
share/service-connect-power-bi-datasets-excel

Therefore, the only correct answer is C. D would allow an exported local copy of the data even if only summarized, which is not allowed in this
scenario.
upvoted 4 times

  Ash_Alansari 4 months, 3 weeks ago

Further information: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-connect-excel-power-bi-datasets
upvoted 2 times

  TalktomeGoOse 5 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer

upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 525/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Nemesizz 5 months, 3 weeks ago

So what is the answer?
upvoted 4 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months, 2 weeks ago

The answer is C because in the question it is stated that users can only retrieve the data from the dataset. With answer D, you'd allow users to
export data and let other users retrieve it locally which is not what we want.
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

C is the correct answer. The word ONLY indicates that users are not allowed to export data. The answer is in the question.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

From GPT:
C. For the report, change the Export data setting to None would be the correct option.

By changing the Export data setting for the report to None, you can prevent users from exporting data from the report to Excel. This ensures that
users can analyze data in Excel only by connecting directly to the dataset.

Option A, certifying the dataset used by the report, does not ensure that users can analyze data in Excel only by connecting directly to the
dataset.

Option B, changing the default visual interaction for the report, does not ensure that users can analyze data in Excel only by connecting directly
to the dataset.

Option D, changing the Export data setting for the report to Summarized data, data with current layout and underlying data, allows users to
export data from the report to Excel, which is not what is required in this scenario.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: D

The user needs to have access to report data. D is correct answer

upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Please igonore my first response

After review in detail

correct answer is C
upvoted 2 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

There is no "None" Option inside export data under report setting
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Question said "Only by connecting directly to the dataset." it means the user should not be able to EXPORT the data from report.
upvoted 2 times

  Akhilesh_Maithani 7 months ago

C is correct i believe.
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer "D"

D. For the report, change the Export data setting to Summarized data, data with current layout, and underlying data.

By granting users the Build permission for the dataset, you have given them the ability to connect directly to the dataset using tools such as
Microsoft Excel. To ensure that users can only analyze data in Excel by connecting directly to the dataset, you can change the Export data
setting for the report to "Summarized data, data with current layout, and underlying data."

This setting allows users to export data from the report to Excel, but only in a summarized format or with the current visual layout. It also allows
users to view the underlying data in Excel, but not to export it as raw data. This helps to ensure that users can only access the data through the
approved channel, which is the direct connection to the dataset.

No confusion, No need to discuss further

upvoted 2 times

  Mati_123 7 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 526/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Answer is C
Reason: in Question it is mentioned that the user should directly connect with the data set to Analyse the data in excel.
upvoted 4 times

  srikanth923 8 months ago

Selected Answer: C

To ensure that users can analyze data in Microsoft Excel only by connecting directly to the dataset, you should change the Export data setting for
the report to None (option C). This will prevent users from exporting data from the report to Excel.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 527/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #30 Topic 4

HOTSPOT

You have two Power BI workspaces named WorkspaceA and WorkspaceB. WorkspaceA contains two datasets named Sales and HR.

You need to provide a user named User1 with access to the WorkspaceB. The solution must meet the following requirements:

• Create reports that use the HR dataset.

• Publish the reports to WorkspaceB.

• Prevent the ability to modify the HR dataset.

• Prevent the ability to add users to Workspaces.

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Correct Answer:

  mambamota Highly Voted  9 months, 3 weeks ago

Answer is ok
upvoted 19 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

In my opinion, correct...
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct.
To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the current workspace, you need Build

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 528/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

permission for the dataset. You also need at least the Contributor role on the source and destination workspaces. For datasets in the original
workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role, you automatically have Build permission through your workspace role.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Build permission applies to datasets. When you give users Build permission, they can build new content on your dataset, such as reports,
dashboards, pinned tiles from Q&A, paginated reports, and Insights discovery. If a report outside the dataset workspace uses your dataset, you
can't delete the dataset. If you try to do so, you get an error message. from Microsoft site
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

for sure first part is giving Built Permission.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

From Microsoft site : To copy a report to another workspace, and to create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in the current
workspace, you need Build permission for the dataset. You also need at least the Contributor role on the source and destination
workspaces. For datasets in the original workspace, if you have at least the Contributor role, you automatically have Build permission
through your workspace role.
upvoted 1 times

  Neilsy 8 months ago

need to be users in both workspaces hence contributor option for both is only valid option available. contributor automatically gives you build
permission. You can't be granted build permission unless you have access to the workspace eg at least viewer access.
upvoted 2 times

  glenman0202 7 months, 4 weeks ago

No, because you don't need to be a Contributor to use a dataset, you only need build permission, which does not require a role.

Also, the principle of least privilege says that you shouldn't give a user more access than they need, and the Contributor roll is far more
access than is needed for the requirements of the question. Given that other questions in this exam have explicitly mentioned the principle of
least privilege, I'd wager that "Assign User1 the Contributor role for WorkspaceA" is an invalid answer.
upvoted 3 times

  Danylessoucis 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I believe its Build and Contributor to Workspace A since dataset is in Workspace A
upvoted 2 times

  reyn007 9 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer given is correct. Build and contributor role to workspace B because the user already has build permission for the HR dataset in
workspace A and now should be able to publish in workspace B, so the user should be given Contributor role to workspace B.
upvoted 2 times

  csillag 9 months, 4 weeks ago

the answer is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 529/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #31 Topic 4

You have a Power BI workspace named BI Data that contains a dataset named BI Finance.

You have the Build permission for the BI Finance dataset, but you do NOT have permissions for the workspace.

You need to connect to BI Finance and create a report.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. From the Power BI service, create a dataflow to the dataset by using DirectQuery.

B. From Power BI Desktop, connect to a Dataverse data source.

C. From the Power BI service, create a new report and select a published dataset.

D. From Power BI Desktop, connect to a shared dataset.

Correct Answer: CD

Community vote distribution

CD (100%)

  Bamlaku Highly Voted  2 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is correct:
CD
From the Power BI service, create a new report and select a published dataset.
From Power BI Desktop, connect to a shared dataset.
upvoted 6 times

  hussamAlHunaiti Most Recent  1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: CD

correct CD
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 530/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #32 Topic 4

You publish a dataset to the Power BI service. The dataset contains a connection to an on-premises Microsoft SQL Server database.

You attempt to configure a scheduled refresh but cannot select the appropriate on-premises data gateway.

You confirm the following with the administrator of the gateway:

• You have the appropriate permissions to use the gateway.

• The data source was created on the gateway.

• The gateway has a status of Running.

What is the most likely reason the gateway is unavailable?

A. The type of data source is not supported by the on-premises data gateway.

B. The server name in the PBIX file does not match the data source name in the gateway.

C. The credentials for the data source are invalid.

D. The data source is configured to use single sign-on (SSO).

Correct Answer: B

Community vote distribution

B (67%) C (33%)

  jl234 3 weeks, 4 days ago

Selected Answer: B

It should be B. For Option C, based on the information provided in the question, it states that you have confirmed that the credentials for the data
source are valid. So the answer should be B.
upvoted 1 times

  CyrilleC 3 weeks, 6 days ago

Selected Answer: B

In Power BI, when you configure a data source to use an on-premises data gateway, the server name and other connection details in your PBIX
file must match the data source configuration in the gateway. If there's a mismatch in the server name or other connection details, the scheduled
refresh won't work, and you won't be able to select the appropriate gateway.
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

I think is C
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 531/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 5 - Testlet 1

Question #1 Topic 5

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 532/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create the required relationship for the executive's visual.

What should you do before you can create the relationship?

A. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number.

B. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Decimal Number.

C. In the Sales table, add a measure for Sum(sales_amount).

D. Change the data type of Sales[sales_id] to Text.

Correct Answer: A

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

The data type of Sales[region_id] must be changed from varchar to Whole Number, as Sales[region_id] is Integer.

Community vote distribution

A (94%) 6%

  Booster21 Highly Voted  1 year ago

A. Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number. is correct, because the data type is INTEGER in Sales Region, Region_Manager
and Targets.
upvoted 19 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is correct
upvoted 6 times

  lmrod Most Recent  2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

The data type is varchar in Sales and INTEGER in Sales Region, Region_Manager and Targets
upvoted 1 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- Change the data type of Sales[region_id] to Whole Number

In the case study, the Sales[region_id] is set as VARCHAR.

upvoted 4 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

Seems like you are a bot. You are all over the place announcing you scored 948/1000.
You can tell the answer without advertising your score.
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 533/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A should be correct.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

region_id should be INTEGER! I am not sure changing to whole number is the same!
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Mazhar332 1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

I think it is 'D', since these are unique IDs, we can use them as a text.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 534/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 5

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 535/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to get data from the Microsoft SQL Server tables.

What should you use to configure the connection?

A. Import that uses a Microsoft account

B. Import that uses a database credential

C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential

D. DirectQuery that uses the end-user's credentials

Correct Answer: D

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

With DirectQuery, queries are sent back to your Azure SQL Database as you explore the data in the report view.

After you publish an Azure SQL DirectQuery dataset to the service, you can enable single sign-on (SSO) using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)

OAuth2 for your end users.

When the SSO option is enabled and your users access reports built atop the data source, Power BI sends their authenticated Azure AD

credentials in the queries to the Azure SQL database or data warehouse. This option enables Power BI to respect the security settings that are

configured at the data source level.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-azure-sql-database-with-direct-connect

Community vote distribution

C (55%) D (45%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

I think it should be: C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential
If you used the credentials of the user (D) then all users would need to be created in the database.
upvoted 38 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

If the end users in AD have been given access the database, then it won't be necessary to create them again in direct query i think. "After you
publish an Azure SQL DirectQuery dataset to the service, you can enable single sign-on (SSO) using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) OAuth2
for your end users."
upvoted 5 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

When the SSO option is enabled and your users access reports built atop the data source, Power BI sends their authenticated Azure AD
credentials in the queries to the Azure SQL database or data warehouse. This option enables Power BI to respect the security settings that
are configured at the data source level.
upvoted 2 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

So answer is D
upvoted 3 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire Highly Voted  10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

The requirements are:

- Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database (not an on-premise SQL Server)
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 536/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

- Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users (not through gateway)
- The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes (not import and schedule refresh)

So the answer is D. DirectQuery that uses the end-user's credentials

We will also give the AD group that represents the whole company the read access to the database so all users can run direct queries on the
database.
upvoted 12 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Sorry I was wrong. After I reviewed my own responses, I think the answer is
C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential

A gateway should be implemented with DirectQuery and users should not be given read access to the database directly. This is to ensure that
RSL in PowerBI is warranted. If users are given direct read access to the database, they can easily bypass the RSL in PowerBI.
upvoted 17 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Now, you get the point. You cannot grant users direct access to database.
It is an abomination in database security. A user could delete the entire database mistakenly or intentionally. :)
upvoted 7 times

  Bamlaku Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

As given in the description, you can enable single sign-on (SSO) using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) OAuth2 for your end users. Azure AD
authentication is a mechanism to connect to your SQL resource by using identities in Azure AD. With Azure AD authentication, you can centrally
manage the identities of database users and other Microsoft services in one central location. Central ID management provides a single place to
manage database users and simplifies permission management.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

It is definitely weird, to say they use Azure SQL, and then say its Microsoft SQL Server, which certainly sounds like an onpremis (or a VM, which
they dont mention).

So I would have to go with D if its Azure, C if its On Premise

upvoted 2 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:

- DirectQuery that uses a database credential
upvoted 5 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The definite answer is C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.
Question
You need to get data from the Microsoft SQL Server tables.
What should you use to configure the connection?
A. Import that uses a Microsoft account
B. Import that uses a database credential
C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential
D. DirectQuery that uses the end-user's credentials
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Sorry
Option C. DirectQuery that uses a database credential, is the best choice to configure the connection as the maximum allowed latency is five
minutes, which is a relatively short time frame.

DirectQuery mode in Power BI allows queries to be sent directly to the data source, without importing the data into Power BI. This way, the
report data stays up-to-date with the source data, and the maximum latency of five minutes can be easily achieved.

Using a database credential to connect to the SQL Server tables ensures secure access to the database. This also helps to meet the
authentication requirements for Azure AD.
Option D, DirectQuery that uses the end-user's credentials, is not recommended as it can create security vulnerabilities, and it may not meet
the requirements for Azure AD authentication.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

I think C
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 537/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  luisnc 6 months, 2 weeks ago

No confusion, no need to discuss further
upvoted 13 times

  3cc17f1 2 months, 2 weeks ago

apocalyptic levels of confusion :D
upvoted 1 times

  Mati_123 8 months ago

Answer is C
upvoted 1 times

  KungFuKenny 9 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer is C
upvoted 2 times

  naomilena 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I second AzureJobsTillRetire comment

upvoted 3 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

D DirectQuery lets a report viewer's credentials pass through to the underlying source, which applies security rules. DirectQuery supports single
sign-on (SSO) to Azure SQL data sources, and through a data gateway to on-premises SQL servers. For more information, see Overview of single
sign-on (SSO) for gateways in Power BI. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/desktop-directquery-about
upvoted 3 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I would say C because we have to configure gateway that uses database credential right ?
upvoted 2 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

I think I am wring DirectQuery lets a report viewer's credentials pass through to the underlying source, which applies security rules.
DirectQuery supports single sign-on (SSO) to Azure SQL data sources, and through a data gateway to on-premises SQL servers. For more
information, see Overview of single sign-on (SSO) for gateways in Power BI. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-
data/desktop-directquery-about
upvoted 1 times

  JPGo 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

I think C because of "The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region." and the 5 minute latency. Doing an
import every 5 minutes seems impractical. Using Direct Query will honor the security in place on the database.
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Answer should be C
upvoted 4 times

  lucadiodoardo 11 months, 1 week ago

why direct query and not import?
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

See this last requirement: "The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes."
upvoted 1 times

  Maverick7513 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Question says we have to get data from Microsoft SQL Server and not from Azure SQL. Shouldn't it be database credentials and import mode
then ?
upvoted 1 times

  cnmc 10 months, 1 week ago

Above reply. Also typically you wouldn't want to import production databases. They'll cripple your performance
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

See this last requirement: "The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes." So it must be DirectQuery.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 538/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 6 - Testlet 10

Question #1 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 539/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 540/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to create the dataset.

Which dataset mode should you use?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 541/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. Import

B. DirectQuery

C. Composite

D. live connection

Correct Answer: C

The three dataset modes are:

Import -

DirectQuery -

Composite -

Composite mode -

Composite mode can mix Import and DirectQuery modes, or integrate multiple DirectQuery data sources. Models developed in Composite mode

support configuring the storage mode for each model table. This mode also supports calculated tables (defined with DAX).

The table storage mode can be configured as Import, DirectQuery, or Dual. A table configured as Dual storage mode is both Import and

DirectQuery, and this setting allows the Power BI service to determine the most efficient mode to use on a query-by-query basis.

Note: A single dataset must support all three reports.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products -

Top Customers -

On-Time Shipping -

Incorrect:

* DirectQuery mode is an alternative to Import mode. Models developed in DirectQuery mode don't import data. Instead, they consist only of

metadata defining the model structure. When the model is queried, native queries are used to retrieve data from the underlying data source.

* Import

However, while there are compelling advantages associated with Import models, there are disadvantages, too:

The entire model must be loaded to memory before Power BI can query the model, which can place pressure on available capacity resources,

especially as the number and size of Import models grow

Community vote distribution

C (54%) A (46%)

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

You wouldn't use composite for all. I would say import as the SQL Server data is only 2GB and excel is really small. Also, only need it refreshing
once a day so this dataset is very small. Answer is A (Import)
upvoted 29 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

This is not a one time thing. The Data will continue to grow and import will turn out inefficient. The 7:00AM need can be addressed using
incremental refresh which will reduce the workload by far compared to import.
upvoted 1 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Also data is 2gb and 5mb but we need only top 20 reports.
upvoted 3 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Another key sentence is "The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization."
Using DirectQuery increases the latency when interacting with a viz, because the data needs to be fetched from the source at every refresh,
an issue which doesn't exist when the data is imported. A is correct.
upvoted 9 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 542/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  ajvela 6 months ago

Also the report requires current year data and last three calendar year data, so no need to import the whole data
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Plus we have to apply RLS direct query is not suitable unless we do the RLS at the source level
upvoted 4 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements.
import option will make the dataset too large
upvoted 1 times

  shakes103 Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Composite Model means now you can have a model, that very large tables of that are coming from the DirectQuery connection, without the need
for importing, and small tables to be imported to be accessible quickly.

In this case, Composite fits perfect. Source1 is 2GB, which is relatively too large for daily updates and way larger than Source2 which is only
5MB.
upvoted 20 times

  Mandar77 Most Recent  5 days, 9 hours ago

There are 2 sources. first is azure sql data base with 2GB of data and other one is excel 5 MB. You can not load 2GB of data in model hence you
have to use direct query and excel we can import. Hence it is composite mode
upvoted 1 times

  janojano 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Composite mode because it can mix Import and DirectQuery modes.

upvoted 1 times

  spamhz 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

I think is Import. Because Direct query cannot fulfill this "Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.", it will pull the latest lets
say if it is 10AM, it will pull 10AM data right? Please correct me if I am wrong.
upvoted 1 times

  taod 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

I also go for A.
Import mode meets the requirements for fast response times and current data at 7 in the morning. Though the model must minimize the size of
the dataset "as much as possible", it must meet the report and technical requirements. Fast response time is a hard requirement and it's sure
that Import mode delivers that better than DirectQuery.
I am no expert on Composite but I would argue that in the best case, it's as fast as Import mode. In Composite mode, some tables might switch
to DirectQuery due to the user behaviour, but that would mean we would overachieve the requirement for daily refreshing, buying this
overachievement through slower response time. That's not what we want.
Future growth of the data is not to be considered in a question like this.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

A: I believe that since they specifically call out a time of 7AM its either a trick lol or its intended to tell us IMPORT is fine (since its 7AM)

Secondarily, they talk about performance and since you can import that easily, the performance will be much better on IMPORT and DirectQuery
is known to induce latency / lower performance.

So I don't see a reason to select Composite in this case.

upvoted 2 times

  leggoteam 3 months ago

I'm confused by the case studies. Are we going to be interacting with a user interface or are we just selecting a multiple choice answer or is it
both?
upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

You wont have a UI unless you mean possible drag and drop answers. Then it would be both. If you meant actually like the SMS / Admin / Etc
/ Gateway, Power BI, no you wont touch those.
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 3 months, 4 weeks ago

One of the biggest advantage of Direct Query is when we need a near real time data.
But in this scenario they say "Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day."
Since they don't need the near real time data, to have the advantages of Import for all other requirements, included RLS, IMPORT looks a better
approach to me.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 543/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Time2excel 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

My answer is C. Composite/dual suits this application.

upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 1 week ago

Guys please what is the answer? A or C?
upvoted 2 times

  VNAS06 5 months, 1 week ago

The answer is 'C'. As per the Microsoft - https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-composite-models

"Composite models let you connect to the data warehouse by using DirectQuery and then use Get data for more sources. In this example, we
first establish the DirectQuery connection to the corporate data warehouse. We use Get data, choose Excel, and then navigate to the
spreadsheet that contains our local data."
upvoted 3 times

  Caterpillar_Soni 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I think A should be the correct answer.
as based on requirements :
1) Response should be fast.
2) Out of 20 GB only top 20 reports required.
3) Data to refreshed on a fix time interval i.e. 7AM everyday (not so frequent)
4) RLS = USERNAME()
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I am sure that answer is A because the data is exported daily and must be current as of 7am every day. No need to use Direct Query as it has
some limitations.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

I would rather to go with A. with do not need DQ and the composite model.
"The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.
The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements."
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=043x57_b1Oc
upvoted 2 times

  glenman0202 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is the right answer. This is both because of what others have mentioned (Source1 is 2GB and Source2is only 5MB) and because of this one
sentence:

"The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical
requirements."

Ergo, we know by default that A cannot be the correct answer, as Importing a 2GB file makes the dataset much larger than just using
DirectQuery. However, we cannot just use pure DirectQuery, because of the following requirement:

"The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization."
Visualizations would be extremely slow if we were forced to query the 2GB file every time we wanted to interact with a visual that uses Source2.
As such, we are forced to use a composite model: It allows both DirectQuery for the larger SQL database, while enabling import for the smaller
Excel spreadsheet. Additionally, data caching may be used to speed up interactions with the SQL database.
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 544/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 545/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 546/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to configure access for the sales department users. The solution must the meet the security requirements.

What should you do?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 547/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. Share each report to the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department.

B. Add the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department as an Admin of the reports workspace.

C. Distribute an app to the users in the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department.

D. Add the sales department as a member of the reports workspace.

Correct Answer: B

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

‫ג‬€¢ Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

‫ג‬€¢ Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.
‫ג‬€¢ Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.
‫ג‬€¢ Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.
Community vote distribution
C (54%) D (35%) 5%

  ItsMeScripting Highly Voted  11 months, 1 week ago

The answer is C. It's a trick question. It asks how the access for the sales department USERS needs to be set up. This requires RLS to work, and
RLS won't work when they are member or admin. The requirements listed that require admin rights refer to the sales DEPARTMENT, not to the
sales USERS.
upvoted 37 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

but who is the user in sales department? you are right. workspace roles always override RLS roles. It is really tricky. first I went with option C.
but after reading the answer I am really confused!
upvoted 1 times

  mdeg87 6 months, 3 weeks ago

ItsMeScripting is right. There is a difference between these two sections in the requirements:
"The sales department must be able to..."
and
"Users in the sales department must be able to..."
Only the latter is relevant to the question, and only C works for their limited functionality.
upvoted 1 times

  Clodia Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

I think it should be D - Add the sales department as a member of the reports workspace.
For the actions they need to perform (edit reports, publish app, etc) the Member role would be the least privilege
upvoted 21 times

  Fer079 1 year ago

But a member cannot "Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports" , right?
upvoted 5 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

A member can ddd members or others with lower permissions.
upvoted 3 times

  shimmy_ 1 year ago

As per my understanding members can do it.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 2 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Nope. Only Admin can mangage the permissions for workspaces.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Sorry, but that isn't true.
A member can do the following: "Add members or others with lower permissions."
See: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 8 times

  Lavoisier Most Recent  2 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 548/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I think the answer is D. When talking about security. We can have differents settings for the same user group at the level of Workspace and at the
level of app. If we choose answer C we will not able to give the right to manage workspace to the sales departement. The answer is D. It can't be
B, because of RLS. RLS can't be apply to Admin
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C: In this case the only one that will correctly apply what was asked specifically for the Sales Department Users themselves is C. Anything else
gives too much, wont work or not enough
upvoted 1 times

  Kushal_P 3 months, 1 week ago

This question is so long!!! I feel like I will waste a lot of time just reading this.
Anyway... feel like D is the answer
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

The question is about Sales Department Users, not about Sales Department, as each of them has different Security Requirements explained in
the fore-text :
 Users in the Sales Department :
• Must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
• Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.
• [EmailAddress] = USERNAME()
• RLS will be applied only to the sales department users.

I would say C, but why not A, well they are users, not authors, I might be wrong though.
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

So, whole Sales Department users are ADMIN hm ? That's clever...
upvoted 1 times

  VNAS06 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The answer is D.

Member roles as per Microsoft (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces)

1. Publish, unpublish, and change permissions for an app.

2. Manage dataset permissions.

3. Publish reports to the workspace, and delete content.

4. Create a report in another workspace based on a dataset in this workspace.

5. Modify gateway connection settings.

6. View and interact with an item.

7. Read data that's stored in workspace dataflows.

upvoted 1 times

  AshND 4 months ago

But if they are assigned Member role for the workspace, RLS will NOT be applied. Actually
within the Sales department, there are two different sets of people who can 1)Add/Edit Reports 2)Manage permissions for rest of the lot for
workspace/dataset/report/app and AD group access. So I think all of the users should get access to reports through App, which is answer C
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The answer is definitely D. Otherwise sales team won't be able to create, edit, and delete content in the reports, manage permissions for
workspaces, datasets, and report and publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app. Remember to assign the least
privilege. Besides, if you add them as Admins, they will be able to see all data, I think
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

I would rather to go with A!!!!
upvoted 3 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Managing permission is only for Admin!

upvoted 1 times

  glenman0202 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 549/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C is the correct answer, and it's possible to arrive at this answer using only deductive reasoning:

B and D: Cannot be the right answer, as making the Azure Active Directory sales department group admins/members prevents RLS from working,
thus failing the requirements ("RLS will be applied only to the sales department users").

A: This may be a correct answer, however, note the emphasis on "sales department users" in regards to this question. Sales department isn't
necessarily sales department users, so the ambiguous nature of Answer A works against it, especially when option C explicitly mentions the
sales department users. Even if this were not the case, sharing each report individually is more work than just sharing them to one app that every
user in the sales department has access to, further making A the wrong answer.
upvoted 7 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Selected Answer: C

RLS does NOT apply to Admins, Members or Contributors. https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

upvoted 9 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Correct Answer is C

The correct answer is not A, B, or D because sharing each report to the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department, adding the Azure
Active Directory group of the sales department as an Admin of the reports workspace, or adding the sales department as a member of the
reports workspace will not provide row-level security to the dataset to restrict access to data based on the sales region assignment of each
employee. Option C, distributing an app to the users in the Azure Active Directory group of the sales department, may provide access to the
reports, but it will not enforce row-level security on the data.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 8 times

  Neilsy 8 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Managing permissions for workspaces indicates a need for admin level access
upvoted 1 times

  Sanatandharma 8 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer is B, bcos there they have to manager permissions too.
upvoted 1 times

  pisanoagus 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

The question says " The solution must the meet the security requirements." so if this is the case, if should be an App so security is not lost.
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 550/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 6

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 551/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 552/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 553/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

HOTSPOT -

You need to create a solution to meet the notification requirements of the warehouse shipping department.

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: dashboard -

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

You can set alerts to notify you when data in your dashboards changes beyond limits you set.

Box 2: data alert -

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/create-reports/service-set-data-alerts

  Mizaan Highly Voted  1 year ago

You can't set alerts on reports, only dashboards. And must be a data alert.
So:
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 36 times

  Nuli 10 months, 1 week ago

I agree with you. notifications have to be on the dashboard
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months ago

Dashboard
Data alert
Source: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-alerts
upvoted 5 times

  hungry85 Most Recent  6 months, 2 weeks ago

-Dashboard
- Data alert correct answers
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 554/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Answers given are correct
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 2 times

  juanceee 1 year ago

Answere correct.
Dashboard
Data alert
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 555/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 7 - Testlet 2

Question #1 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 556/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 557/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to create the relationship between the product list and the revenue results. The solution must minimize the time it takes to render

visuals.

What should you set as the relationship cardinality?

A. One to one

B. Many to many

C. Many to one

D. One to many

Correct Answer: D

One product in the product list can occur many times in the revenue results.

Note 1: One to many (1:*): In a one-to-many relationship, the column in one table has only one instance of a particular value, and the other

related table can have more than one instance of a value.

Note 2:

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time -

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships

Community vote distribution

D (92%) 8%

  NotMeAnyWay Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct D - One to Many

upvoted 7 times

  Heshybay Highly Voted  8 months, 1 week ago

Please does anyone knows how to quickly understand the requirement of a case study. It is too long for me. I guess there is way around
understanding it. Thank you!
upvoted 5 times

  sa56 7 months ago

directly jump to question asked and then read the case related to the question
upvoted 13 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 558/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  taod Most Recent  2 months ago

Selected Answer: D

D - One to Many
The relevant info is: Revenue data is provided at the date and product level.
This means, we can expect a table of the length [dates * products] (at max, because there might be days where some products didn't generate
revenue).
The product list has one line per product. So when creating a relationship, it is one-to-many.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g-nRxDVt3To
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

When creating the relationship between the product catalog and the revenue results tables, the relationship cardinality should be set to Many-to-
Many. This is because there may be multiple products associated with each revenue result and multiple revenue results associated with each
product.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

In that case, since the revenue data is coming from the Azure SQL database and the product catalog data is coming from Microsoft Dynamics
365, you will need to create a composite model in Power BI.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Guys! If it were before, I would also go with D! but here we have two data source!!! it means we have composite dataset!!! when we have two
table from two different data sources, the relationship between them in Many-to- Many.
Please correct me, if I am wrong!
upvoted 1 times

  yordiye 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Exactly D
upvoted 2 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

correct answer is D one-to-many

upvoted 3 times

  disndat7 11 months, 1 week ago

Agreed with given Answer
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 559/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 560/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 561/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -

You need to create a measure that returns the percent of revenue by product category.

How should you complete the measure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 562/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.

‫ג‬
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, €¦]]])

Box 2: REMOVEFILTERS -

REMOVEFILTERS clear filters from the specified tables or columns.

Box 3: DIVIDE -

DIVIDE performs a division.

Example: MEASURE FactInternetSales[%Sales] = DIVIDE([TotalSales], CALCULATE([TotalSales],REMOVEFILTERS()))

Note: The RETURN keyword consumes variables defined in previous VAR statements.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/removefilters-function-dax https://dax.guide/st/return/

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Explanation and answer incorrect for the second function, REMOVEFILTERS in the explanation isn't part of the options, instead it should be ALL
to remove any context from the calculation. So the final formula should be
VAR AllCategoryRev =
CALCULATE(SUM([Revenue]),
ALL(ProductList[ProductCategory]))
RETURN
DIVIDE(SUM([Revenue]), AllCategoryRev)
upvoted 54 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

ALL should not be used because if All Category Revenue will always be equal to sum of revenue since all categories are added up. AllExcept
should be used because it will preserve the filter on a selected product category( i.e. Slicer or row context) and thus return the revenue on a
particular category only.
upvoted 3 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

ALL should not be used because All Category Revenue will always equal to the totalsum of revenue since all categories are added up. So
the result of the Divide will be 1.

AllExcept should be used because it will preserve the filter on a selected product category( i.e. Slicer or row context) and thus return the
revenue on a particular category only.
upvoted 3 times

  taod 2 months ago

I don't agree. We neet a total sum in the denominator to receive the ratio.
In the documentation of ALLEXCEPT, this specific case is even explained as a usecase for ALL:
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 563/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

ALL: This function is useful when you are working with many levels of grouping, and want to create a calculation that creates a ratio of
an aggregated value to the total value.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/allexcept-function-dax
upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

ALL[ProductCategory] is the correct option in the second dropdown.

ALLEXCEPT - Removes all context filters in the table except filters that have been applied to the specified columns; so It's wrong and we
wouldn't get All the revenue for the divide measure, but only row level ProductCategory revenue
upvoted 12 times

  UlyUkr Most Recent  5 months, 3 weeks ago

CALCULATE, ALL, DIVIDE. Tested - working.
upvoted 5 times

  Outsider 5 months, 3 weeks ago

REMOVEFILTERS = ALL. So, Calculate. All and DIVIDE>
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer Calculate, All, Divide

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 3 times

  youssef_yt89 10 months, 1 week ago

CALCULATE
ALL
DIVIDE
upvoted 6 times

  jsking 10 months, 1 week ago

Anyone with experience in DAX would only need to read the question in these case study questions. The questions seem to hint the answer
already.. for this question for example anyone would know that the moment you see a percentage of the total is required you would immediately
go with the ALL function and the rest is easy.
CALCULATE, ALL, DIVIDE
upvoted 7 times

  Patrick666 11 months ago

CALCULATE ALL DIVIDE
upvoted 2 times

  Mati_123 11 months ago

for Var AllCatogroyRev in 2nd function option "ALL" should be used, not ALLEXCEPT
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 564/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 565/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 566/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
DRAG DROP -

Once the profit and loss dataset is created, which four actions should you perform in sequence to ensure that the business unit analysts see the

appropriate profit and loss data? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the

correct order.

Select and Place:

Correct Answer:

Step 1: From BI Desktop, create four roles

You can define roles and rules within Power BI Desktop.

Step 2: From BI Desktop, add a Table Filter DAX Expression to the roles.

To define security roles, follow these steps.

1. From the Modeling tab, select Manage Roles.

2. Select Manage Roles

3. From the Manage roles window, select Create.

4. Select Create

5. Under Roles, provide a name for the role.

6. Under Tables, select the table to which you want to apply a DAX rule.

7. In the Table filter DAX expression box, enter the DAX expressions. This expression returns a value of true or false. For example: [Entity ID] =

‫ג‬€Value‫ג‬€.
After you've created the DAX expression, select the checkmark above the expression box to validate the expression.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 567/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

8. Select Save.

Step 3: From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles.

You can't assign users to a role within Power BI Desktop. You assign them in the Power BI service.

Step 4: From BI Desktop, publish the dataset to powerbi.com

Now that you're done validating the roles in Power BI Desktop, go ahead and publish your report to the Power BI service.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) add role members

Contributor role give analysts a possibility to save reports to a workspace, which is not permitted by requirements
upvoted 86 times

  EMMALEEEEEEEEE 1 year ago

'Analysts must NOT be able to share' so the role could be Contributor. Member can share. l would go :
1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) assign the Contributor role
upvoted 7 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I understand the way you think, I made the same error. This question is very misleading.
It doesn't say "assign the Member Role", but "add the role members to the role".
So this is not about a Workspace Role, but about a Row Level Security role!
upvoted 13 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

If you assign the Contributor role to a user, the RLS will be overriden and the user will see all the data.

"Workspace members assigned Admin, Member, or Contributor have edit permission for the dataset and, therefore, RLS doesn’t apply to
them. If you want RLS to apply to people in a workspace, you can only assign them the Viewer role."

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/enterprise/service-admin-rls
upvoted 10 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

'From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles' this should be last action.
You need to publish the dataset first to have it available to PowerBI service
upvoted 13 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

1. In Power BI Desktop, Create 4 roles.
2. In Power BI Desktop, Add a table filter DAX expression.
3. In Power BI Desktop, Publish dataset.
4. In Power BI Service, Add roles members to roles.

Credit to UlyUkr whom I copied from so I didnt need to type this lol but its correct
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

1. In Power BI Desktop, Create 4 roles.
2. In Power BI Desktop, Add a table filter DAX expression.
3. In Power BI Desktop, Publish dataset.
4. In Power BI Service, Add roles members to roles.
upvoted 2 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

Makes sense to publish first and then assign roles.
1) Create four roles
2) Add DAX filters
3) Publish
4) Add role members
upvoted 4 times

  youssef_yt89 10 months, 1 week ago

1) Create four roles
2) Add DAX filters
3) Publish
4) Add role members

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 568/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) add role members
upvoted 2 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

1. Publish
2. create role
3. add DAX filters
4. add members to roles
upvoted 4 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

This is wrong! The correct sequence is:
1) Create four roles
2) add DAX filters
3) publish
4) add role members
upvoted 4 times

  zubairakram 7 months ago

Correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Jay_98_11, need to re-check answer.
upvoted 1 times

  Aksana 1 year ago

I would go with this approach:
https://vceguide.com/case-study-125/
upvoted 3 times

  ecwang 1 year, 1 month ago

1) From Power BI Desktop publish
2) create four roles
3) add a Table filter DAX expression
4) From powerbi.com, add role members to the roles
upvoted 5 times

  patthebadcat 11 months ago

this is wrong
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 569/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 7

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 570/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 571/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
Which DAX expression should you use to get the ending balances in the balance sheet reports?

A. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE ( 'Date'[Date] ) )

B. CALCULATE ( SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), DATESQTD('Date'[Date]) )

C. FIRSTNONBLANK ('Date'[Date] SUM( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ) )

D. CALCULATE ( MAX( BalanceSheet[BalanceAmount] ), LASTDATE ('Date'[Date] ))

Correct Answer: B

Use the CALCULATE, the SUM, and the DATESQTD functions.

DATESQTD returns a table that contains a column of the dates for the quarter to date, in the current context.

Syntax: DATESQTD(<dates>)

Note: At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for

the previous quarter.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/datesqtd-function-dax

Community vote distribution

A (62%) B (38%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

A) - LASTDATE()
as we do not sum the balances of last 3 months
upvoted 43 times

  olajor 1 year, 1 month ago

no B is correct as you want the sum of the last 3 months. "At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must
show the ending balances for the quarter"
upvoted 11 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 6 months, 3 weeks ago

do you even know what a balance is?
upvoted 4 times

  Lewiasskick 11 months, 2 weeks ago

why we should add up the end balance of balance sheet account
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I think that you are right. These are monthly balances and you can't sum them up over 3 months. So you should take only the last one.
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 572/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

I think A is right. balance is typically semi-additive. Nevertheless, when aggregating over time you cannot use the SUM function. The
balance of a quarter is not the sum of individual monthly balances. Instead, the measure should report the last balance of the quarter.
https://www.daxpatterns.com/semi-additive-calculations/
upvoted 1 times

  badrionlion 7 months, 4 weeks ago

nope. From a Financial perspective, one doesn't sum up the account balances every last date of the month. Its only the last balance
that is valid.
upvoted 1 times

  Tsuk 1 year, 1 month ago

A) I agree with term of “balance” and it doesn’t make sense to roll up 3 months snapshot of asset value or ending balance.
upvoted 2 times

  NotMeAnyWay Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

B) DATESQTD

The Balance sheet report is a quarterly report so it needs to have the sum of the last three months. The Balances table is reporting in monthly
intervals, so it needs to be summed up to produce a quarterly result. That is where DATESQTD comes in, as it states: "Returns a table that
contains a column of the dates for the quarter to date, in the current context." LASTDATE() will instead produce a result: "Returns the last date in
the current context for the specified column of dates." Which would only show the last month's result.
upvoted 14 times

  badrionlion 7 months, 4 weeks ago

one should not add the balance amount every month and say that's the balance. Only the last value is valid from the financial perspective
upvoted 3 times

  SamiaAwais Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago

A) LastDate
As per the case study, there must be at least one balance sheet report in the quarterly reporting package that will demonstrate the ending
balance for the quarter and also the previous quarter.
Semi-additive calculations, like the balance at end of the month, apply LASTDATE Function.
upvoted 1 times

  taod 2 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A) - LASTDATE()
upvoted 1 times

  khushal3051 1 month, 3 weeks ago

hey man how was your paper did you pass the exam/
upvoted 1 times

  Aslan3 2 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

Balance report is quarterly so DATESQTD is the correct answer.

upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

LASTDATE, please please do not add up the last 3 months (or any quarters) ending balance to get your quarters total
upvoted 2 times

  JJMC5544 4 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

They don't say every balance sheet is in quarterly form.

They say "At least one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as
for the previous quarter."
Question texts are so ambiguous, confusing.
upvoted 4 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The correct answer is LASTDATE. We don't need Quarterly Running Total of the Balance Amount.
upvoted 1 times

  MimoKnowsNothin 7 months ago

Selected Answer: A

We do not sum balance. Balance should be the number shown on the last day.
upvoted 3 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 573/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The correct answer is B

If consider this question up top asking question ONLY with LastDAte, then the Correct answer would be A, but when considering the question
scenario, it must be a quarterly based answer

The correct Answer is B

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  ppt_powerbi 9 months, 3 weeks ago

A is correct. The board meeting requires quarter balance. For example, Jan - Mar. So what we need is the balance as at 31 Mar, the LASTDATE is
appropriate. The balance sheet already gives you the number directly. No need to calculate up to 3 months.
In case of using DATESQTD, daily sale and expenses will be listed in a table rather than balance in balance sheet.
upvoted 3 times

  kkklo 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:
upvoted 2 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

for ending balances last date makes sense. If we were accumulating entries then DaresQTD() would have been a better choice.
upvoted 3 times

  jsking 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

The answer is A. BUT the given option even for A is out-of-date or optional unless microsoft is trying to test the analyst's understanding of
LASTDATE() function because as of june,2022 we have the CLOSINGBALANCEMONTH() function that pretty much does the same thing with
more efficiency and less calculate time.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/closingbalancemonth-function-dax
upvoted 4 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

Balance sheets are a snapshot of point-in-time figures and cannot be added over a period of time.
https://www.investopedia.com/terms/b/balancesheet.asp
upvoted 4 times

  ItsMeScripting 11 months ago

Answer is A. LASTDATE will get the final balance amount. DATESQTD would get the total sum of all dates in the quarter, so is wrong
upvoted 3 times

  TZCT1FX 11 months, 2 weeks ago

A). A balance sheet is a snapshot of the business. The end of month december balance is the same as the Q4 balance. Using DATESQTD creates
a running total, summing Oct, nov and december. This is not correct.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 574/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 8 - Testlet 3

Question #1 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 575/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create relationships to meet the reporting requirements of the customer service department.

What should you create?

A. a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id] and another one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to

Weekly_Returns[week_id]

B. a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id] to Date[date_id] and a one-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to

Date[date_id]

C. an additional date table named ShipDate, a many-to-many relationship from Sales[sales_date_id] to Date[date_id], and a many-to-many

relationship from Sales[sales_ship_date_id] to ShipDate[date_id]

D. an additional date table named ShipDate, a one-to-many relationship from Date[date_id] to Sales[sales_date_id], and a one-to-many

relationship from ShipDate[date_id] to Sales[sales_skip_date_id]

Correct Answer: A

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

Need two date tables. Add a one-to-many relationship from both the Date tables to Sales table.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/guidance/relationships-active-inactive

Community vote distribution

D (89%) 7%

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Two date dims, two 1:* relationships

upvoted 28 times

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Explanation is correct but given answer (A) is wrong.

upvoted 12 times

  Mandar77 Most Recent  5 days, 8 hours ago

Answer A is wrong as you cannot link Date[Date_Id] to Weekly[Week_Id] as they are different entities. Answer D is right one. You can create two
separate date dimension for sales date and ship date and link to date table with many one relationship
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

I think is A.
upvoted 1 times

  hussamAlHunaiti 1 month, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 576/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The answer is D but i don't know if this is a tricky if you notice it Sales[sales_skip_date_id] it's write as skip not ship
There are spelling mistakes
upvoted 1 times

  ApacheKafka 3 months ago

I think B would have been the best option if not for the fact that we still have to use USERELATIONSHIP() to activate the second relationship with
ship_date.
But D has all the requirement and hence the Best Option.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Based on the relationship requirements, and that the answer is logistically correctly worded but the selected option is wrong (A).
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The report needs to calculate independently! so we need two active relationship!

upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Even the given answer is also D, because

The explanation is correct but they mentioned A wrongly

upvoted 1 times

  youssef_yt89 10 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer.

One to many from dimensions tables to the fact table
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: D

Definitely answer D
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

I believe B is the correct answer. In A, what does Customer service Dept need Weekly_Returns[week_id] for???
upvoted 2 times

  NotMeAnyWay 1 year ago

The customer department requires two dates (sales date & ship date) to filter the report by, so they will need another date table. This answer is
shown correctly in DA-100: https://www.examtopics.com/discussions/microsoft/view/41209-exam-da-100-topic-8-question-3-discussion/
upvoted 6 times

  simba_10 1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Creating two 1:* relationships, one of them being inactive, and the DAX function USERELATIONSHIP() will satisfy the reporting requirements.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/modules/create-measures-dax-power-bi/4-relationships
upvoted 3 times

  ajvela 6 months, 1 week ago

A seems to be correct for me but the requirement says "The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales
month and ship month independently" means we need to create another date table for Ship date.
upvoted 2 times

  INDEAVR 12 months ago

yes, but the direction described in the asnwer is wrong.
upvoted 1 times

  zerone72 1 year, 1 month ago

"A" is marked as correct answer.
However, the "A" option is not coherent with the explanation.
Answer A suggests creating 2 relationships from the Date table to Sales,
whereas the explanation suggests creating 2 DATES tables which allow
filtering both by sales month and ship month independently. In my opinion, the correct answer is "D" as you need an additional Dates table.
Please let me know if I am wrong
upvoted 8 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 577/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 578/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to provide a solution to provide the sales managers with the required access.

What should you include in the solution?

A. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales Manager table where username = UserName().

B. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales Manager table where username = sales_manager_id.

C. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Region Manager table where sales_manager_id = UserPrincipalName().

D. Create a security role that has a table filter on the Sales_Manager table where name = UserName().

Correct Answer: A

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

Use the username field of the Sales_manager table.

Also use the Username() DAX function to validate the username.

Reference:

https://powerbi.microsoft.com/en-my/blog/using-username-in-dax-with-row-level-security/

Community vote distribution

A (88%) 13%

  ivanb94 Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

Well I would agree if a table names Sales Manager (with space) existed, but only the Sales-Manager table exists as written in D so I see no
reason why it wouldn't be D. Especially bc the name column used for the USERNAME DAX function in D exists in the table as well.
upvoted 12 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Good spotting. Damn Microsoft and weird ambiguous questions
upvoted 3 times

  meswdf4 5 months ago

Just passed the exam. There is no typo like shown here. It is written "Sales_Manager" in all options. So it is A.
upvoted 9 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Selected Answer: A

This time I would go with A :D because there is also username column.

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

The column that consists the name of managers is "name". so the DAX function should be [name] = USERNAME()
upvoted 1 times

  Sanatandharma 8 months, 1 week ago

Even I picked up D bcos of the space between Sales Manager.
upvoted 1 times

  NuriaIzard 11 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 579/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

to Ivan: I just found out in a different website that here is a typo: All four options seem to have the correct table name Sales_Manager, therefore, it
is still answer A
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

Definitely answer A
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

Correct
upvoted 2 times

  Alexeyvykhodtsev 1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 580/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 581/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You merge data from Sales_Region, Region_Manager, Sales_Manager, and Manager into a single table named Region.

What should you do next to meet the reporting requirements of the executives?

A. Create a DAX calculated column that retrieves the region manager from the Weekly_Returns table based on the sales_region_id column.

B. Apply row-level security (RLS) to the Region table based on the sales manager username.

C. Configure a bi-directional relationship between Region and Sales_Region.

D. In the Region table, create a hierarchy that has the manager name, and then the sales manager name.

Correct Answer: A

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

A hierarchy is a set of fields categorized in a hierarchical way that one level is the parent of another level. Values of the parent level can be

drilled down to the lower level.

Reference:

https://radacad.com/what-a-power-bi-hierarchy-is-and-how-to-use-it

Community vote distribution

D (100%)

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

Explanation is correct but given answer is wrong.

upvoted 22 times

  Manikom Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: D

It should be D according to the explanation

upvoted 8 times

  summmmercxxxx Most Recent  4 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Ebenanatalo 9 months, 3 weeks ago

D seems to be correct because the Executives will only be able to see Region managers and Sales managers that report to them in a hierarchy,
besides there is nothing to measure there so A is actually wrong
upvoted 2 times

  svg10gh 9 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

D is the correct answer as per description.

upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: D

Correct answer is D

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 582/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Tin123 1 year ago

ThariCD is right, the answer is correct but they trap the chossen
upvoted 2 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

The given answer is not correct but the explanation is correct.
The answer should be D
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 583/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 584/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you create to meet the reporting requirements of the sales department?

A. a measure that uses a formula of COUNTROWS(Sales)

B. a calculated column that use a formula of COUNTA(Sales[sales_id])

C. a calculated column that uses a formula of SUM(Sales[sales_id])

D. a measure that uses a formula of SUM(Sales[sales_id])

Correct Answer: A

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

The COUNTROWS function counts the number of rows in the specified table, or in a table defined by an expression.

Incorrect:

The COUNTA function counts the number of cells in a column that are not empty.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/countrows-function-dax

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: A

Answer is correct
upvoted 7 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct.
It must be a count function and a measure.
upvoted 5 times

  Newb007 Most Recent  6 months, 2 weeks ago

Why not B? whats wrong with a new column ? also what about the blanks in sales?
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

we do not need calculated column! calculated column uses row- filter but we need a scaler value!
upvoted 1 times

  olajor 1 year, 1 month ago

Shouldn't it be B though? You don't want to count blank sales_ids
upvoted 2 times

  KAYBOL 2 weeks, 5 days ago

sales_ids are unique identifier (primary key) of the table; cant be null
upvoted 1 times

  June15 1 year, 1 month ago

B says it's a column, not a measure.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 585/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 586/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 587/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you do to address the existing environment data concerns?

A. a calculated column that uses the following formula: ABS(Sales[sales_amount])

B. a measure that uses the following formula: SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0)),[sales_amount])

C. a measure that uses the following formula: SUM(Sales[sales_amount])

D. a calculated column that uses the following formula: IF(ISBLANK(Sales[sales_amount]),0, (Sales[sales_amount]))

Correct Answer: B

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do

NOT contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Community vote distribution

B (81%) D (19%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: B

legit answer 🤙🤙🤙

upvoted 18 times

  lmrod Most Recent  1 month, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is the only option that ignores blanks and negative values

upvoted 1 times

  Time2excel 4 months, 1 week ago

Can't believe it, even Answer D has the extra parenthesis. Now which is which???
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

ABS return Absolute number. and we need a measure not a calculated column
upvoted 2 times

  nmosq 10 months ago

Selected Answer: B

The error in the formula for B it's probably just a typo.

D option would work on the missing values, but not with the negative values
upvoted 3 times

  amcken 11 months ago

I think the extra parenthesis is just a typo. D would make blank sales value equal to 0 which would be included in the analysis which we don't
want.
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 588/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

Answer B has wrong syntax.

upvoted 2 times

  taod 2 months, 1 week ago

That's just a typo in the question... D doesn't account for negative amounts at all. Go for B!
upvoted 1 times

  AlejandroErazo 2 months, 2 weeks ago

The correct syntax should be:
SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0),Sales[sales_amount])
upvoted 1 times

  Glubbs 11 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: D

B only if it had the correct parentheses as per this formula - tested.

SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0),[sales_amount])
upvoted 4 times

  taod 2 months, 1 week ago

That's just a typo in the question... D doesn't account for negative amounts at all. Go for B!
upvoted 1 times

  DBAH 1 year ago

I'd go for D, the formula in B is not correct, due to the brackets.
upvoted 1 times

  Astex56 1 year, 1 month ago

B has 2 opening brackets '(', but 3 closing bracket ')'. A bit strange
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 589/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #6 Topic 8

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 590/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
You need to create a calculated column to display the month based on the reporting requirements.

Which DAX expression should you use?

‫ג‬
A. FORMAT('Date'[date], €MMM YYYY €) ‫ג‬
‫ג‬ ‫ ג ג‬€‫ג‬€ & FORMAT('Date'[year], ‫ג‬#€‫ג‬€)
B. FORMAT('Date'[date_id], €MMM €) &

C. FORMAT('Date'[date_id],‫ג‬€MMM YYYY‫ג‬€)

D. FORMAT('Date'[date],‫ג‬€M YY‫ג‬€)

Correct Answer: A

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

Custom date/time formats -

The following format characters can be specified in the format_string to create custom date/time formats:

* mmm

Display the month as an abbreviation (Jan-Dec). Localized.

* yyyy

Display the year as a 4-digit number (100-9999).

* Etc.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/format-function-dax#predefined-datetime-formats

Community vote distribution

A (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

legit answer 🤙🤙🤙

upvoted 14 times

  NuriaIzard Highly Voted  10 months, 2 weeks ago

What is confusing here is the fact that there is a date_id defined in the format yyyymmdd. Therefore, some people would tend to select C.
However, I do not quite understand why this info is even given to us. I would have expected this field ID to be... an ID, not a date?
upvoted 6 times

  scythalx Most Recent  2 months ago

Correct answer, broken encoding
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

Feb 2020---> month has 3 character, therefore the format should be MMMYYYY and also date_id column data type is int and we cannot use in
Format function! we need a date type column.
upvoted 4 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 3 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 591/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

What does ‫ג‬€ this symbol means in the answer?

upvoted 2 times

  dodoinparis 4 months, 1 week ago

OMG, that's really annoying theses symbols
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 4 months ago

paste it to ChatGPT, it corrects
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A is correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

A is correct.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 592/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 9 - Testlet 4

Question #1 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 593/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 594/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 595/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

HOTSPOT -

You need to design the data model and the relationships for the Customer Details worksheet and the Orders table by using Power BI. The solution

must meet the report requirements.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Yes -

Need to link the tables for: The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order

month or quarter, product category, and sales region.

Box 2: No -

It should be set to Integer.

Box 3: No -

Can use the Region field of the Customer Details table.

The Orders table only has the ShipRegion field

  ThariCD Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Answer should be No - Yes - No. According to the sample data the CustomerID in Customer Details is a number (1 through 10 is shown in the
example data) and the CustomerID in the Orders table has an example value of VINET, which looks like it corresponds to the value of
CustomerCRMID instead of CustomerID from the Customer Details worksheet so the first answer should be No. The second answer should be
Yes, the CustomerID from Orders has example value VINET, which is text.
upvoted 74 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

Also the Region should come from Customer Details as the one in Order table is a shipping region, not sales region
upvoted 4 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Wrong: there is no CustomerCRMID on the Orders table. It's explicitly stated CustomerID, pls don't manufacture questions.
upvoted 3 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 596/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

ThariCD is right. We cannot link CustomerID from both tables because of the reasons he said. One is a number and one is a five characters
text.
The fact that there is no CustomerCRMID on the Orders table is entirely irrelevant to the question.
upvoted 12 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Yeah, ThariCD is right; I was wrong.
upvoted 6 times

  youssef_yt89 Highly Voted  12 months ago

1/ NO : the relationship is between CustomerCRMID from Customer Details and CustomerID from Orders
2/ YES: the relationship is between CustomerCRMID from Customer Details and CustomerID(NCHAR) from Orders --> CustomerCRMID have to
be text too.
3/ NO: from Customer Details
upvoted 17 times

  ltjc Most Recent  1 month, 3 weeks ago

Where is the damn example data??
upvoted 1 times

  Lavoisier 2 months, 3 weeks ago

1 NO - You can't join 02 tables using columns that are not the same type. In this scenario, if we assume that we are going to change the column
type before joining them, we won't have any results. Because the values in those columns (The value of customer id in the table Customer is not
the same as customer Id in the table Orders) are different. (in the customer table, we have 1,2,3,.. and in the the orders, we have VINET as
exemple

2 NO - Even if we change the type of column to TEXT it won't work because the values in those columns (The value of customer id in the table
Customer is not the same as customer Id in the table Orders) are different. (in the customer table, we have 1,2,3,.. and in the the orders, we have
VINET as exemple

3 No - Region is not relevant to filter according to the requirement

upvoted 1 times

  Luisfer 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I don't get the logic of many of you:
First the questions asks , if there must be a relation in Customer ID column. The answer is yes, of course there must be a relation in that column
as is the only comon table.
Next question is if there must be changed to text data type. The answer is no, it doesn't have to be of a text data type, it can be also an integer
data type. Is true that to create a relationship you need the same data type in both columns but doesn't have to be of a text data type.
And third, the region doesn't have to come from the Order table to work correctly. Furthermore, it isn't even there, it comes from Customer details
table.
So Y/N/N I think are the answers. It can get tricky but I would say I followed the correct logic here.
upvoted 2 times

  Luisfer 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Ok I just saw the example value of Cutomer ID in Orders table and seems to be the same as CustomerCRMID column from Customer details
table, so is a No the first as the relation should be in those 2 columns. This also changes my answer to the second question, as now we know
what data types are both so, it can only be a text data type. Final answer is N/Y/N , sorry for confusion
upvoted 2 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

NO (Relationship should be based on CustomerDetails.CustomerCRMID = Orders.CustomerID
YES technically, if it's not so already in the CustomerDetails table
NO Region field in this case is associated to customer and should come from CustomerDetails Table.
upvoted 1 times

  cecbynyzqohlbmdbmb 10 months, 1 week ago

1) NO - CustomerID in Orders is text ("VINET") while CustomerID in Customer Details is number ("1").
2) YES - Relationship between Orders and Customer Details will be via column CustomerCRMID in Customer Details and CustomerID in Orders,
which are both text.
3) NO - the Orders table only contains shipping address, which is different from the billing address which should be used for sales region. Thus, it
should come from Customer Details table.
upvoted 5 times

  AlexYang_ 10 months, 3 weeks ago

1) Y
2) N
3) N
Guys, please consider the 3 questions as connected process.
For 1), we must build relationship for these two tables. CustomerID is the only common filed in both tables;
2) is to achieve 1), we will set the Data Type of CustomerID to Integer rather than Text.
3) The Region field also exists in Customer Details table, not only in Orders table.
upvoted 5 times

  Jay_98_11 11 months, 2 weeks ago

No-yes-no
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 597/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  fred92 1 year ago

no - no - no
1. no, because Customer Details CustomerID is int and Order CustomerID is text - not the same content
2. no, because there is no common column where we could join on. Furthermore, it should be avoided to join via text columns, because integer
fields in relations are faster
3. no, because sales region is nowhere defined as the ship-to country or the sold-to country. So it can't be said, that it MUST come from the
Orders.
upvoted 7 times

  quxxy 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Agree about no-no-no, but in 2nd both columns are already text columns, so it is not necessary to set to text...
upvoted 2 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I agree with no - no - no
Only for the last one I would simply argue that Region is already in the Customer Details, so no need to get it from somewhere else.
upvoted 1 times

  zerone72 1 year, 1 month ago

According to the example value in the CustomerID column of the ORDERS table, this table contains strings such as "VINET" which can't be
converted to an integer. Therefore, in my opinion, the primary and foreign keys of the relationship must be TEXT and not INTEGER.
As a consequence, I believe the second statement is TRUE
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 598/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 599/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 600/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 601/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

HOTSPOT -

You need to create a measure that will return the percentage of late orders.

How should you complete the DAX expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: CALCULATE -

CALCULATE evaluates an expression in a modified filter context.

‫ג‬
Syntax: CALCULATE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, €¦]]]) expression - The expression to be evaluated. filter1, filter2,.. - (Optional) Boolean

expressions or table expressions that defines filters, or filter modifier functions.

Incorrect:

* COUNTX - Counts the number of rows that contain a non-blank value or an expression that evaluates to a non-blank value, when evaluating an

expression over a table.

* CALCULATETABLE evaluates a table expression in a modified filter context.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 602/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

‫ג‬
Syntax: CALCULATETABLE(<expression>[, <filter1> [, <filter2> [, €¦]]])

Expression - The table expression to be evaluated.

Box 2: FILTER -

FILTER returns a table that represents a subset of another table or expression.

Syntax: FILTER(<table>,<filter>)

Box 3: Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/calculate-function-dax

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dax/filter-function-dax

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Answer is correct.
CALCULATE
FILTER
Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]
upvoted 22 times

  Wadyba Highly Voted  11 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct Answer
upvoted 8 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Answer is correct.
CALCULATE
FILTER
Orders[ShippedDate] > Orders[RequiredDate]
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 603/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 604/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 605/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to minimize the size of the dataset. The solution must meet the report requirements.

What should you do?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 606/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. Group the Categories table by the CategoryID column.

B. Remove the QuantityPerUnit column from the Products table.

C. Filter out discontinued products while importing the Products table.

D. Change the OrderID column in the Orders table to the Text data type.

Correct Answer: B

Removing a column which isn't used in the reports reduces the dataset size.

Incorrect:

Not A: Grouping does not affect size.

Not C: Cannot filter out discontinued products as: The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three

calendar years.

Not D: OrderID must be Integer.

Community vote distribution

B (100%)

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is correct
upvoted 8 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

The column is unnecessary.

upvoted 1 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 2 weeks ago

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct.
QuantityPerUnit column from the Products table is not necessary for the analysis.
Discontinued products may not be filtered out because OrderDetails can still have foreign key referencing to them (historical data must be kept).
upvoted 4 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B is correct
upvoted 1 times

  Tin123 1 year ago

Can anyone explain it for me? Many thanks
upvoted 2 times

  ivanb94 12 months ago

The QuantityPerUnit column from the Products table is not necessary for the analysis, so that is the correct answer. Filtering does not affect
the size of the dataset, so as the grouping.
upvoted 7 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Filtering rows during import DOES affect the size of the dataset.
I think that the correct argumentation should be that discontinued products may not be filtered out because OrderDetails can still have
foreign key referencing to them.
upvoted 2 times

  erhard 9 months, 3 weeks ago

"The reports must show historical data" including discontinued products.
upvoted 7 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 607/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 608/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 609/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to design the data model to meet the report requirements.

What should you do in Power BI Desktop?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 610/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. From Power Query, add a date table. Create an active relationship to the OrderDate column in the Orders table and an inactive relationship

to the ShippedDate column in the Orders table.

B. From Power Query, add columns to the Orders table to calculate the calendar quarter and the calendar month of the OrderDate column.

C. From Power BI Desktop, use the Auto date/time option when creating the reports.

D. From Power Query, use a DAX expression to add columns to the Orders table to calculate the calendar quarter of the OrderDate column, the

calendar month of the OrderDate column, the calendar quarter of the ShippedDate column, and the calendar month of the ShippedDate

column.

Correct Answer: C

On-Time Shipping report -

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

The Auto date/time is a data load option in Power BI Desktop. The purpose of this option is to support convenient time intelligence reporting

based on date columns loaded into a model. Specifically, it allows report authors using your data model to filter, group, and drill down by using

calendar time periods (years, quarters, months, and days). What's important is that you don't need to explicitly develop these time intelligence

capabilities.

When the option is enabled, Power BI Desktop creates a hidden auto date/time table for each date column, providing all of the following

conditions are true:

The table storage mode is Import

The column data type is date or date/time

The column isn't the "many" side of a model relationship

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-auto-date-time

Community vote distribution

A (77%) C (23%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: A

Auto date/time does not meet the criteria: The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report
requirements and the technical requirements.

The correct answer is A

upvoted 34 times

  badrionlion 7 months, 4 weeks ago

A is not right, because there's no sufficient information regarding the date table, whether it will have "quarter" details.
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

A is not correct. 2 tables can only have a pair of relationship. Option A cannot fulfill the requirements of display by either order quarter (month)
or shipdate quarter (month).
upvoted 3 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 6 months, 3 weeks ago

nope, just use USERELATIONSHIP
upvoted 7 times

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

I think that the C option is the correct one.

the option A creates an active relationship between Sales.orderDate and Date and a inactive relationship between sales.shippedDate and Date.
However we will have visuals where we will have to filter either shippedDate or orderDate, so we will no be able to filter by shipedDate because of
the relationship is inactive (we could create measures using the USERELATIONSHIP() function but this is not the case due to we have to use the
filters directly from the visuals)
upvoted 13 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

I think A is right, because we do have visuals that need a filter on either order or shipping date, but no visual requires a filter on both at the
same time.
upvoted 7 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

To show "on time shipping" we need to have both order data and shipped date as active column

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 611/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

I agree with your argumentation.
upvoted 2 times

  ApacheKafka Most Recent  3 months ago

❌A
✔ C/D
Things to take take notice of. Power Query is not the best place to create Date table and relationships.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Selected Answer: A

A: for me
Also, I notice people mention that since its 2GB it cannot be imported into Power BI. That isn't true. 1) it depends on its finalized compression
sizes, not the size of the DB etc and 2) also depends on if they have premium or not
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

we need a calendar table for current year and last 3 years!

Auto data/time increase the size of data model.
upvoted 4 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

In the previous question , where we need to use both order date and shipped date to calculate the late orders,In that case we need both columns
as active. So I think its C.
If it was an independent question then definitely answer would be C
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

Answer A does not have correct active/inactive relationship. Order Shipped date should be active. So that leaves C as correct option
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

Selected Answer: A

I think the answer is A.

The inactive relationship on shipping date can be used in a measure with USERELATIONSHIP() function, because nowhere is being filtered on
both order date and shipping date at the same time.
upvoted 10 times

  Wadyba 11 months, 2 weeks ago

A is the answer
upvoted 1 times

  Orkhannnn 12 months ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct.
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 1 year, 1 month ago

--> Top Customers report : "will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product
category, and sales region.". Therefore you don't need a Dates Table at all. All you need is month and quarter from the sales-date which you will
get if you enable auto-dateTime.
--> Top Products report "will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales
region, and product category". You don't need a Dates table for this report. With auto-DateTime you can get the month and quarter from the
sales-date.
--> On-Time Shipping report "will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:". Therefore, you don't need a dates table
for this report. You only need the shipping month and quarter from the shipping-date which are gonne be automatically created once you will
have enabled auto-dateTime
upvoted 7 times

  dbaguypw 8 months, 2 weeks ago

The auto Date/Time only works in Import mode and the dataset is 2GB so it can't be imported.
upvoted 8 times

  scythalx 1 month, 3 weeks ago

The whole database is 2GB. You will not be imported all the information. You keep historical data from 3 years prior and create to 20
reports.
upvoted 1 times

  sidyndiaye 1 year, 1 month ago

Agree with you
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 612/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 613/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #5 Topic 9

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 614/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 615/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 616/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

HOTSPOT -

You need to create a relationship in the dataset for RLS.

What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: many-to-many -

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

With composite models, you can establish a many-to-many relationship between tables, which removes requirements for unique values in

tables. It also removes previous workarounds, such as introducing new tables only to establish relationships.

Box 2: Orders table -

The Orders table has a ShipRegion column.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/transform-model/desktop-create-and-manage-relationships

  Fer079 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Many-to-Many
Customer details

Sales employees should see the sales of their region only, so all sales ordered by customers whose billing address belongs to the sales
employee's region.
Therefore, the relationship between sales employees (region) and customer details (region) should be many-to-many (a sales employee has many
customers in his region and a customer in a region can have many sales employees for that region).
In this case, as the customer table is related to the order table, the sales employees will only be able to see the orders of the customers in their
region.
upvoted 40 times

  GrootPiemel 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I don't agree with customer details.
If you are a customer from eg France and you order a product from the US, the customer detail page will make this sale visble for the sales
department in France, breaking this rule:

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees
table.
upvoted 1 times

  PinkZebra 1 year ago

Agreed as "Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region."
In a good operations and real life model, customers will be assigned to Sales employees ID for performance tracking and bonuses.
upvoted 4 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 617/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The billing address is in the customer details, therefore, when assigning and working out commission etc for sales employees, the billing
address in customer details will be counted not the shipping address which is in the orders table. Although the case study should have made
it clear.

Many to many link with customer details worksheet

upvoted 6 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

Customers can have placed orders in multiple regions so then the sales employees will be able to see other regions sales
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

One to Many
Customer Details

'EACH employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one SALES region '
upvoted 10 times

  fred92 1 year ago

But we are not connecting to a region entity but to a customer entity. There'll be more than one customer in a region. There are also more than
one sales employee assigned to one region.
So it should be many-to-many.
upvoted 12 times

  thomas_90 Most Recent  1 month ago

Many to Many with Order Table.
The answer is correct. The relationship make by region column.
upvoted 1 times

  GrootPiemel 1 month, 2 weeks ago

I don't agree with customer details.
If you are a customer from eg France and you order a product from the US, the customer detail page will make this sale visble for the sales
department in France, breaking this rule:

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.
upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Many to Many
Customer Details

For those who may have confused using one to many, think of it like this.
There are many sales people in a region
the same customer can buy from many sales people
but since there are multiple customers and they can do the same thing its many to many
upvoted 1 times

  yooshua 4 months, 4 weeks ago

I'm getting confused by this question. Can anyone explain to me how to make a relationship between customer details and Sales Employees? I
don't see any common data type to make a relationship.
upvoted 1 times

  halofrosty 4 months ago

SalesEmployee[Region] - CustomerDetails[Region]. You have multiple sales employees in that same region handling all customers there.
upvoted 1 times

  darkfairy 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Many to many relationship between Sales employee and Orders table. And some more general question on the test case: How a sales employee
is related to a particular order? Who has created that order? I assume all the orders should be created by a sales agent, right?!
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 11 months ago

One to Many
Customer Details
It doesn't make sense to me that an order could be placed by more than one sales person. So One-to-Many and not Many-to-Many.
upvoted 1 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Correction:
Many to Many
Customer Details
I go with reasoning of Fer079
A very confusing question.
upvoted 3 times

  nmosq 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Many to Many. You are going to make a relationship using Region, where you will have multples Sales Employees assign to the same region

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 618/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 3 times

  Barb 1 year, 1 month ago

I think many-to-many is right
Region in employee table is nullable.
So you can have a one-to-many relationship if one value of region is null
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 619/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 10 - Testlet 5

Question #1 Topic 10

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 620/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 621/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to update the Power BI model to ensure that the analysts can quickly build drill-downs from business unit to product in a visual.

What should you create?

A. a group

B. a calculated table

C. a hierarchy

D. a calculated column

Correct Answer: C

Drill requires a hierarchy.

When a visual has a hierarchy, you can drill down to reveal additional details.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/consumer/end-user-drill

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  jiriz Highly Voted  7 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct
upvoted 5 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

for drill-down always need hierarchy

upvoted 2 times

  Nisa93 6 months, 2 weeks ago

C is correct
upvoted 2 times

  anasben 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

C is correct answer
upvoted 3 times

  louisaok 11 months, 1 week ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 622/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Drill = Hierachy
upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 11 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

The answer is correct.

upvoted 2 times

  Booster21 1 year ago

The answer is correct.
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 623/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 11 - Testlet 6

Question #1 Topic 11

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 624/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Orders table contains the following columns.

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 625/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 626/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

HOTSPOT -

You need to create the Top Customers report.

Which type of filter should you use, and at which level should you apply the filter? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Top N -

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

Box 2: Visual -

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Applying specific measures to the visual-level filter of a visualization is a very powerful technique to completely customize the items shown in a

report. The presence of this filter requires special measures in order to display values related to items not included in the visual level filter.

Reference:

https://www.sqlbi.com/articles/filtering-the-top-3-products-for-each-category-in-power-bi/

  PinkZebra Highly Voted  1 year ago

TopN
Visual
(TopN is a visual specific filter)
upvoted 25 times

  Lavoisier 2 months, 3 weeks ago

It is not true... TOPN can be applied on Visual, Page or Report level... In this case, it is on the report
upvoted 2 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months, 1 week ago

Just tested it. TOP N only works on a visual. The option doesn't appear in Page or Report filtering.
upvoted 2 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 627/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  MauDV Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Since it's talking about Top Customers Report, I would assume all of the report is based off the top customers, so shouldn't box 2 be Report
level?
upvoted 10 times

  Joe75 1 year, 1 month ago

You can't use TopN in report or Page level
upvoted 13 times

  ArtJC 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct is TopN on Report Level, as required.
You apply filter on filter pane, where you can set it per Visual/Page/Report level !
upvoted 3 times

  jl234 Most Recent  3 weeks, 4 days ago

As it mentioned "The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or
quarter, product category, and sales region.", I believe that the TopN filter should be applied on "Report level". If it is applied on visual level, only
specific visual will be affected, but not the "selected order month or quarter, product category, and sales region" on the report.
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correc
TopN
Visual
(TopN is a visual specific filter)
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 628/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 11

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

General Overview -

Northwind Traders is a specialty food import company.

The company recently implemented Power BI to better understand its top customers, products, and suppliers.

Business Issues -

The sales department relies on the IT department to generate reports in Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). The IT department takes

too long to generate the reports and often misunderstands the report requirements.

Existing Environment. Data Sources

Northwind Traders uses the data sources shown in the following table.

Source2 is exported daily from a third-party system and stored in Microsoft SharePoint Online.

Existing Environment. Customer Worksheet

Source2 contains a single worksheet named Customer Details. The first 11 rows of the worksheet are shown in the following table.

All the fields in Source2 are mandatory.

The Address column in Customer Details is the billing address, which can differ from the shipping address.

Existing Environment. Azure SQL Database

Source1 contains the following tables:

Orders

Products

Suppliers

Categories

Order Details

Sales Employees

The Orders table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 629/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The Order Details table contains the following columns.

The address in the Orders table is the shipping address, which can differ from the billing address.

The Products table contains the following columns.

The Categories table contains the following columns.

The Suppliers table contains the following columns.

The Sales Employees table contains the following columns.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 630/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Each employee in the Sales Employees table is assigned to one sales region. Multiple employees can be assigned to each region.

Requirements. Report Requirements

Northwind Traders requires the following reports:

Top Products

Top Customers

On-Time Shipping

The Top Customers report will show the top 20 customers based on the highest sales amounts in a selected order month or quarter, product

category, and sales region.

The Top Products report will show the top 20 products based on the highest sales amounts sold in a selected order month or quarter, sales region,

and product category. The report must also show which suppliers provide the top products.

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter

Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.

The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.

The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years.

Requirements. Technical Requirements

Northwind Traders identifies the following technical requirements:

A single dataset must support all three reports.

The reports must be stored in a single Power BI workspace.

Report data must be current as of 7 AM Pacific Time each day.

The reports must provide fast response times when users interact with a visualization.

The data model must minimize the size of the dataset as much as possible, while meeting the report requirements and the technical

requirements.

Requirements. Security Requirements

Access to the reports must be granted to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security groups only. An Azure AD security group exists for each

department.

The sales department must be able to perform the following tasks in Power BI:

Create, edit, and delete content in the reports.

Manage permissions for workspaces, datasets, and reports.

Publish, unpublish, update, and change the permissions for an app.

Assign Azure AD groups role-based access to the reports workspace.

Users in the sales department must be able to access only the data of the sales region to which they are assigned in the Sales Employees table.

Power BI has the following row-level security (RLS) Table filter DAX expression for the Sales Employees table.

[EmailAddress] = USERNAME()

RLS will be applied only to the sales department users. Users in all other departments must be able to view all the data.

Question
You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the percentage of late orders.

Which type of visualization should you create?

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 631/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

A. pie chart

B. scatterplot

C. bar chart

Correct Answer: C

The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region

Bar and column charts are some of the most widely used visualization charts in Power BI. They can be used for one or multiple categories.

Both these chart types represent data with rectangular bars, where the size of the bar is proportional to the magnitude of data values.

Reference:

https://www.pluralsight.com/guides/bar-and-column-charts-in-power-bi

Community vote distribution

C (65%) A (35%)

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

C. bar chart
upvoted 28 times

  Sucheta_SM Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Pie chart because from 100% what % is late orders. Please feel free to correct me.
upvoted 18 times

  Fer079 1 year, 1 month ago

The report must show "The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region", so I think that the Bar chart fits
better
upvoted 26 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

The bar chart makes more sense due to the complexity of two added factors ie. country and shipping region. Otherwise you will have to
create two Pie Charts
upvoted 6 times

  sa56 6 months, 4 weeks ago

A. Pie chart.

A pie chart is an effective way to show the percentage of a whole, in this case, the percentage of late orders. The pie chart will display the
percentage of late orders by country and shipping region. It is an excellent way to show a summary of the data and quickly identify areas that
need attention. However, if you also want to compare the percentage of late orders between different countries or regions, a bar chart might
be more appropriate.
upvoted 3 times

  jl234 Most Recent  3 weeks, 4 days ago

Selected Answer: C

The answer should be Bar chart. By using Pie chart, one can not include too much information in it. But refer to the question, "The On-Time
Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter:
The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter". We can't put all these into a pie chart.
upvoted 1 times

  WRTopics 1 month ago

A. Pie Chart
upvoted 1 times

  JJMC5544 3 months, 4 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Pie chart could help, but question says "a visualisation". Regions, countries and percentages would be complex to show in a pie chart, would
need multiple pie charts. But questions says "a visual".
So if we use a stacked column chart:
- Each column represents a country,
- And the stacked segments represent different shipping regions.
- The height of each segment represents the percentage of late shipments.
upvoted 8 times

  halofrosty 4 months ago

Selected Answer: C

As of submitting this comment most voted answer is A. However we need to refer not only to the question itself but the case study, where it
states the requirement for showing the data by country and shipping region dimensions, hence pie chart is not meeting the 'full' requirement.
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 632/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  VNAS06 5 months, 1 week ago

I believe the answer will be Bar chart. As mentioned, - "The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping
month or quarter:

The percentage of orders that were shipped late by country and shipping region
Customers that had multiple late shipments during the last quarter
Northwind Traders defines late orders as those shipped after the required shipping date.
The warehouse shipping department must be notified if the percentage of late orders within the current month exceeds 5%.
The reports must show historical data for the current calendar year and the last three calendar years."

I think Pie Chart would not fit. Please let me know, if I'm wrong.
upvoted 3 times

  Mcisneros 5 months, 2 weeks ago

I initially chose pie chart. I think that it does work, but I think the reason C is the correct answer is because pie charts excel at summarizing a
value column by one single dimension. The requirements need the value summarized by country and shipping region which would look messy as
a pie chart but discernable in a bar chart.
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

There is no definite answer here, Microsoft is always confusing. Not sure sometimes if they are testing the knowledge of Power BI, because all
they do is trick you. Real customer would never give such puzzled requirements.
Based on the question itself, I would show a Pie Chart to show the % of Late orders out of all orders. But based on the requirements in the
report, I would show a 100% Stacked bar chart by Country and shipping region.
upvoted 7 times

  Outsider 5 months, 3 weeks ago

The case is complex, because the question ask for "a" visualization. So, just one visualization should shown all the information asked?

"The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter: The percentage of orders that were
shipped late by country and shipping region".

Pie chat is the best, but that will need at least 2 visualizations. we have Time Month and Quarter and 2 DIM.

Putting all in just 1 visualization, the bar chart will solve the problem. So, C
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

A pie chart is a type of visualization that is often used to display data as a percentage or a proportion of a whole. In this case, the On-Time
Shipping report is showing the percentage of orders that were shipped late. The pie chart would be an ideal choice because it allows us to see
the relative size of each category (i.e., country and shipping region) as a slice of the whole pie.
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 6 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Becuase
The On-Time Shipping report will show the following metrics for a selected shipping month or quarter

there is two axis, so Pie Chart could be fit there

upvoted 2 times

  Retro01 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

best way to represent any percentage of data is donut and pie chart
upvoted 2 times

  sa56 6 months, 4 weeks ago

A. Pie chart.

A pie chart is an effective way to show the percentage of a whole, in this case, the percentage of late orders. The pie chart will display the
percentage of late orders by country and shipping region. It is an excellent way to show a summary of the data and quickly identify areas that
need attention. However, if you also want to compare the percentage of late orders between different countries or regions, a bar chart might be
more appropriate.
upvoted 2 times

  sa56 6 months, 4 weeks ago

You need to create the On-Time Shipping report. The report must include a visualization that shows the percentage of late orders.
Which type of visualization should you create?
A. pie chart
B. scatterplot
C. bar chart
upvoted 1 times

  SanaCanada 7 months, 1 week ago

Correct Answer C

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 633/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

C. Bar chart.

A bar chart is the most appropriate type of visualization to show the percentage of late orders. The horizontal axis can represent the time period,
and the vertical axis can represent the percentage of orders that were delivered on time. Each bar can represent a specific time period, and the
length of the bar can represent the percentage of orders that were delivered on time during that time period. The bars can be color-coded to
differentiate between on-time and late orders. This type of visualization allows for easy comparison of the percentage of on-time deliveries over
time. A pie chart would not be ideal for this scenario as it is better suited to show the composition of a whole. A scatterplot would also not be
appropriate as it is used to show the relationship between two variables.

No confusion, and no need to discuss further

upvoted 1 times

  Minio1 6 months, 3 weeks ago

wrong; the question didn't ask in a time period. So pie chart is most ideal
upvoted 2 times

  Retro01 6 months, 3 weeks ago

its a wrong approach, best way to represent any percentage of data is donut and pie chart
upvoted 1 times

  Ridderxxl 8 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: C

Pie charts in general are garbage, but we are guessing the opinion of Microsoft here not trying to make a decent BI - https://xviz.com/blogs/pie-
charts-good-bad-or-ugly/
upvoted 4 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 634/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 12 - Testlet 7

Question #1 Topic 12

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 635/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
HOTSPOT -

You need to create a KPI visualization to meet the reporting requirements of the sales managers.

How should you create the visualization? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 636/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Correct Answer:

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

Box 1: Sales[sales_amount]

Value; The main measure which we want to evaluate

Example:

Sales = sum(FactInternetSales[SalesAmount])

Box 2: Date[month]

Trend; How Value perfoms in a time period, is it going upward, downward €¦? ‫ג‬
You can use Months as trend axis.

Box 3: Targets[sales_target]

Target; What we want to compare the Value with

Reference:

https://radacad.com/kpi-visual-in-power-bi-explained

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

- Sales [sales_amount]
- Date [month]
- Targets [sales_target]
upvoted 23 times

  Booster21 Highly Voted  1 year ago

The answer is correct.
upvoted 12 times

  AKUMAR2104 Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

on exam today
upvoted 4 times

  SamuComqi 3 months, 2 weeks ago

I passed the exam today (948/1000). My answer was:
- Sales [sales_amount]
- Date [month]
- Targets [sales_target]
upvoted 4 times

  Jejemon 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Correct answer. Tested. Value = Indicator, Trend Axis -= Month, Target = Target Sales
upvoted 1 times

  Bin_Hashim 10 months, 2 weeks ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 637/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This question requires one more option in Answer area named Visualization, which answer is KPI. see link
https://free-braindumps.com/microsoft/free-pl-300-braindumps.html?p=3
upvoted 1 times

  lukelin08 11 months, 1 week ago

Given answer is correct
- Sales [sales_amount]
- Date [month]
- Targets [sales_target]
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 638/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 13 - Testlet 8

Question #1 Topic 13

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 639/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
HOTSPOT -

You publish the dataset to powerbi.com.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

No (it's Azure SQLDB; cloud based)
No (we need Direct Query)
No (we use Azure AD; OAuth2)
upvoted 49 times

  NotMeAnyWay Highly Voted  1 year ago

No - Azure SQL Server, therefore no need for an on-premise Gateway as Service and Azure are in the cloud.
No - DirectQuery mode for the DB connection, so no need to schedule a refresh. DirectQuery is a live connection.
No - Azure SQL supports the following connections from Power BI: Windows, Database and Microsoft Account. (Basic is reserved for Power
Query Online. Do not confuse Database with Basic.):

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-query/connectors/azuresqldatabase
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/service-azure-sql-database-with-direct-connect
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 640/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 17 times

  AKUMAR2104 Most Recent  3 months, 2 weeks ago

on exam today
upvoted 1 times

  Madalina1 2 months ago

and the right answer is?
upvoted 1 times

  rmeng 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Guys, take into account (Direct Query) = Oauth2. There is no Basic connection
No
No
No
upvoted 1 times

  UlyUkr 5 months, 3 weeks ago

No, No, No.
upvoted 2 times

  nmosq 9 months, 2 weeks ago

No, it's a Azure SQL DB - No nned to use gateway
No, we use Direct Query, so no need to set refresh schedules
Yes, it says: "yon can use..." not "you can ONLY use", which is true, we can use basic or OAuth2
upvoted 3 times

  youssef_yt89 10 months, 1 week ago

No
No
Yes
upvoted 2 times

  Chokochoko 10 months, 1 week ago

The third question stated that "you can use" which I feel it's a question of Yes, I can or No, I can't. Since we can use it, then I am of the opinion
that YES is the right answer
upvoted 1 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 2 weeks ago

Box1: No
Here below is directly copied from PowerBI service gateway connection configuration page for a dataset that comes out of an Azure SQL
database. "You don't need a gateway for this dataset, because all of its data sources are in the cloud, but you can use a gateway for enhanced
control over how you connect".
The question asks if gateway is needed. No you do not need a gateway, but you can use a gateway.
Box2: No
Again, you do not "need" to configure a scheduled refresh of the dataset if DirectQuery is used, but nothing stops you doing so.
Box3: Yes
There are two authentication methods, being basic and OAuth2, you might use on the dataset to connect to the database/data. With basic
authentication method, you will be asked for user name and password. If you use database credential here, you can use the Basic Authentication
method. You can use basic authentication but it does not mean you have to use it.
upvoted 5 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 2 weeks ago

In Question #2Topic 5 we were asked to choose the DirectQuery connection that uses either a database credential or the end-user's
credentials. I think most people go with a database credential. In that case, we may use the basic authentication here.
upvoted 2 times

  zerone72 1 year ago

1- You definitely don't need a gateway as Azure SQL is could based.
2- The question says that "transactions must be updated within 5 minutes". Therefore, (unless you plan to create a composite model) you should
connect to the DB in direct query mode, hence you don't need to schedule any refresh.
3- Azure SQL allow to use OAuth2. This doesn't mean that you can't use basic authentication anymore. The question asks if you CAN use basic
authentication and you can still use it, even though you have the option to use azure authentication.
In my opinion the answer is : NO, NO , YES !
upvoted 6 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I disagree with you on the 3rd question. The requirement is that Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.
Requirements must be adhered to.
upvoted 4 times

  June15 1 year, 1 month ago

Isn't the Azure SQL database - cloud base? Do we still need gateway?
upvoted 3 times

  Tsuk 1 year, 1 month ago

It’s because of word “plan to” , I guess

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 641/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

No need for a gateway
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 642/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 13

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Litware, Inc. is an online retailer that uses Power BI.

Litware plans to leverage data from an Azure SQL database that stores data for the company's live e-commerce website.

Litware uses Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) to authenticate users.

Existing Environment. Sales Data

Litware has online sales data that has the SQL schema shown in the following table.

In the Date table, the date_id column has a format of yyyymmdd and the month column has a format of yyyymm.

The week column in the Date table and the week_id column in the Weekly_Returns table have a format of yyyyww.

In the Sales table, the sales_id column represents a unique transaction.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 643/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The region id column can be managed by only one sales manager.

Existing Environment. Data Concerns

You are concerned with the quality and completeness of the sales data. You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT

contribute to the total sales amount calculation.

Existing Environment. Reporting Requirements

Litware identifies the following reporting requirements:

Executives require a visual that shows sales by region.

Executives require a visual that shows returns by region manager and the sales managers that report to them.

The sales managers must be able to see only the sales data of their respective region.

The sales managers require a visual to analyze sales performance versus sales targets.

The sales department requires reports that contain the number of sales transactions.

Users must be able to see the month in each report as shown in the following example: Feb 2020.

The customer service department requires a visual that can be filtered by both sales month and ship month independently.

The maximum allowed latency to include transactions in reports is five minutes.

Question
What should you create to meet the reporting requirements of the sales department?

A. a measure column that uses the following formula: SUMX(FILTER('Sales', 'Sales'[sales_amount] > 0)),[sales_amount])

B. a calculated column that uses the following formula: ABS(Sales[sales_amount])

C. a calculated column that uses the following formula: IF(ISBLANK(Sales[sales_amount]),0, (Sales[sales_amount]))

D. a measure that uses the following formula: SUM(Sales[sales_amount])

Correct Answer: A

  Orkhannnn Highly Voted  11 months, 3 weeks ago

According to other websites the correct options are
A. a measure that uses a formula of SUM (sales[sales_id])
B. a calculated column that use a formula of COUNTA(sales [sales_id])
C. a measure that uses a formula of COUNTROWS (Sales)
D. a calculated column that use a formula of SUM (sales [sales_id])

The sale department require reports that contain the number of sales transactions.
Correct answer is C
upvoted 19 times

  StudyPurposes 1 month, 3 weeks ago

Can you please share the other websites?
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Share the site please?
upvoted 2 times

  madyjoe21 6 months ago

Could you share the link?
upvoted 1 times

  Vlemton 6 months, 3 weeks ago

Agreed: none of the options count the number of transactions.
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

None seem to be correct as sales department requires the number of transactions
upvoted 11 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Improve data quality. Correct Answer is A. Sales team have multiple requirements.
upvoted 3 times

  olajor 1 year, 1 month ago

agreed, these options are for another question entirely
upvoted 5 times

  Mizaan 1 year ago

I agree as well, none apply
https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 644/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh Most Recent  6 months ago

Options are wrong, we should use Countrows function.
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

dejavu
upvoted 4 times

  NuriaIzard 10 months, 1 week ago

This is a duplicate of question 4 of topic 8 but with the selection of answers from question 5 topic 8. I would suggest to ignore this one
upvoted 7 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I think the angle this question is coming from is from this sentence..."You must ensure that negative and missing sales_amount values do NOT
contribute to the total sales amount calculation."
upvoted 3 times

  juanceee 1 year ago

this exact question appear in my exam 10/29/2022
upvoted 6 times

  powerbibuddy 12 months ago

given options were same as I see this same question on another website with different options in answer section
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 645/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Topic 14 - Testlet 9

Question #1 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 646/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

format shown in the following table.

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 647/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -

You need to grant access to the business unit analysts.

What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: App permissions -

App permissions.

This section describes the kinds of permissions you can grant to the specified users

* Allow all users to connect to the app's underlying datasets using the Build permission

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 648/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

This option grants build permission on the app's underlying datasets.

* Etc.

Note: Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

✑ Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.
✑ Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.
✑ Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts
must NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

✑ Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.
✑ Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.
Incorrect:

Not Member role: Would grant too much permissions.

Not Viewer role: Need more granular permissions.

Box 2: Reshare -

App permissions,

This section describes the kinds of permissions you can grant to the specified users

* Allow users to share the app and the app's underlying datasets using the share permission

This option grants users reshare permission on the app's underlying datasets.

* Etc.

Note: Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts

must NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

- The Viewer roler to the workspace
- Build
upvoted 39 times

  shakes103 11 months, 3 weeks ago

The Viewer role only grants "read only" access to the dataset. Therefore it cannot be correct for this question.
upvoted 1 times

  Jew0598 6 months, 3 weeks ago

In Power BI, you can share a report with a user just for view only or give them access to view and build or to Edit.

https://radacad.com/power-bi-user-access-levels-build-and-edit-are-
different#:~:text=In%20Power%20BI%2C%20you%20can,and%20build%20or%20to%20Edit.
upvoted 1 times

  YokoSumiGaeshi 11 months, 2 weeks ago

That is why we grant the Build right in the second part of the question. Viewer role + Build right on the dataset is perfectly valid and is the
answer to this question.
upvoted 8 times

  Peguero 11 months, 2 weeks ago

is correct "access permission to an app" for the first quesion?
upvoted 1 times

  LucasCovey Highly Voted  10 months, 2 weeks ago

I am part of an organization (with an organizational Workspace) and I just tested with another colleague - the only way to allow building via the
underlying dataset was granting "Viewer" role in the Workspace, and then going into "Manage permissions" on the dataset in the Workspace and
granting Build permission.

I tried by adding the colleague JUST to the app (not Viewer role in Workspace) and it did not let them build from the dataset!

Hope this helps someone else who was unable to test.

upvoted 36 times

  JJMC5544 Most Recent  4 months ago

VIEWER to stay in RLS
BUILD to let analysts create new report including with only RLS allowed content.
upvoted 2 times

  rmeng 5 months, 2 weeks ago

Given answer is correct.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 649/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Retro01 6 months, 3 weeks ago

The Viewer roler to the workspace and Build permission
upvoted 1 times

  BabaJee 10 months, 1 week ago

the current answer is correct as the app allows build permission to the underlying dataset.
https://intercom.help/cognition360/en/articles/4731210-powerbi-adding-app-permissions
upvoted 1 times

  Wadyba 10 months, 2 weeks ago

One of the requirements is that Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit. For this
requirement to be achieved, you need to configure Row-level Security (RLS), and RLS only applies to the Viewer role. Thus:
-Viewer
-Build
upvoted 10 times

  iccent2 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Correct answers a re:
Viewer
Build
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

I change my earlier submission:
- Access permission to an app
- Build
If the analyst can build, then that means they are not viewers .
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 2 weeks ago

But again, we are told by Microsoft that:

"Contributors and Viewers can also share items in a workspace, if they have Reshare permissions"

So, what can we make of that in relation to question 1?

I would revert to Viewer.

https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-roles-new-workspaces
upvoted 1 times

  iccent2 10 months, 1 week ago

Again, Access permission to an app, is it one of the permissions in powerbi.com?
We have Admin, Member, Contributor and Viewer. Or is it not so?
upvoted 1 times

  Patrick666 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Access permission to an app
Build
upvoted 1 times

  disndat7 11 months, 1 week ago

"Access permission to an app" is correct, as this allows users to build contents with the datasets in the app (which is what the business analyst
required to do). Refer to: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-create-distribute-apps#create-and-manage-
audiences
upvoted 2 times

  ThariCD 1 year, 1 month ago

To be able to build new reports based on underlying dataset you need Build permission, not Reshare permission so the second option should be
Build.
upvoted 17 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

No build permission option in app audience access. only reshare dataset or reshare dataset with build permission.
upvoted 2 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg 1 year, 1 month ago

correct
upvoted 5 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 650/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #2 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 651/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 652/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
HOTSPOT -

How should you distribute the reports to the board? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Hot Area:

Correct Answer:

Box 1: Using a workspace membership

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 653/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Note 1: The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to

supplementary information.

Sharing is the easiest way to give people access to your reports and dashboards in the Power BI service. You can share with people inside or

outside your organization.¨ ֲ

Where you can share:

You can share reports and dashboards from My Workspace.

You can share from workspaces other than My Workspace, if you have the Admin or Member role in the workspace. If you have the Contributor

or Viewer role, you can share if you have Reshare permissions.

You can share from the Power BI mobile apps.

You can't share directly from Power BI Desktop.

Box 2: A mail-enabled security group in Azure Active Directory

Mail-Enabled Security Group -

This group also contains a list of email addresses of members and can also be used to control access to OneDrive and SharePoint.

The Mail-Enabled Security Group can be created in the Office 365 Admin Portal

Note: The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share

information with the board.

Incorrect:

* Distribution Group

This group can also be called and Distribution List. The Distribution Group is a group which contains a list of email addresses of members, all

of whom will be sent an email when an email is sent to the distribution groups email address.

The Distribution Group can be created in the Azure Active Directory

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/collaborate-share/service-share-dashboards https://www.fourmoo.com/2020/04/01/power-bi-

which-groups-can-be-used-to-set-permissions-in-power-bi/

  Namenick10 Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

1. Using an App
2. A mail-enabled security group in Azure Active Directory
upvoted 48 times

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

- Using an app - as they require CUSTOM NAVIGATION
- AAD
upvoted 11 times

  JJMC5544 Most Recent  4 months ago

Question says "How should you distribute...", not "How should analysts..."
If you give them app how will they be able to produce report.
They are in RLS as a Viewer.
upvoted 2 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Using an App
Security group in AAD
The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information
with the board.
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must
NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.---> that's why we are using an app not membership of the workspace
upvoted 2 times

  powerbibuddy 12 months ago

Using as App
A mail enabled security group
upvoted 6 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 654/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #3 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 655/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 656/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
You need to ensure that the data is updated to meet the report requirements. The solution must minimize configuration effort.

What should you do?

A. From each report in powerbi.com, select Refresh visuals.

B. From Power BI Desktop, download the PBIX file and refresh the data.

C. Configure a scheduled refresh without using an on-premises data gateway.

D. Configure a scheduled refresh by using an on-premises data gateway.

Correct Answer: D

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

You have options available with the scheduled refresh for the On-premises data gateway (personal mode) and the On-premises data gateway.

Reference:

https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-bi/connect-data/refresh-scheduled-refresh

Community vote distribution

C (100%)

  fdsdfgxcvbdsfhshfg Highly Voted  1 year, 1 month ago

Selected Answer: C

Trick question, depends whether the Microsoft Dynamics 365 is cloud or on prem.
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/dynamicscrm-2016/administering-dynamics-365/dn708055(v=crm.8)#in-this-topic
upvoted 18 times

  simba_10 1 year ago

From your link:
"Scheduled refresh of reports isn’t supported with Dynamics 365 (on-premises) datasets that are published to the Power BI service. You can
refresh reports using in Microsoft Power BI Desktop or Microsoft Office Excel and then upload the reports to the Power BI service."
So D is impossible. C is correct.
upvoted 13 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

The question mentions that "The balance sheet is IMPORTED." My understanding is that it is on-premise and the correct answer is D.
upvoted 8 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk Highly Voted  11 months ago

Selected Answer: C

Somewhere in the requirements: "An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information with the board."
So apparently the solutions is build on Azure. So answer: C
upvoted 5 times

  Hoeishetmogelijk 10 months, 4 weeks ago

Ah! And even more clearly: the table with data sources states clearly "Azure SQL Database"!

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 657/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

upvoted 2 times

  MEG_Florida Most Recent  3 months ago

Selected Answer: C

It is the only option that works

upvoted 1 times

  xkapelis 4 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

C ONLY
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 10 months, 1 week ago

C is the answer. The database is on Azure database, not on-premise
upvoted 4 times

  AzureJobsTillRetire 10 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: C

Both C and D can achieve the results, but gateway requires more configuration effort, so the answer goes to C.

Do not discount D just because it uses on-premise data gateway. Gateway can be used even if all data in a dataset is in Azure.

Here below is directly copied from PowerBI service gateway connection configuration page for a dataset that comes out of an Azure SQL
database. "You don't need a gateway for this dataset, because all of its data sources are in the cloud, but you can use a gateway for enhanced
control over how you connect".
upvoted 2 times

  blrjohn 4 months, 1 week ago

On-premises allows multiple users to connect to multiple on-premises data sources.
The report has to be related in a many-to-one relationship.
upvoted 1 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 658/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Question #4 Topic 14

Introductory Info
Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However,

there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions

included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might

contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is

independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to

the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study

before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays information such as business requirements, existing environment and problem

statements. If the case study has an

All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to

answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Overview -

Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that produces sports equipment. Contoso holds quarterly board meetings for which financial analysts

manually prepare

Microsoft Excel reports, including balance sheets and profit and loss statements for each of the company's four business units.

Existing Environment -

Data and Sources -

Data for the reports comes from the sources shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data is unrelated to the profit and loss results other than they both relate to dates.

Balance Sheet Data -

The balance sheet data is imported and includes the final monthly balances of each account in the format shown in the following table.

The balance sheet data always includes a row for each account for each month.

Product Catalog Data -

The product catalog shows how products roll up to product categories, which roll up to the business units. The product list is provided in the

format shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 659/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Revenue data is provided at the date and product level. Expense data is provided at the date and department level.

Business Issues -

Historically, it has taken two analysts a week to prepare the reports for the quarterly board meetings. Also, there is usually at least one issue each

quarter where a value in a report is wrong because of a bad cell reference in an Excel formula. On occasion, there are conflicting results in the

reports because the products and departments that roll up to each business unit are not defined consistently.

Requirements -

Planned Changes -

Contoso plans to automate and standardize the quarterly reporting process by using Power BI. The company wants to reduce how long it takes to

populate the reports to less than two days. The company wants to create common logic for the business units, products, and departments. The

logic will be used across all reports, including but not limited to the quarterly reporting for the board.

Technical Requirements -

Contoso wants the reports and datasets refreshed with minimum manual effort.

The company wants to provide the board with a single package of reports that will contain custom navigation and links to supplementary

information.

Maintenance, including manually updating data and access, must be minimized as much as possible.

Security Requirements -

The reports must be made available to the board from powerbi.com. An Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) group will be used to share information

with the board.

Contoso identifies the following security requirements for analyst access:

Analysts must be able to access all balance sheet and product catalog data.

Analysts must be able to access only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit.

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must NOT

be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to share the quarterly reports with anyone.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Report Requirements -

You plan to relate the balance sheet table to a date table in Power BI in a many-to-one relationship based on the last day of the month. At least

one of the balance sheet reports in the quarterly reporting package must show the ending balances for the quarter, as well as for the previous

quarter.

The date table will contain the columns shown in the following table.

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 660/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

The definitions and attributes for the products, departments, and business units must be consistent across all the reports.

The board must be able to get the following information from the quarterly reports:

Revenue trends over time

The ending balances of each account

Changes in long-term liabilities from the previous quarter

The percent of total revenue contributed by each product category

A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year

The reports must be updated with the latest data by 5 AM each day.

Question
What is the minimum number of Power BI datasets needed to support the reports?

A. a single imported dataset

B. two imported datasets

C. two DirectQuery datasets

D. a single DirectQuery dataset

Correct Answer: B

Note:

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data, but the reports built by the analysts must

NOT be included in the quarterly reports for the board.

Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.

Two datasets are required.

Need DAX for: A comparison of quarterly revenue versus the same quarter from the previous year. Also see other questions in this Case study

which uses DAX expressions.

Incorrect:

Not DirectQuery: DirectQuery Limited Transformations.

You are not able to use all of the normal Power Query transformation features. Particular DAX functions are not available in this method as well.

So if your data is poorly structured or needing lots of transformation, sometimes Direct Query is not a viable option.

Reference:

https://www.tessellationtech.io/import-vs-direct-query-power-bi/

Community vote distribution

B (67%) A (33%)

  milb Highly Voted  1 year ago

Take a rest boys, we earned it.
upvoted 80 times

  ZillowGosia 5 days, 18 hours ago

Finger crossed for every one. Good luck with exam <3. and thank yuo to every one who helped with anserws.
upvoted 1 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

Take a rest girls, we earned it.
upvoted 63 times

  yordiye 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Take a rest girls & women :) We earned it ! Oh the answer is A
upvoted 11 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 661/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

  Nemesizz 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Why A?
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

Yet to give Exam, will rest after that
upvoted 3 times

  Caterpillar_Soni 5 months, 2 weeks ago

No body comes here to comment after giving the EXAM, until unless you failed it.
upvoted 3 times

  VinayKadaya 10 months, 1 week ago

But, but, I am starting from reverse.
upvoted 25 times

  LearningBinomics 2 weeks, 1 day ago

waaaajajajajajajajajajaja
upvoted 1 times

  fred92 Highly Voted  1 year ago

Selected Answer: B

It's already stated correctly in the given answer.

"Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data"
"Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data"
Due to this different permissions you need 2 datasets. Import mode.
upvoted 23 times

  MayaYao 11 months, 2 weeks ago

You can have multiple options. A single imported dataset can meet the requirements as well.
P&L is Azure SQLDB - normally DirectQuery. If there is an option - one DirectQuery and one import will be more appropriate.
upvoted 3 times

  WRTopics Most Recent  2 weeks, 3 days ago

Selected Answer: A

we can have 1 dataset and 2 sources.

upvoted 1 times

  MEG_Florida 3 months ago

Same, good luck to all.
upvoted 1 times

  nmnm22 5 months ago

wishing us all best of luck
upvoted 6 times

  rania 5 months ago

Selected Answer: B

two imported datasets

upvoted 2 times

  Nemesizz 5 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: B

B. Two imported datasets

To meet the requirements, it is necessary to separate the balance sheet data from the profit and loss data. This will enable analysts to access all
balance sheet and product catalog data (Dataset 1) and only the profit and loss data of their respective business unit (Dataset 2). By having
separate datasets, analysts can create new reports from the profit and loss dataset without including them in the quarterly reports for the board.

Having two imported datasets allows for better data management, consistency, and flexibility in reporting. It also ensures that analysts cannot
create new reports using the balance sheet data, as per the security requirements.

Therefore, option B is the correct answer: two imported datasets.

upvoted 5 times

  Alexdj7 5 months, 3 weeks ago

I have scheduled exam for tomorrow, wish me GL :)
upvoted 11 times

  SteveTheBeast 2 months ago

So? did you pass?
upvoted 1 times

  Shalaleh 6 months ago

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 662/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

Selected Answer: B

Analysts must be able to create new reports from the dataset that contains the profit and loss data.
Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data.
According to these two sentences we need to imported datasets.
upvoted 4 times

  Shalaleh 6 months, 1 week ago

Selected Answer: A

we have two data sources, but we can have one single dataset.
upvoted 1 times

  sa56 6 months, 1 week ago

Correct answer
upvoted 1 times

  glenman0202 7 months, 3 weeks ago

Good works gentlemen, now back to the grind
upvoted 5 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

Answer is B. It's necessary to have two datasets. One for generating profit/loss, one for revenue-related data in quarterly reports
upvoted 4 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

and ending balances.
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Never mind. Answer is D because of the sentence: "Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data." So
that rules of balance sheet data source. This is kind of assuming that analyst will be able to generate balance data based on Azure SQL
database connection which uses direct query.
upvoted 1 times

  charles879987 8 months, 2 weeks ago

Never mind. Answer is D because of the sentence: "Analysts must NOT be able to make new reports by using the balance sheet data."
So that rules out balance sheet data source, assuming that analyst will be able to generate balance data, used in quarterly report,
based on Azure SQL database connection which uses direct query.
upvoted 1 times

  Nemesizz 8 months, 3 weeks ago

Why A. Please explain
upvoted 1 times

  Nawabi 8 months, 3 weeks ago

I need to revise again. Much revision needed!
upvoted 3 times

  LuukVriel 9 months, 2 weeks ago

Selected Answer: A

A should be correct here based on just 1 build requirement for analyist: allowed on P&L, not allowed on Balance sheet
upvoted 1 times

  anasben 9 months, 3 weeks ago

Selected Answer: B

We can use One Imported Data Set an use OLS, but it's only applies to Viewers in a workspace. (Workspace members assigned Admin, Member,
or Contributor have edit permission for the dataset and, therefore, OLS doesn’t apply to them. )

=> In Our Case an Analyst have to Build a Report based in a signle Table (this table must Load in a independent Dataset )

=> Solution then is the create to dataset in the same WS then publish an App.

Correct Answer is B :
upvoted 3 times

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 663/664
05/11/2023, 14:29 PL-300 Exam – Free Actual Q&As, Page 1 | ExamTopics

https://www.examtopics.com/exams/microsoft/pl-300/custom-view/ 664/664